Cibrarij llniorrailg of Jlittaburgl) Darliugton ^leinorlal Library (IVdBi Oj Q\\ __ Siuil; T^C-t TRANSACTIONS or THE AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY, HELD AT PHILADELPHIA, FOR PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE. VOL. IV.—NEW SERIES. PUBLISHED BY THE SOCIETY. PRINTED BY JAMES KAY, JUN. & CO., PRINTERS TO THE SOCIETY. RACE ABOVE FOURTH STREET. 1834. ,'-') ^&^ EXTRACT FROM THE LAWS OF THE SOCIETY RELATING TO THE TRANSACTIONS. . 1. The Transactions shall be published in numbers, at short intervals, under the direction of the Committee of Publication. 2. Every communication to the Society, which may be considered as intended for a place in the Transactions, shall immediately be referred to a committee to consider and report thereon. 3. If the committee shall report in favour of publishing the communication, they shall make such corrections therein, as they may judge necessary to fit it for the press ; or if they shall judge the publication of an abstract or extracts from the paper to be most eligible, the}- shall accompany their report with such abstract or extracts. But if the author do not ap- prove of the corrections, abstract, or extracts, reported by the committee, he shall be at liberty to withdraw his paper. 4. The order in which papers are read before the Society shall determine their places in the Transactions, priority of date giving priority of location. COMMITTEE OF PUBLICATION. Franklin Bache, M.D. Isaac Lea. R. Eglesfeld Griffith, M.D. n ^ i' OFFICERS OF THE AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY FOR THE YEAR 1834. Patron, President, Vice-Presidents, Secretaries, Counsellors elected for ihree j^ears. In 1832, In 1833, In 1834, Curators, Treasurer and Librarian, Vol, IV.— 6 His Excellency, the Governor of Pennsylvania. Peter S. Du Ponceau. Nathaniel Chapman, Joseph Ilopkinson, Oeorge Ord. rpranklin Baehe, J John K. Kane, I Alexander D. Uache, Lcharles D. Meigs. f William Hembel, Jan., J William Rawle, ) Robert Hare, l__Charles D. Meigs. f William Short, J Samuel Moore, ■^ Clement C. Biddle, (^William II. Keating. fNicholas Riddle, J William II. Dc Lanoey, *] Thomas Biddle, (^James Mease. { John P. Wetherill. Robert E. Griffith, Isaac Lea. John Vaughan. LIST OF MEMBERS OF THE AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY, Elected since the publication of the Third Volume, New Series, of their Transactions. Charles J. Ingersoll, of Philadelphia. "1 Jacob Perkins, of Philadelphia. ^ Omitted in former volumes. Judge Tait, of Alabama. J Thomas I. Wharton, of Philadelphia. Lorenzo Martini, of Turin. Andres del Rio, Professor of Mineralogy at Mexico. Marc Antoine JuUien, of Paris. Prosper Count Balbo, of Turin. Hyacinth Carena, of Turin. Louis Philippe, King of the French. Thomas P. Jones, M.D., of Washington City. Henry Vethake, Professor of Natural Philosophy, Princeton, New Jersey. Samuel L. Southard, of New Jersey. Edward Everett, of Massachusetts. Jjouis iM'Lane, of Delaware. William C. Rives, of Virginia. Alexander Everett, of Massachusetts. Martin Fernandez Navarrete, of Madrid. Francisco Antonio Gonzales, of Madrid. Jolm James Audubon, of Louisiana. Hartman Bache, Major of Topographical Engineers, of Philadelphia. Baron Larrey, of Paris. Julius T. Ducatel, M.D., University of Maryland, Baltimore. Henry D. Gilpin, of Philadelphia. Jolm P. Hopkinson, M.D., of Philadelpliia. John Bell, M.D., of Philadelphia. Robley Dunglison, M.D., University of Maryland, Baltimore. Stein Bille, Charge d'Aflaires of his Danish Majesty. Viii LIST OF MEMBERS. Tlioiiias Sergeant, of Philadelphia. Theodore Loriii, of Paris. Jiiitrh L. Ilodgo, M.D., of Philadelphia. .1. .T. Abort, Colonel of Topographical Engineers, of Washington City. Juan Jose INIarlinez, of Spain. The Duke of Sussex. E. S. Bring, Professor of the University of Lund in Sweden. Professor Bujalsky, of St Petersburg. iMarmaduke Burrough, M.I)., of Philadelphia. jSIattliias W. Baldwin, of Philadelphia. Edwin James, M.D., of Albany. iMoncurc Hohinson, of Virginia. M. J. Labouderie, of Paris. Charles Nagy, of Pest in Hungary. Jacob Randolph, M.D., of Philadelphia. Joshua Fr.inci.? Fisher, of Philadelphia. Gouverneur Emerson, M.D., of Philadelphia. Henry C. Carey, of Philadelphia. Henry R. Schoolcraft. Viscount Santai'cm, of Portugal. Titian R. Peak-, of Philadelphia. Franklin Peale, of Philadelphia. Samuel V. Merrick, of Philadelpliia. Henry J. AVilliams, of Philadelphia. OBITUARY NOTICE. Since the publication of our last volume, death has deprived us of many valuable members. Among them we particularly notice the venerable Isaiah Thomas, the late president of the Antiquarian So- ciety of Massachusetts, and the constant friend and benefactor of our institution ; the Rev. Nicholas Collin, the last of the missionaries sent by the government of Sweden to preside over the Swedish congrega- tions in this country ; Zaccheus Collins, one of our vice-presidents ; the Rev. Mr Schweinitz, of Bethlehem ; Mr William Shaler ; Mr Reuben Haines ; Captain William Jones ; Mr Edward Burd ; the Rev. Charles J. Wharton, of Burlington, New Jersey ; and the Rev. Joseph Hutchins, one of the original members of our Society, of whom only two at present survive.* Among our foreign associates, we have lost, in Denmark, Professor Rask ; in France, Vauquelin, Abel Remusat, Latreille ; and, while writing this notice, we receive the melancholy news of the death of our learned associate, Charles Pougens, who closed his long and laborious life on the 19th of December last. • The Right Rev. Bishop White, and Thomas Bradford, Esq. Vol. IV.— c ! '^Ilt- CONTENTS. Laws of the Society relating to the Transactions. ----- iii Officers of the Society for the Year 1834. ------ v List of the Members of the Society elected since the Publication of the Tliird Volume, New Series. --------- vii Obituary Notice. - .:-:;,,-■-. - - - - - is ARTICLE L Grammatical Sketch and Specimens of the Berber Language : preceded by four Letters on Berber Etymologies, addressed to the President of the Society. By William B. Hodgson, Esq. _ - . - . ^ - 1 ARTICLE II. Description of a new Species of Sarracenia. By Thomas Nuttall. - - - 49 ARTICLE III. Description of a Species of Orang, from the north-eastern Province of British East India, lately the Kingdom of Assam. By Richard Harlan, M.D., &c. - - 52 ARTICLE IV. Silver Ores reduced by the Method of Becquerel. By Andres del Rio. - - 60 Xll CONTENTS. ARTICLE V. Observations on the Naiades, and Descriptions of new Species of that and other Fa- milies. By Isaac Lea. -.------ 63 ARTICLE VI. Description of a new Genus of the Family Melaniana of Lamarck. By Isaac Lea. 122 ARTICLE VII. Report of a Committee of the American Philosophical Society on Astronomical Ob- servations ; containing Observations made in different Parts of the United States, on the Solar Eclipse of February 12lh, 1831. ..... 125 ARTICLE VIII. Synopsis Fungorum in America Boreali media degentium. Secundum Observationes Ludovici DaviJis de Scliweinitz. ...... 141 ARTICLE IX. Descriptions of the Inferior Maxillary Bones of Mastodons in the Cabinet of the American Philosophical Society, with Remarks on the Genus Tetracanlodon (Godman), &c. By Isaac Hays, M.D. ..... 317 ARTICLE X. On Irradiation. By Benjamin F. Joslin, M.D., Professor of Mathematics and Natural Philosophy in Union College, Schenectady, New York. ... 340 ARTICLE XL Names which the Lcnni Lenapc, or Delaw.ire Indians, who once inhabited this Country, had given to Rivers, Streams, Places, &c. &c., within the now Slates of CONTENTS. Xlll Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Maryland and Virginia : and also Names of Chieftains and distinguished Men of that Nation ; with the Significations of those Names, and Biographical Sketches of some of those Men. By the late Rev. John Hecke- welder, of Bethlehem, Pennsylvania. - - - - - - 351 ARTICLE XII. Notice of Fossil Bones found in the Tertiary Formation of the State of Louisiana. By Richard Harlan, M.D., &c. - - - - - - - 397 ARTICLE Xm. Notice of the Discovery of the Remains of the Ichthyosaurus in Missouri, N. A. By Richard Harlan, M.D., &c. - - - - - - - 405 ARTICLE XIV. Descriptions of new North American Insects, and Observations on some already de- scribed. By Thomas Say. ....... 409 Donations to the Library. ........ 471 Donations to the Cabinet. ........ 491 Index to the First, Second, Third and Fourth Volumes, New Series. - - 495 Vol. IV.—d 'tl.:4ll!-:ii >.'(.. ERRATA. Page 74, line 5, for divided read undivided Page 75, line II, for Ohio read Tennessee Page 324, line 22, for (Plate XXVI. c) read (Plate XXVI. b) Page 336, line 20, for whose read of whose TRANSACTIONS THE AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY. - ■ S t * VOL. IV.— NEW SERIES. ■...• S-- ,; .;. - , . ..-•> ..■•J-.' ,;■■•_- > ivT, ■■'., : ;•. ':-■, NO.' L^' •■- •^/:/' ■f' Grammatical Sketch and Specimens of the Berber Language : preceded by four Letters on Berber Etymologies, addressed to the President ■ of the Society by William B. Hodgson, Esq. Read October 2d, ;:* •'■'.•':■:•■>■■■•;"■■.■•■■■ ^'.'. LETTER I. ' .. . ■^"-'' '^Jv v' ' •■-: ■■- ■• ..■•■; ■ ;. • . •,." . . --. Algiers, 18 May 1828. ' "; Dear Sir, IN compliance with your desire, I have the pleasure to send you a grammatical sketch of the Berber language, as spoken by the Kabyles of this regency ; or rather, I ought to say, a series of specimehs of its grammatical forms and of its syntax. I hope to be able to pre- sent you with a grammar in the proper sense of the word; but that is not the work of a day, and it will require time and labour to accomplish it. All the moments that I can spare from my official duties and the study of the Oriental languages are employed in ac- quiring a competent knowledge of that curious idiom, which, from the phenomena it exhibits, may in many respects be compared to those Vol. IV A . , . . ■:'- • ■ .•',,• f ......-•■.•■■. 2 . - ON THE BERBER LANGUAGE. of our American Indians ; at least, it appears to me that it possesses many of their polysynthetic forms, as you have denominated them ; it will be at least a curious discovery, if it can be shown that the Berber appertains to that class of languages which was thought to be exclusively confined to our American continent ; at any rate it is important to fix its proper place in the glossographic scale, and to ascertain the family to which it belongs. The more I investigate the subject, the more I am satisfied that the idiom of the Berbers is not the remains of the ancient Punic; but that it is the same language which was spoken by the inhabitants of the northern coast of Africa, at the time of the foundation of Carthage ; much corrupted, however, by the introduction of Arabic, and perhaps. in this district at least, of Punic words and forms. The former, indeed, are so visible, that it is easy to perceive that they do not belong to the original language, from the peculiar structure of which they essentially differ. The latter, if any there be,' it is not so easy to observe, as there are no remains of the Punic language sufficient to assist us in the inquiry. We may, perhaps, discover hereafter, some traces of it, by comparing the Berber of what was called Africa Proper, with the dialects of those parts where Cartha- ginian colonization did not extend. If the Punic idiom was ever in- corporated to any extent with the language of the Numidians in the vicinity of Carthage, or in the countries under her dominion, it must have produced a marked difference between their dialects and those of the more distant tribes, which cannot escape the inquisitive eye of philologists. • .._ :■ .■,..■ My knowledge of the Berber language is, as you will readily per- ceive, very limited. But I have an intelligent Taleb. a native Ka- bylc, who is well skilled in that idiom, and in the literal and vulgar Arabic. Hamet, as he is called, is a young man, twenty-one years of age, belonging to the Emazzean tribe, vulgarly called Betii Boojciah. and to the village of Thcgedowem. He studied the Koran and Sidi Khalil for six years, at the Medcrcs or Theological School of B()(»jciah. near which he resides. After having completed his course of divin- ity, he came to Algiers, where he was made known to me by a Ka- byle, in the employment of this consulate. On the suggestion of Mr . ON THE BEUBER LANGUAGE. - 3 Shaler, I engaged his services, and he now resides in the Consular house, at Mr Shaler's expense : such is the devotion of this excellent man to the cause of science, and to every thing that may be honoura- ble or useful to our comi try. ..• '.^v .•• ■ '-••...•. ■ • Through the medium of the Arabic language, my young Marabout instructs me in his native tongue ; and the enclosed sketches are the first fruits of the instruction I have received from him. He has translated for me into Arabic several Berber tales ; one of M'hich I have selected, and send you, as well as a piece of Berber poetry, wij;h literal translations, which I have been able to make into English by means of the explanations of my Taleb. I could not have done it without his aid. His mind is equal to the analytical labour which -it required. " '. But I have found him particularly useful in my investigation of the origin of the Berber language. The plan which I pursued was to ascertain whether the proper names of persons and places which abound in the books of ancient history and geography, some. of the latter of which have been preserved to this day, were in any way connected Avith the Berber idiom. If I should not only find that they bore some analogy to it, but that they had such significations as might naturally be supposed to be connected with proper names, a strong argument would be obtained in favour of the antiquity of this language and of its being aboriginal to the country. If those signifi- cant names extended east and west from one end of the African con- tinent to the other, and from its northern coast south even to the Desart of Saara, where no Phenician colony can be supposed to have existed, it would be clear, independently of the inferences that may be drawn from the different structure of the two languages, that our Berber could not be the Punic, as Marsden and others have supposed ; biit was the language of the Autochthones, of the ancient inhabitants of- the country, which the Phenicians who founded Carthage and their descendants were obliged to learn and to speak in common with their own, and which procured them the appellation of Th/rii hilingues. Full of this idea, Mr Shaler and I immediately set to work, by turning over the leaves of Herodotus, Pliny, Strabo, Pomponius Mela, and other Greek and Roman writers; and having collected a conside- ■f . 4 • '. .- • ON THE BERBER LANGUAGE. .. ". ... rable list of geographical names, we hastened to present them to our Taleb, and were not a little delighted to find, that he recognised in many of them words of his own language, bearing such significations as might naturally be supposed to have been affixed to towns, rivers, mountains, &c. and that this was particularly the case with those names which still continue to be in use from the remotest antiquity, and which have at this day the same meaning which they probably had in ancient times. So far as we have gone, our success has ex- ceeded our most sanguine expectations ; so much so, that although our labours are by no means at an end, I cannot refrain from giving you some specimens of our progress. I regret exceedingly that Mr Sha- ler's departure deprives me of his powerful assistance; I feel, never- theless sufficient courage to proceed in this interesting investigation, and hope to obtain still more convincing proofs of the fact that the Berber language is no other than the ancient Libyan, or Numidian,.as you may please to call it. Permit me then to lay before you some of those curious etymolo-' gies. They are too striking and too numerous to be the work of chance ; and if the proper names which ancient historians and geogra- phers have preserved should be found to be, as I have no doubt they are, of Berber origin, it cannot but throw some light on the history of Northern Africa and of mankind. I begin with the word Jltlas, the name which has been given from the highest antiquity to that chain of mountains which extends from the western coast of Africa to the confines of Egypt. As this name has come down to us through the Greeks, and is closely con- nected with the ancient mythology of that people, it seems natural to suppose that it is of Grecian origin ; but I am rather inclined to believe that it is derived from the language of the people who inhabit those mountains, from whom most probably the Greeks received it, and, according to their well known custom, softened the harshness of its sounds to give it that euphony which their delicate ears indis- pensably required. I cannot find that the Berbers of this day have any discriminating name for the chain of Mount Atlas. They call it Adhraer^, the moun- /^ In this word dh has tlic sound of ^ in modern Greek, or of the English th in then, that. ON THE BERBER LANGUAGE. O tain, and in the plural Eilhrarin. This word is written variously by the different authors who have treated of the Berber language. Hornemann writes it Idrarn, Ali-Bey Mrer, Dr Shaw Jlthrair ; Mr Shaler's vocabulary has the spelling of two persons, one of whom writes Mrar, and the other ^derer. This shows how differently the auditory organs can be affected by the sounds of a language greatly differing from our own. Then why could not the Greeks in those remote times have transformed Mrar or Adhraer into Jitlas ? Etymo- logists well know how easily d or dh is changed into / ; and the liquid sound of r into / and s. I think it unnecessary to cite any examples to you, who are, no doubt, familiar with these transmuta- tions or organic sounds. It might be said, perhaps, that when the Greeks invented the fable of the giant of these mountains, who sup- ported the world upon his shoulders, they changed Mrar into ,^tlas by analogy to the words of their own language ii^'icc and iex.Ti,;, expres- sive of his mighty struggles to bear the weight imposed upon him : but we must be on our guard against fanciful conjectures. There can be no doubt but that this word Jldrar or Adhraer is very ancient. Dr Shaw, in his valuable work on Barbary and the Levant, observes that it has been remarked by the ancient geogra- phers, that the Atlas chain of mountains was called in their times Dyris or Dyrim, and Jldderis or Adderim ; and upon that he proceeds gravely to discuss a Hebrew etymology of these words which he found in Bochart, and an Arabic one of his own. But we have at last shaken off the yoke of that pedantic prejudice which formerly traced all etymologies to the Hebrew and the Semitic languages. We do not think that the christian religion will be less followed, or the Mosaic account of the creation less believed, because we cannot find a Hebrew origin for all the idioms of the earth. These names, which are found in Strabo among the Greeks, and in Pliny, Solinus and Marianus Capella among the Latin writers, appear to me to be nothing else than the Berber words Athraer, Edhrarin, which, as I have said before, mean a mountain or mountains, diffe- rently corrupted from what they had been before when they were changed to Atlas/ Adrar, Athraer, Bdhrarin, Adderis nr Adder im, are evidently the same word, with such variations as may naturally Vol. IV.— B . 6 ON THE BERBER LANGUAGE. be expected, when proper names pass from one language into another. There is surely not more, nor perhaps so much difference between them, as between Antwerpen and Amheres*, Mechlin and Malines, Lugdunum and Lyons, 'oivactit and Ulysses. Kagx'"^"'' and Carthage. And if the Romans or the Greeks changed Adrar and Edhrarin into Mderis, or in the accusative Adilerim; why from Mderis might they not have made Adras, Atras or Atlas ? The weight of proba- bility, at least, appears to be in favour of this supposition. If it should be found correct, we may say of Mount Atlas, in the language of Virgil ; iEternumque tenet per sEBCula nomen. ., I should not, however, have advanced this conjecture, if it had not been supported by many more palpable etymologies of the proper names of ancient Numidia. I request your patience while J proceed to lay some of them before you. The next that I shall adduce is the still existing name of Thala, a town celebrated in the history of the Numidian wars for its protracted siege, sustained against the army of Metellus, and for the sublime devo- tion of its citizens, who preferred committing themselves to the flames, rather than to the hands of their conquerors. See Sallust, Bell. Jugurth. 50 — 52. Thala is the parallel of Numantia, and the ancient Numi- dians probably rivalled the Iberians in warlike virtues and the love of independence. Tacitus, Annal. III. c. 21, mentions another town of the same name. There are in this name no discrepancies of orthography to re- concile between the ancient and modern spelling. The Romans wrote it Thala, and precisely thus do the Kabyles pronounce it at this day. In their language it means a covered fountain, in contra- distinction to an open spring, which is called Aenser. There is at this moment in the mountains of Boojeiah, a village of Kabyles, called Thala Edhrarin, that is to say Thala of the mountains, from the number or^peculiar character of its fountains : the ancient Thala may have been so called for the same reason ; and with this idea the follow- ing passage of Sallust presents a remarkable coincidence. "Apud * The SpanisI) name for Antwerp. - ■ ■ . •• i '. ' ON THE BERBER LANGUAGE. 7 Thalam, baud long a moenibus, aliquot fontes erant :" this is the ad- vantage which, he says, Thala possessed over the town of Capsa, where there was but one spring of water, una modo jugi aqua. The custom of the Kabyles relative to these covered fountains is curious and interesting. A house is constructed over them, for their defence from the rays of the sun, from rain, and the pollution of animals. No man is allowed to enter these sacred precincts ; women alone, who have ever been the " drawers of water" among uncultiva- ted people, can tread the hallowed spot : if a man violate the sanc- tuary, punishment is inflicted, and an ox is sacrificed as a piaculum to the genius of the fountain. The practice of sacrificing goats, cocks, &c. to Jin or Genii is still observed by the Arabs and Moors. The ox is dissected by the Amehran or chief of the Kabyle thedderth or village, and by him distributed to the people, who attend in numbers on these occasions. lUi se pr£Eda3 accingunt, dapibusque futuris. Thus what may be indifferent to an aerial being, becomes accepta- ble to grosser humanity. , :■.■:% Ampsaga is the name of a river well known to geographers. Plin. 1. 5, c. 2. Mela, 1. 1, c. 7. It is now called by the Arabs Wed El-Kibeer, or the Great river, the same name which the Spaniards have corrupted into Gaudalquivir ; but it continues to bear its ancient appellation among the Berbers. On this river, Dr Shaw makes the following remark. " The Wed El-Kibeer or Great river, the Ampsaga of the ancients, falls into the sea, ten leagues to the east of Jijel. On one branch of the stream now called the Rummel, stands Constantino, the capital of the eastern province of Algiers, and which, as the ancient Cirta, was the metropo- lis of Numidia." Then the Doctor again quotes Bochart for a He- brew etymology of this name. He might as well have sought in that language for the origin of the name of our river Mississippi. To me, the name Ampsaga appears to be derived from the Berber word Sagar which signifies ivood, coupled with the particle am, like ; so that Am-Sagar means the river-like wood or the woody river, a very S ON THE BERBER LANGUAGE. natural name to be given to a stream* ; and the description of the Ampsaga by my Kabyle Taleb establishes at once its reason and propriety. Its banks, he informs, abound in pine, of which there is a considerable exportation. The cones of the tree are esteemed a salutary and pleasant fruit, and it is on the Ampsaga that the best is said to grow. He was shown the varieties of the pine-tree in Mi- chaux, and identified that of the Ampsaga with the j^inus longifolia. The generic name in Arabic is Senuhar, and in Berber Jizumbey. To prove that the ancient Ampsaga is still so called by the Kabyles, the following fact furnishes a conclusive argument : on one occasion I propounded some names of antiquity to my Taleb, to ascertain if they bore any meaning in his language. Among others, I mentioned Ampsaga, a river in the w^est, inadvertently confounding it with the Muluchah. He immediately replied that the Ampsaga was a river to the east of Bujeiah. In those mountains he resides. The manner in which this information was obtained leaves no doubt of its truth and correctness. Since the days of Pliny, therefore, the Ampsaga has preserved its name among the people who live in its vicinity. To the etymology or signification of this name, as given by my Taleb, I can see no objection that can fairly be made. It may be said, perhaps, that because the banks of a river are covered with wood, it does not follow that the river itself is like wood, and that it is not probable that it would have been so denominated. This, undoubtedly, is not according to the modern idiom -of our language ; but it is not by this rule that we are to judge of that of the Berbers. And if we were even to do so, we should recollect that our adjective and adver- bial termination ly (in the northern languages Uch, lyk, lig,) is derived from like, and that it is used in many cases where it does not directly in- volve the idea of similitude. When we say manly, loomanly. lovely, we mean like man, like woman, like love, and that is the true construction of this grammatical form ; but when we say greatly, unfortunately, steadily, the idea of like disappears, although it may have been an- nexed to those words when they were first used. It is thus that forms of expression in a series of ages come to vary from their original * The Arabs call a stream near Spaitla Wed El Hataab, i. e. River of Wood. Shaw. ON THE BERBER LANGUAGE. 9 meaning, and although they are retained they convey a different sense from that which their etymology would point out. These compounds of am are very common in the Berber language in words implying some qualification. A person who has fine eyes is said to be amtheit. Now theit signifies eyes, and thus compounded with «m, it might be translated by the barbarous English word eyey, as the French say of a person having a big belly, that he is ventru ; and yet this word is compounded of «m, which signifies liJic^ and if it were to receive an etymological interpretation, it might be said to mean like an eye. Thus the Berber prefix am has experienced the fate of our suf- fix ly, and whoever has reflected on the peculiarities of languages, will easily understand how this has happened, and will know that what appears to us strange and uncouth in the idiom of another nation, will sometimes, gn a critical examination, be found to exist in our own. Tunes or Tunetum, modern Tunis. The word T7mncs, according to the paraphrase of my Taleb, means a foreigner in jjeace and safety. If we suppose Tunes to have been posterior to, or coeval with Car- thage, then the erection of such a town in its vicinity might have been by convention between the Suffetes of that city and the Numi- dian princes. Or might not that name have been given to it in remembrance of the asylum granted to the fugitive Tyrians? The philosophic eye of Mr Shaler discovers many reasons in the relation of Carthage to the surrounding nations, why a free port for strangers might have been established in its neighbourhood. If the chronology of Herodotus be admitted, a post securing protection or perhaps franchises to the Greek and Phenician traders, was a certain means of attracting commerce. At any rate, this etymology of the name of Tunis has in it nothing improbable, and I should think, must be adopted, until a better one shall be discovered. Sitifi or Sitiphis is another name also well known to the ancient geographers and historians ; Ptolemy calls it Sitipha Colonia. In the middle ages it was the capital of a district or province called Mauri- tania Sitifense, and was at an early period the metropolis of that portion of the Caesarian Mauritania. In Mayo's Tabula Romani Imperii, it Vol. IV.— C 10 ON THE BERBER LANGUAGE. is marked at less than one degree south of Salde, the modern Boojeiah. The word Esfeef, in Berber, signifies a white earth, chalk or clay. My Taleb informs me that this earth is brought from the vicinity of an ancient town of the Romans, and sold to the Tulba (Talebs) of Boojeiah, for the purpose of whitening the slates, or Looha, on which they wyite their lessons from the Koran. He has always understood that this decayed city was called Esteef: Dr Shaw says it is now called Seteef. That this place should have been so named from the peculiar nature of the soil where it stood, is not improbable; such denomina- tions are common in our own country. The productions of the soil are likewise sometimes named after the places w^here they are found ; thus Creta, chalk, was so called from the island of Crete, now Candia. Angela, Jlugila, Jlugilse (Herod. Tlin.). Tliis name, as ancient as the times of Herodotus, is still given at this day to an Oasis situate in the desert of Barca, in the dominions of Tripoli. Herodotus informs us that it abounded in dates, and so probably it does at present. There can be no doubt that this name, which was continued during so many ages, is of Berber derivation. In that language agela means ivealth, riches, possessiotis, and a more appropriate name could not be given to a fertile tract of country situate in the midst of a sandy wilderness. It is analogous to the European names Richland, Richmond, Richelieu. It cannot be supposed to be of Punic origin ; Carthage never carried her conquests to those desolate regions, and at the time when Herodo- tus wrote, about three hundred years after the foundation of that city, her language could not have extended to the deserts of Libya. Tipusa (Ptol.), Thapsus (Plin.), Capsa (Sail.) Capse (Notit. Episc. Eccl. Afr.), Capsx (^thic.)*. My Taleb is of opinion that these dif- ferent names are derived from the Berber word Thefza, sandy, gravelly, meaning a sandy or gravelly soilf. The two first derivations appear to me probable enough ; but there might be some difficulty as to Capsa, Capse, Capsae, where the letter C takes the place of T, with which other names begin. Yet, such changes are not uncommon in -If. ■ , ^ . _ ~ * Leo Africanus speaks of a town called Caphsa, BileHulgerid, the walls of which had been razed to the i,'round, but the castle of wiiich, in his day, was still standing. He says it was built by tlie Romans. ' ■■ t M. Venture, in his Vocabulary, gives Thefza as the Berber word for sand. ON THE BERBER LANGUAGE. I 1 the derivation of words. The town of Capsa, according to Sallust, was deficient in water, having but one single spring from which it could be supplied. Therefore it might have taken its name from the dryness of its soil. But that is of little importance, as the objection does not apply to the two first mentioned towns. There is at present, in the empire of Morocco, a town called Thefza, which you will find in Major Rennell's map, to which this derivation cannot be denied*. I do not find it mentioned in any of the ancient geographers. It may, nevertheless, be considered of great antiquity. Ger is mentioned by Pliny, (1. 5, c. 1,) as the name of a river in Mauritania Caesariensis. Ger or Gher^ in the Berber language, signi- fies hefwcen. and is a very probable etymology of the name of this river. There is a town in the empire of Morocco, which at this day- is called Gher. It lies to the south east of Fez, between two ridges of Mount Atlas. There is also Cape Gher on the western coast, between Mogador and Santa Cruz. . ' The name of the river Tamila (Mela, c. 5 ; Plin. 1. 5, c. 2) may be derived from Themtida, a pond, or Thabuda, a kind of grass growing by the side of rivers. Muthul (Sail.), from Jlmeuthul^ like a hare, or hare river. Jlsana (Plin.), from jKsson, reeds. Bagrada (Plin. 1. 8, c. 14), from Bagurda, a mouse, iWbwse river. It is now called Mejerda. . • The following are names of towns : Tisidium (Sail.), Thisitha, cows, the cow pens. Thena or Thense (Plin. Strabo, Ptol. &c.) appears evidently derived from the Berber word Tene, dates : it is well known that this fruit abounds in North Africa. .:. ' - > Thelga, (the Methelga of Pliny) from Thelga, straw. Siga (Plin. 1. 5, c. 11), perhaps from Sikka, a plough share. From the names which were known to the ancient geographers I _. *-Leo Africanus says, that this town was built by the Africans, on the side of Mount Atlas and that its walls are made of most excellent marble, which, in the language of the country is called Thefza, from which the town took its name, t With the formation atn. 12 ON THE BERBER LANGUAGE. pass on to those which exist at present, but the antiquity of which is not well established. I take them in different parts of North Africa, from the Atlantic to the confines of Nubia, and from the Mediterra- nean to the Desert of Saara, inclusively. In the empire of Morocco, we find a town called Tenes, at a short distance south west from the capital. This word in the Berber lan- guage means worshij), adoration. Tetuan, a well known sea port of the kingdom of Fez, is derived from Tetoivaii*, which in Berber means eyes. Every where in the East, places are so called from eyes, or fountains of water (ain). Tamara, on the coast, south of Cape Ger, appears derived from The- mara, a mark, e. g. for shooting. Tafilet, Thafilelet. Afilelee, in Berber, means red morocco leather. The place of its manufacture is called Thafilelet. Azamor, on the Atlantic coast. This word means olive trees. ■ Tagarost, south east of Santa Cruz. Thagarorth, a fig tree. Tregeget, in the mountains south east of Cape Blanco. This word means to quake or tremble. . Togda, on Tafilet river. Thogada, there is here. ' . ' In the country of the Mozabees (Ancient Ggetulia) we find: Berigan (Ebrigan), black. , - . Tsebiil (Thebiil), standing. . /, -' - : . 'c • Wergela (Oorgelara), don't fly. • ; ■ . . - . Engousa. (Egoitsah), grapevines. Gar deia (Ghar-daiee), come hither. ' . ;.■>:•' Tegorarin(Thegoriirin^, fig trees. ' -v In Saara and the country of the Tuaricks, on the route from Tata in Morocco to Tombuctoo, are the following towns, the names of which are all significant in the Berber language. Taudeny, snsTpicious. - ' . • 77scAe/, a spider. • • . , -. v ■.:•. Jiroan, satiated with food. Twat (Mwat), a bird of the bittern kind. * M. Venture writes it thittaouin. ■ ... ■ .'.■ ON THE BERBER LANGUAGE. 13 ■ jE7zat«m, a guard stationed, collector of tribute. On the route from Gadames and Mourtzoiik to Tombuctoo. - Telliaguess, shade of day, or three days journey. Tuggurt, Tegart, cultivated ground. These words are probably corrupted from Thegerth, a garden. . From Mourtzouk to the Oasis of Jupiter Ammon, and to Bornou. Temissa from Themis, fire, or Themissa, a species of grass. Yzaghan {Isnagan), they fight. Thegerhy {Thegarth), cultivated ground or garden. On the coast of Barbary. Seibouse, a species of small bird. This is the name of a river be- tween Tunis and Constantine. Zaine, another river, the ancient Tusca. Zaine, oak. - Tuckust, a mountain near Bona. This word means perpetual snow. Tamendfust, the eastern cape of the bay of Algiers. Thamete/us, the right hand. Tivunt, name of a river. This word means portion or division, and is here particularly appropriate, for this river separates the dominions of Algiers from those of Morocco. Baryth (some write it Baruth^ is the name of a cape west of Algiers, believed to be the Promotitorium Jlpollinis of Pliny, 1. 5, c. 2. The commentators have exhausted their ingenuity to derive this name from some word in the Hebrew or some other oriental language, signifying the sun, day light, or something analogous to the attributes of Apollo, forgetting that when the Romans gave names to towns or places in con- quered countries, they did not translate those which the barbarians had before given them, any more than we translate in America the Indian names of towns, mountains or rivers. Thus New York is not a trans- lation of the Indian name Manhattan, nor Philadelphia of Coaquan- nock. We sometimes preserve Indian denominations, but never trans- late them. It is the same with French names. We have corrupted L'Anse a la Graisse, into Lancelot Grease, but did not translate it into Greasy Bend or Greasy Cove. Baryth is, in all probability, the name which the native Africans gave to the cape which the Romans called the Promontory of Apollo. This word, as I am informed by my Taleb, means in the Berber lan- VoL. IV.— D 14 ON THE BERBER LANGUAGE. guage, reconciliation after a victory. It is therefore very natural to suppose, that cape Baryth was so named in ancient times, from a treaty of peace concluded on that spot, between some of the tribes or nations which in those days inhabited the country. I have not been so successful in discovering the Berber etymologies of proper names of persons, as I have with respect to those of places. Whether it is that they have been disfigured by the Grecian and Roman writers, I cannot tell : certain it is that I have not yet been able to satisfy myself, except as to the name of Jugurtha, which, it appears to me, may be easily recognized in the Berber word Jugurth, which sig- nifies a croiv or raven. This name reminds me of those of our Indian chiefs, the bear, the wolf, the tortoise, &c. and is good enough for a barbarian king. Corvus, Corvimis were not uncommon names even among the civilized Romans. But of the names Juba, Syphax, Masi- nissa, even with the aid of my Taleb, I own I cannot make any thing. Still I do not mean to give up the pursuit. When I shall have acquired a competent knowledge of the Berber idiom, I may possibly discover what hitherto has eluded my research. I am, &c. WILLIAM B. HODGSON. Peter S. Duponceau, Esq. ■ ^ '■ ■■'"" '. ' :' ' ' ' ': '' '^"' '■ " ' ; ■• ■ .■■■'• LETTER IL • - ' . • ' •' Algiers, Sept. I, 1828. Dear Sir, ■ " ' Since I had the pleasure of writing to you on the 1 8th of May last, inclosing a sketch of the grammar, with various specimens of the Berber language, and at the same time communicating the result of my etymological researches, I have addressed to you several let- ters, some of which, at least, I presume, have reached you. I informed you in them of my slow progress in the investigations which I have undertaken on your flattering invitation ; being desirous of convincing you of my disposition to comply with your wishes, and at the same ON THE BERBER I.ANGUAGE. 15 time yielding to a growing inclination to pursue a subject which is daily becoming more and more interesting to me. Philology is, in- deed, an admirable science, and will amply repay the labours of those who make it the subject of their pursuits. But it is not permitted to me to attach myself exclusively to it. The service of my country, to which I have devoted my life, and on which depend my future pros- pects, demands the employment of the greatest part of my time in the performance of public duties, and in the acquisition of the knowledge which will enable me to render to my government the most elficieut service. The departure of Mr Shaler. leaving to me in charge the affairs of this consulate general, of course requires that, by assiduous labour, I should endeavour to show myself worthy of the confidence with which I have been honoured, and no favourite study shall ever divert me from the more important path which duty prescribes to me. Still, as the study of the African languages is connected with the pri- mary object for which I have been sent to this country, I think 1 may, without impropriety, employ my leisure moments in the investi- sation of the interesting idiom of the Berbers. Who knows whether it may not be hereafter of some important use in our relations with the Barbary powers? I feel very sensibly the absence of Mr Shaler, whose able advice and assistance were of infinite use to me. I feel the want also of his well chosen library, which he has, of course, carried away with him. And to add to my misfortunes, my faithful Taleb, Hamet, has been gone some time on a visit to his native mountains. He has promised to return ; but who knows what accidents or circumstances may yet pre- vent his fulfilling that promise? The loss of that intelligent Numidian would be to me irreparable. I have, however, his assurance, that, while at home, he will execute the literary plans which I have suggested to him. The etymological investigations that I had begun are, therefore, necessarily suspended. Nevertheless, I have not been idle. I have now in my possession the materiel of a Berber grammar, an ample vocabulary, and a large collection of Berber tales, songs, and other spe- cimens of that language. These will be arranged, methodized, and communicated to you or Mr Shaler in due time. I regret exceedingly 16 ON THE BERBER LANGUAGE. that I could not accompany my friend Hamet to the mountains of Boojeiah, and spend at least six months with him among the native Berbers. There I might have acquired a practical knowledge of their idiom, which would greatly have assisted me in my future inquiries. Philologists, it is said, are too fond of generalizing their ideas, and in consequence are apt to build theories and systems, from which they can afterwards with difficulty extricate themselves. While I am on my guard against this danger, 1 acknowledge that I indulge sometimes in the propensity of my brother word-catchers, and that I try to obtain some general results from my laborious investigations. Being in this mood of thinking, it has occurred to me that it would be a curious and not unimportant subject of research, to inquire whether the Berber language, so different from others in its etymology and grammatical structure, stands alone of its kind along the mountains of North Africa, or whether it is not connected with the neighbouring idioms of Nubia, Abyssinia* and even of ancient Egypt? I am told that philologists agree that it has no kind of affinity with the Coptic: but I am not inclined to adopt implicitly the opinions of others ; I should like to view the subject with my own eyes, and to form my own conclusions from well ascertained premises. The ancient writers, such as Herodotus, Strabo and Diodorus Siculus, were of opinion that civilization had descended the Nile, and had penetrated into Egypt from Ethiopia, and M. Champollion appears to have adopted the same senti- ment. Why should not language have pursued the same course? Great light, it appears to me, would be thrown upon this interesting question, if we had materials sufficient to institute a fair comparison between the languages of Mount Atlas, the Desert of Saara, and the Oases ; the various dialects of Nubia, Dongola, Sennaar, Darfur and Abyssinia, and what remains to us of the ancient Coptic. But, alas ! much as I would wish to contribute my feeble aid to this interesting investigation, I am arrested in the outset for want of books, which are not to be obtained in this country. I should want at least, the Mithri- * It i3 a very remarkable fiict, that tlie aborigines of Abyssinia call themselves Ghatian, according to Bruce. He knew that they were a shepherd people, but was of course ignorant that tiie word Ghazian in Berber means shepherds. It should be written Amghazicn, by the addition of the qualifying particle am, like. Hence, the names of the Ghcez and Amharic or Amgliaric languages. .. - ' ON THE BERBER LANGUAGE. ■ . ' 17 dates, the Ethnographical Atlas of M. Balbi, Ludolph's Grammars of the Amharic and Ethiopic, Quatremere's Researches on the Language and Literature of Egypt, and a Coptic Grammar and Dictionary, if any such exist. But these books are not to be procured here for any price. I must therefore postpone satisfying my curiosity, until the means shall be afforded me of acquiring that preliminary knowledge, without which my efforts would be vain. .■•- . -^ - ■ -'•.. I have, however, had the good fortune to meet here with a copy of the most excellent work of M. Champollion the yoimger, entitled " Precis du Si/steme Hieroglypkique tics cmciens JEgyptiens." I have read it with avidity, and was delighted to find in it some facts w^hich seem to support the conjecture which I have ventured to offer to you. The first thing that has struck me, is some real affinities in the gram- matical forms of the Coptic and Berber languages. Nou, ne or noui, and e7it answer in Coptic to our pronoun ichich. In the Kabyle dia- lect of the Berbers, enoua and enta have the same signification. Yours and his, in both languages, are expressed by nek and nes; towards you would be in Coptic eroeek, in Berber the phrase is rendered by Gkdreek or ^rcek. I should also observe that P. PH. are the masculine deter- minate articles, and T. TH. the feminine in the one language, and D. DH. are the masculine, and T. TH. the feminine determinate arti- cles of the other, and that in both they are used as prefixes. ::.. These, indeed, do not amount to much ; but they appear to me to be at least sufficient to induce a further inquiry. So far, I am certain, that I cannot be taxed with a systematic spirit; or with being disposed to assume as facts, wild and fanciful theories. Whether what is going to follow will make me liable to that imputation, I leave you to judge. 1 offer it merely as conjectures ; at the same time, I cannot but acknow- ledge that my imagination is tickled with my fancied discovery. I think I have found Berber etymologies for four Egyptian proper names. I give them to you for what they are worth. Those names are Jimmon, Themis, Thebes or Thehais, and Thoth. I shall proceed with them separately and in order. ~ 1. Ammon. This, as you well know, is the name of the Egyptian Jupiter. It appears, however, that he was not of Egyptian, but of Libyan origin. Propertius, 1. 4, eleg. 1, calls him Jupiter Libycus. Vol. IV.— E 18 , '. ON THE BERBER LANGUAGE. . ._ . Lucan in his Pharsalia, lib. 10, v. 511, speaks of him also as a Libyan God, the only one that had a temple in that country. It is related in our books of mythology, that Hercules, crossing the Libyan deserts with his army,' on his way to India, and perishing with thirst, implored the aid of his father Jupiter, who appeared to him in the form of a ram, and scratching the earth with his foot, a spring of water immedi- ately spouted up. Thus, all the accounts we have of Jupiter Ammon point to a Libyan origin, and it is well known that his celebrated tem- ple was not in Egypt, but in an Oasis, supposed to be that of Siwah, in the desert of Barca, where the Berber idiom is still spoken. Yet the etymology of that name has been sought for almost in every language, except the Berber, which ought to have been the first re- curred to. The most generally adopted is, that this word is derived from the Greek a>^of which signifies sand; because, forsooth, Ammon's temple was in the midst of a sandy desert. It was forgotten that the Oases are fertile spots, rich in vegetable productions, and abundantly watered. But it would seem that in the opinion of some learned men, the Greek and the Hebrew are the only legitimate sources of etymo- logical research. M. Champollion tells us, in the Tableau General prefixed to his volume of plates, No. 39 or, that the name of Ammon, which phone- tically is abbreviated by Men, appears to have been formerly pronounced Amen or Emen : if he is well founded in this assertion, the etymology of that word seems obvious, for Aman in the Berber language signifies water, and what name Can be better appropriated to the God who first supplied the Libyans in their sandy deserts with that invaluable ele- ment ? Is it not natural to suppose, that it was not the sandy Jupiter, but the Jupiter of water, who was honoured in that splendid temple which religious gratitude erected to him ? Egypt, which owed her fertility to the waters of the Nile, must have adopted that worship at an early period, and the God of water might well have been placed at the head of the heavenly protectors of that country. Whatever you may think of this etymology, it is certainly prefera- ble to any one that may be derived from the Greek language ; for, how can it be supposed that it was spoken or even knowTi in Egypt in the remote times to which the worship of Ammon may be traced ? M. '■■''.,■ ON THE BERBER liANGUAGE. 19 Champollion's researches have proved to us that it existed as far back as the reign of Sesostris. Therefore the derivation from ^Wa"" must be considered at this day as utterly inadmissible, and no better one has been suggested that I know of. I proceed to the next Egyptian name. 2. Themis. The ancient Egyptians, accoi'ding to Champollion, wrote this name Sine*, with their phonetic characters. The Greeks wrote ei/Ai:. This goddess was the daughter of heaven and earth. In the Grecian mythology, she was the goddess of truth or justice. The Greek version by Hermapion, of her hieroglyph, found on an obelisk, is 'Ax»9£M. Now Themis, in the Berber language, signifies fire, the great elemental principle of nature, and the symbol of purity. The Romans and we derived puritas and purity from irSg fire, the purest of all the elements ; why could not the name of the goddess of purity be derived from a Berber word having the same sound and the same signification ? I submit this etymology to you ; it may serve, at least, until a better one shall be found. 3. Thebes, Thehais. History records, that after the demise of Menes or Osiris, Egypt comprised four dynasties : Thebes, Thin, Memphis and Tunis. Thebes was the capital of Thebais, in what the ancient geo- graphers call .EEgyptus Superior, or upper Egypt. The following pas- sage from Diodorus appears to me, if not fully to establish, at least to give great probability to the etymology which I shall presently men- tion. In the fifth book of his history, De Osiride et Iside, he says: t;r£^n///oy ^oi«cr«, -rSc ^»Tgoc- '"It rcmalns to be said of Osiris, that he built a city of one hundred gates in Thebais, to which he gave the name of Blotherr The explanation of this passage can only be found by recurring to the Berber language. In that idiom, Thehais or Thebaish signifies the breast of a woman, mamma, while Tamazegth is the dug or teat of an animal. If by metonymy we say mamma for mother, may not the same license be allowed to Osiris? The celebrated Thebes, the hecatompylos of Homer, corresponded in magnitude and wealth to the '' " :" "-■ .' .' ■ ■ "'■ ..■/■■ ■ .■ ■■■" " •'■".■^•■ * M. Champollion, Precis du Systeme HieroglypJiiqtce, pp. 265, 267, 281, second edition, calls this Egyptian goddess J'/ne or Tkmei, which brings this name still nearer to the Berber word TAemis, which the Greeks have preserved without variation. , ■ • 20 V ' ON THE BERBER LANGUAGE. , • populous and fertile district of Thebais. That region and its splendid capital merited the appellation of mother country and maternal city, and in this sense, probably, the Greeks adopted, and we still use the word metropolis. From Champollion we learn that monumental inscriptions prove mouth to have been the ancient Egyptian word for mother. He cites Plutarch in confirmation : and that author indeed says, that the ^^y^^- tians ■^»Ata(»oi/cr;, indicate, designate mother by the term mouth. May not the word have been thammdh, thamooth or thamorth, which in Berber signifies the earth, our common mother, or thamattooth, a woman ; or at least a derivation from some of these words ? Who knows what changes have taken place in the Egyptian tongue, during so many cen- turies ; what words, what synonyma, what proper, what figurative expressions may have been lost or substituted for each other in the course of so many ages ? It is a remarkable fact, that the Berbers (in this district, at least) have lost their original names for father and mother, and now use the Arabic words for these parental relations. Nothing informs us that the city of Thebes was ever called mouth by the ancient Egyptians ; but we know it was called mother, and the strong analogy of its name, and that of its province with the Berber words above mentioned, seems sufficient, at least, to put us on further inquiry. ' ; ' ■ 4. Thot or Thoth. This god was the Egyptian Hermes or Mercury. Theut, Thut or Thot in the Berber language signifies the eye, and this appellation seems to me distinctly to characterise the winged mes- senger and plenipotentiary of the gods, and the vigilant guardian of Juno. The early Greek historians relate, that when Osiris set out on his expedition, with the view of traversing the globe, he left the admi- nistration of his kingdom to his wife Isis, and appointed Thoth to be' her counsellor. Vigilance and prudence, therefore, must have been the qualities that recommended him to that high trust. The Egyp- tians, according to Champollion, ignorant of the author of their pho- netic signs, attributed the invention to Thoth, who was esteemed the father of arts and sciences. With these qualifications, he might well have been entitled to the allegoric name of the eye, so well adapted to the objects of his celestial office. . * ■ • ON THE BERBER LANGUAGE. 21 I beg leave to trouble you with a few more observations. The ancient city of Egypt, called On by the Hebrews and Heliopolis by the Greeks, was by the Egyptians named Tailis (Vide D'Herbelot). The Arabs, following the analogy of the Greek denomination, called this city Ain-el-Schems, the eye of the sun. This corresponds with the Greek Heliopolis. The import of the Egyptian Tadis would not have been known probably, but for Berber etymology. In this lan- guage, Tadij signifies the sun. Apollinapolis is the Greek name of an ancient Egyptian city called by the early inhabitants Etfu. This is a Berber word, and signifies the light of the sun, whilst Tadij is the sun itself. This etymology corresponds with the Greek name of Apollinopolis. Having attributed an Ethiopian or Abyssinian origin to the Berber language, I was pleased to find that the names for God, in two of the principal dialects of that region, were Berber words. They are Egzar and Ezgar ; the one signifies a river, and the other a bull. The Nile and the bull Apis were objects of adoration to all Egypt. In submitting these conjectures to you, (for they are nothing more,) I have only in view, sir, to point out the Berber language, as well as those of Nubia, Abyssinia and other adjacent parts, as sources from which it appears to me that much light may be thrown on Egyptian Antiquities ; which have lately and justly become an object of general interest among the learned. If I have shown that there are at least probabilities in favour of this hypothesis, I shall have the satisfaction of having opened a path which may be hereafter trodden by others of greater knowledge and abilities than any I can pretend to, and I hope, with proportionate success. - , I am, &c. WILLIAM B. HODGSON. 'Peter S. Duponceau, Esq. Vol. IV.— F 22 ON THE BERBER LANGUAGE. LETTER III. : Algiers, Jan. 20, 1829. Dear Sir, ■ . Since I last had the pleasure of writing to you, I have, in the absence of my friend Hamet, directed my inquiries to the various nations or tribes comprehended within the ancient Gaetulia. These are denominated, in modern geography, Mozabies, Biscaries, Wadrea- gans, and Wurgelans ; all of which communities are mixed with the Bedouin Arabs. The Mozabies inhabit an Oasis or egzer of the Saara, about three hundred miles south of Algiers ; the Biscaries, to the south- east, inhabit a district bordering on the Saara, distant about two hun- dred miles ; Tuggurt, the capital of Wadreag, is situated south-east from the Biscaries, one hundred miles ; and Wurgelah is thirty leagues to the south-west of Tuggurt. The egzer of the Mozabies is perhaps in latitude thirty-one degrees north, and Wurgelah in the thirty-second parallel ; a more particular description of these people and of their location, may be found in Shaw's Travels in Barbary, and in Mr Shaler's " Sketches of Algiers." As uniform orthography is of the first importance in relations of countries and places, I have adopted that of the Sketches, which I think exceedingly correct. In the past history and present condition of Africa, the Berber lan- guage has been the great object of my research. It will afford you pleasure, sir, to know that I have ascertained it to be the native idiom of the Mozabies, Wadreagans and Wurgelans. The Mozabies, sepa- rated from these two by a trackless desert of eight days journey, are yet more distinct, in their moral and physical constitution. They are a white people, whilst the Wadreagans and Wurgelans are black. Their dialects are identically the same, presenting only modifications of the great language of the Atlas, such as are in all countries produ- ced by habitudes and climate. The Kabyles, who are the Highlanders of Africa, call a man ergaz ; the inhabitants of the lowlands of the Saara adopt the soft sound of g and say erdjaz. Themis, fire, they pronounce Temis. But amidst these various pronunciations, the Ber- ber language is always to be recognised. ON THE BERBER LANGUAGE. 23 The structure and grammatical changes of these dialects, do not, as far as I have examined them, present any material differences. I de- nominate them Mozabeah, Eregiah and Wurgaleah, from the names of the tribes ; and their language is not known among them by any other appellations. I incline to think that Hoest in terming the Ber- ber of Morocco Tamazegth, and Shaw that of Barbary Shoiviah, were both led into error. The inhabitants of Wadreag call their lan- guage Eregaiah. the compound of Wad-reag, which means Oasis or Egzer of Ereag. Wad is the Arabic of the Berber Egzer. These people call their tribes respectively, Aith Emzab, Aith Eregaiah, Aith Wurgelah. like the Aith Abbess, Aith Toojah of the Atlas, and the name of their language is that of the tribe, in the form of the Arabic substantive. Aith answers to the Beni or children of the Arabs. The Biscaries originally belonged to the Berber race, as the names of their towns indicate. They now speak the Barbary dialect of Ara- bic. How this tribe lost its ancient speech, is philosophically shown by Mr Shaler. The Mozabies are a remarkably white people, and profess the Mo- hammedan religion. Differing in some points of discipline from the four great Mezhebs or sects, they constitute the Thames or fifth. Shaw, in relating that they are of the sect 3Ialekt, appears not to have sufficiently examined the subject. The Wadreagans and Wurgelans are a black people, possessing the moral traits of the Berber, and some of the physical characteristics of the Negro. They have woolly hair ; skin of a bronze or dark brown colour, short nose, moderately depressed, with some cartilage in the apex, and thick lips. They are doubtless the same race as the Brebers and the Nubians of Browne. Malte-Brun is of opinion, that the Copts and other Negro tribes of Egypt are a mixed race. The Wa- dreagans are certainly not of the Caucasian family, as are the Mozabies and Kabyles. Their classification is left to naturalists. These Negroes are unquestionably the Melano-Gaitulians of Ptolemy. When I first saw a Wadreagan, and heard him speak Berber, my satis- faction was as great as that of the navigator, at the discovery of new land. And I have no doubt that this language is spoken quite to the southernmost part of the desert of Saara ; for in Major Rennell's map 24 ON THE BERBER LANGUAGE. of North Africa, we find another Tuggurt and another Wurgela, the one in the twentieth, and the other in the twenty-fourth degree of north lati- tude, and these Berber names are sure indications of the Berber language. At any rate, I think we have here an additional elucidation of ancient geography. It is true that Dr Shaw supposes the Mozabies, and the Wadreagans to be the black Gaetulians of antiquity ; but as the former are peculiarly white, his generality fails in the particulars. He does not seem to have known the Wadreagans. In the city of Tuggurt, the capital of Wadreag, there exists a dis- tinct race of white people, called by the Mohammedans Muhedjerin. The explanation of this term is found in the Koran of Maraccius or of Savary, in the Surat of Women, 88th verse. It is there applied to those who emigrate from their country, and adopt the religion of the prophet, upon which condition the faithful may receive them as friends and companions. The ancestors of these people are said to have been Israelites. To the woolly head and black skin of the Wa- dreagan, they present the striking contrast of light hair and fair com- plexion. They are Mohammedans, speak only the Arabic language, have a monopoly of the offices of state, under that of Sultan, and are, in fact, the moneyed and influential men. Are they of the Leuco, or white Ethiopians of Pomponius Mela ? Are they the lost tribes of Israel ? The Falasha, a tribe of Jews discovered by Bruce in Abyssinia, still looked for the Messiah. At Tuggurt or Jugurth, Israel has forgotten Jerusalem ; and yet the Jugurthans say, his right hand has not forgot its cunning. The Canarii are placed by Shaw somewhere about the district of Zebe or of the Biscaries, and he affirms that they eat dog's flesh, as did their ancestors. Pliny speaks of the Canaries of Morocco, and I recol- lect to have read of them in the Annals of Tacitus ; but I am ignorant that there were such people in Gsetulia. It is certainly true, however, that the Biscaries and the Wadreagans make great use of dog-flesh, medicinally. In bilious affections to which they are subject, this meat and its broth, spiced with ginger, cinnamon and pepper, appear to be a sovereign remedy. It is emetico-cathartic, and induces copious dia- phoresis, exhaling a fetid odour. This, I suppose, is rather the effect of the spicy infusion, than of the chemical properties of canine viscera. ON THE BERBER LANGUAGE. 25 The geographers and historians of antiquity, describe people and places in Africa, some of which may never be identified ; and of others, the existence, at any time, is not probable. Until I had compared their wonders of the distant regions of this continent, with the discoveries of modern science, I regarded them mostly as legendary tales, I now believe, their reports were in general founded in truth. The fons soils at the oasis of Jupiter Amnion is said, by Herodotus, to have been boiling hot at midnight, and cold at noon. Belzoni found that an ex- traordinary change of temperature at these periods, produced a differ- ential heat, mistaken by the ancients, to be thermometric 1 believe there was a nation, of whatever name, called by Melas Atlantes, who cursed the sun at his rising. Until the introduction of Mohammedan- ism, the Wadreagans may have thus done. A band of these people having wandered to the mountains of Boojeiah, were asked, why they had left their homes. They replied, the sun ate us up. The exist- ence of headless Blemmyes, with eyes in their breasts, is too great a tax on my credulity, but it seems true of the Troglodytes, that they chatter rather than speak — Strident magis qidim loquimtur. Horneman has proved this ; and Hadjees from their pilgrimage to Mecca, at this day, recount the same thing, adding that these men have but one joint in their legs. If this be true, that country which is said to have been once inhabited by headless men, satyrs and retrogressive beasts, is yet the land of " Gorgons, hydras, and chimaeras dire." At every successive step of my investigations, new proofs accumu- late in favour of my hypothesis, that the Berber is the original lan- guage of all North Africa, including the Egypts and Abyssinia. The dialect of the Tibboos now attracts me, like a mirage of their desert ; like to that, I hope my idea of their speaking the Berber language, may not prove an illusion*. The ample page of this country's history is rich with the spoils of time. It is matter of lamentation, that the Roman legions should have collected so few monuments to attest the existence of this ancient and warlike people. Posterity will admire the enlightened councils of our republic in preserving the records of our red men. But where are the enduring medals to perpetuate those * But see Letter IV, p. 28. . Vol. IV — G 26 ON THE BERBER LANGUAGE. manly forms, for which after ages will inquire with intense curiosity. The portraits now deposited in the war office will be effaced, before perhaps the Indians themselves are extinct. They now stand, as the "Last of the Mohicans," like blazed trees, in a clearing of white men. I am, sir, WILLIAM B. HODGSON. Peter S. Duponcea.u, Esq. LETTER IV. Algiers, 1st April 1829; Dear Sir, I understand from Mr Shaler, that I am to be called home at the beginning of next year ; but little time, therefore, remains to me to pursue my favourite studies. I wish very much, when the new consul shall arrive, to be able to proceed to Tunis, Tripoli and Alex- andria*, where I think important discoveries may be made. At Cairo, which is the Babel of the universe, I could procure vocabularies, and information about all people and tongues, to the utmost verge of Ethiopia. At Tripoli, I would converse with the inhabitants of Cyre- naica, Tibboo, Ghadames and the mountains of Gharian, which con- tain a numerous population of Berbers and Jews. Near the Syrtis Minor, are the Libyo-Phenicians of Strabo. At Tunis may be found nations of those districts of North Africa, more immediately under the jurisdiction of that Beylick, particularly of Beled-ul-jereed. Beyond anthropology, I propose not to conduct my inquiries. Before I return home, it would be well that I should see mult as urbes et homines. Plutarch tells us that he learned languages from things. In my last letter, I endeavoured to illustrate the Egyptian mythology by the Berber language. That theology is the parent of the Greek and Roman. I have explained my derivation of the proper names ^mmon, Themis, Thoth and of Thebes. To these I now add Osiris, Ms, Atoo and the name of the celebrated Nile. * Thi3 wish was not fulfilled. ON THE BERBER LANGUAGE. 27 OsiR-is, in Berber, means an aged venerable man, and Isis signifies daughters, in the plural number, the singular being lie*. Cham- pollion says that the termination is was added by the Greeks to the names of Egyptian divinities. I shall not now review what has been said of the interpretation of these two names by Kircher, Jablonski, &c. &c. who make the former to represent the sun, and the latter the moon. All the symbols of Osiris and Isis appear to me to accord with my interpretation, the venerable beard, staff and flagellum of the one, and the numerous mammillae of the other. They represented also the organs of generation. In fact, sir, I believe that Osir was nothing more than an Arab Scheikh, subsequently placed among the national divinities. ./2^oo, according to ChampoUion, signifies, in Coptic, the wmt'erse ; in Berber it means the whole aerial spacef. This confirms what Macrobius asserts of Egyptian theology: "^gyptii, per nomina Deorum, uni- versam rerum naturam, juxta theologiam naturalem, inteliigebant." On this supposition, it is also probable that Ammon signified water, and Themis ^re. I now come to the famous river Nile. In the first book of either Herodotus or Diodorus Siculus, the Egyptians are said to have called the Nile Oceanus. lie or like, in Berber means the seaj, which may have been changed into Nile, thus : the inhabitants of Egypt pro- bably gave to their sacred river some appellation, such as the father or fountain of the sea. With this supposition, Nile would be the genitive inflection, " of the Sea." If the ancient historians, whom I cannot now consult, report correctly, that the Nile was called Ocean, then the sea, with the determinate masculine article, would be Dhile, which in the softer enunciation of the Greeks, might have been made Nile. The * Mr Shaler, in his vocabulary, gives the word amgar, amegat for old ; and' M. Venture translates emgar, feminine, temgar, by vieillard. He gives tagcJiicht for daughtet, and thiahhdain for girls. Mr Shaler has illi, elli, for daughter, in which he agrees with my Taleb. These differences may be accounted for by the variety of dialects and the richness of the language. t M. Venture gives for the word air, adou, which is nearly the same. This word is. not given in Mr Shaler's Vocabulary. J The same author gives lebhar as the Berber word lanier for (the sea). But M. Langles,. his editor, in a note (p. 438) observes that it is an Arabic word. So that lie or lUec appears, to be the genuine Berber. Mr Shaler gives hhar or bahar, also Arabic. Og ON THE BERBER LANGUAGE. Berber word for se«, I obtained after a long search, from a native of the island of Zerbi or Djerba, the ancient Meninx, in the Syrtis Minor. The inhabitants of this island were the Lotophagi of Homer. They speak the Berber language less mixed with Arabic than the Kabyles of Algiers. The structure of the Coptic language justifies the preceding deri- vation. From ChampoUion I learn that "en Copte, la preposition n remplace le cas genitif des Latins." (Precis, p. 129.) This is another coincidence to be added to what I said in my preceding letter on the similarity of forms between the Coptic and the Berber. To derive the appellation Nile from Hebrew or Arabic roots, as has been done by Pococke and other learned men ; would be to suppose those to have been idioms of Egypt anterior to the flood. I have in my possession a valuable Arabic manuscript of Abou Abbas Ahmed Ben Josef, which he calls Jlkhbar-ul-cloimvel on Mhar-ul-Eunvel^ in which is found a history of Egypt prior to the deluge, and the Nile was so called at that remote period. Whence Abou Abbas obtained his information would be curious to know ; for no records or traditions of the condition of this globe previous to the grand cataclysm, can be safely received but from the Genesis of Moses. The Geographical Society of Paris, at its institution in 1823, pub- lished a series of questions upon this part of Africa, the greater part of which I hope I may be with time prepared to resolve. I have pro- jected a map of North Africa, including the Saara, in which I have found populous oases, I believe heretofore unknown, or which have been comprehended within more general divisions of that desert. On this map I have described itineraries from the Atlantic to Fezzan, along the northern border of the Saara, and I have traced the lines of march of trading Kafilahs through different sections of this vasty waste. I have conversed with the inhabitants of Dra, Tafilet, Fighig, Twat, Tegoraza, Tedeekels, Wurgelah, Ghadames, Djerbi, Gharian, and have found the Berber language radically the same in all these places. The Tibboos are really distinct people, as a comparison of their words will show. ON THE BERBER LANGUAGE. 29 English. Tibboo. Berber. Fire Wenee Themis Water Ee Aman Air Abonoo Atoo Earth Pestaboo Thamoorth I think I can account for this fact geographically. I have various vocabularies ; among others, of the Tergiah, or language of the Tu- aryks of the Saara, which is pure Berber. Terga is the singular of Tuaryli. There is a political phenomenon in the social history of the Berbers, which is worthy of the attention of the antiquary and of the philoso- pher. The towns of Ghadames, JFurgelah, Eghivaat, (Loivaat of Shaw) and Tlemsan are, each of them, divided into two, three or four distinct communities or tribes, who war with each other like the Kabyle classes of the mountains : to these towns there is a common wall ; but each community has its particular section enclosed by an interior wall. Since the domination of the Turks, the Berbers have abandoned Tlemsan. Captain Lyon made known this curious fact in relation to Ghadames, and Shaw to Tlemsan ; but I believe I have first noticed the political constitution of Wurgelah and Eghwaat. The Geographical Society of Paris thus remarks upon the subject : - ce fait etant important pour toute I'histoire de I'antiquitc, on est prie d'obtenir le plus de details possibles sur I'origine, la nature, les conditions et les resultats de cette union." The town of Eghwaat is built in this manner 3=: 1.1. The two tribes. 2. 2. Wall of partition and gate. 3. 3. Respective gates. 1. 4. Respective gardens enclosed by walls. Vol. IV.— H 30 ON THE BERBER LANGUAGE. The town is elliptic, but the gardens attached to it form of the whole a parallelogram : the middle gate is closed in time of war. The Beni Mozab are called in their language Aith eougalan, or the tribe of the austere, which has been rendered into Arabic by Beni Mosab or Mozab. Here then, sir, we call back these people to the Berber charter ; they had almost lost for ever their very name. Their sect of Islam comprehends the inhabitants of Djerbi, of the mountains of Emfus, and of Oman on the Persian Gulph. In all essential points of doctrine they are Wahhabees, but differ from them in two articles of speculative divinity — the essence of God, and the nature of future punishments. A third point of difference is the law of inheritance. Their schism dates from the fifth century of the Hegira. With a view to the future advantage of the infant colony of Libe- ria, I have extended my inquiries to the mountains of Kong. Of the Soing, the principal dialect, I have a vocabulary. I have now laid open to you, sir, the wide field of my researches. I have attempted something towards its exploration, but much will remain for others. The most philosophical disquisition on the early inhabitants of Africa that I have yet seen, is that of the learned Von Heeren, entitled, "Ideen uber die politik, den verkehr und den han- del der vomehmsten Volker der alter Welt," which deduces powerful arguments from the Berber language, although so imperfectly known. This encourages me to hope that my philological studies may con- tribute something towards unrolling the mysterious scroll of man's history. I am, &c. WILLIAM B. HODGSON. Peter S. Duponceau, Esq. : P.S. I enclose some remarks respecting the Tuarycks, which may not be unworthy of your attention. ON THE BERBER LANGUAGE. 31 REMARKS UPON THE TUARYCKS. These great and warlike people were first described by the judicious traveller, Frederick Hornemann, who, in the year 1798, passed from Cairo to Fezzan. Captain Lyons, Messrs Denham and Clapperton, and the lamented Major Laing, subsequently travelled through or along the borders of the Saara, and have represented this nation as distinguished by strong physical traits and manly characters. The Tuarycks inhabit that extensive portion of the Saara circum- scribed on the east by Fezzan and Tibboo, south by the Negro nations of Bournou, Haoussa, Gouber and Tombuctoo, and on the west by the oases of Tedeekels and Twat. The country of the Mozabis, Engousah and Ghadames are their northern limits, beyond which they never proceed. As Nomadic tribes, they are found in the vicin- ity of all the Negro population, from Tibboo to Tombuctoo, where they rove for the purpose of kidnapping. The number of slaves sold in the northern njarkets of Mourtzouk, Ain-Lalal, Ghadames and Mozab by these AnthropoMephts, must be very great ; for, of the slaves with whom I have conversed at Algiers, the larger part were ravished from their homes, while young, by these bandits of the desert. Among the Negro tribes, they bear different names : as Sergoos, they are known every where ; on the borders of Fezzan, at Aghadez and in Haoussa, they are called Kelluvi; at Sackatou and among the inhabit- ants of Gouber, they are known as Etesan; and at Tombuctoo and along the Quorra or Niger, as Oulemidan. By the natives of Haoussa they are also denominated Ouzanoroah, which has the import of the Arabic word Kajir or infidel. Kilgaris is another name which they bear in the district between Aghades and Soudan. The Tuarycks are a white people of the Berber race, and are Mo- hammedans of the sect of Maleki. In regard to the practice of religion, it is believed they are quite as indifferent as the Kabyles of the Atlas ; whilst they are superstitious, and greatly addicted to the use of amulets or herzes, prepared by their marabouts. These independent tribes are remarkable for their commercial habits and warlike pro- 32 ON THE BERBER LANGUAGE. pensities. Their kafilas or caravans carry on the commerce of Fezzan, with Ghadames, Twat and Soudan ; and Mourtzouk derives its wealth and importance from their enterprise. It was this trading impulse which induced Hornemann to suppose that the Tuarycks had pushed forward colonies to Angela and Siwah, and perhaps to Ghadames and along the northern fringe of the Saara to the empire of Morocco. This idea was suggested by the identity of language of the Si wahans and Tuarycks ; but the former, rather than colonists, are believed to be the descendants of the ancient Libyans, the aborigines of the great and lesser oases ; and the Tuarycks are doubtless of the same stock. The etymology of the appellation Tuaryck gives to this subject a new aspect. This word in the Berber language signifies tribes. The singular form is Terga, which makes Tuerga in the plural, or, as it is commonly pronounced, Tuareg, and with our orthography Tuaryck. To one man Tergi is applied, and Tuaryck to the nation. I speak advisedly, for I have the authority of Twatters who have had long inter- course with these people. If one be asked what language the Tuarycks speak, he will reply Tergeah ; in the same analogy Arabcah is spoken by Arabs and Kahylcah by Kabyles. I had long thought that Tuaryck was a Berber term, and accident discovered its signification, which had been refused to repeated inquiries. I had requested my Taleb to render into Berber, some Arabic composition in which occurred the word shuub, tribes. When the Taleb translated it by Tuerga, my satisfaction was extreme, because henceforth it will serve to illustrate the history of this interesting nation. The Berber term Tuaryck corresponds with the Arabic Kabyle, or with a more literal orthography, Kahail, both of which signify tribes, borders or families. The important fact is hence deduced, that the Kabyles of the Atlas have an appellation similar to the Kabyles of the desert ; and they are the same people, as will be proved by a comparative vocabulary. These names were not given to the Numidians or Gfetulians by the ancient historians. As the origin of Kabyle is positively known, that of Tuaryck may be inferred by analogy. At the period of the Saracen invasion, the Arabian caliphs found the Berbers unimproved in their condition, as represented to have been under the government of Sallust. ON THE BERBER LANGUAGE. 33 neque moribus, neque lege, neque imperio ciijusquam. These more cultivated sectarians of the Koran applied the term Kabyle to the unlettered and pagan Mauritaneans. With a like sentiment of supe- riority, the stationary inhabitants of Fezzan and Twat may have denominated Tuarycks, the Nomades of the desert, and so fully has the name been adopted, that a district of the Saara is called Terga, accord- ing to Leo Africanus. The Kabyles of the Atlas, in assuming this appellation, seek to give to it an honourable derivation. When the Mohammedans preached to them the first article of Islam, that there is no God but one God, and that Mohammed is his prophet, they replied Nekabel, we receive. Hence, they affirm, comes the term Kabyle. The mountain of Fuss near Tripoli was so called, say the Berbers, for the same reason, to in- dicate the readiness with which they embraced the religion of the prophet. Fuss in their language signifies hand. The aborigines of our country are called Indian tribes ; and if the man be an Indian, it is seldom asked whether he is a Chippeway or a Choctaw. The Fezzanians in denominating the surrounding tribes Tuarycks, and the Moors those among them Kabyles, have done what we have in a similar case. We have adopted the epithet Indian, which is not known to our indigenous population, and by which they are in no wise characterised. It would seem that the human mind acts by similar laws in all countries. Are the aborigines of North Africa known by any generic name ; or do the various tribes bear, each, a particular appellation ? To the first part of this question it is answered, that the term Berber, of which the plural form is beraber, is universally acknowledged by the original population of this country. I have conversed with natives of Morocco and of Tripoli, and every where the earlier Africans call themselves Beraber. The etymology of this word cannot now, perhaps, be ascer- tained ; but its origin is probably anterior to the Roman domination. By the Arabian geographers and historians. El IVardi, Masoudi, and Jichmed Tchelebi el Karamani, the Berbers are distinctly mentioned as occupying the oases, and also various parts of North Africa. Leo Afri- canus proposes two derivations ; the one from Ber signifying desert, and the other from Burbrera, to mutter. As etymologies are intimately Vol. IV.— I 34 ON THE BERBER LANGUAGE. connected with history and various local circumstances, of which I am ignorant in relation to Berher, its derivation remains sub judice. Gibbon asserts that this word is of Greek origin, being the corruption of the epithet c»§ea5M, which was applied to all foreigners. The second part of the question is answered by the names of numerous tribes which have been published by Hoest, Chenier, Abadea and Jackson, inhabiting the empire of Morocco, and by Shaw, of those belonging to Algiers. To all of these individual names, the word aith is prefixed, which corresponds with the Arabic beni or welled.^ signifying sons or children. The tribe of Beni or Welled Ammer, as among the Arabs, would be called Aith Ammer by the Berbers. The term aith would be rendered into Arabic more literally by eA/, meaning companion, family, people ; for the Moors say ehli darek the people of your house, and the Kabyles for the same phrase say aith eonalihameek. This peculiar Berber denomination pervades this continent. The Beni Mozab, are, in their own language, called Aith oodjelan; and I believe, that instead of the Arabic names which they never fail to assume before strangers,- the Berbers will every where be found to have their peculiar appellations. Among the Tuarycks of Hagara, who inhabit the interior of the Saara, "in the deep bosom of that ocean buried," there are tribes called Aith el Hadj, Aaith el Noah, Aith Emgat and Esukemaran. The two first names, Hadj and Noah indicate how great has been the influence of the Koran and its language in obliterating the very nomenclature of families. In the oases of Tedeekels, Twat, Tegorara and Fighig, the epithet aith predominates. The late major Laing traversed the great desert from Ghadames to Ain Salah, the principal town of Tedeekels, and thence passed through the desert of Tenezarof to Tombuctoo. If the papers of this distin- guished traveller should ever be recovered, much important informa- tion will be had, in relation to the Tuarycks and Berbers. But if his orthography be so incorrect as that of Ensala, which should be Ain Salah, a subject already obscure will become impenetrably dark. The Quarterly Review of last year contains some notice of major Laing's travels among the Tuarycks. A vocabulary of their language, which has been long esteemed a desideratum, I herewith present. ON THE BERBER LANGUAGE. BS Singular. Plural. Water Aman Amanan Fire Temis Sun Tafookt (literally the light of the sun) Moon Ayur Ayuran Star Ithree Ithran Man Erdjaz Erdjazan Woman Tamtot Khaleth and Tesidnan Head Ikf Ikfowan Eye Teit Tetouan Hand Afuss Efessan Dog Aidee Edan Cat Amshish Emshash Bull Azger Ezgeran Cow Tafoonest Tezith Bread Agrom Meat Aksoum* Salt Tesint Country Tamoort This vocabulary is a specimen of the Berber language, wherever it is spoken. The only difference betwixt the highlander and the inhab- itant of the plains, in this respect, is that the former pronounces th at the beginning and end of words, which the other enunciates /; and the hard sound of g becomes the softer dj: i. e. Themis makes Temis, and ergaz is pronounced erdjaz. The grammatical structure of the language is every where the same. The proof is therefore conclusive, that the Tuarycks and the Kabyles are one people, and that the great Libyan race still exists in Africa : its language has not been effaced, nor has its character degenerated ; its independence has been preserved amidst invasions and corruptions, and it now commands the proud eulogy of Rome, genus insuperabile bello. * May not the name of the ancient town of Axum, in Abyssinia, be derived from this word? The Abyssinians are great meat-eaters. 36 ON THE BERBER LANGUAGE. The aboriginal tribes of North Africa possess no literature, nor any monumental records to attest their history. What has been trans- mitted by Greek and Roman writers is an imperfect sketch, and em- braces but a short period anterior to the Christian sera. Where tradition fails, the early condition of a people may be read in the unerring page of human speech. From the language of the Berbers may be drawn striking illustrations of the religion, the political and social state of Egypt and Libya. The papers that have been sub- mitted to the American Philosophical Society prove the antiquity of this language. Quam non innumerabilis Annoium series, et fuga temporum Possit dirueie. If this idiom be not the Libyan, it is confidently asked, by what mighty catastrophe has that language been lost ? Since the period of the first Punic war, we are accurately informed of all the invasions which have successively swept over this continent ; and of the Saracen alone does any vestige remain. When the learned Marsden discov- ered an affinity betwixt the Berber of Atlas and the dialect of Sivvah, the remarkable fact was immediately used by the philosophic writer Heeren*, to solve the question, who were the Libyans? He does not hesitate to assert, that philology has proved the Tuarycks to be the descendants of that ancient people. Heeren profoundly investigated the state of religion and commerce among the earlier Egyptians and Libyans: with what satisfaction would he have learned that the extensive worship of Ammon was that of water — as the annual pro- cession of priests bearing this god in a boat sufficiently proves — and that the divinity of Themis represented fire. This argument for the African origin and remote antiquity of the Berber language, is believed to be irrefragable. The Quarterly Review of 1826 renews the hypothesis of Mr Marsden and the erudite Langles, that it may be a dialect of the ancient Punic, and translated to Africa by the founder of Carthage. The analogy between the * Ideen uber die Politik, &c. der vornehmsten Valker der alten VVcIt. ON THE BEUBER LANGUAGE. 37 Berber, and the Semitic language is faint, compared with the numer- ous and prominent traits of character which distinguish them. It has ah'eady been shown by Mr Du Ponceau, that the Carthaginians couhl not, in the nature of things, have imparted their language to this con- tinent; the Punic origin of the Berber may therefore be abandoned. Were additional proof required, the Berber names of individuals might be adduced. No connection subsists between them, and those of the Carthaginians recorded in history. These appellations have been obtained with great difficulty ; for the Kabyles bear Arabic names, as wtII as Berber, and these they conceal with pertinacity among the Moors, conceiving them to be contrary to the true faith. M ;«'* Names. Wo7ncn's Naiyics. Wetoweet Bat Thafookt Light of the sun Aketot Talkafive Thezeree Moon-light Azetot Dove Thefeddoonith Move the earth Abeetot Short coat Thezemerth Lamb Serrefref Fearing the wind Thunes Tunis Shenoof Hair-lipped Thesomtha Pillow Amshesh Cat Theziziveeth Bee Anefses Runner Theskooth Partridge Ahenooh Neigher {a horse) Honouf Crooked-nose These names, compared with the Phenician Asdrubal, Hannibal, Hamilcar, &c. present no similarity, which latter may be derived from the Hebrew, a cognate dialect of the Phenician. Our North American Indians surpass the Berbers in the grandiloquence of men's names, but more poetic appellations for women exist in no language. Important facts for the history of North Africa have been derived from the Berber ; ancient mythology has also received plausible illustrations from it. The complete investigation of this idiom may facilitate re- searches in other languages ;. for with the Coptic it has a positive affinity. Comparative philology, which was equally neglected by the sagacious Greek and the haughty Roman, is in modern times a science indispensable to the accurate historian. WILLIAM B. HODGSON. Algiers, June 10, 18^9. Vol. IV.— K 38 ON THE BERBER LANGUAGE. A GRAMMATICAL SKETCH OF THE BERBER LANGUAGE. 1. Of the Alphabet. ■ The Berber language, having no literature, has properly no alphabet of its own. It is written nevertheless by means of the Arabic characters, which are generally used for that purpose. But as the sounds of the two languages do not exactly agree, some alteration has been made in the Arabic alphabet, in order to adapt it to the representation of the words of this idiom. Of the twenty-eight letters that compose it, the fourth character tsa, numeral 500, has been excluded, and five more have been added, three of which, the tchhn, the zhc, and the ghcif, have been borrowed from the Persian alphabet, in order to represent the sounds of the English ch, the French/, and the guttural sound of gh in the Flemish or Low Dutch language ; the Greek e has also been added to express the sound of the English th, and a new character, composed of the Arabic ta and sin combined together, serves to express the sound given by the Germans to the letter z, or the combination of the letters is. Thus the Berber alphabet may be said to be composed of thirty-two letters. II. Of the Article. The definite article is sometimes supplied by the affixed particle Ees — Ecshhamsa, the five (persons). Sometimes also th is prefixed to and suffixed by substantives. Thus zerbia, a carpet, becomes thezerbceth. In words borrowed from the Arabic the article el is generally pre- served, or rather, the letter I is prefixed to and incorporated with the substantive. Thus el-kifab, a book, becomes Icktsah ; el-bahar, the sea, is changed into kb/uir*. * M. Venture (p. 420) says lliat tlic Berber has no definite article, which, in general, is probably true. Speaking of Arabic words introduced into that language, he says, (p. 416,) that the Arabic aiticle cl is changed irito t prefixed and suffixed, or the syllable ?u7 is placed ON THE BERBER LANGUAGE. 39 In general, however, Arabic words, when adopted by the Berbers, undergo the changes required by the analogy of their language. Arabic adjectives are made Berber, by assuming the prefixed par- ticle dha. Thus djcdld, new, becomes dhadjedid. III. Declension of JVouns Substantive. Singular. Plural. Nom. Argaz, a man Nom. Ergazan, men Gen. Awergaz, o/" a 77ia» Gen. Ayergazan, o/'?7icn Dat. Eowargaz, to a man Dat. Eeyergazan, to men Accus. Ergaz, a man Ghoor yergazan, to the men Voc. Ai-Ergaz, O man Accus. Ergazan, men Abl. Azzeks, aggargazj/j-om the man Voc. Ai-Ergazan, O men Abl. As yergazan, hy the men*. IV. Examples of the JYumbers in JVouns. Argaz, a man, pi. Ergazan Thamclakkalts,_/57'en(i, f. pi. Themdukkal Thamattootli, a wotnan, pi. Khaleth Eslee, bridegroom, pi. Eslan Aksheesli, a&oy, pi. Ekslieechan, Elouashul Thesleetii, i;-JtZf, pi. Tlieselathcen Thakslieeth, a girl, pi. Thaksheesheen Akarroee, Jiead, pi. Ekaroecn Ammee, a son, pi. Arrou OocIham,/hce, pi. Oodhamouean Allee, a daughter, pi. Assee Tlieet, eye, pi. Allen Aghma, 6)-o//ier, pi. Aeethma Thinserth, ?zo5e, pi. Anzoran Aoulatsma, sister, pi. Yastliina Elas, tongue, pi. Elsoiiwan AmdakkaI,/cJenrf, m. pi. Emdukkal Akamftioosh, mouth, Ekammooshan at the end of the substantive. Thus, from el-mukhal, which is Arabic for a musket, the Berbers make te muJchalt or te mukhalnit, and from magas, scissors, temagast or temagasnit. P. S. D._ * M. Venture, p. 420, says that nouns in the Berber language are indeclinable, but their plural varies a great deal. The cases, he adds, are indicated by numerous prepositions, some of which he instances, which are en, n, eh, nou, eghy, ou, gh, b. Whenever he attempted to make use of any of these, he was shown that he was in an error. He gives the dative singular of the word man, precisely as our author, with the only difference of the French spelling. On the whole he admits that he is not sufficiently familiar with the language to be able to give certain rules. It would appear that the signs of the cases vary, according to the kind of sub- stantive to which they are applied, or perhaps to the idea meant to be conveyed. Thus: to the man i oucrghez; to iWekines, ghi Mclcnes; to the house, (or perhaps, at the house, a la maison) s'ali-ham. Mr Hodgfon will probably elucidate these points, in the grammar which he intends to write of this language. There are languages, such as the Laplandic and Finnic, which are known to have a mul- titude of cases; and it is probably the same with the Berber. Whether these are expressed by prepositions or inflexions, makes little difference. It still adds to the precision of the language. P. S. D. 40 ON THE BERBER LANGUAGE. Oogel, tooth, p\. Oogelan Ahs, hand, pi. Efessan Thigaanoos, foretooth, incisor, pi. Thag- Amassat, leg, pi. Emassatan annooseen Atar, foot, pi. Etarran Egheel, arm, pi. Egliallan Thifdents, toe, pi. Thifadhnan. v. Infections of an Adjective. Argaz dhalalee, a good man Dhefoohanan, ni. pi. bad Thamattooth dhalalee, « good woman Tsefoolianeen, f. pi. had Ergazan dlialalecn, good men Amghar, m. sing, old* ■ Elkhaleth dlialaleen, good women Thamghaith, f. sing, old Dhefoohan, m. sing, had Emgliaran, m. pi. old Tsefoohants, f. sing, had Themghareen, f. pi. old. VI. Comparison of an Adjective. Argaz agasenen, a good man Argaz agasenen fellas, a man better than lie Argaz agasenen nezza, a very good man, or the best man « Fellas, (means') above him Nezza, (means) very. VII. JVumerals. Ewan, m. Eweth, f. one. Seen, m. Seentli, f. tico. The remaining numerals are Arabic and suffer no changet. VIII. Pronouns. 1. Personal. Nekkee, m. Nokkonce, f. I Nekenee, m. Enkentsee, f. wc Khetchee, m. Khemmee, f. thou Khoonwee, m. Khoonemtsee, f. you Netsa, he; Netselh, she; Ikra, it Nulhnee, m. Nuthentsee, f. they. * What is the word for old in Abyssinian ? Might not the name of the Amharic language be derived from it ? P. S. D. t M. Venture gives the numerals in the Berber language, from one to one hundred millions. The word miyct, one hundred, Mr Langles, in a note, observes to be^Arabic, and ifid, one thousand, he says, is a corruption of the Arabic elf. On the remainder he makes no observa- tion, which would seem to prove that the Arabic numerals are not every where used by the Berbers, though they may be in the neighbourhood of Algiers. P. S. D. ON THE BERBER LANGUAGE. 41 2. Possessive. Eoo, m. and f. my Annagh, m. tsagh, f. our Eek, m. eem, f. thy An wan, m. koonts, f. your Ees, m. and f. Ms or her 'Nsan, m. 'nsants, f. their. 3. Independent or Possessive- Enoo, m. and f. mine Nanwan, m. yours Nek, m. netn, f. thine Koonts, f. yours Nes, m. and f. his or her 'Nsan, m. 'nsants, f. theirs. Nannagh, m. 'ntsagh, f. ours 4. Demonstrative. Wayee, m. thayee, f. this Weyee, m. theyee, f. those Ouweed, n. ouwetseed, f. that Ouwethend, m. ouwethenseed, f. those. 5. Relative. Winna, m. sing, who Enna, m. pi. who Thinna, f. sing, who Jeena, f. pi. who. 6. Interrogative. Enwawa, m. entsa, f. who? Enwee, m. entsa, f. enwee, n. which? Ashou, n. what? ^ For pronouns combined with the verb, see below. rX. Of the Verb. In this language the imperative mood is the radical from which the other moods and tenses are derived. In the conjugation of verbs there is a masculine and a feminine gender. The following paradigms are not complete, and are only given by- way of specimens of the manner in which verbs are conjugated in the Berber language. The Substantive Verb to be. IMPERATIVE MOOD. Sing. Elee, m. and f. he thou Plur. Eleeth, m. eleemths, f. he ye. Vol. IV L 42 ON THE BERBER LANGUAGE. Participle. Sing. Ilia, m. thilla, f. being PI. Ulan, m. illants, f. being. INDICATIVE MOOD. Present Tense*. Singular. m. Nekkee adheleegh, I am m. f. Nekkinee adheleegh, lam f. m. Khetchee atseleed, thou art m f. Khemmee atseleed, thou art f. m. Nitsa adhelee, he is m. f. Netseth atselee, she is f. Plural. Nekenee annelee, we are Enkentsee annelee, toe are Khoonewee atseleem, you are Khoonemtsee atseleem, you are Nutheree adheleen, they are Nuthentsee adheleents, they are. Preterite. Singular. m. Nekkee allegh, / was f. Nekkinee allegh, /was m. Khetchee thaleed, thou wast f. Khemmee thaleed, thou wast m. Netsa ella, he was f. Netseth thella, she 7oas Plural. m. Nekenee nella, we were f. Enkentsee nella, we were m. Khoonwee thellam, you were f. Khoonemtsee thellamts, you were m. Nuthnee ellan, they were f. Nuthentsee ellants, they were. Neuter Verb to speak. IMPERATIVE MOOD. Sing. Sewal, m. and f. speaJc thoii PI. Sewalts, m. sevvalemts, f. speak ye. iis'dicath'e mood. Present Tense- Singular, m. Nekkee adhseiilagh, I speak m. f. Nekkinee adhsculagh, / speak f. m. Ketchee atssculad, thou spcakest m. f. Khemmee atssculad, //iou s/3Ca/fC5i f. m. Netsa adhseual, he speaks m. f. Netseth adhseual, she speaks f. Plural. Nekenee anseual, ice speak Enkentsee anseual, tee speak Khoonwee atsseulem, ye speak Khoonemtsee atsseulemts, 2^c speak Nuthnee adhseulan, they speak Nuthentsee adiiseulants, //fcy speak. * M. Venture says that in the Berber verbs tiie present tense is wanting, and is expressed l)y the preterite, as in the Arabic and Hebrew languages. P. S. D. ON THE BERBER LANGUAGE. 43 Preterite. Singular. m. Nekkee aseulagh, I spoke f. Nekkinee aseulagh, J^pote m. Khetchee tseulat, thou spokest f. Khemmee tseulat, tJiou spokest m. Netsa eseual, he spoke f. Netseth tseual, she spoke Plural. m. Nekkenee neseual, we spoke f Enkentsee neseual, jce spoke in. Khoonwee tseulem, ye spoke f. Khoonemtsce tseulemts, i/e spoke m. Nuthnee aseulan, they spoke f. Nuthentsee aseulants, they spoke. Active Verb to strike. INDICATIVE MOOD. Present Tense. Singular. in. Nekkee oothigh, I strike m. f. Nekkinee oothigh, I strike f. tn. Khetchee thootliid, thou strikest m. f. Khemmee thoothid, thou strikest f. m. Netsa yootha, he strikes m. f. Netseth thootha, she strikes f. Preterite. Plural. Nekenee annooth, we strike Enkentsee annooth, we strike Khoonwee atsoothem, ye strike Khoonemtsee atsoothemts, ye strike Nuthnee adhoothen, they strike Nuthentsee adhoothents, they strike. s. m. Nekkee oothighth, I have struck p. m. Nekenee nootlieth, jce have struck p. m. Nuthnee oothent, they have struck. Future Tense. s. m. Nekkee athoothagh, I shall or teill strike p. ra. Nekenee athnoothagh, we shall or will strike. Passive Verb to be struck. INDICATIVE MOOD. Present Tense. Singular. m. Nekkee atsoothagh, I am struck m. f. Nekkinee atsoothagh, 7 am s^ruc/c f. m. Khetchee thetsoothad, thou art struck m. f. Khemmee thetsoothad, thou art struck f. m. Netsa yatsooth, he is struck m f. Netsath thatsooth, she is struck f. Plural. Nekenee netsooth, we are struck Enkentsee netsootli, we are struck Khoonwee tlietsoothcm, you are struck Khoonemtsee thetsoothem, you are struck Nuthnee athsoothem, they are struck Nuthentsee atsoothents, they arc struck. 44 ON THE BERBER LA2JGUAGE. Negative form of the Verb to strike. s. m. Nekkee oorakkathgara, / do not strike s. f. Nekkenee oorakkathgara, / do not strike. The same with Transitions. s. m. Nekkee oorthakkathgara, I do not strike him s. m. Nekkee oorathnekkathgara, I do not strike them. Further Examples of Transitions. Efk, give Efkas, give him Ef kee vvayee, give me that Efkagh, give us Efkasth, give it to him Oorasthatsakkara, do not give it to him Oorasnathtsakghara, / will not give it to them. Note. Efk, the imperative form, is the radical syllabic, from which the pronouns can be readily separated; s represents the accusative or dative him or to him; and th, the neuter pro- noun it or to it. Oor and ra are the initial and final negatives. This greatly resembles the American Indian formations. » Another Example. in. & f . Netsa yabgha-ee, he loves me m. &. f. Abgay-agh, he loves us m. Abgegh-k, I love thee m. Abghegh-koom, I love you (plural) f. Abgegh-kem, I love thee f. Abghegii-koonts, I love you (plural) m. Abgegh-th, / love him m. Abghegh-then, Hove them f Abgegh-ths, T love her f. Abghegh-thents, Hove them. BERBER POETRY. Of the various specimens of Berber poetry in my possession, the following is not the fairest example of its versification. In this, how- ever, rhythm is always observed, and metre generally. The second and third stanzas are of trochaic measure. The Berber poetry has various metres, and among others, the Greek i'^ir^ii,;. It seems to be subjected to fixed laws of pronunciation and orthometry. ON THE BERBER LANGUAGE. 45 The following song is sung by the Kabyle women, at the departure of the errafka, a company of men who set out from their villages, under the safe conduct of a leader called the bofessa, to go to Algiers. The object of this journey is thus explained : "under the treaties ot peace with the regency, great numbers of all these (Kabyle) tribes seek employment in Algiers and its neighbourhood, as shepherds and field labourers, and with foreigners, as house-servants." Shaler's Sketches of Algiers, p. 94. With their wages of two dollars and a half per month, these Kabyles are allowed three small loaves of black bread and some oil. Their lodgings is the stable, and their covering the clothes which they wear in the day. Berber Song. 1 . Awidden dhedhesents adhich aminsee 2. Egan gara sanoee. 3. Aliath 'k-ldjennan, agkhadem latseraan 4. Aghrom dlieraasas, ishthok eghatnan 5. Athemelewin, hoozzimts tliefrewin 6. Abreed elliamma, limbeth glioorewin 7. Sbiagh adhleel arnegh oola adblaoonais 8. Agbra lezair anidha ekhadem elkais 9. Ai, Sidi Yahaya! abab netsa booth 10. Afooyagh adhnoob, argaz thamattooth. Translation. 1. I wish to go with them to partake of the Aminsee*, 2. To enjoy with him the pleasures of love. 3. He is working in the garden, earning the tseinant, 4. Eating saltless bread, and longing for his home. 5. Dove ! Speed thy wings in flight, 6. Speed to El-hammaJ, there pass the night; 7. Bear my ear-ring, and even my necklace 8. To Algiers, where the good man is working. 9. Oh, Sidi Yahaya§ ! thou blessed father, 10. Pardon the sins of the man and his wife. ^ Aminsee, the evening repast of the Kabyles. t Tseman, a small coin. I El-hamma, a place so called near Algiers. 4 Sidi Yahaya, a distinguished Marabbui. Vol. IV.— M 46 ON THE BERBER LANGUAGE. Imitation. Th' errafka 's gone — O great bofessa, take Me to the good man, nor me thus forsake; Take me to where I shall behold his face, Taste his arainsee and his sweet embrace. Joyless he works, in gardens or in fields. His daily labour one poor tseman yields: His bread is saltless, and with that alone He longs and wishes for his chearful home. O ! gentle Dove, quick spread your wings in fiigiit, Speed to El-harama and there pass the night: Bear him these tokens, my necklace, my ring, My bracelets, my pendents, my ev'ry thing. Oh, Sidi Yahaya ! grant us blessings and life, And pardon the sins of tl:e man and his wife. A BERBER TALE. WITH AN INTERLINEAL TRANSLATION. Eweth el marra beki'i, ennan, irouh ewaii itheddou One time long ago, they say, went one traveller adh-ouabzeed alemmi adh-ewan ad-el-hal oumada itswals addakhan. in the road till one place solitary he saw a smoke. Ikabbel ghar-dhinna alemmi iwouad; gaf adh-ewan awergez He approached towards there till lie arrived; he found one of man ala metsa; ouahedas dha-oudcou, adh-seen el-bizan, etletsa e.xccpt him; alone he with a horse, with two falcons, three ibrahasli; adhiker esbaeh, adhirkeb aoudeou, yawee ibrahash, pointer dogs; he rises in the morning, mounts horse, takes pointers, irouh, enagh ella-asha '1 mehella, ouahedas ekled ; eyan weed went, fights till evening with troops, alone he he returns; those with Ifragatin ; alemmi Ifragatin; till aranahadem .■' efan shall we do ? they find itsnagh esmouansen their name he fought ennanassen they said themselves, how amek those adh-ewan aouess one day aouamghar ewan one of old man ON THE IJERBER LANGUAGE. 47 isseulasen, ennanas, amek? enniassen, ashou erkeb? lie spoke to them, they say to him, how? he says to them, wliat rides? ennanas, dha-oudeou, inannou seen ibrahash adh-seen el-bizan. they say to him, a horse, besides two pointers and two lalcons. Enniassen: awethes setsa el-khaleth adh-seen thibrahash He says to them : talie to him six women and two pointer bitches adh-seen el-bizan dha seeneth thagmareen. Azek annetan and two falcons (lemale) and two mares. The morrow tlie other khademan akenni; raioutan, netsa iwouad, azwonran. El-khaleth they do so; they arrive, he arrives, go before. The women akenni edtizra erra adahnis ghoor-sent; ibrahash oozlan when he saw them moved heart his towards ihem; pointers run ghoor-thibrahash, el bizan akenni, asadeou dra-genta ; akenni izra to the bitches, the falcons so, horse he also; when he saw yarrasli ghaf-thegamareth ; azzinas, atfant, awouint. jum])ed upon the mare; they surround him, take him, carry him off Ikka setsa ayam ; had ennias, athnenogh ; had ennias, asel ; He remained six days; one said," I will kill liim; one saiil, not so; ikrad ewan enniasan, ghot: adjmanas esgaran: essarghant. rose one said, I will kill him: they collected him wood: they burn him. Athfook. Ended. Free Translation. Once upon a time, they say, there was a man travelling on a journey, when he came to a solitary place, where he saw smoke. He approached it, and found one man, accompanied by his horse, two falcons and three pointer dogs. This man rose in the morning, mounted his horse, took his pointers with him, and went to fight with the troops of a certain tribe. He alone contended with them till the evening, and then re- turned. The name of the tribe with which he fought, was Ifragatin. This he continued to do for some time ; when at last the people of the tribe said, What shall we do .? They resort to an old man, to ask his counsel. He asked them, How is the man mounted } They replied, Besides his horse, he has two falcons and three pointers. The old 48 ON THE BERBER LANGUAGE. man then said, Take with you to the battle six women, two pointer bitches, two female falcons, and two mares. On the morrow they followed the advice of the old man. When they arrived on the field of battle, they sent the six women in advance. When they were perceived by the enemy, the passion of love inflamed his heart, the pointers ran off" after the bitches, the falcons flew to their females, and the horse rushed to a mare. The men of the tribe at this moment came up, surrounded and seized them. The solitary enemy remained a prisoner for six days, when some of the tribe advised his death, but others opposed it. At last one man rose up, and said. He shall be killed. Faggots were then piled around him, which they lighted, and burned him to death. H .:\ w 'H Aic ;ii r? 11 A ^c a]!.,^ k a ii., Air a , 49 NO. II. Description of a neto species of Sarracenia. By Thomas Nuttull. Bead May 7th, 1830. AMONG the more curious new species of plants which I have lately detected, in a pedestrian tour of twelve hundred miles through the states of South Carolina, Georgia, Alabama and Florida, is the fol- lowing : Sarracenia *CALCEOiiATA. Puiiiila; asckliis reclinatis, tubo ventricoso, operculo subgloboso-inllato canriato, gine intruso-inflexo, ore subrotuiido parvo. . • . Description. A very distinct and dwarf species, about the relative size of S. adunca, but lower. The autumnal ascidia are furnished with broad leafy ridges running along the upper edge of the tube ; these appendages become much narrower in the vernal ones, but their very similar character throughout each section of the genus renders their specific employ wholly useless : the ordinary ascidia are short and reclinate, with a ventricose tube scarcely ever exceeding three or four inches in length. The operculum (unlike all the other species) is confluent with the tube and of a singular, inflated, globular form, carinafe above, bluntly pointed and uncinately curved, with the edges broadly inflected, so as to leave only a circular opening, as in the lip of the Cypripedium, which this appendage indeed wholly resembles ; its colour is usually a fine purple-red, varied and reticulated with varioloid diaphanous whitish meshes somewhat similar to those of the operculum Vol. IV N 50 DESCRIPTION OF A of S. variolaris; the inner side of the tube is almost throughout lined with long coarse reflected hairs, which must thus render it a formidable trap to all winged insects. Interfoliar stipules small and ovate. Scape a little longer than the ascidium. Flowers nearly the size of those of -S". purpurea, the petals lingulate-oblong, dark blood-red ; twice the length of the calyx ; the angles of the peltate stigma deeply emar- ginate. Hal) it at. West Florida, near Tallahassee (ten miles west, rare). Very abundant in Tatnal county, Georgia, particularly within a few miles of the new court-house ; growing with S. variolaris and ^S". Jlava, in the drier sphagnous marshes, by the margins of the "Bay-galls" or ponds, in the usual sandy pine-forests. Flowering time, March to April : — confined to about the latitude of thirty to thirty-two degrees. Observation 1st. The natural affinity of this very singular North American genus continues to demand investigation. After many fruitless attempts on my own part, I have at length had the satisfaction of observing the germination of S. purpurea in the collection of Mr Hibbert of Philadelphia, who very opportunely called my attention to the subject ; this species, then, has perfectly distinct, long, linear cotyle- doxis ; probably, from their appearance, folded and involute within the seed. At present, we cannot but consider the Sarracenia as the type of a distinct order Sarraceniaccee, bearing some remote affinity perhaps with the Nympheacese. Most of the species are confined to the more temperate regions south of Virginia. Observation 2d. The genus now presents three sections in the form of the ascidia. In the first, the ascidia are erect and tubular, in the form of trum- pets, with the operculum free and reflected. In this are included S. Jlava and 8. Catcsbyana, lately restored by Mr Elliott. In these the flowers are yellow*. * To the first section (with S. Jlava and S. Cateshyana) may also be added, to me an obscure species, S. rubra of Walter, " foliis erectis tubulatis, vaha plana erecta," which, as Mr Hooker remarks in his Exotic Flora, Vol. 1. p. 11, cannot certainly be the S. ■psittacinaoi Miciicanx, (a species with which I am familiar from the very places quoted by the discoverer), in which the operculum is always strongly recurved as well as arched. The figure given by Mr Hooker, t. 13, also perfectly accords with Walter's character; the ascidium in fact being cscct, and very similar to that o(S.fava, except in the greater dilatation of the summit of the tube. In this species the fiower is a deep red. NEW SPECIES OF SARRACENIA. 51 In the second section, the ascidia are ventricose and reclinate, with the operculum free, and arched over the aperture of the tube. The relative order of this section to the preceding will be S. adunca^ somewhat allied to the preceding in the almost erect tube; — then S. purpurea, of which, near Northampton, Massachusetts, there exists a yellow-flowered variety; — S. variolaris, with the operculum also strongly arched, and marked with diaphanous reticular meshes, the flowers yellow; in the two other species they are a dark brownish red. Our present new species, S. cakeolata, will form a third section, characterized by producing reclinate ventricose ascidia, having the operculum confluent with the tube, and with the margin reflected inwards, so as to leave only a circular foramen passing into the tube ; it is also like S. variolaris, marked with diaphanous discoloured meshes. The flower is deep red. This is the most southern species yet discov- ered, and confined apparently to about the parallel of the thirtieth degree. . 52 NO. 111. Description of a Species of Orang, from the north-eastern province of British East India, lately the kingdom of Assam. By Richard Harlan, M.D., Sfc. Read November I9th, 1830. SiMiA, Linn. — Hilobates, lUig. S. Hoolock. Colour of the skin and hair, deep black ; canine teeth very long; a band of whitish grey hairs over each eye. Dimensions. Total length, about two feet six inches. Humerus eight inches nine- tenths ; radius nine inches ; hand, from the beginning of the wrist to the end of the fingers, six inches ; inferior extremities about thirteen inches ; the foot six inches. Habitat. Garrow-IIills, Assam, and probably extending into China between latitudes twenty-five and twenty-seven degrees north. Cab. of A. JV. S. Philadelphia. The present specimen is an adult male; and forms one of three individuals which lived some time in possession of Dr M. Bur- rovigh, who has lately returned from India, with a magnificent col- lection of rare and valuable skins of birds and quadrupeds, selected principally from the plains of the Burrampooter river. Dr Burrough informs me, that there is not much exterior difference between the adult male and female. The young, we shall have occasion to notice, possesses several characteristic marks. They were all taken on the Garrow-Hills, in the vicinity of Goalpara, in the latitude of twenty-six degrees north ; they very soon became tamed, especially the young- one; they were docile, affectionate, and rather inclined to melan- choly. According to the accounts of the natives, these animals are not found south of the regions specified. There can not be the least DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF ORANG. 53 doubt but that this species is the same mentioned cursorily in Latreille's Buffou Vol. XXXV. p. 140. The observations relative to the habits of this species contained in this account, corresponding in so many respects with the specimens introduced by Dr Burrough, induces \is to make the following translation. '• INIr Gordon has sent me the drawing of an Orang, which the King of Assam had made a present to ]Mr Harwood, president of the provincial council of Uinagipal. The brother of Mr Harwood brought it to the Cape of Good Hope and presented it to Mr Gordon, with whom it unfortunately lived only one day. It had been attacked with scurvy on ship-board, and on arriving at the Cape was so feeble as to die at the end of twenty-four hours ; thus Mr Gordon had only time to make a drawing of it ; and not being able to make any. observations on its habits, has communicated the information he obtained from Mr Harwood, as follows. This Orang-outang, named Voulock [Hoolock] in its native country, was a female, and regularly menstruated, but the discharge was interrupted after the attack of scurvy. She was of a very gentle disposition, only monkej^s displeased her, whose presence she could not endure. She always walked in the up- right attitude, and could even run very fast : when walking on a table, or among china-ware, she was very careful not to break any thing : when climbing she used only her hands ; her knees resembled those of man. Her cry was sharp and deafening, pronouncing often and frequently repeating the syllables yaa-hoa ! yaa-hoo ! yaa-hoo ! — with the emphasis on the last syllable, particularly on the terminal sound : when she heard any noise resembling this, she commenced crying also. When contented, she emitted a low guttural sound. When sick she whined like a child, and was fond of being nursed. Her food consisted principally of vegetables and milk ; she would never touch a dead animal, or eat meat, and refused even to eat from a plate which had contained meat" [in this respect she differed from those individuals in the possession of Dr Burrough, these latter would eat meat occasionally]. '■'When thirsty, she plunged her fingers into the water and licked them: she voluntarily covered herself with pieces of sail-cloth, but would not endure clothes. She would come when called by name. She was commonly melancholy and pensive. When answering to the Vol. IV.— O 54 DESCRIPTION OF A calls of nature on board of ship, she would hold on to a rope and eva- cuate into the sea. The length of her body was two feet five inches and a half — the circumference of the chest was one foot two inches — that of the thinnest part of the body was ten inches and a half: when in health she was fatter, and had calves to the legs. ' " . . The drawing had been taken during illness, or after death, when the subject was greatly emaciated : there ^vere nails on all the fingers." Notwithstanding the high northern latitude of the country in which this species is native, it would appear that they are less able than even other Gibbons to endure the hardships of captivity and change of climate. All those belonging to Dr B. died, either on their passage down the river from Goalpara, or on board vessel before they arrived at the Cape of Good Hope. The Gibbons, or long armed apes, in many particulars, all bear a very close resemblance to each other. Thus the *S'. lar., leucisca, agilis, syndactylus, and concolor, which includes all the species hitherto described, differ from each other only in some particulars of size, colour, proportions and markings. The present specimen is as strongly characterized, as distinct, as any of the others. In some of its habits, particularly in its mode of drinking, it resembles the Siamang of Sir Stamford Raflles, or S. syndactylus ; but differs widely in other respects. In form, size, and proportion, it is most closely allied to the females of the S. agilis of F. Cuv., but is very different in colours and markings, especially the young individuals of the two species, which differ totally in these respects; the male and female resemble each other in the present species, but the sexes are different in size and colour in the S. agilis; the two species differ also in their habits; both differ also from the S. lar., Linn. The skin of the present species is of a deep black colour, which, on the hands at least, is not confined to the rete mucosum, as the cutis vera of the palms remains black after maceration, so as to destroy the epidermis. The hair, which is universally black, with the exception of the grey band across the forehead of the adult, covers the back of the hand to the ends of the fingers, and on the palm descends as low as half the NEW SPECIES OF ORANG. 55 length of the metacarpal bones. In both old and young the hah' on the fore-arm is reversed. ■ - In the young individual, which is about half the size of the adult, besides the difference of colour, a remarkable peculiarity was noticed in the relative proportions of the arm and fore-arm, as will be observed in the following measurements. Total length, two feet six or eight inches; humerus, eight inches nine-tenths; ulna, ten inches three- tenths; femur, eight inches : tibia seven inches ; length of the head from the vertex to the chin, four inches five-tenths — breadth, two inches five-tenths. In the young animal the fore-arm is shorter than the arm, a fact at variance with the proportions of those parts, not only in the Orangs, but in all the race of adult Simite. In the adult of this species the arm and fore-arm are within one inch two-tenths of being equal in length. In the S. coHco/or, (Harl. Journ. A. N. S. Vol. V. p. 229, pl.ix.)the fore-arm is two inches and a half longer than the arm*. If M. F. Cuvier's account of the dimensions of the ;S^. agilis be correct, there is six inches diflference between the length of the arm and fore-arm ; but if the author has improperly included the hand and fingers in the term "fore-arm," the proportions of these parts are nearly similar in the S. agilis, and S. Hoolock. The colour of the young of the present species is blackish-brown — back of the hands and feet sprinkled with grey — buttocks greyish : a tuft of greyish hairs grows from the point of the chin, and a line of the same colour extends along the middle of the front of the body : the band of grey over the eyes of the adult is generally interrupted in the middle of the forehead by a line of black hairs — which is absent in the young one ; the band is broader in the latter, in the proportion of seven-tenths to four-tenths. Buffon, speaking of the habitat of the Gibbons (Vol. XXXV. p. 200), remarks, "it appears to inhabit the more northern countries, and that the ape of the province of Gannaure, on the frontiers of China, * In the Bull. des. Sc. Univers. 1830, M. Lesson remarks that the S. concolor is probably a variety of the S. lar., notwithstanding the former animal has Iwo dorsal vertebrae, and ttvo ribs more than the former, not to mention other distinctive characters. ■f 5g DESCRIPTION OF A ouo-ht to be referred to the Gibbon ; which some travellers have indi- cated under the name of Fefe." The following extract is quoted by Buffou ; " in the kingdom of Gannaure, frontier of China, there exists an animal very rare, which they call Fefe; it has almost the human form ; the arms very long ; the body black and hairy ; walks lightly and very fast." (Recueil des Voyages, (^-c. Rouen, 1716, Tome III. p. 1G8.) It is this Fefe, which the traveller Nieuhoff describes as carnivorous and anthropophagous ; a character attributable to the extreme length of the canine teeth. It is highly probable that Fefe is the Chinese name for the Assamese " Hoolock." The dentition of this species bears close analogy to that of the S. agilis or Wou-wou, so accurately detailed by F. Cuv. (Dent des Manimiferes, &c.): the only difference is the greater length of tiie canines of the Hoolock. and the obsolete appearance of the longitudinal grooves, especially that on the posterior face of this tooth. In all particulars not mentioned this species resembles the other Gibbons. A drawing of the adult male and young female, also the cranium of the adult male, accompanies the description. For the details concerning the habits of the specimens which form the subjects of the present description, we refer to the observations con- tained in the annexed letter from Dr Burrough. " To Richard Harlan, M.D. "The specimens of OurangOutang, or Gibbons, furnished you, were obtained by me during my late excursion into the interior of Bengal. They were presented to me by Captain Alexander Davidson of the honoura])lG East India Company, stationed at Goalpara, situate on the Burramjiooter river in Assam. This district of country was formerly attached to the Burmese empire ; but at present is in possession of the East India Company, and constitutes the north eastern limits of their territory in this quarter. "The Ourang, of which I am now to speak, called by the Assamese 'Hoolock,' is to be met with on the Garrow-Hills in the vicinity of NEAV SPECIES OF ORANG. 57 Goalpara, between latitudes twenty-five and twenty-eight degrees north, and the specimens brought to this country by me were taken within a few miles of the town of Goalpara. The full-grown one, which at this time you have prepared, was in my possession, alive, from the month of January to May, when it died from a blow it re- ceived across the lumbar region, inadvertently inflicted with a small stick by one of my servants at Calcutta. They inhabit more particu- larly the loiver hills, not being able to endure the cold of those ranges of the Garrows of more than four or five hundred feet elevation. Their food in the wild state consists, for the most part, of fruits common only to the jungle in this district of country, and they are particularly fond of the seeds and fruits of that sacred tree of India, called the Peepul-tree, and which on the Garrow-Hills attains a very large size. They likewise take of some species of grass, and also the tender twigs and leaves of the Peepul and other trees, which they chew, swallow the juice thereof, and reject the indigesti- ble part. They are easily tamed, and when first taken show no dispo- sition to bite unless provoked to anger, and even then manifest a reluc- tance to defend themselves, preferring to retreat into some corner rather than to attack their enemy ; they walk erect, and, when placed upon a floor or in an open field, balance themselves very prettily, by raising their hands over their head and slightly bending the arm at the wrist and elbow, and then run tolerably fast, rocking from side to side ; and if urged to greater speed, they let fall their hands to the ground, and assist themselves forward, rather jumping than running; still keeping the body however nearly erect — if they succeed in making their way to a grove of trees, they then swing with such astonishing rapidity from branch to branch, and from tree to tree, that they are soon lost in the jungle or forest. "The individual in question became so tame and manageable in less than a mouth, that he would take hold of my hand and walk with me, helping himself along at the same time with the other hand applied to the ground as described above. He would come at my call and seat himself in a chair by my side at the breakfast table, and help himself to an egg, or the wing of a chicken from my plate, without endangering any of my table furniture — he would partake of cofiee, chocolate, milk, Vol. IV.— P 58 DESCRIPTION OF A tea, &c., and although his usual mode of taking liquids was by dipping his knuckles into the cup and licking his fingers, still, when apparently more thirsty, he would take up the vessel from which I fed him with both hands, and drink like a man from a spring ; his principal food con- sisted of boiled rice, boiled bread and milk with sugar, plantains, ba- nanas, oranges, &c., all of which he ate, but seemed best pleased with bananas ; he was fond of insects, would search in the crevices of my house for spiders, and if a fly chanced to come in his reach he would dexterously catch him in one hand, generally using his right hand. Like many of the different religious castes of this country, he seemed to entertain an antipathy to an indiscriminate use of animal food and would not eat of either the flesh of the cow or hog, would sometimes taste a little piece of beef, but never eat of it ; I have seen him take fried fish, which he seemed to relish better than almost any other descrip- tion of animal food with the exception of chicken, and even this he woTild eat but very sparingly of, preferring his common diet, bread and milk, and milk witli sugar, fruit, &c. In temper he was remarkably pacific, and seemed, as I thought, often glad to have an opportunity of testifying his affection and attachment for me. When I visited him in the morning, he would commence a loud and shrill Whoo-whoo- whoo-whoo, which he would keep up often from five to ten minutes, with an occasional intermission for the purpose of taking a full respiration ; until finally, apparently quite exhausted, he would lie down and allow me to comb his head, and brush the long hair on his arms, and seemed delighted with the tickling sensation produced by the brush on his belly and legs ; he would turn from side to side, first hold out one arm and then the other, and when I attempted to go away he would catch hold of my arm or coat tail, and pull me back again to renew my little attentions to him, daily bestowed ,• if I called to him from a distance and he could recognize my voice, he would at once set up his usual cry, which he sometimes gradually brought down to a kind of moan, but generally resumed his louder tone when I approached him. This animal was a male, but showed no particular marks of the sex, and by a casual glance might readily, if not examined more closely, have passed for a female. I have no idea of his age, but judging from the size and length of his canine teeth, suppose him to have been advanced in life. NEW SPECIES OF ORANG. 59 "The other large ^Hoolock,' of which you have the cranium, was also a male and full grown ; he was likewise obtained from the Garrow- Hills in Assam, presented to me by my friend Captain A. Davidson of Goalpara. He came into my possession in the month of April, and died at sea in July, just before getting up with the Cape of Good Hope, of a catarrhal affection : his death probably might have been hastened from the want of proper food, such as is not procurable on long voyages. This animal was similar in habit and general characters to the one already described, and may have been eight or ten years of age or perhaps older, as I am informed by the natives of Assam they live to the age of twenty-five or thirty years. " The young specimen was also alive in my possession — this is a fe- male, and was brought to me by a Garrow Indian at the same time the first was received, but died on the way from Goalpara to Calcutta of a pulmonary disease following catarrh. This poor little creature when first taken sick suffered great pain and oppression at the chest, for which I prescribed a cathartic of castor oil and calomel, and a warm bath, which seemed to afford it some temporary relief, but she died after ten days illness. The animal appeared delighted with the bath, and when I removed her from the vessel she would run back again to the water, and lie down again until again removed; she was, like the others I had in my possession, gentle and pacific in disposi- tion, very timid and shy of strangers, but in less than a week from the time she was taken, would, if put down in an open place, quickly run to me, jump in my arms and hug me round the neck, I sup- posed her to have been from nine months to a year old. I fed her on boiled milk, goat's milk diluted with water and sweetened w'ith sugar candy ; she also would sometimes partake of a little bread and milk with the older one ; she soon learned to suck the milk from a small bottle, through a quill covered with a piece of rag. «M. BURROUGH." ^'Nov. 19th, 1830." 60 ARTICLE IV. Silve)' Ores reduced hy the Method of Becquerel. By Jlndres del Rio. Read November 5, 1830. I HAVE the honour to present to the American Philosophical So- ciety, the result of some curious researches, which in more dexterous hands may become interesting. They were suggested to me by the beautiful experiment of M. Becquerel, inserted in the Annales de Chimie et de Physique, for September 1829. He introduced, into a glass tube, some carburet of sulphur, with a solution of nitrate of cop- per, which, being of less specific gravity, floated upon its surface ; and by means of a copper wire he established a communication between the two liquids. He observed that the surface of the wire became coated witli protoxide of copper, w^hile small tables, assuming a metallic and glistening appearance, were deposited on the sides of the glass tube. These M. Wohler has since shown to be formed of sulphuret of copper ; whence he considers the method of Bec- querel as being merely "a new mode of forming sulphurcts," to which, I think, he should have added, " by the decomposition of other sulphu- rcts." Indeed, I introduced severally into three small glass tubes, some small lamelhe of ductile and some fragments of brittle silver glance and red silver ore. These, being exposed to the action of nitrate of copper and a copper wire, were reduced in eight days to the state of metallic silver. I repeated the experiment on the ores in small fragments, which became coated with silver in five days. The formation of silver was even appa- rent on the second day at the points in which the ore came in contact SILVER ORES REDUCED BY BECqiTEREE'S METHOD. 61 with the glass. By what process nature invests silver glance and red silver ores with native silver in the mines, is a question which I do not pretend to solve. . ' In operating upon the fragments of silver glance, wliich were coated in the preceding experiments with metallic silver, I added a little quicksilver. In fifteen days the ore w'as transformed into an amalgam of silver. The brittle sulphuret and the red silver ore required nearly three weeks for their complete amalgamation. According to M. Wohler the carburet of sulphur is decomposable in the same way by diluted nitric acid. I did not succeed in decomposing the dark red silver ore by nitric acid, until after a subsequent saturation of the acid with copper. These experiments afford us instances of the reduction of silver ores without common salt, and sulphuret of iron and copper (the magistral of the Mexicans). I always suspected that the latter substance was very mischievous in the process of amalgamation, occasioning the great loss of silver and mercury which are daily experienced. The silver, being oxidized at the expense of the sulphuric acid, retains its oxygen with more tenacity, as has been shown by M. Berthier, than had been previously admitted ; and especially when in contact with the oxide of copper, which possesses this property to a high degree. The same probably happens with the mercury; and the sulphates, bisul- phates, and subsulphates which are thus formed are lost for ever in the process of washing. Hence, I think, they roast their silver ores in Sax- ony with common salt alone ; and they treat the chloride of silver by mercury. By this means the loss of mercury amounts only to four ounces per five mai'cs of silver obtained in the working of ores that contain two ounces per quintal*. How satisfied would we be in Mexico if our loss were no greater. I trust that the pupils of the college of mines of Mexico may derive some advantage from these small experiments of mine. Perhaps I have thus approximated to the discovery made by my lamented pupil Valencia, and which he unfortunately carried with him to the grave. * The Mexican amalgamator divides liisloss of mercury into two parts; the first he terms consumido, whicli is always equal at least to the weight of silver obtained. The second, termed perdida, is tlie waste in washing, tScc. Vol. IV.— Q 62 SILVER ORES REDUCED BY BECqUEREL S METHOD. > I can state as a fact, that by his genius he had discovered the means of avoiding the loss of mercury termed the consumido. Such are the fruits resulting from colleges of mines. In my last letter I sug- o-ested to him the use of the protomuriate of tin, not of the nitrate of copper ; and in his reply he informed me that his method w^as so simple, that he feared the workmen would deprive him of the fruits of it. As the mail was closing, he postponed the communication to his next letter, which however he never had an opportunity of writing, having previously, as well as many others of my able pupils, fallen a victim in the war of independence. Should the Philosophical Society continue their liberality to me, by supplying me with a fragment of the white silver glance (iveisgulden of the Germans), I propose to extend my experiments to that ore. 63 ARTICLE V. Ohscrvations on the Naiades, ami Descriptions ofNciv Species of that and other Families. By Isaac Lea. Bead before the American Philo- sophical Society, May 7, 1830. -I' SINCE I presented my last paper on the Naiades, which was publish- ed in the third volume of the Society's Transactions, I have been fortu- nate in obtaining many species hitherto undescribed. I have possessed for several years many individual specimens which I supposed to be new, but which I deferred describing until I should possess of each kind individuals of different ages. My late acquisitions have converted my suppositions into certainty ; and I now offer the following descriptions with a view to their publication in the fourth volume of the Society's Transactions, to be accompanied by figures executed like those attached to my last memoir. In that memoir I took occasion to make some remarks on the " ele- vations on the surface of the disks." I had not at that time satisfied myself entirely jn regard to the manner in which these were accom- plished by the animal. Some fine specimens of the Unio cornutus, in all the stages of growth, having since been procured, I have been able to trace these formations through every degree. It will be observed on examination, that the horns alternate; that is. those on one valve are not placed opposite to those on the other; consequently one is made at a time. The animal deposits the secreted carbonate of lime on the outside of the edge of one valve, where the horn is to be formed, and on the inside of the edge of the other ; the 64 OBSERVATIONS ON NAIADES, consequence of which is, that when the horn is sufficiently elevated, the line of the opening at the base of the shell has diverged from the plane of the valves into an obtuse angle at this point. The deposit of the secretion is then reversed, and the line of the opening at the base is soon restored to the plane of the valves. If another horn is to be formed, this lateral increase of the edges is carried on until the same effect is produced on the other side of the shell. The natural consequence of this alternation is a depression on the outer side of one valve corresponding to the horn on the other, and thus we ever find it. In one of my specimens the turn is so short, after the formation of the last horn, that this side passes over the other and forms a plane one third of an inch, so that the specimen presents the curious phenomenon of a shell standing erect on its base, when placed on a smooth surface. The plica? or folds are formed on the same principle. In the basal and posterior margins of the plicated species we may see the line of opening undulated by every fold, and when the deviation from the plane takes place in one valve it is followed up always by the other. In the Unio tuherciilatus, when tuberculated to the edge, these tuber- cles cause it to be crenate. In the Unio metanever we are presented with different elevations on the disks. This beautiful and interesting species is furnished with elevations, small at the beaks, and enlarging towards the base along the umbonial slope. These elevations are antagonist, and being formed at the same time, we consequently see, in a certain stage of growth, quite a knob at the angle of the basal margin. In the Unio lacrymosus, which is furnished with smaller elevations on the umbonial slope, wc find them to alternate. When making some observations on " colour" in my last memoir, I mentioned that "the green irregular spots and marks" on the interior of the valves w^cre "accidental, perhaps the effect of disease." Subse- (|ucnt observation led me into an examination of these marks, and the result is a perfect conviction of their being epidermal matter, evidently placed occasionally between successive layers of nacre, as it were in anticipation of a future erosion of the beaks. In a specimen of Unio jHcsi ulosiis (herein described) in my cabinet, erosion has taken place AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 65 into the mass of its thick beaks to the distance of one third of an inch, where vc false beak is exhibited covered with a thin layer of epidermal matter, and a fracture of this false beak displays another within, entirely covered with the same matter. In the same specimen, which is more eroded than any I have seen, a considerable portion of the cardinal tooth is visible from the exterior, and this portion is also covered with epidermal matter. I will take the opportunity here to remark on the absolute necessity of studying the different ages of the species of this family, to enable us to decide upon new species. I have never been more thoroughly convinced of any thing than this. When I have been able to do so, I have always placed in my cabinet at least three or four specimens of different ages. Four years since, I obtained a large old specimen of the Unio multipUcatiis (herein described), which I placed with my specimens of Unio pUcatus. Two young specimens were received at the same time, and so totally different were they in appearance, that it did not occur to me there was any similarity between them and the old one. These were placed with the Unio tuberculatus, in the belief of their being a compressed variety of that species. A specimen subsequently received, which furnishes the engraving, proved at once their identity by displaying the numerous undulations in the region of the beaks. I have continued to give my attention to the habits of the animals of this family, but I have in vain attempted to satisfy myself as to the nature of their food. Dissatisfied with the results of the observations mentioned in volume third, I procured, among other species, a fine Unio cariosus, the valves of which were much more gaping than usual. Selected specimens of various species were placed in a glass vase, in the bottom of which was placed clean white sand, so that their natural beds might be somewhat imitated. In this vessel they assumed their natural position by pushing the sand behind them with the protruded foot, thus forming a pit into which the base of the shell gradually fell, the ligament taking the most elevated situation. In this position they soon began to travel round the vessel, and this locomotion continued for some days, when it ceased entirely. Their extreme timidity or apprehension on the approach of danger Vol. IV.— R 66 OBSERVATIONS ON NAIADES, was very evident. At first the slightest agitation or movement of the vessel caused them to close their valves instantly. Being almost daily disturbed, this alarm after a time ceased, particularly with my fine cariosus, which now suffered even the agitation of the water without closing the valves, stretching out its fine dark and beautiful tentacula from the borders of its mantle, and forming by the contact of its edges two openings one below the other. From the superior of these openings the constant stream ejected could be plainly perceived for two inches elevating the water at its surface. Being very anxious to ascertain through what part the water necessary to supply this stream was carried into the shell, I discovered it, after many experiments, to pass in by the inferior opening ; that it passed out by the superior one had always been evident. This operation was unremitted while the water was fresh ; when left unchanged for some days this current invariably ceased. Doubting the correctness of my former idea, as to the probability of their feeding on animalcula, from the circumstance of finding the passage of the water to exist only while fresh, and never when animalcula were visible even with a microscope of great power, I instituted some experiments by passing pieces of bread, very small pieces of worms, &c. between the tentacula. Several of them would sometimes remain for some minutes within the mantle and so far within as to be invisible, but they were in every case in a very short time thrown out with a rapid and sudden jet of water to the opposite side of the vessel. These experiments were frequently repeated during the course of a year upon the same specimen, and the result was uniformly the same. No food introduced into the shell could be ascertained to have remained ; it may therefore be pretty safely concluded, that neither animalcula nor food in a more solid state are necessary to the nourishment of the Naiades. What then are we to conclude it to be ? Would the decom- position of water serve the purpose of nourishment as well as breath- ing ? Certain it is, that during the many years I have been in the habit of almost constantly having them alive for examination, dissection, &c. I have never in any instance given them food, unless it was conveyed invisibly to them in the pure water with which our city is supplied through our works from the river, and which was given them every few days. AND DESCniPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 67 When I established the genus Symphynota* , I remarked on the difficulties attending the present generic divisions of the family Naiades. Since that period a closer attention to these divisions has convinced me of the entire impossibility of defining limits to them. The hinges in the species of the different genera glide or shade away so completely into each other, that I have no hesitation in saying it is entirely impossible for any naturalist to mark out a line of unvarying character to most of them. It must therefore be conceded that other characters are required for generic divisions. If we examine the Anodonta cygnea (Lam.), we find the margin under the beak and ligament to be an uninterrupted line. In the Iridina nilotica (Sowerby) this line is slightly interrupted under the point of the beak. In the Anodon areolatus (Swainson) we have this interruption more distinctly' marked, the elevations being larger and more curved, evi- dently forming an incipient tooth which approaches very closely to the Jllasmodonta marginata (Say), and forms with it a natural link. The next in the chain appears to be the Alasmoilonta rugosa (Barnes), which has an incipient lateral tooth ; and that which follows very closely is the Unio calceolus (Nob.), which has the lateral tooth very slightly more defined than the preceding. In the Symplnjnota compressa (Nob.), we have the tooth more perfect and extended, forming a moderately well characterised lateral tooth of the genus Unio. The well known . Unio pidorum (Mya pictorum, Lin.) presents us with cardinal and lateral teeth completely formed. In this genus, the Unio, we have an infinite variety in the forms of teeth. In the Symphynota alata (Nob.), the cardinal and lateral teeth are com- pressed in most specimens ; and the next change we find, is in the Hyria avicularis]; (Lam.), in which the cardinal tooth is somewhat * See Vol. III. p. 442. "^ When the animal of tliis genus shall be examined, it will be found, I have no doubt, to differ from the Unio, Anodonta, &c. For notwithstanding Lamarck's description, " elles ont interieurement les impressions musculaires Jaterales des Nayades," I have discovered that the 6S OBSERVATIONS ON NAIADES, lamellar and forms nearly a line with the lateral tooth. The next "nuance" is in the Symphijnota Igevissima (Nob.), which possesses lamelliform cardinal and lateral teeth forming nearly a complete arc. Then follows the Symphynofa biulata (Nob.), the uninterrupted curved tooth of which is little more than an elevated line under the ligament and beaks. As far as one may be able to judge from a bad description and very bad drawing, the Dipsas plicatus (Leach) may be with propriety placed at the end of this suite. In the U. oriens described in this paper, we have a peculiarity in the formation of the termination of the lateral tooth, which is en- larged. Under the impression, therefore, that the teeth in the Family iVam(/es do not form a sufficient distinctive character to compose genera, I propose to make a "division" of the family, the distinctive character of which will be valves free and valves connate ; the genus Unio to include the first, the genus Sympthynota to include the last. If subse- quent groups be necessary, these may be composed of subgenera. In my catalogue* of species, which I presumed should be considered as established, I gave the umlulatus of Barnes as a synonym, consider- ing it as a variety of the plkutus. Conversing with that naturalist over his cabinet some time before his death, he expressed himself as being very much of that opinion. At that period neither of us had seen a young specimen of this species ; very recently I have been for- tunate enough to obtain several, and the examination of the beaks of these, which are nearly perfect, convinces me, that although the umlu- latus resembles the plicatus in its general characters, yet, that the beaks are sufficiently dissimilar to make them specifically different. extensor muscle of the foot is attaclied to the internal base of the cardinal tooth and there forms a remarkable cicatrix, which of course is over the large anterior (posterior of Lam.) cicatrix, while in all the numerous species of Naiades which I have examined, the cicatrix of the extensor muscle has been situated below the large anterior cicatrix. In anatomical struc- ture lliey must Ihciclbro diflcr. * Transactions, Vol. III. PL,lIE.VoI.4. /■///,' rriij_iry.,iii/,v Ihtuni SCEiui U I'll /Hr,ti/U>n AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 69 Unio Trapezoides. Plate III. fia:. 1 &• Testa trapezia simili, inaquilalerali, transversa, postice undulata; valvulis crassis ; dentibus cardinalibus uti-iusqiie valvulce duplicibus ; lateralibus laminatis curvisque; margaritd purpurea et iridescente. Shell trapezoidal, inequilateral, transverse, undulated behind ; valves thick ; cardinal teeth double in both valves ; lateral teeth curved and lamelliform ; nacre purple and iridescent. Hab. Lake St Joseph, Louisiana. J. T. Griffith, Esq. My Cabinet. Cabinet of Prof. Vanuxem. Diam. 1*9, Length 2-6, Breadth 4-3 inches. Shell trapezoidal, more angular behind, transverse, undulated on posterior half ; umbonial slope elevated almost into a carina, anterior to which the undulations are oblique and disposed to lie parallel to each other ; posterior slope large and elevated into a carina ; sides flattened ; substance of the shell thick ; beaks slightly prominent and incurved ; ligament large, long and slightly curved ; epidermis black and wrinkled ; cardinal teeth double in both valves, crenate and deeply cleft in the left valve ; lateral teeth, long, curved and lamelli- form ; anterior cicatrices distinct and rough ; posterior cicatrices con- fluent; dorsal cicatrices situated under the posterior part of the cardinal tooth ; ventral cicatrix very perceptible ; cavity of the beaks wide and deep ; nacre dark purple and iridescent. Remarks — This highly interesting species came into my possession through the kindness of J. T. Griffith, Esq. of Natchez. It approaches the U. plicatus* of Lesueur, more nearly than any other species with which I am acquainted ; it differs, however, from that species, strik- ingly, in the colour of the nacre, in the general outline of the shell * For the authority of this name and author, see Am. Conch, article Unio crassus ; also Barnes's article in SilUman's Journal, Vol. VI. p. 120. Vol. IV.— S 70 OBSERAATIONS ON NAIADES, and ill its remarkable square sides. The great peculiarity of this species is in its possession of a small cicatrix (which I propose to call the ventral cicatrix) anterior to the central part of the cavity of the shell. In no other species have I ever met with the slightest indi- cation of this cicatrix, although I have examined numerous larger and more globose specimens of various species with this view. Unio Multiplicatus. Plate IV. fig. 2. Testa Irapeziali, incBquivalvi, oblique transversa, maxinie undidata ; valvulis crassissimis ; dentibus cardinalibus crassis, lateralibus longis curvisque; margaritd alba et iridescente. Shell trapezoidal, inequivalve, obliquely transverse, much undulated ; valves very thick ; cardinal teeth thick ; lateral teeth long and curved ; nacre pearly white and iridescent. Hab. Tennessee Biver. Prof. Vanuxem. _ Ohio River. T. G. Lea. My Cabinet. Cabinet of Prof. Vanuxem. Diam. 2-2, Length 3-8, Breadth 5-6 inches. Shell trapezoidal, obliquely transverse, undulated except near the anterior margin, compressed towards basal and posterior margins ; undulations diverge from the umbonial slope and in the superior part curve towards the dorsal margin which is carinate ; substance of the shell very thick ; beaks slightly prominent and rugose with undulations extending over the umbones which are flattened ; ligament large, long and curved ; epidermis black and much wrinkled ; cardinal teeth thick and sulcate ; lateral teeth large, long and slightly curved ; anterior cicatrices distinct ; posterior cicatrices confluent ; dorsal cicatrices situated on the under side of the plate betw^een the cardinal and lateral teeth; cavity of the beaks rather large and rounded; nacre pearly white, iridescent and surrounded by a distinct dark margin. Remarks. — This fine large species was one of many fine shells PL.I\^A'ol.4. [ nic iitii/r//ilii ,/h/.' Vravjt,i l^ui'tl Ini J.Drn TT.V. Vol 1. i'liio r/sfieri. Jlrawn k£no 'J tii'Mlralir. AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 71 brought by Prof. Vanuxem from the western states. It is very nearly allied to the plicafus (Lesueur) in its general characteristics, but when the beaks are not much eroded, it may be at once distinguished from that species by the numerous small irregular undulations which sur- round and cover the beaks, and of which the plicutus is entirely destitute except at the very tip of the beaks ; where the small folds are entirely unconnected with the large ones. In a very young state no two species, scarcely, can be more different, the multiplicatus being entirely covered with undulations, while the plicutus possesses none, except the small ones at the tip. In this state it resembles exceedingly the tubermlatus of Barnes, and when I received my first specimen, I referred it to that species, considering it a variety, and should most probably have continued to be of that opinion, had I not obtained a large specimen sufficiently perfect to display the irregular undulations in the region of the beaks. The facts mentioned above, show the absolute necessity of studying the young in making ourselves acquainted with the species. Unio Asperrimus. Plate V. fig. 3. Testa sebquadrangulari, inaquilaterali, postice biangulari, natihus ad baseos marginem sulcata et nodulis inslructa; valvulis percrassis ; natihus elevatis; dentibus cardinalibus prcBgrandibus, lateralibus magnis subrectisque ; margarita pulchrd et iridescente. Shell sub-quadrangular, inequilateral, biangular behind, sulcated from beaks to basal margin, thick and noduled ; valves very thick; beaks elevated ; cardinal teeth very large ; lateral teeth large and nearly straight ; nacre beautifully pearly and iridescent. Hab. Ohio River. T. G. Lea. My Cabinet. . - Cabinet of T. G. Lea. Cabinet of Lyceum of Natural History of New York. Diam. 2-3, Length 3-6, Breadth 4-8 inches. Shell sub-quadrangular, biangular behind, sulcated from beak to 72 OBSERYATIONS ON NAIADES, basal margin, roughly noduled and thick ; basal margin emarginate ; substance of the shell thick ; beaks prominent, retuse ; noduled along the umbonial slope and before the furrow, which is smooth ; posterior slope covered with nodules ; nodules posterior to the furrow are dis- posed to be transverse and on the umbones erect or recurved ; ligament laro-e ; epidermis wrinkled and fuscous in adult specimens, — in younger specimens it is yellowish brown with obsolete rays; cardinal tooth very large, widely cleft, sulcated and crested in the left valve, in the right valve emerging from a pit ; posterior cicatrices confluent ; ante- rior cicatrices distinct, the great one deep ; dorsal cicatrices situated on the under part of the cardinal tooth ; cavity of the beaks angulated, large and deep ; nacre beautifully pearly white and iridescent. Remarks. — This fine and interesting species is nearly allied to the U. lacrymosus (Nob.). It differs from it distinctly in the possession of nodules which are rough and disposed to be erect and transverse. The tubercles of the lacrymosus take a direction towards the basal margin, and are similar to tears flowing down the cheek. The pos- terior margin in the present species is more protruded, while the area of the anterior portion is smaller than that of the lacrymosus. It cannot be mistaken for the U. metanever (Rafinesque), which possesses large elevations along the umbonial slope. In younger specimens than the one represented here the basal and posterior margins are more rounded. Unio CoNGAR.tus. Plate VI. fig. 4 a* Testa rhomboideo-elliptica, transversa, irKEquilaterali ; valvidis tenuibus; natibiis subundulatis; dente cardinali obliquo compressoqiie ; dentibus lateralibus longis, ct prope terminos postcriores auctis ; margaritd sericed et iridescente. Shell elliptico-rliomboidal, transverse, inequilateral ; valves thin ; beaks slightly undulated ; cardinal tooth oblique, compressed; lateral teeth long and enlarged towards the posterior end ; nacre satinlikc and iridescent. Hab. Congarcc River, South Carolina. PL.Vl .Vol . 4. L'nio OTifiu Unio conqrixus . rniii />rt'Tiderj.j ■ Drtain tt Etui 'd hv JBranU, AND DESCRIPTIONS OP NEW SPECIES. 73 My Cabinet. Cabinet of Prof. Vanuxem. Cabinet of P. H. Nicklin. Cabinet of H. C. Carey. Cabinet of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. Diam. -7, Length -1, Breadth 1-6 inches. Shell elliptico-rhomboidal, transverse, somewhat flattened at the sides; posterior slope furnished with slight undulations; substance of the shell thin ; beaks slightly prominent, and furnished with par- allel concentric undulations near the tips ; ligament short ; epidermis yellow, and yellowish brown; rays green and numerous; cardinal tooth oblique, compressed, and slightly cleft in the left valve — in the right single ; lateral teeth long, slightly curved and enlarged towards the posterior end ; anterior cicatrices distinct ; posterior cicatrices con- fluent; dorsal cicatrices situated under the plate, between the cardi- nal and lateral teeth ; nacre satin like, and beautifully iridescent. Remarks. — I obtained several specimens of this shell, on the shores of the Congaree, at Columbia, S. C. It resembles the radiafus (Gme- lin) and comjilanatus* (Solan.), which species are frequently mistaken for each other, and this may readily be confounded with either of them. It has, like the ratliatus, many rays, but differs in being more angulated on the umbonial slope, and in measuring less from the pos- terior dorsal margin to the basal margin. It differs from the com- planatus in its rays, and in having slight undulations on the posterior slope. It is more diminutive in size than either, not being more in volume than one-fifth of the complanatiis from the same locality. Unio Oriens. Plate VI. fig. 5. Testa longo-ovatd, transversa, inaquilaterali. compressd et radiis pulcherrimis picta, valvulis tenuibus; natibus subprominulis et retusis ; denlibus cardinalibus * For reclamation of this species, see Vol. JII. p. 416. Vol. IV.— T 74 OBSERVATIONS ON NAIADES, parvis et imperfecHs, later alibus imperfectis et indivisis ; margaritd caruleo-albd, iridescente, et in natium cavo purpurea. Shell long-ovate, transverse, inequilateral, compressed and beautifully rayed ; valves thin ; beaks scarcely prominent and retuse; cardinal teeth small and imper- fect ; lateral teeth imperfect and divided ; nacre bluish white, iridescent and purple in the cavity of the beaks. Hab. Ohio river, T. G. Lea. My Cabinet. Cabinet of R. Peter, Pittsburgh. Cabinet of Dr Hildreth, Marietta, Ohio. Diam. -5, Length 1-1, Breadth 2-8 inches. Shell long-ovate, transverse, compressed; substance of the shell very thin ; beaks scarcely prominent, and situated tov\^ards the anterior mar- gin ; ligament linear ; epidermis slightly wrinkled, yellowish, with ob- lique interrupted green rays, which enlarge posteriorly ; cardinal teeth very imperfect ; lateral teeth straight, very imperfect, (having little or no longitudinal division, even in the left valve) enlarged at posterior termination ; anterior cicatrices distinct ; posterior cicatrices confluent ; dorsal cicatrices situated in the centre of the cavity of the beaks ; cavity of the beaks wide and very shallow ; nacre bluish white, iridescent, purple in the cavity of the beaks. Remarks. — The specimen which is here described and figured, was sent to me three or four years since, and has never ceased to excite in me great interest and attention. The very imperfect state of the teeth compelled me to doubt of the propriety of erecting it into a new species, although the specimen^bore no appearance of a malforma- tion in any other part, however diflerent it was from other species of the family I had seen. Two other specimens, one of which is young, having recently come into my possession, prove to possess precisely the same characters in every respect, and the only difficulty which now stood in the way of giving it a place in our systems was to determine its gcmis ! It appears to me, for the present, most proper to place it with the UnloncH. It cannot be placed with the AnoJonta of Lam. for he describes that genus as having "cardo linearis edentulus." It would be equally difficult to class it with the Masmodonta of Say, for AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NEAV SPECIES. 75 that conchologist says, "hinge with a primary tooth in each valve." In the oriens the cardinal and lateral teeth are equally imperfect, and in this respect it resembles the U. soleniformis (Nob.), though much less defined. Under these circumstances, it appeared necessary to give it a place with the Uniones. Unio Brevidens. Plate VI. fis; O' Testa subtriangulari, inasquilaterali, transversa ; valvulis crassis ; dentibus car- dinalibus modicis, lateralibus curvis, brevibus, crassisque ; margaritd alba. Shell subtriangular, inequilateral, transverse; valves thick; cardinal teeth rather small; lateral teeth curved, short, and thick; nacre pearly white. Hab. Ohio, William Cooper. My Cabinet. Cabinet of Lyceum of Natural History of New York. Diam. -8, Length 1-2, Breadth 1-7 inches. Shell sub-triangular, angular behind, transverse; umbonial slope curved ; sides flattened ; substance of the shell thick ; beaks slightly prominent ; ligament short ; epidermis yellow^, wrinkled ; rays small, slightly curved and interrupted ; cardinal tooth rather small, slightly elevated and widely cleft in the left valve, single and emerging from a pit in the right valve ; lateral teeth curved, short and thick, posterior and anterior cicatrices both distinct ; the smaller posterior one be- ing placed directly over the larger and beneath the point of the lateral tooth ; dorsal cicatrices situated on the under part of the cardinal tooth ; cavity of the beaks arched, shallow ; nacre pearly white. Remarks. — For this interesting and fine species we are indebted to the liberality of the members of the Lyceum of Natural History of New York, who, in accordance with their known zeal in the promotion of natural science, promptly passed a vote to permit their new fluvia- tile shells (herein described) to be described for, and inserted in our Transactions, under the impression that science would be benefited by 76 OBSERYATIONS ON NAIADES, their being embodied in one paper with those which I was about to publish. This species somewhat resembles U. triangularis of Barnes. It differs from it in being less ventricose, more ponderous, possessing thicker teeth and in the rays which are interrupted indistinct lines. Unio Pustulosus. Plate VII. fig. 7. Testa modice producta, aquilaterali, inflatd, dwiidio postico tuberculatd ; valvu- lis crassis; natibus prominentibus et ad apices granulatis; dentibus cardinalibus subgrandibus ; lateralibus brevibus, crassis, rectisque ; margaritd alba et irides- cent e. Shell rather elongated, equilateral, inflated, tuberculated on posterior half; valves thick; beaks elevated and granulated at tip; cardinal teeth rather large; lateral teeth short, thick and straight ; nacre pearly white and iridescent. TT , C Ohio, T. G. Lea. C Alabama river, Judge Tait. My Cabinet. Cabinet of Professor Vanuxem. Cabinet of P. H. Nicklin. Cabinet of H. C. Carey. Cabinet of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Cabinet of Peale's Museum. Unio verrucosus. Var. i? Barnes. Diam. 1-4, Length 2-2, Breadth 2-1 inches. Shell rather elongated, equilateral, inflated, irregularly tuberculated on posterior half, but not on the first and second growths ; tubercles generally large ; substance of the shell thick ; beaks elevated and granulated at tip ; ligament short and thick ; epidermis bright brown ; a single broad interrupted ray passes from the beak nearly to the cen- tre of the disk ; cardinal tooth rather large and widely cleft in the left valve — single and emerging from a pit in the right valve ; lateral teeth short, thick and straight ; anterior and posterior cicatrices both distinct; dorsal cicatrices situated on the under part of the cardinal PL.Vll Vol.4 , TL rmrxJnnfniflrft- It differs from it in having undulations, and is totally dissimilar in point of magnitude. Vol. IV.— X 90 * OBSERVATIONS ON NAIADES, , Unio Varicosus. Plate XI. fig. 20. Testa suhelliptica, ohliqud, postice compressd, varicibus Iransversis et concentricis instructa ; valvuUs pracrassis ; natibus subterminalibus, prominent ibus, incurvis ; dentibuscardinalibusmodicis; lateralibuslongis,magnis etsubrectis; margaritd alba. Shell subelliptical, oblique, compressed behind, varicose, wilhtransverse concentric elevations; valves very thick; beaks nearly terminal, elevated, incurved ; cardinal teeth rather small ; lateral teeth long, large and nearly straight ; nacre pearly white. Hab. Ohio river, T. G. Lea. My Cabinet. Cabinet of Prof. Vannxem. Cabinet of P. H. Nicklin. Diam. 2-1, Length 3, Breadth 4-2 inches. Shell subelliptical, oblique, compressed and rounded behind, varicose from near the beak to basal margin, with transverse concentric eleva- tions along the lines of successive growth ; substance of the shell very thick; beaks nearly terminal, elevated, incurved ; ligament long and large ; epidermis reddish brown ; cardinal tooth rather small, direction same as lateral tooth, widely cleft in the left valve, in the right valve emerging from a pit ; lateral teeth long, large and nearly straight ; an- terior and posterior cicatrices both distinct ; dorsal cicatrices situated on the lower part of the cardinal tooth, and on the under side of the plate between the cardinal and lateral teeth ; cavity of the beaks rather deep and rounded ; nacre pearly white. Bemai'lis. — This species most resembles the U. JEsopus (Green). It differs from it, however, in being rounded behind, in the beaks being nearly terminal, at ihe vaiiues being less elevated and more trans- verse; and in the absence of elevations along the umbonial slope. There being no varicose undulations on young individuals, which are generally obscurely radiated, it is difficult for the unpractised eye to recognize the species to which they belong. PL . XI .Vul 4 , If-niii vari.cosu,-; T/v.u> aisl-aneus P-L . xir .Vol . 4-. -^A'^^m ■■ K. ( / fy'un iiailUsU-iatjj^f I'nuj f/.c'M'iz^ . -"'""■« '7- l,UruAft„>u. U'UO c'lijirlnu. AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 91. Unio Castaneus. Plate XI. fig. 21. Testa suiellipticd, inmquilaterali, obliqud, inflatn; valvulis crassis; dentibus car- dinalibus magnis; laleralibus subrectis brevibuique; margaritd maximefulgente et iridescente. Shell subelliptical, inequilateral, oblique, inflated; valves thick; cardinal teeth large; lateral teeth nearly straight and short; nacre very pearly and iridescent. Hab. Alabama river, Judge Tait. My Cabinet. Cabinet of Professor Vanuxem. Cabinet of P. H. Nickliu. Diam. -6, Length -8, Breadth 1 inch. Shell subelliptical, oblique ; substance of the shell thick ; beaks pro- minent and situated towards the anterior margin ; ligament short ; epi- dermis slightly wrinkled, dark brown anterior to the umbonial slope, and yellowish posterior, where there are a few obsolete rays ; cardinal tooth large, slightly elevated, deeply cleft in the left valve and emerg- ing from a pit in the right valve; lateral teeth short and nearly straight ; posterior and anterior cicatrices both distinct ; dorsal cicatrices situated on the under part of the cardinal tooth within the cavity ; cavity of the beaks wide and shallow ; nacre very pearly and iridescent. Remarlis. — This small species is allied to the U, circulus (Nob.) in colour and to U. ellipsis (Nob.) in form. It has the posterior slope yellow, which is so in the circulus. The specimen described and figured here is not more than one fourth of the size of an imperfect specimen which accompanied it. Unio Multistriatus. Plate XII. fig. 22. Testa striata, transversa, incEquilaterali; natibus prominulis; umbonibus rugo- sis; dente cardinali obliquo, laminato, in valvuld sinistra unico, in dextrd duplici; dente laterali longo et subrccto; margaritd caruleo-albd. 92 OBSEUVATIONS ON NAIADES, Shell striate, transverse, inequilateral; valves thin; beaks slightly prominent ; urn- bones rufTose; cardinal tooth oblique, lamelliform, single in the left valve and dou- ble in the right; lateral tooth long and nearly straight; nacre bluish white. Hab. Brazil, Mrs Mawe. My Cabinet. Diam. -7, Length 1, Breadth 1-9 inches. Shell subrectangular, transverse, slightly compressed and rounded nearly alike at both ends ; substance of the shell rather thin ; beaks slightly prominent, surrounded by wrinkles forming acute angles with each other, extending over the umbones and some distance down the umbonial slope; ligament linear; epidermis dark brown and wrinkled; cardinal tooth oblique, lamelliform, single in the left valve and douhle in the right ; lateral teeth long, lamelliform and nearly straight ; anterior and posterior cicatrices both confluent ; dorsal cicatrices in the centre of the cavity of the beaks ; cavity of the beaks wide and shallow ; nacre bluish white and slightly iridescent in posterior margin. Bemarks. — The specimen from which the above description was made was sent to me by Mrs Mawe of London. This species approaches in outline to some of the varieties of the U. complcmatus (Solan.). In the flexuous rugosities of the beaks it resembles the U. corrugalus (Lam.) and U. cxrukus (Nob.). It differs however from them both in outline. • Unio Decisus. Plate XII. fig. 23. &• Tcsld inccqiiilaterali, ohliqua, cuncatd , scalena, crassdque; valvulis percrassis; na- tibus elevaiis, incurvulis,fcre terminalihiis; dcntibus cardinalibus aliqiiantulum par- vis, laleralibus crussis; margaritu albcl. Shell inequilateral, oblique, wedge shaped, scalcniform and thick; valves very thick; beaks elevated, incurved, nearly terminal ; cardinal teeth rather small; lateral teeth thick; nucre pearly white. Hab. Alabama river, Judge Tait. AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 98 My Cabinet. Cabinet of Professor Vanuxem. Cabinet of H. C. Carey. Cabinet of P. H. Nicklin. Cabinet of the American Philosophical Society. Cabinet of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, Cabinet of the Lyceum of Natural History of New York. Diam. 1-4, Length 1-7. Breadth 3-2 inches. Shell wedge-shaped, thick anteriorly and scaleniform ; substance of the shell thick anteriorly and thin posteriorly ; beaks nearly terminal, prominent and incurved, generally decorticated; ligament rather small ; epidermis yellowish brown, sometimes possessing oblique, in- distinct, brown rays ; cardinal tooth short and slightly elevated, in the left valve double and deeply cleft, in the right valve emerging from a pit; lateral teeth thick and curving over the cardinal teeth; posterior and anterior cicatrices both distinct ; the smaller posterior cicatrix sit- uated against the lateral tooth at its termination : dorsal cicatrices sit- uated on the under part of the cardinal tooth ; cavity of the beaks not deep, rounded ; nacre thick and pearly anteriorly, thin and iridescent posteriorly. Remarks. — This species resembles the scaknia of Rafinesque, but more closely approaches the patulus (Nob.) and truncalus* (Swain- son). It differs from the patulus in the rays being uninterrupted, and in being much thicker. From the fruncatus it differs greatly in the cardinal tooth and in being wedge shaped and not cylindrical. * I will take advantage of this opportunity to correct an error, in stating in a former pa- per that Lamarck and other European conchologists erroneously made the genus Unio femi- nine. I should then have mentioned that Mr Swainson was an exception. Vol. IV.— Y 94 OBSERVATIONS ON NAIADES, Unio Cuprinus. Plate XII. fig. 24. Testa ovald, transversa, incequilateraU, inflatd, postico latere latissimo; valvulis tenuibus; natibus parvis undulatisque; dentibus cardinalibus exiguis, lateralibus laminatis; ligamento longo; margaritd cupred. Shell reversely ovate, transverse, inequilateral, inflated; valves tliin; beaks small and undulated; cardinal teeth small; lateral teeth thin and lamellar; ligament long; nacre copper colour. Hab. Mexico, J. R. Poinsett, Esq. My Cabinet. Cabinet of the American Philosophical Society. Diam. -9, Length 1-1, Breadth 2*1 inches. Shell reversely ovate, transverse, inflated, disposed to be straight in the basal margin ; substance of the shell thin ; beaks small, pointed, furnished with concentric undulations and placed near the anterior margin ; ligament long, lanceolate ; umbonial slope large and rounded ; posterior slope elevated into a carina ; epidermis reddish brown and wrinkled; rays obsolete; cardinal teeth very small and tuberculated; lateral teeth slender, lamellar and nearly straight ; anterior and poste- rior cicatrices both confluent; dorsal cicatrices in the centre of the cavity of the beaks; cavity of the beaks wide; nacre copper colour and very brilliant towards the posterior margin. Remarks. — This remarkable shell is one of the many fine specimens of the splendid collection of interesting subjects brought by our fellow member J. R. Poinsett, Esq. from Mexico, and which, by his munifi- cence, now constitutes a valuable part of the collection of this society. In comparing this species with the others of the genus, we shall find it most to resemble the complanatus (Solan.). It differs however in having the posterior dorsal margin more elevated, in the peculiar cop- per colour of the nacre, and in the concentric undulations of the beaks. In the specimens which I have had an opportunity of examining, the anterior cicatrices were found to be confluent, a circumstance rarely met with in the Uniones. !'nui i.ihrswr . f'lii.ti ifrj'iiAi'iis. UniO tlUUTVKS llr^—i Ir, llh. AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 95 Unio CiERULEus. Plate XIII. fig. 25. Testa anguslo-elliptica, transversa, incBquilaterali, subcylindracea; valvulis ten- uibus; natibus prominulis, rotundatis et undulatis; dentibus cardinalibus lamelli- /ormibus, et in dextrd valvuld sold duplicibus; lateralibus rectis; margaritd caru- leo-albd et iridescente. Shell narrow-elliptical, transverse, inequilateral, subcylindrical; valves thin ; beaks rather elevated, rounded and undulated; cardinal teeth lamclliform and double in the right valve only ; lateral teeth straight ; nacre bluish white, pearly and irides- cent. Hab. River Hoogly, Hindostan, G. W. Blakie. My Cabinet. Cabinet of G. W. Blakie. Cabinet of Professor Vanuxem. Cabinet of P. H. Nicklin. Cabinet of H. C. Carey. Cabinet of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Cabinet of Dr Burrough. Diam. -6, Length -8, Breadth 1-6 inches. Shell narrow-elliptical, transverse, subcylindrical, disposed to be straighten the sides and basal margin ; substance of the shell thin ; beaks near the anterior margin rounded, somewhat elevated, and corrugated with diverging undulations ; ligament rather short and straight ; epi- dermis finely wrinkled and bluish green, particularly on the posterior part ; rays very indistinct ; posterior slope furnished with small undu- lations and two irregular rays on each side ; cardinal teeth lamelliform and double in the right valve only ; lateral teeth straight and lamelli- form; anterior cicatrices distinct ; posterior cicatrices confluent; dor- sal cicatrices within the cavity of the beaks ; cavity of the beaks wide and rounded ; nacre bluish white, very pearly and iridescent. Remarks. — This species was brought from Calcutta by Mr Blakie, to whose kindness I am indebted for it and many other fine shells. 96 OBSERVATIONS ON NAIADES, As far as I have been able to ascertain, it has not been described. From the roughness of the beaks it might perhaps be thought to be only a variety of corrugata (Lam.). On comparing the two spe- cies, however, they will be found to be entirely distinct ; the corru- gata being " ovato-rhombea," while the cxruleus is "angusto-ellip- tica." In some specimens the nacre is slightly rose-coloured along the basal margin. Unio Obesus. Plate XIII. fig. 26. Testa rhomboides-ovatd, obliqud, inaquilaterali, inflatd; valvulis subcrassis; na- tibus promimdis; dentibus cardinalibus elevaiis, compressis crislatisque; lateralibus longis et curvatis; margaritd livido-alba. Shell ovate-rhomboidal, oblique, inequilateral, inflated ; valves somewhat thick; beaks rather prominent; cardinal teeth elevated, compressed and crested; lateral teeth long and curved; nacre livid white. Hab. York river, Vir., William Cooper. My Cabinet. Cabinet of Lyceum of Natural History of New York. Diam. 1-5, Length 2, Breadth 3-3 inches. Shell ovate-rhomboidal, oblique, inflated, angular behind ; substance of the shell somewhat thick ; beaks rather prominent and placed near the anterior margin; posterior slope wide and furnished with two im- pressed lines on each side ; ligament long and large ; epidermis fuscous and much wrinkled ; rays obsolete; cardinal teeth oblique, elevated, lamellar, crested, deeply cleft in the left valve ; lateral teeth long, curved and enlarged towards the posterior termination ; anterior cica- trices distinct ; posterior cicatrices disposed to be distinct ; dorsal cica- trices form a row across the cavity of the beaks ; cavity of the beaks rounded and deep ; nacre livid white and iridescent on the posterior margin. Remarks. — This is one of the specimens so disinterestedly contri- buted to our Transactions by the Lyceum of Natural History of New AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 97 York. Its natural situation seems to be between the cariosus (Say), and complanatiis (Sf)lan.). It has the capaciousness of the former, and somewhat of the outline of the latter. Unio Incurvus. Plate XIII. fia;. 27 »• Testa ovato-rhombed, transversa, inaquilaterali; valvuUs antice crassis, postice temdbus; natibus rugosis, prominenlibus incurvisque; dentibus cardinalibus ele- vatis cristatisque, lateralibus longis et subcurvis; margaritd alba et iridescente. Shell ovate-rhomboidal, transverse, inequilateral ; valves thick anteriorly and thin posteriorly; beaks rugose, prominent and incurved; cardinal teetii elevated, and crested; lateral teeth long and slightly curved; nacre pearly white and iridescent. Hab. ***. From Gibraltar, Mrs Mawe. My Cabinet. Diam. 1, Length 1-4, Breadth 2.1 inches. Shell ovate-rhomboidal, transverse, slightly inflated; substance of the shell thick and white anteriorly, thin and iridescent posteriorly ; beaks prominent, large, incurved and rugose, with small concentric un- dulations : ligament rather short and thick ; epidermis yellowish brown ; rays oblique and green ; cardinal tooth elevated, crested and divided in the left valve, in the right simple and recurved ; lateral tooth long, slightly curved and enlarged at posterior termination ; anterior cica- trices distinct ; posterior cicatrices confluent ; dorsal cicatrices situated on the under part of the cardinal tooth ; cavity of the beaks wide and angulated ; nacre white on the anterior, and iridescent on the posterior portion. Remarks. — This shell, although it possesses no very striking char- acter, cannot be placed with any American or exotic described species with which I am acquainted. It was sent to me by Mrs Mawe with the locality "from Gibraltar" on the label, and I have little doubt but that it came from some neighbouring African river. It certainly does not belong to any described European species. It bears more resem- VoL. IV.— Z 98 OBSERVATIONS ON NAIADES, blance to the corrugata, Var. a (Lam,), than to any other species I have seen. It differs, however, in being more transverse, in the beaks being more prominent, and in their rugosities being composed of con- centric undulations. Symphynota BiLiNEATA. Plate XL fig. 1 9. Testa subellipticd, transversa, intEquilaterali, compressa; valvulis tenuissimis; posteriori margine dorsali elevatd connatdque; natibus subprominulis, undulas concentricas et duas lineas elevatas ad marginem posteriorem currentes, habentibus; dentibus cardinalibus laminatis et in valvuld dextrd solum duplicibus; lateralibus rectis; margaritd colore salmonis subtinctd. Shell subelliptical, transverse, inequilateral, compressed; valves very thin, poste- rior dorsal margin elevated and connate ; beaks very slightly elevated, concentri- cally undulate and possessing two elevated lines which pass to the posterior margin; cardinal teeth lamelliform and double in the right valve only; lateral teeth straight; nacre slightly salmon coloured. Hab. River Hoogly, Hindostan, G. W. Blakie. My Cabinet. Cabinet of G. W. Blakie. • i- Cabinet of Dr Burrough. Cabinet of the Academy of Natural Sciences. Diam. -3, Length -7, Breadth 1-3 inches. Shell subelliptical, transverse, inequilateral, compressed, diaphanous ; substance of the shell extremely thin ; beaks very slightly elevated, concentrically undulate, possessing two small elevated lines which pass (posterior to the umbonial slope) to the posterior margin ; valves elevated into a carina and connate in the posterior dorsa] margin ; dor- sal margin a right line ; ligament very small ; epidermis shining, green- ish yellow, darker on the posterior slope ; cardinal teeth lamelliform and double in the right valve only; lateral teeth lamelliform, long and straight ; posterior and anterior cicatrices both confluent ; dorsal cicatrices obsolete ; cavity of the beaks shallow, very wide, and PL Vol . 4 . J)rayin li,i .1 IJi-aiflnn , Symphijvxyta it^flaitv . AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 99 exhibiting the undulations of the beaks ; nacre very thin and slightly salmon coloured, darker in the cavity of the beaks. Remarks. — This very small species was brought from Calcutta by Mr Blakie, with the U. cserukus (Nob.). Both were procured about one hundred miles above that city. It resembles, in its outward char- acters, the young of S. cygnea {Jlnod. cygnea, authors). It is, how- ever, more transverse, and differs altogether in the formation of the hinge, which is furnished with perfect cardinal and lateral teeth. In the peculiar character of the double tooth in the right valve, it resem- bles the *S^. ochracea.^ The bilineata is easily distinguished by the two delicate lines which pass from the beaks to the posterior margin. Symphynota Infeata. Plate XIV. fig. 28. Testa ovato-triangulari, incBquilaterali, ventricosd; valvulis perlenuibus, connato- bialatis; dente cardinali in valvuld singula unico; dentibus luteralibxis ad terminos laminatis; natibus inominulis; ligamento celato; margaritd purpurea. Shell triangular-ovate, inequilateral, ventricose ; valves very thin, elevated into two wings, both of which are connate ; cardinal tooth single in both valves; lateral teeth bladed towards their termination ; beaks slightly prominent ; ligament concealed ; nacre purple. Hab. Alabama river. Judge Tait. ; My Cabinet. Cabinet of Professor Vanuxem. Cabinet of P. H. Nicklin. Cabinet of the Academy of Natural Sciences. Diam. 1-6, Length from the beaks to the base, 2-4, Breadth 4-5 inches. Length from the top of the wing to the base, 3-7 inches. Shell triangular-ovate, ventricose, transversely and finely wrinkled ; substance of the shell thin ; valves elevated into a broad high wing pos- terior, and a small one anterior to the beaks, and connate in both ; pos- * See vol. iii. p. 455. 100 OBSERVATIONS ON NAIADES, terior wing recurved at top; beaks slightly prominent; ligament con- cealed in the w^ing ; epidermis brown, with obsolete rays ; two or three fuscous lines pass from the beak to the posterior margin above the um- bonial slope ; cardinal tooth single in both valves, and lamelliform ; lateral teeth bladed and elevated towards their termination ; the two teeth form one continuous curve line (with the exception of a slight angle where they join) which is abrupt at both ends ; anterior cicatri- ces distinct ; posterior cicatrices confluent ; dorsal cicatrices pass from the cavity towards the anterior cicatrices, and are very perceptible ; cavity of the beaks wide and shallow ; nacre purple and iridescent. Remarks. — I am indebted, for this fine shell, to Judge Tait of Ala- bama, who kindly sent it to me with several other new species of fluvi- atile and terrestrial shells described in this paper. This species seems to form a natural link between S. Ixvissiina (Nob.) and S. biulata (Nob.). It resembles the former in colour and in the teeth, but differs in the elevation of the wing, and in being less shining and more ventricose. It resembles the latter in its elevated wing and general outline, but dif- fers from it in nacre, exterior colour, in not being possessed of undu- lations along the base of the posterior wing, and in the teeth. Melania Subularis. Plate XV. fig. 30. Testa elevata, turrita, corned; apice acuta; anfradihus instar ditodenis, planis: anfractu infimo in medio carinato; aperturd albd, quadrante longitudinis testce. Shell elevated and acutely turrited, horn colour; apex acute ; whirls about twelve, flat, carinate on the middle of the body whirl ; base angulated ; aperture white and one-fourth the length of the shell. Hab. Niagara river. My Cabinet. Diam. -4, Length 1-3 inches. Remarks. — I took this species at the Falls of Niagara, and being un- I'l.-.w. i;./. /. .V /. Uii^^^ --" . Ml-/, mi, I ,■/,'//,/, //,/ 30 . .// s-ii/'///,/ris . . ?/ , .// Iiilvr,-ii/,it,i . _ :i'2 Ml 1,11} hi ijrtj/ij a lli/i.r i-iilvllliiilisis 3.' .fi/rorni'/ii /ii/iivii/n :u! \',i/i,il,i umiij'i'ni . .'57 //» /}/st/',>n/i/.^ . AND DESCRIPTIONS OP NEW SPECIES. 101 able to refer it to any described species, have given it a place here. It resembles the virginka (Say), but differs greatly in elevation, the virginica having about seven whirls only. The carina causes the whirls to be flatter in the subularis. In some specimens the columella is purple. Melania Tuberculata. Plate XV. fig. 31, a, b. Testa obtuse tumid, lata, tenebroso-fuscd avt nigrante; apice ohtuso; anfractibus quinquc; medio anfractus ullimi tuberculis instructo; labro enormiter curvo ; basi angulatd; aperturd purpured, dimidiuin longiludinis tester, habente. Shell obtusely tunited, wide, very dark brown or black; apex obtuse ; whirls five ; middle of the last whirl furnished with tubercles; outer lip irregularly curved; base angulated ; aperture purple and one half the length of the shell. Hab. Tennessee river. Professor Vanuxem. My Cabinet. Cabinet of Professor Vanuxem. - Cabinet of P. H. Nicklin. Cabinet of Academy of Natural Sciences. Diam. '5, Length -9, of an inch. Bemarks. — This species is somewhat allied to the M. armigera (Say), but is smaller and much less ponderous. The tubercles are more nvmierous and less elevated. In the tuberculata the impressed band, which exists in the armigera above the armature, is wanting. In co- lour it differs altogether. Melania Acuta. Plate XV. fig. 32. Testa acute turritd, tenui, corned; apice acuto; anfractibus octo, supra suturam carinatis, in longutn undatis, transversim lineatis; basi angulatd; aperturd alba, quadrantem longiludinis testa liabente. Vol. IV.— 2 A 102 OBSERVATIONS ON NAIADES, Shell acutely turrited, thin, horn-coloured ; apex acute ; whirls eight, carinate im- mediately above the suture, longitudinally undulated and transversely lineated ; base angulated ; aperture white, and one-fourth the length of the shell. Hab. Tennessee river, Professor Vanuxem. My Cabinet. Cabinet of Prof. Vanuxem. Diam. five-twentieths, Length thirteen-twentieths of an inch. BemarJfS. — I have seen no described species to which this bears a close resemblance. Its delicate form, furnished with undulations and transverse lines, will easily distinguish it. Helix Caroliniensis. Plate XV. fig. 33, a, b, c. Testa supra depressd, infra inflatd, oblique striata, fused, imp erf or at d; anfracti- bus quinque; spird maxime obtusd; aperturd coarctatd; labro albo, reflexo, latoque, duobus dentibus instrudo, quorum inferior longus et laminatus, superior parvus et conicus est; columella dentem levatum incurvumque habente; columellcs basi valde impress A. . Shell depressed above, inflated below, obliquely striated, fuscous, imperforate ; whirls five; spire very obtuse; aperture contracted; outer lip white, broad and re- flected, furnished with two teeth, the inferior one long and lamellar, the superior one small and conical ; columella with an elevated incurved tooth ; base of the co- lumella much impressed. ;!•;; Hab. South Carolina near Cheraw. My Cabinet. Cabinet of Professor Vanuxem. Cabinet of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Diam. fourteen-twentieths. Length seven-twentieths of an inch. Remarks. — I found a few specimens of this fine Helix while travel- ling through South Carolina three years since. They were taken from beneath the bark of an old tree. It is closely allied to Mr Say's pal- AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 109 liata, but differs in the region of the base of the columella being more deeply impressed. The oblique striae are more distinct, and no speci- men which I obtained is in the least hirsute. Carocolla Helicoides. Plate XV. fig. 34, a, b, c. Testa orbiculatd, fused, supra piano convexd, subtus inflatd, imper/oratd, oblique striata; anfractibus quinque; spird obtusissimd; aperturd contractu; labro albo, lato et reflexo, dcntibus cluobus instructo, quorum inferior longus et laminatus, superior parvus et conicus est; columella dentem unicum, longum, elevatum et incurvum habente. Shell orbicular, fuscous, plano-convex above, inflated below, imperforate, ob- liquely striated ; whirls five ; spire very obtuse ; aperture contracted ; outer lip white, broad, and reflected, furnished with two teeth, the inferior one long and lamellar, the superior one small and conical ; columella with a long, elevated, incurved tooth. Hab. Tennessee, near Nashville, Professor Vanuxem. My Cabinet. ■' ■ Cabinet of Professor Vanuxem. Helix palliata? Say, Var. a, Academy of Natural Sciences, Vol. II, p. 152. Diam. eighteen-twentieths. Length nine-twentieths of an inch. Remarks. — Among the fine shells brought by Professor Vanuxem some years since from a tour through the Western states were two specimens of this beautiful Carocolla. In its specific characters it resem- bles the Helix pcdliata of Say, and Helix caroliniensis described in this paper. It is destitute of the hirsute appearance of the palliata, and is entirely distinct in the flatness of the whirls of the spire. In the ca- roliyiiensis the base of the columella is more impressed and the whirls more inflated. ^ vr "« //,. ■!;:;!? ,< -ioMif r;';:- :-";■! ;u^rn'> .'.:;-f .! \f - ft 104 OBSERVATIONS ON NAIADES, Carocolla Spinosa. Plate XV. fig. 35, a, b, c. Testa lenticulari, tenui,i>eUucida,imperforata; carina acuta et spinis minutis mu- nita; anfractihus sex; spira fere plana; apertura an guslis sima; columella den- tem unicwn longuni et laminatum habente; labro enormiter crasso et prope finem superiorem angulato. Shell lenticular, thin, diaphanous, imperforate; carina acute and armed with minute spines ; whirls six ; spire nearly planular ; aperture linear, being guarded by a long tooth on the columella; outer lip irregularly thick, angulated near the supe- rior termination. . . . , Hal). Alabama near Clairborne, Judge Tait. My Cabinet. Cabinet of the Academy of Natural Sciences. Diam. eleven-twentieths, Length four-twentieths of an inch. Remarks. — For this beautiful and highly interesting species I am indebted to the kindness of Judge Tait. Its peculiar delicate spines distinguished it from all described species. These, however, when the specimens are not perfect, are entirely obliterated. In the construction of the aperture it is unlike every Carocolla I have seen, bearing much resemblance in this region to the Helix hirsuta (Say). Valvata Arenifera. Plate XV. fig. 36, a, b. Testa orbiculata, convcxd; anfractihus tribus, qui arenis agglutinatis operiuntur; umbilico lata; spira obtusd. > Shell orbicular, convex ; whirls three, covered by the agglutinations of sand ; um- bilicus wide ; spire obtuse. Hab. Cumberland river near Nashville, W. Cooper. My Cabinet. Cabinet of W. Cooper. AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 105 Cabinet of the Lyceum of Natural History of New York. Cabinet of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Diam. five-twentieths, Length four-twentieths of an inch. Remarks. — This very curious and interesting species was among the fresh water shells so disinterestedly sent to me by the Lyceum of Na- tural History of New York to be examined and inserted in this paper. It has the singular property of strengthening its whirls by the agglu- tination of particles of sand, &c. by which it is entirely covered, and in this character it resembles the TVochus agglutinans, Lam. (Trochus conehyliophorus, Authors.) The apex in all the specimens which I have had an opportunity of examining is broken. The operculum was observed in two specimens sufficiently perfect to exhibit a striated homy structure. SUPPLEMENT. Head before the American Philosophical Society, May 20th, 1831. SINCE my Memoir, read before the Society last May, went to press, I have procured several species which I believe to be undescribed ; and which I now propose to add as a supplement, with some preliminary observations. Having had an opportunity to examine many fine specimens within a few months, particularly those brought to this city by James Ronaldson, Esq. to whose kindness I am indebted for some very rare species, I have had an opportunity of observing some colouring of the nacre which is exceedingly beautiful and rare. It is a singular fact, that several species, which may be considered, emphatically, as white in the nacre, vary slightly by being possessed, very rarely, of a tint of pink in the lateral and sometimes in the cardinal tooth or in the centre of Vol. IV.— 2 B 106 OBSERVATIONS ON NAIADES, the valve. In the cabinets of W. Cooper, Esq. and Mr R., as well as my own, are specimens of U. cylindricus whose pearly teeth are beau- tifully tinged with the most delicate and beautiful pink. The same cabinets possess also the U. securis with the lateral tooth tinted in the same manner. The U. mefanever has sometimes, though very rarely, a tint of pink, and still more rarely of nankeen yellow in the centre of the beaks. The U. circulus, as observed in a previous memoir, is sometimes, though rarelj^, possessed of a pink tint. Whether all the species with white nacre may sometimes be poss- essed of this beautiful variety remains to be observed. These rare and beautiful variations will undoubtedly, when our cabinets shall be possessed of all the rare species, constitute the jewels of our collections and be exceedingly sought after. The size to which some of the species of the Naiades grow is ex- ceedingly great. I have in my cabinet the following species, of the weight and size annexed: Inches. U. plicatus, length 4-6, U. multiplicatus 4'9, Symphynota alata* 4-2, Symphynota complanataf 5-1, Nearly all the specimens which I have seen of the U. soleniformis (nobis) were sent from Louisville. It struck me as somewhat singu- lar, that a species so fragile should exist about the falls of a large river, the force of whose waters there is well known. In explanation of this, I have been informed by Mr T. W. Taylor of that city, that they are found to congregate under large flat stones. Unacquainted with this fact he searched in vain for a long time without finding a single alive specimen, while odd valves were not uncommon. They were first discovered in this situation by raising a stone to take a common craw- fish, which had taken refuge there. This character seems to be pecu- liar to this species. My sister, Mrs Febiger of Cincinnati, mentioned to me a pe- Unio alatus, Say. ] Alasmodonta complanata, Barnes. Inches. lb. oz. breadth 6-8, weight 1 10 6-2, 1 7 7-1, 0 11 7-2, 0 15 ANn DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 107 culiarity in the habits of the Unio oriens. This shell is possessed of so small a portion of nacre, that in some specimens the epidermis may be said to be as thick as the nacre itself. It is obvious therefore that the rolling of stones and sand carried by the rapidity of the current of the Ohio upon them, would destroy them if they took the same position with other species embedded merely in the surface of the sand. This they avoid, and, burying themselves from six to twelve inches in the sand, can only be. discovered by a small round hole at the surface through which they receive their supply of water. In the description of U. varicosus^, I ought to have mentioned that I did not hesitate to make use of that name, although already used by Lamarck, having no doubt but that his species was the Masmo- donta U7idulataf (Say). When making some observations on the family TVamrfes, Vol. III. p. 442, I mentioned in a note upon the genus Castalia, that it must be considered as a species of the genus Unio. Having recently procured from Paris a perfect specimen of it, I have given it a close examina- tion, and do not now feel by any means certain that it ought not, in the present received division of the family, to be considered a distinct genus. The crenulations of the cardinal and lateral teeth in this speci- men are very distinct, which was not the case in the single valve which I formerly examined. In this character it has a slight approach to the family Jlreacea; and Lamarck very justly says, "comme elle semble fluviatilej, elle indique que les trigonees forment une transition des arcacees aux nayades." Lamarck, in his description of the Castalia, makes no mention of the position or existence of the muscular impressions of this genus. In examining this character, I have discovered that the same observa- tions made at page 67, in relation to the cicatrix of the extensor mus- cles of the Hyria avicularis, will equally well apply to the genus Cas- talia, and it is very remarkable that it should be so differently situated from the same cicatrix in the genus Ihio. * See Vol. IV. p. 90. t See Vol. III. page 424. I There cannot be a iloubl of its being fluviatile. 108 OBSERVATIONS ON NAIADES, In ascribing the locality of York river, Virginia, to the U. obesus, I have reason to believe there is an error. It was so labelled in the collection of the Lyceum of Natural History of 'New York ; but this, Major Le Conte assures me, must have been done by some transfer or accidental change of the labels; as he procured them in Georgia, from whence he recently obtained a new supply of undoubtedly the same species, and those marked as from York river cannot be traced to that locality. The locality was a matter of surprize to me when I re- ceived them as coming from that river. Unio Olivarius. Plate XVI. fig. 38. Testa ovatd, transversa, inflata, pellucidd; valvulis pertenuibus; natibus promi- nulis; epidermide pertenui, lavi et olivcB colorem habente; dentibus cardinalibus magnis laminatis erectisque, lateralibus laminatis brcvibusque; margaritd pertenui albdque. Shell ovate, transverse, inflated, pellucid; valves very thin; beaks slightly elevated; epidermis olive, very thin and smooth. Cardinal teeth large, erect and lamelli- form; lateral teeth short and lamelliform; nacre very thin, white and pearly. Hab. Burrill river, India, Dr Burrough. My Cabinet. Cabinet of Dr Burrough. Cabinet of the Academy of Natural Sciences. Cabinet of Dr Morton. Diam. -7, Length -8, Breadth 1-5 inches. Shell ovate, transverse, inequilateral, inflated, pellucid : substance of the shell very thin; beaks slightly elevated, rounded and devoid of un- dulations: ligament very small: epidermis olive, very thin and smooth: rays obscure, cardinal teeth large, erect and lamelliform ; lateral teeth short and lamelliform : anterior cicatrices slightly confluent : posterior cicatrices confluent : dorsal cicatrices not perceptible ; cavity of the beaks wide ; nacre verv thin and bluish white. Pi.XVT Vol. 4. Ihxio 'byrcmvid.cutiLS UnLO triponu^ - CTKio Olvvccrvws Uni^ J'u Drcaun, ^ S.Drat/tcm,. AND DESCniPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 109 Remarks. — This interesting little shell is from the fine collection made by Dr Burrough during his travels in India, and I am indebted to his kindness for the specimen figured. It is a perfectly distinct species, and may easily be recognised by its form, its pellucidness, and its smooth olive-coloured epidermis. It somewhat resembles a young Anodonta on the exterior, but the elevated lamelliform teeth easily distinguish it from that genus. Its resemblance to a Spanish olive is very striking. Unio Pyramidatus. Plate XVI. fig. 39. Testa sub-pyramidatd, longitudinall, injlata; valvulis antice crassioi'ibiis; nati- bus maxime prominentibus, recurvis; dentibus cardinalibtts magnis crenatisque; lateralibus longis, a cardinalibus separatis, ad baseos marginem vergentibusque; margarita colorem carnis habente. Shell sub-pyramidal, longitudinal, inflated ; valves thick anteriorly, thinner pos- teriorly ; beaks very much elevated, recurved ; cardinal teeth large and crenate ; lateral teeth long, distinct from the cardinal teeth and pointing towards basal mar- gin ; nacre flesh colour. Hab.' Ohio. T. G. Lea. My Cabinet. Cabinet of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Cabinet of P. H. Nicklin. . Unio undatus? Barnes, Var. a. Diam. 1-7, Length 2-3, Breadth 2-1 inches. Shell sub-pyramidal, longitudinal, inequilateral, anterior part swol- len recurvely from the beaks to the basal margin, compressed at pos- terior margin, slightly depressed anterior to umbonial slope ; substance of the shell very thick in the region of the teeth and beaks, thin at posterior margin ; beaks very much elevated, recurved and incurved ; epidei'mis very dark brown and finely wrinkled ,• cardinal teeth large, crenate and deeply impressed in the left valve, single and emerging from a pit in the right; lateral teeth long, slightly curved, distinct Vol. IV.— 2 C ]]0 OBSERVATIONS ON NAIADES, from the cardinal teeth and pointing towards the basal margin ; ante- rior cicatrices distinct, the great one forming a deep pit ; posterior cicatrices distinct, the smaller one being placed at the end of the late- ral tooth ; dorsal cicatrices situated on the under part of the cardinal tooth ; cavity of the beaks deep and angulated ; nacre beautifully flesh coloured, very rarely white. Remarks. — This very beautiful and interesting shell has heretofore been considered as the U. mytiloides (Rafin.). It does not however answer either to the description or figure of that author. It may be easily distinguished from any described species of this genus by its ex- ceedingly elevated beaks, and beautiful nacre. In young individuals, indistinct rays may be observed on the beaks. Unio Trigonus. Plate XVI. fig. 40. Testa subtriangulari, inflata, preBclivo umboniali(quod carinatum est), depressd; valvulis crassis, natibiis prommentibus, incurvis; dentibus cardinalibus magnis. lateralibus magnis et subcurvis; margarita alba et iridescente. Shell subtriangular, inflated, depressed before the umbonial slope which is cari- nate; valves thick ; beaks prominent, incurved ; cardinal teeth large; lateral teeth large and slightly curved ; nacre pearly white and iridescent. Hib ^ ^'^'^ ^'^^^ ^^ Cincinnati, T. G. Lea. c Ohio river at Louisville, T. H. Taylor. My Cabinet. Cabinet of Professor Vanuxem. Cabinet of J. Ronaldson. Cabinet of the Academy of Natural Sciences. Diam. 1-5, Length 2, Breadth 2-3 inches. Shell subtriangular, inflated, nearly equilateral, depressed before the umbonial slope, angular behind ; umbonial slope carinate ; basal mar- gin emarginate; substance of the shell thick, beaks prominent, in- AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. Ill curved, and slightly undulated at the tips ; ligament short and thick ; epidermis brown ; rays obsolete ; cardinal tooth large, elevated and widely cleft in the left valve and emerging from a pit in the right valve ; lateral teeth thick and curved in a direction over the cardinal tooth ; anterior and posterior cicatrices both distinct ; dorsal cicatrices situated on the under part of the cardinal tooth ; cavity of the beaks deep and angular ; nacre pearly white and iridescent. Remarks. This is rather a rare shell, and being of a group of the species which are known under the general name of Mytiloides (Rafin.), it has been considered merely a variety of that species. Having recently examined this group with very close attention and with the advantage of very many specimens, I am induced to believe that it may with great propriety be divided into four species, viz. my- tiloiiUs (Rafin.), undatus (Barnes^, pyramidattis (Nobis), and trigonut. Unio Formosus. Plate XVI. fig. 41. Testa triangulari, ventricosd, transversa : clivo posteriori subplano ; radiis irre- gularibiis, interriiptis, subacutis; dentibus cardinalibus magnis, lateralibus brevi- bus subrectisque; margaritd alba. Shell triangular, ventricose, transverse, nearly flat on the posterior slope; rays irregular, interrupted, and somewhat pointed ; cardinal teeth large ; lateral teeth short and nearly straight ; nacre pearly white. Hab. Ohio river, T, G. Lea. My Cabinet. Cabinet of Professor Vanuxem. Cabinet of P. H. Nicklin. Cabinet of the American Philosophical Society. Cabinet of the Academy of Natural Sciences. Cabinet of Peak's Museum. Diam. 1, Length 1-1, Breadth 1*6 inches. 112 ' OBSERVATIONS ON NAIADES, Shell triangular, ventricose, transverse, inequilateral ; posterior slope wide, nearly forming a plane, and possessing numerous indistinct ribs ; substance of the shell somewhat thick ; beaks somewhat promi- nent and flattened; ligament short ; epidermis yellowish, smooth and shining ; rays numerous, irregular, interrupted and pointed somewhat like an arrow head, on the posterior slope they are very minute ; um- bonial slope carinate ; cardinal teeth large and double in both valves ; lateral teeth short, nearly straight and enlarged at posterior end ; an- terior cicatrices distinct; posterior cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatri- ces situated on the under part of the cardinal tooth ; cavity of the beaks deep and rounded ; nacre pearly white. Remarks. — This beautiful shell has heretofore been considered as a variety of U. triangularis (Barnes). It has, however, I think, char- acters sufficiently distinctive to entitle it to rank among the species. It differs from that species essentially in being less flat on the poste- rior slope, in the umbonial slope being carinate and not rounded, in being less transverse and in possessing a sharper edge along the basal margin. In the triangularis the greatest transverse diameter is nearer the basal margin than in this species. It is sometimes found much larger than the specimen here represented, which is selected on account of its perfection. My largest specimen would weigh at least four times as much as this one. Unio Perplexus. Plate XVII. fig. 42. Testa ovatd, obliqud, nodulorum seriem irregularem {fere mediis in valvulis) d natibus ad margincm baseos currentem habente ; valvulis crassis; clivo umboniali irregulariter rugato; radiis exiguis et numerosis; dentibus cardinalibus modicis, lateralibus longis subrectisque; margarita lacteo-alba. Shell ovate, oblique, having an irregular nodulous line near the middle from the beaks to the basal margin ; valves thick ; umbonial slope irregularly wrinkled ; rays small and numerous ; cardinal teeth rather small; lateral teeth long and nearly straight; nacre milk white. TL.XMl Vol. 4 \^ n 1/ ^ ,,-.-'---\,^ Xlv^ --'V ■■^—.■.■i^"'' ZTh-p'tJ JJe.r-ple.x-us, (ryvio aJiip_i^tnti^N T'ri.io arcaiTornij^y T^Tfj.v-n fiv XDrriyirPn AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 113 Hab. Ohio river, T. G. Lea. My Cabinet. Cabinet of Professor Vanuxem. Cabinet of P. H. Nicklin. Cabinet of the Academy of Natural Sciences. Cabinet of the American Philosophical Society. Diam. 1'5, Length 1-9, Breadth 2*6 inches. Shell ovate, oblique, inequilateral, having an irregular nodulous line near the middle passing obliquely from the beaks to the basal margin; substance of the shell thick ; umbonial slope irregularly wrinkled ; an- terior to the umbonial slope is a wide slightly impressed furrow; beaks prominent, rounded, and situated near the anterior margin; liga- ment slender and somewhat long ; epidermis smooth, shining, yellow- ish, with numerous small green rays which thickly cover the whole disk except a small portion of the anterior part ; cardinal teeth rather small, deeply cleft in the left valve, single and emerging from a pit in the right valve ; lateral teeth long, nearly straight, and slightly en- larged near the posterior end : anterior cicatrices distinct ; posterior cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices situated on the under part of the cardinal tooth ; cavity of the beaks wide and rounded ; nacre milk white, rarely rose coloured. Remarks. — This extraordinary and highly interesting shell formed one of the three divisions into which I had, in my cabinet, separated the U. cornutus (Barnes). The other division has been called by Dr Hildreth foUatus. Having, since the publication of my last memoir*, received numerous young and perfect specimens, I have concluded that the study of this group would be facilitated by its sepa- ration into three species, which will stand thus; U. cornutus (Barnes), possessing three or four distinct horns between the beaks and basal margin ; U. foliatus (Hildreth), having no elevation, but possessed of two elongations, one at the basal margin, the other at posterior margin; and U.perpkxus (Nob.), possessed of an irregular oblique nodulous ridge * See note, Vol. III. p. 418. Vol. IV.— 2 D ~ 114 OBSERVATIONS ON NAIADES. passing from the beaks to basal margin. The figure represents a per- fect and beautiful specimen. It sometimes occurs, however, with an extended posterior portion so large as to be nearly as wide again as the natural width of the shell. The pallial impression, nevertheless, does not advance beyond its natural position, and the space beyond is covered by a prolonged and hard portion of the fringe of the mantle. The irregularity of the nodules is very remarkable and varies from one on each valve to twelve. Where there are few, they are generally much elevated, and there being a correspondent depression in the other valve the specimen presents a remarkable, and distorted appearance. Speci- mens are occasionally found of a beautiful rose colour. These, however, are very rare. Unio Angustatus. Plate XVII. fig. 43 »• Testa transversa, sub-compressn, angusto-ellipticd; valvulis tenuibus; natibus proniinulis et apicibus undulatis; radiis obsoletis; dentibus cardinalibus elevatis et compressis, later alibus longis, subrectisque ; margarita purpurea et iridescente. Shell transverse, somewliat compressed, narrow-elliptical, valves thin ; beaks slightly elevated and undulated at the tips; very obsolete; cardinal teeth elevated and compressed ; lateral teeth long and nearly straight : nacre purple and iri- descent. j^^j^ 5 Congaree river. South Carolina. c Cooper river. South Carolina, Professor Ravenel. My Cabinet. Cabinet of Professor Vanuxem. Cabinet of Professor Ravenel. Cabinet of Major Le Conte. Cabinet of the Academy of Natural Sciences. Diam. 7. Length M, Breadth 2-8 inches. Shell very transverse, somewhat compressed, very narrow-elliptical, inequilateral ; substance of the shell thin ; beaks slightly elevated and ANn DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 115 undulated at the tips; ligament long and slender; epidermis reddish brown, rays obsolete ; cardinal teeth elevated, compressed and crenu- late ; lateral teeth long, nearly straight and enlarged at the posterior end ; anterior cicatrices distinct ; posterior cicatrices confluent ; dorsal cicatrices situated in the angle of the cavity of the beaks ; cavity of the beaks wide and shallow; nacre dull purple. Remarks. — This species resembles somewhat the Unio complana- tus (Soland.). It will, however, at once be distinguished by its great proportionate breadth. In this it resembles the U. nasutus (Say), but may be readily separated from that species by its want of the peculiar rays of the nasutus and the absence of its posterior enlargement. In the summer of 1827, I found several young and striking specimens of this species in the Congaree at Columbia, S. C. and I am recently in- debted to Professor Ravenel for several adult specimens, one of which is represented in the plate. In some specimens the umbonial slope is more elevated and the basal margin straight. I have a single specimen nearly white in the nacre ; and they will, most probably, be found of a salmon colour, as well also of all the tints between these colours, similar to the U. complanatus with which and some other it seems to form a natural group*. * Extract from a letter recently received from Professor Ravenel. " I have been fortunate enough to obtain very good series of the two shells which I was anxious to submit to your examination, as well ^s a complete series of the complanatus in all the varieties in which it occurs in Cooper rivef and its tributary streams. This will enable you to compare the length- ened shell [the above described species] which I thought distinct, with such specimens of the complanatus as approach it, and to determine the point. Our shell resembles the nasutus closely, particularly the young shell, but is certainly distinct from it. I have never seen the nasutus in this state or in North Carolina." Charleston, South Carolina, 3Iay21t}t, 1831. '~ ' 116 OBSERVATIONS ON NAIADES, Unio Arc^pormis. Plate XVII. fig. 44. Testa arcaformi, valde ventricosd, transversa ; clivo posteriori latissimo et sul- cum curvum hahente; valvulis pracrassis; radiis capillaribus; dentibus cardinalibus crassis, lateralibus brevibus rectisque; margaritd albd. Shell arcseform, very ventricose, transverse ; posterior slope very wide and poss- essed of a curved furrow ; valves very thick; rays hair-like; cardinal teeth thick; lateral teeth short and straight ; nacre white. Hab. Tennessee river, Professor Vanuxem. My Cabinet. Cabinet of Professor Vanuxem. Cabinet of W. Cooper. Diam. 2, Length 2, Breadth 2-5 inches. Shell subtriangular, very ventricose, transverse, inequilateral ; pos- terior slope very wide, and nearly flat except at the termination of the ligament, possessed of a curved furrow enlarging from the beaks to the posterior margin ; substance of the shell very thick ; beaks prominent and incurved; ligament short and thick; epidermis yellowish brown ; rays hair-like and numerous ; cardinal teeth thick and irregular ; late- ral teeth short, straight and crenate ; posterior cicatrices confluent ; an- terior cicatrices distinct ; dorsal cicatrices situated on the under part of the cardinal tooth ; cavity of the beaks shallow and rounded ; nacre white. ^> * Remarks. — I have been in possession of a single specimen of this species for some years. It was brought by Professor Vanuxem from the Tennessee river, and, being old, some of its characters have nearly disappeared. I frequently examined it with great interest, and felt persuaded it was a new species, although it strongly resembled the fri- angularis (Barnes). A young and an adult specimen, recently sent me from New York by that excellent naturalist W. Cooper, proves it beyond a doubt to be a distinct species. In its rays it diflfers altogether from the triangularis; it is dissimilar also in the thickness of the valves and PL. XVXU. Vol -4 Thiici siiiovcoitui . f'nXAi sit,hroriinciuA . Lhua pifctu. ltf»\*n Jn, .Tlh-at^foi AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 117 in the possession of two remarkable curved furrows on the umbonial slope. The specimen represented in the engraving is chosen on ac- count of its being adult, although the beaks are not in a perfect state of preservation. The enlargement and dentate appearance of the poste- rior margin is very remarkable in this and some other of the species. It occurs more frequently in the sulcatus (Nobis), and has been par- ticularly noticed in the remarks on that species*. This variety of sulcatus has been considered by Mr Say as a distinct species, to which he has given the name of ridibundus. I have never thought that it could be considered to differ specifically from the sulcatus. Unio Subrotundus. Plate XVIII. fig. 45 Testa siiborbiculatd, subventricosd; valvulis a-assis; natibus prominentibus; epi- dermide circa nates luted, juxta mar ginem fused; radiis interruptis; dentibus car- dinalibus crassis, lateralibus subcurvis brevibusque; margaritd albd et iridescente. Shell suborbicular, subventricose ; valves thick ; beaks elevated ; epidermis yel- low about the beaks, brown towards the margin ; rays interrupted; cardinal teeth thick ; lateral teeth short and slightly curved ; nacre pearly white and iridescent. Hab. Ohio, T. G. Lea. My Cabinet. Diam. 11, Length 1-6, Breadth 1-6 inches. Shell suborbicular, nearly equilateral, subventricose ; substance of the shell thick, somewhat thinner behind ; beaks thick and elevated ; ligament rather short and thick ; epidermis yellow and smooth in the region of the beaks ; brown and finely wrinkled towards the margin ; interrupted rays pass from the beaks and are very visible over the um- bones, but are lost in the wrinkles before they reach the margin ; car- dinal teeth thick and crenate; lateral teeth short, thick and very slightly curved ; posterior and anterior cicatrices both distinct ; dorsal * See Vol. III. p. 431. » Vol. IV.— 2 E 118 OBSERVATIONS ON NAIADES, cicatrices situated on the under side of the cardinal teeth; cavity of the beaks deep and angulated : nacre pearly white and iridescent. Remarks. — ^Among the numerous shells I have received within the last five years from our western waters, I have obtained but three or four of this interesting species. Its extreme rarity at first induced me to doubt of the propriety of considering it a distinct species. It is however, perfectly distinct from any described species and seems pe- culiar in its yellow beaks and brown margin ; as well as in the beauti- ful interrupted rays which pass over the umbones, leaving the ante- rior and posterior slopes usually of a yellow colour. In form it approaches the ebenus (Nobis), in colour it more nearly resembles the umlatus (Barnes). A young individual of not more than three growths presents such a shining and yellow epidermis as to resemble very much a small Venus. Unio Subovatus. Plate XVIII. fig. 46. Testa suhovata, transversa, inflatd ; valvulis crassis ; natibus prominentibus et apicibus undulatis ; multis radiis viridibus; denlibus cardinalibus erectis et in valvuld utrdque duplicibus, lateralibus laminatis brevibusque; rnargaritd albd. Shell subovate, transverse, inflated ; valves thick ; beaks elevated and undulated at the tip ; rays green and numerous ; cardinal teeth double in both valves and erect; lateral teeth short and lamelliform; nacre white and very pearly. Hab. Ohio river, T. G. Lea. - My Cabinet. Cabinet of John Ronaldson. Cabinet of the Academy of Natural Sciences. Diam. 2-2, Length 3, Breadth 4-2 inches. Shell subovate, transverse, inequilateral, inflated ; substance of the shell thick ; beaks elevated, incurved and undulated at the tips ; liga- ment short and thick ; epidermis yellowish with numerous green rays AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 119 passing obliquely from the beaks to the margin ; cardinal teeth large, double in both valves, very erect and deeply cleft in both valves ; lateral teeth short and lamelliform ; anterior cicatrices distinct ; posterior cica- trices confluent ; dorsal cicatrices situated within the cavity of the shell on the under part of the cardinal tooth and on the plate between the cardinal and lateral teeth ; cavity of the beaks very large and rounded ; nacre white and very pearly. Remarks. — This species is very closely allied to the U. ovatus (Say) and U. occidens (Nobis). It differs constantly, however, from both, in being more produced posteriorly, and in the position of the beaks which are placed nearer the anterior margin. It is less flattened on the posterior slope than the ovatus, and less carinate than the occidens. Like both these species the anterior section of the cardinal teeth is the most elevated. In some specimens no rays are observable*. Unio Pileus. Plate XVIII. fio-. 47 a* Testa subtriangulari, ventricosa, prcedivo umboniali in longum subsulcata, emarginata; valvulis crassis; radiis capillar ibus; dentibus cardinalibus magnis, lateralibus breviusculis subcurvisque; margaritd alba et iridescente. Shell subtriangular, ventricose, slightly emarginate, longitudinally furrowed in * Since this supplement went to press I have seen in the fine collection of that excellent conchologist, Mr W. Hyde, a specimen sent him by Mr Barnes some years since as U. ven- tricosus. If this specimen be not of the same species as the above described, it certainly very closely resembles it. Never having seen the individual specimen described by Mr Barnes as ventricosus, I believed, from that part of the description in which he says " this shell is more capacious than any other of the genus hitherto described," that he meant the species known to us as globosus, and therefore I selected of the two species that which seemed to agree the least with his description, and figured and described it. Should it, upon further examination, prove that I have described the same shell with Mr Barnes, the name ofglobosus should be used to distinguish this capacious species, specimens of which are in the cabinets of Mr Hyde, the Academy of Natural Sciences, Peale's Museum, and in my own. Mr Barnes must, I think, be in error in supposing the ventricosus to inhabit tiie Delaware, or New Jersey near New York. I do not think that any of the group belong to our eastern waters. 120 OBSERVATIONS ON NAIADES, front of the umbonial slope; valves thick; rays hair-like; cardinal teeth large; lateral teeth rather short and slightly curved; nacre pearly white and iridescent. Hab. Ohio river, near Cincinnati, Mrs Febiger. My Cabinet. Diam. 1-2, Length 1-8, Breadth 1-8 inches. Shell subtriangular, angular behind and rounded before, ventricose : longitudinally furrowed in front of the umbonial slope, the furrow- causing a slight emargination in the basal margin ; umbonial slope flat- tened on the ridge ; substance of the shell thick ; beaks prominent and rounded at the tip; ligament short and thick; epidermis yellowish- brown and wrinkled ; rays numerous and hair-like ; cardinal tooth large, elevated and deeply cleft in the left valve, single and emerging from a pit in the right valve ; lateral teeth short and slightly curved ; anterior cicatrices distinct ; posterior cicatrices confluent ; dorsal cicatrices situated on the under part of the cardinal tooth ; cavity of the beaks wide and rounded ; nacre pearly white and iridescent. Remarks. — This shell has recently come into my possession and was taken near Cincinnati. It is different from any species I have seen, and somewhat resembles the U. sulcatus (Nobis), having a furrow from the beaks to the margin anterior to the umbonial slope. It differs from it, however, in being more elongated and in being destitute of a purple nacre. The disposition to flatness in the umbonial slope is re- markable in this species. Meeania Elongata. Plate XV. fig. 29. Testa elevatd ct acute turrita, fusco-corneA, purpureo-fasciatd; anfractibus circi- ter decern parum depressis; basi angulatH; aperturd cceruleo-albd, longitudinis testa quadrantem habente. Shell elevated and acutely turrited, dark horn colour with purple bands; apex acute; whirls about ten and slightly depressed; base angulated; aperture bluish- white and about one fourth the length of the shell. AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. I2{ Hab. West Tennessee. John Lea. My Cabinet. Diam. -5, Length 1-5 inches. Remarks. — This fine Melania seems most to resemble the subularis (Nobis). It differs from it in being wider, in being darker coloured, and in having a less number of whirls. The bands in some specimens are scarcely visible. I cannot terminate this memoir without making my grateful ac- knowledgements to numerous friends for specimens sent from time to time for my examination or acceptance. To P. H. Nicklin, Esq. and to W. Cooper, Esq. I am under particular obligations, for their kind and prompt assistance on such difficult points as appeared to me to require consultation. Vol. IV.— 2 F 122 ARTICLE VI. Description of a new genus of the family Mekmiana of Lamarck. By Isaac Lea. Read January 7th, 1831. Family MELANIANA. Genus To. Testa fusiformi ; basi canaliculatd ; spird elevatd; columella concavd lavique. Shell fusiform ; base canaliculate; spire elevated; columella smooth and concave. To FusiFORMis. Plate XV. fig. 37, a, b. My Cabinet. Cabinet of Professor Vanuxem. Cabinet of Mr Say. Cabinet of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Fusus Jluvialis, Say, Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, Vol. 5, p. 129. Diam. -9, Length 2-2 inches. 'S^ Remarks. — This very remarkable, interesting and rare shell was presented to me many years since by Professor Vanuxem, by whom only it has been found. Specimens w^ere also presented by him to Mr Say NEW GENUS OP THE FAMILY MELANIANA. 123 and to the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, in the Jour- nal of which that naturalist has described it under the name of Fiisus fluvialis. Satisfied that no genus should contain pelagian and fluvia- tile shells in common, I have separated this from the family Canali- FERA, and placed it in that of the Melaniana to which it naturally belongs. We are indebted to the research of Professor Vanuxem for this and many other fine shells from the north fork of the Holston in Virginia on the farm of General Preston, where it was associated with several species of this and other families. Professor Vanuxem de- scribes the spot which it inhabits as being very circumscribed and be- ing immediately at the confluence of a small stieam and the North Fork of the Holston, the former of which is slightly impregnated with salt. 125 ARTICLE VII. Report of a Committee of the American Philosophical Society on As- tronomical Observations: containing Oiservations made in different parts of the United States, on the Solar Eclipse of February 12/A, 1831. Read October 7,1831. THE Committee on Astronomical Observations respectfully present to the Society the observations made by them, in this city, upon the Solar Eclipse of February 12th, 1831 ; together with such other observations, made in different parts of the United States, as they have been able to collect. Alex. Dallas Bache. Jos. Roberts, Jcn. Isaiah Lukens. Observations made at Friends' Observatory, in Philadelphia, during the Solar Eclipse of February \2th, 1831. By Jos. Roberts, Jun. Lat. 39° 57' 02" N., and long. 5 h. GO m. 37 sec. West of Greenwich. For about one month previous to the eclipse, frequent observations were made in order to determine the effect of the temperature on the position of the transit instrument and the rate of the clock. These two essential instruments having been satisfactorily adjusted by means of the transit of stars selected for that purpose, the day was ushered in with the whole heavens obscured by clouds which continued until about half past ten o'clock, A. M., when the clouds generally disappeared, and the heavens in the vicinity of the sun presented the fine clear sky Vol. IV._2 G 126 ASTRONOMICAL OBSERYATIONS ON blue, which continued generally uninterrupted till near one o'clock, P.M. At 1 1 h. 23 m. 17 sec. mean solar time, not corrected for the error of the clock and deviation of the transit instrument, observed a slight derangement in the limb of the sun at the point where the eclipse was expected to begin. This break in the harmony (noticed for the last ten or fifteen minutes) continued to increase until a well defined section of the lunar disc convinced me that this derangement was produced by the interposition of the moon. At noon, observed the transit of the Sun's eastern limb over the lines of the transit instrument, as follows, viz. h. m. sec. No. 1. 0 15 16 No. 2. 0 15 36 Merid. 0 15 56 No. 4. 0 16 16.5 No. 5. 0 16 37 0 15 56.3 reduced time of transit of sun's eastern limb over the meridian. The daily rate of the clock from numerous observations, 3".56 gaining. The clock fast of mean solar time at the beginning of the eclipse, according to the observed transit and daily rate, 0' 15".414 ; to this add for deviation of transit instrument from merid. 0 ".104 ; gives the state of the clock at the beginning of the eclipse, 0 m. 15.518 sec. fast of mean solar time. So that the true mean solar time of beginning of the eclipse was, 11 h. 23 m. 01.482 sec. At twelve o'clock, mean time, measured the vertical diameter of the sun with one of Troughton's spider-line micrometers, and found that it required 44.855 revolutions of the screw to bring the lines to zero: and near one o'clock, P.M. made the lines of the micrometer tangents to the sun and moon's disc, in order to measure the maximum of the visible portion of the Sun's diameter at the time of the greatest obscuration. These lines I caused to approach each other, until the eclipse ceased to increase ; and I afterwards found that 1.94 turns of the screw brought them together. It may be proper to remark in THE SOLAR ECLIPSE OF 12 FEBRUARY 1831. 127 relation to the last observation, that the dread of being involved in a total eclipse by a large collection of clouds near at hand and rapidly approaching, and which completely obscured the sun before I had time to relieve the eye and finish the observation by bringing the lines to zero, has left a doubt as to its exactness. I, however, give it, and future observations may determine its value ; for after careful inquiry I do not find any corresponding observation in relation to this matter. At 2h. 25 m. 24 sec. mean solar time, corrected for the error of the clock, the clouds too dense to see the sun through the coloured glass of the large telescope ; but from an observation made with a telescope without a coloured glass, the eclipse had not ended. At 2 h. 25 m. 59 sec. corrected for the error of the clock, still thin clouds before the sun, but have the impression that the eclipse had ceased. At 2h. 27 m. the sky in the vicinity of the sun very clear, and the eclipse ended beyond any doubt. The preceding observations were made with a 46 inch achromatic telescope by Tully, Islington, London, with a 3| inches object glass, and a transit instrument by DoUond, London, 30 inches by 2^. The power used 38. The eye protected by a glass of a red colour. During the eclipse the thermometer and barometer stood as fol- lows, viz. Time of making observa- tion. Sixe's Tlier. in Observa- tory. Mercu- rial Ther. in Sun. Spirit of Wine Ther. in Sun. Trough- ton's Barome- ter. Remarks. h. m. ins. 10 30 10 45 29° 29 54° 52P 30.161 30.161 Very clear. Do. 11 00 31 55 53 30.164 Do. 11 40 32 fc( a u Do. 1 00 1 10 31 30.5 32.5 32 It 30. 150 30.141 Flying clouds. Dense clouds. 1 25 30 32.5 32 30.141 Do. 2 00 2 05 2 45 30.5 31 32 35 35 41 34 34 38 30.141 30.153 Do. Flying clouds. Very clear. 128 ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS ON Observations of the Beginning and End of the Eclipse of the Sun, February 12, 1831, by Sears C. TValker, in lat. 39° 57' N. and long. 1433 feet west of Friends' Observatory, Philadelphia. h. m. sec. Beginning, 11 23 10 A.M. ^ Mean solar time at End, 2 25 49 P.M. 5 Observatory. Telescope 3^ feet achromatic, by Jones, London : power 40 to 50. Observations made at the time of the Eclipse of the Sun, 2d Month, {February) 12th, 1831, at Burlington, N. J., lat. 40° 5' 20" N.,long. not yet determined. By John Gummere. For the time, I made use of a very good chronometer by Lukens, accurately rated by Jos. Roberts, Jun. and examined the third day after the eclipse. From the regularity of its movement, its state, in Phila- delphia time, at the time of the eclipse may be regarded as known within one or at most two seconds. I observed with one of Dollond's 42 inch achromatics, with a power 80. My brother S. R. Gummere observed with my 3 feet Gregorian reflector, with power of 1 20. At the beginning of the eclipse the sky was very clear, at least in the vicinity of the sun, thus giving the opportunity for an accurate obser- vation. Our impressions of the instant of commencement did not differ half a second. Frequently during the latter part of the eclipse, and at the termination, there were obstructing clouds, so that the time of end could only be determined within limits. The time of beginning accurately determined, was 11 h. 24 m. 2 sec. A.M. mean time Phila- delphia. At 2 h. 24 m. 42 sec. P.M. the eclipse had not terminated. At 2 h. 26 m. 21 sec. it was entirely ended. At the time of greatest obscuration, the cusps were very sharp and well defined ; but a thread of light extended from each, to a consider- able distance along the circumference of the sun's disc. About a minute after, a spot of light was observed a few degrees from the south western cusp, extending inwards from the thread proceeding from that cusp. Its appearance is represented in the accompanying figure. THE SOt,AR ECLIPSE OF 1 2 FEBRTTARY 1831. 129 At the commencement of the eclipse the barometer stood at 30.24 inches. At 1 o'clock it stood at 30.16 inches and continued so until end of eclipse, I had one thermometer suspended in the shade, and three exposed to the sun's rays. The first of these three has a metallic scale, covered in front with a glass ; the second has a metallic scale not covered ; and the third has an ivory scale. Their states at four different times, as below. Shade. Sun. 1st. 2d. 3d. llh. 24 m. A.M. 26° 81° 62° 52= 1 h. 0 m. P.M. 24 37 30 29 1 h. 10 m. P.M. 25 31 28 27 1 h. 26 m. P.M. 31 46 37 34 The solar spectrum was observed several times during the eclipse. We were not sensible of much change in it, but thought that about the time of greatest obscuration, the violet, though very bright, was rather paler than at other times. A 30 inch magnetic needle, made by Lukens, was observed at II, 1, 2^, and 5 o'clock. From 11 to 1, the north end moved 6' to the west. From 1 to 2,^, it moved 3' to the w'est; and from 2^ to 5, it moved 6' to the east. Vol. Iv .— 2 H 130 ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS ON Observations of the Solar Eclipse of 12/A February 1831, by Professor James Renwick. Made at Columbia College, New York. Lat. 40° 42' 43" N. Long., determined by the Solar Eclipse of August 27th, 1823 combined with the mean of 80 Lunar distances, 4 h. 56' 13.45" west from Greenwich. :■: Beginning. Contact of sun and moon's limbs, observed by a refracting telescope of DoUond of 5 feet focus, using the second astronomic power. The time being noted by a chronometer of Parkinson andFrod- shum. No. 1102, rated by Mr Demilt, 23h. 30' 29".2 Watch slow of mean time, 21" Mean time of beginning, 23 h. 30' 50".2 The end was not observed in consequence of the sun being hidden by clouds. Obse7-vations of the Eclipse of the Sun, February 12, 1S31, by Bobert Treat Paine, at Cape Malabar Light-house, in Lat. 41° 32' 58".3 iV.; Long, by Chrono7neter 70° 01' 20" west. h. m. sec. Beginning of the Eclipse, 11 55 56.0 A.M. ] Formation of the Ring, 1 26 54.6 P.M.',, , .. Rupture of the Ring, 1 28 23.8 P.M. ^^^"" ^^^^^ ^''^'' End of the Eclipse, 2 53 8.2 P.M. J The sky very clear all day ; observations very fine and satisfactory. Telescope 4^ feet Dollond, with the smallest astronomical eye piece; power about 60. The thermometer hanging on a S. E. wall in the sun fell from 83° to 29°. THE SOLAR ECLIPSE OP 12 PEBRUARY 1831. 131 Results of the Observatioii of the Solar Eclipse of 12th February 1831, made under the Colonnade of the south front of the President's house at the City of Washington, lat. 38° 53' 12" ; long. 76° 57' {approximate), by F. R. Hassler. A properly rated chronometer was used for the determination of time, and one of the repeating theodolites from the collection for the survey of the coast, with a one foot vertical circle, for the observations of time, &c. The reduction of the time of the chronometer indicated by the observations being made, gave, Apparent time. Mean time, h. m. sec. h. m. sec. For the Beginning, 10 55 56 11 10 30 End, 2 00 54.5 2 15 28.5 Duration, 3 h. 4 m. 58.5 sec. Stand of the barometer observed about 9 o'clock, A.M. 30.62 ins. Beginning of the Eclipse, 30.56 ins. and hardly varied for 0.01 in. the rest of the day. The thermometer stood as follows : At 8 o'clock, A.M. 29.5° Fahr. Beginning of Eclipse, 32.0 Greatest obscuration, 28.0 End of the Eclipse, 37.0 At 4 o'clock, P.M. 38.0 Sunset, 32.0 The sky m\is perfectly clear, the weather generally cold, with a harsh wind. During the greatest obscuration the feelings of an intense cold, and a kind of disagreeable gloom, were remarked by every person present, which subsided only when a considerable part of the sun was again clear. The most remarkable phenomenon was the distinctly painted ine- qualities of the moon, by the reflection of light and shade upon its disk, presenting, apparently, elevations brilliantly illuminated, and intervals shaded in an ash coloured shade, more or less dark and distinct, as they were nearer to or farther from the sun, the edge of the moon towards the sun being always fully dark. This appearance, beginning when about one-eighth of the diameter of the moon was iiTimersed, extended itself, with various alterations in the 132 ASTRONOMIC Ali OBSERVATIONS ON appearance, to about one-third of the moon's diameter, when it gradu- ally faded into indistinctness, and the whole surface of the moon appeared equally dark. The same took place again in the inverse order, with varied configurations, towards the end of the eclipse. The telescope with which I observed being very steady, that on the repeating theodolite, with a magnifying power of about 70 times, the phenomenon could be distinctly observed and followed ; the annexed imperfect figure may convey an idea of it. Observations on the Eclipse of the Sun, February 12, 1831, br/ Professor R. M. . Patterson, M.D., at the University of Virginia, in lat. 38° 2' 3" N., and long. 5 A. 14 m. 4.8 sec. TV. of Greenwich. h. m. Beginning of Eclipse, 11 0 End, 2 7 sec. 26 7 20 5 Mean solar time. Meteorological Observations during the Solar Eclipse of February I2th, 1831, by A. T). Bache, Professor of Natural Philosophy and Chemistry in the Univer- sity of Pennsylvania. The principal objects in view in the following observations were, first: to measure the dimin\ition of light produced by the eclipse; that of direct light, as well as of the light diffused by reflection in the atmos- phere and from bodies at or near the earth's surface. THE SOIiAR ECLTPSE OF 1 2 FEBRUARY 1831. 133 Second, to measure the variations in the temperature of the air during the eclipse. The instrument adapted to the measurements first enumerated is the photometer of Leslie: this consists of a differential thermometer having one hulb blackened. The blackened bulb absorbs the heat accom- panying the solar light, while the transparent bulb either transmits or reflects it; the temperature of the dark bulb is raised, the air within it is expanded, and the liquid forced up the stem attached to the opposite bulb : the amount of the rise of the liquid is measured by a scale attached to this stem. The effect of variations in the temperature of the air about this instrument is in a great measure avoided by its differential form. The graduation of the scale of the photometer is arbitrary, and the measures wiiich it gives entirely relative. It will be convenient to place the zexo at the point at which the liquid in the stem stands in a dark room. The photometer used in the observations upon the direct light of the sun had one bulb covered with black silk. The observations have been reduced to the point of the scale, which corresponds to a dark room as a zero. A glass case protected the instrument from currents of air. The position remained invariable during the course of the observations, viz. at the south window of the observatory attached to the Friends' school in Fourth-street. A second photometer was placed within the observatory and exposed to the diffused light, which entered through three windows extending nearlyfrom the floorto the ceiling and facing the S.E., South, and S.W. One bulb of this instrument was of blue glass. The observations have, as in the case of the other photometer, been reduced to the point at which the liquid stands in a dark room as a zero : the degrees do not correspond with those of the first instrument. A glass case covered this photometer. The second object was attained by the use of a metallic thermometer of Breguet's make, for the opportunity of using which I am indebted to C. N. Bancker, Esq. This instrument was placed in the shade within the south window of the open observatory. There had been no fire during the winter in the observatory, nor, but on a few occa- sions, in the building with which it is connected. A comparison of Vol. IV.— 2 I 134 ASTRONOMICAL. OBSERVATIONS ON the scale, attached to this metallic thermometer, with that of a mer- curial thermometer carefully verified, was made subsequent to the day of observation, and extended through a considerable range of tempera- ture, obtained by atmospheric variations; there resulted a correction in part of the scale, which has been applied in converting the degrees of Breguet's scale ijito those of Fahrenheit. The compound effect produced by the heat from the direct and reflected rays of the sun and by the temperature of the atmosphere was noted, as affording a check upon the observations made with the photometer in the sun and thermometer in the shade. To measure this a thermometer having the bulb blackened was exposed to the direct rays of the sun by placing it in the south window of the observatory. The thermometer was one made by Bate, the scale was metallic, and the instrument uninclosed by a case : the freezing point had been verified to guard against the effect of a variation in the scale, which has been found in many cases to take place after the graduation of the instrument. In addition to the principal observations, others were made from time to time with the hygrometer and barometer. The hygro- meter was a dew-point instrument of the kind described by Jones in the Transactions of the Royal Society of London for 1826: it consisted of a mercurial thermometer with a small bulb of blue glass; one of the hemispheres into which this bulb would have been divided by a vertical plane, was covered with a piece of stulT held in its place by a metallic ring which served further to prevent the ether used in cooling the bulb from flowing over the uncoated part. The height of the mercury in a common barometer belonging to the observatory was recorded. On the morning of the twelfth, from about nine o'clock until some minutes before the coming on of the eclipse, the sun was obscured by dense clouds. At this latter period the clouds had been dispersed and a tolerably favourable state of weather succeeded, the observations being interfered with but occasionally by passing clouds. About ten minutes after the time of greatest obscuration clouds again came up, and varying only in density, continued with but one short interval, until night. Observations were made upon the photometer in the sun, and upon the thermometers at intervals, generally, of five minutes during the THE SOLAR ECLIPSE OF 12 FEBRUARY 1831. • 135 time of the eclipse. During the most interesting period, the half hour between half past twelve and one, containing the time of greatest obscuration, the photometer in the sun was observed every minute. The record of the observations is extended throughout the period of the eclipse notwithstanding the unfavourable state of the weather, that the influence of the eclipse upon the instruments may be distinctly seen, independently of the loss of light from the interference of clouds. The instruments had been placed in appropriate situations at the University two days preceding that on which they were to be used, and their indications recorded hourly that the faults of observation might be reduced to a small limit. They were likewise observed hourly two days subsequent to the twelfth, that if any derangement had occurred, it might not escape detection. A table is subjoined containing a record of the observations upon the photometers and thermometers, beginning with that at 11 A.M. on the 12th of February,and terminating with the observation at 2 h. 35' P.M. The first two columns contain the times of observation, given by the astronomical clock of the observatory ; the third the heights of the photometer exposed to diffused light; the fourth those of the photo- meter exposed to the direct rays of the sun ; in the fifth are recorded the states of the atmosphere at the times of observation; in the sixth the temperature as shown by a thermometer in the shade ; in the seventh the checks afforded upon the observations in columns four and six by the heights of the thermometer with the blackened bulb exposed to the direct rays of the sun. The results of observations upon the dew-point and upon the barometer are placed in the remarks upon the table by which it is followed. 136 ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS ON — j^ t. r- -- OJ . 84. 65. P. SvMPUTTON, L. v. S., Syn. Car. 951, Sistotrema Elenchus, F. p. 97. Solummodo Carolina. NORTH AMERICAN FUNGI. 157 '385. 66. P. BEciPiEss, L. v. S., rarior, obvius in truncis majoribus, Bethlehem. P. plleis uncialibus, tenuiuscuUs, coriaceis, imbricatis, albido-griseis, versus basin ochraceis/multlfascia- tis, velatinis, in fasciis concoloribus, strigoso-pilosis. Fasciis undulato-elevatis. Poris minutis inae- qualibus flavo-luleig. Ambit inter P. versiculorem et ahidinum. *386. 67. P. PABTTLus, L. V. S., rarlus in coi-tice Pinorum. Betlil. Pocono. P. pileis subresupinato-effusis, tamen undulatim protrusis vix imbricatis, coriaceis, albidis, strigosiss- imis, semiuncialibus, longltudinaliter confluentibus. Pons pallide ochraceis, majusculis, laceratis, in margine, praesertimin fungo resupinato, obliter.atis. *38r. 68. P. scuTELLATus, L. V. S., ramis et truncis Syringae vulgaris innascit BeUil. etiam ex New York habeo. P. minor, unciam vix excedens, plerumque semiunclalis, rarlus dimidiatus ; plerumque basi affixus et inde omnino scutellatus, orbiculatus, aut subdifformiter ambitu undulato. Pileis durissimis, nigro- fuscis, zonis sulcato-rugosis, plicatis, glabris. Margine hymenioideo, albo subprominente. Ilymenio disciformi excavate, quasi albo-pulverulento. Poris minutis rhomboideis, hymenium pertusum apparet, tubis albo-cinereis in centre longiusculis. Demum, pulvere quasi detrito, pori nigrescunt. Substantia subcoriacea duriore ceteris hujus sectionis. y Biennes. ' ' •388. 69. P. sanguineus, F. 371, Syn. Car. caret, sed ibidem specimina elegantissima reperta sunt a me. 389. 70i P. cinnabarinus, F. 371, Syn. Car. 916, freq. Pennsylv. *390. 71. P. fraxineus, F. p. 374, saltem Pers. Myc. p. 68, valde distincta species, New York et Bethl. 391. 72. P. Aesculi, L. v. S., Syn. Car. 887, Elench. F. p. 99, Salem rarus. 392. 73. P. rfsmoaus, F. 361, Syn. Car. 892, fuscus. Non rarus etiam Pennsylvaniae. *393. 74. P. Benzoinus, F. Elench. p. 100, bene congruit. P. fuscogilvus, L. v. S., ad truncum unicum copiose Kreuterville, Pennsylvaniae. Species pulcherrima. Dift'ert a priori subsimili multis notis. 394. 75. P. odoralus, F. 373, Syn. Car. 905, in monte Pocono. 395. 76. P. nidulans, F. 362, n. 2, prope Kalgn's Point, Philad. 396. 77- P. cuticularis, F. 363, n. 4, Syn. Car. alneus 895, etiam irigueter 894, in Robinia, &c. *397. 78. P. ruiilans, F. 363, an carpineus, Syn. Car. 896, etiam ex Florida. Tenuitate distinctus. 398. 79. P. GiLvus, L v. S., Syn. Car. 897, Elench, F. p. 104, frequens etiam Pennsylvania. i Perennes. 399. 80. P. marginatus, F. 372, Salem et Pocono. *400. 81. P. ^i'nico/ff, F. n. 3, Salem et Pine Swamp freq. ■ . *401. 82, P. annosus, F. n. 5, in Betulis, Betlil. - , ' *402. 83. P. (/ryac^eus, F. p. 374, freq. ad truncosquerneos. ■ - ' 403. 84. F . fumeniarius, F. n. 8, Syn. Car. 909, vulgaris in frondosis arboribus, Bethl. et Salem. !'404. 85. P. nigricans, F. n. 9, afT. priori, ex Florida. *405. 86. P. igniarius, F. n. 10, freq. Bethl. praesertim in Robiniis. *406. 87. P. Mibis, F. n. 11, passim ad antiq. Rib ides, Bethlehem. 407. 88. P. conchatus, F. 12, Syn. Car. 910, et. Bethl. *408. 89. P- microporus, F. 13, ex Florida excepi a clarisslmo Leconte. Plerumque resupinatus. *409. 90. P. LOBATns, L. v. S., rarissime in trunco, Salem obvius. P. irregulariter dimidiatus, postice porrectus, 3 — 4 unciali diametro, solltarius, vix semiunciali crass- itudine, durus. Pileo Viirie contorto, eleganterlobato; in superficierugoso, ceterum glabro, pulvere tenui cinnamomeo fusco obtecto. Margine hymenioideo tumido, subrevoluto, tubis brevissimis, in- ferne obliquis, spadiceis ; poris minutis citrinis aut pallescentibus, demum spadiceis. •410. 91. P. Pisi CANADENSIS, L. V. S, auad subsuberosos in trancis Pini canadens. ex Pine Swamp, Mauch Chunk. P. subsuberosus, fere totus resupinatus, pileo tantum in margine conspicuo, llgno adnatus nee sepa- rabilis, indurescens et turn contractus. Pileus ubi liber cervino-gilvus, fibris adpressis subzonatus, ambitu ovato-orbiculari, margine acuto ; 4 — 6 unciali diametro. Tubis longissimis, in ambitu dimi- nutis, margine sterili, fusco-incarnatis intus cinereis. Poris minutis angulosis rubro-incarnatis. Vol. IV.— 2 P 158 ^^ SYNOPSIS OF Trib. 5. RBSupiNATrs. a. Paris coloratis. '•111. 92. P. spongiosus, F. 1, in cavitate JuglancUum, Bethlehem, non Salem. Pers. Myc. Eur. 89, 106. -412. 93. P. contio-iius, F. 378, 2, confer. Elench. p. 114, non idem cum P. seriali. Earlus ad palos. Betlilehem. '413. 94. P. FiTESCEJJs, L. V. S., non absimilis P. megaloporo, Per.s. Myc. Eur. 105, differt colore. Bethlehem rarius in ramis. Favum refert. P. resupinato-efFusus ad pedalem longltudinem, crassus, margine tenui subalbido, determinatim elevate ambitu. Poris latiusculis, hesag-onis ; tubis longissimis, pallidls. 414. 95. P. ferruginosus, F. 378, n. 3, Syn. Car. 923, Betlilehem. •41.5. 96. P. obliquus, F. n. 4, Pers. 116, incrustans, Sal. et Bethl. 416. 97. P. salicinus, F. 376, n. 15, Pers. 109, Syn. Car. 921, ad Sallceset Betulas, Salem et Bethl. Semper resupinatus. •417. 98. P. subspadkeus, F. 378, n. 5, Pers. 118, in Fraxino Gnadenth. *418. 99. v. spissuSj'L.y. S., F. Elench. p. Ill, n. 156, non idem cum P. juglandino. Satis affinis P. rufo, F. *419. 100. P. undalus, Pers. Myc. n. Ill, Elencli. F. p. Ill, in arbore adhuc stante emortuo. Bethl. *420. 101. P. iVjesA-yensiS, Pers. Myc. 115, non ad inc.irnatum ; passim ad cortices, Bethlehem. *421. 102. P. umbrinus, Pers. Myc. 119, BetMehem passim vis idem cum obliquo nostro. 422. 103. P. JuGLANDiNus, L. V. S., Syn. Car. 926, differt manifestim a P. spisso, Elench. F, 111. 423. 104. P. viTicoLi, L. v. S., Elench. F. 115, n. 36, incolit vites emortuas Carolinae, ^ joapyraceus, candidus. ,424. 105. P. xanihus, F. 379, n. 7, Pers. 123, Bethlehem. •425. 106. P. niiidus, F. n. 8, Pers. 122, olim croceus, L. v. S., elegantula species. Bethl. in salicibus. •425. 107. P. PULCHELLus, L. V. S., rarior Bethlehem, o\im xanihus m\Wi ; cortice increscit. p. resupinato-effusus, superficie inaequali, subplicata, rugosa, ambitu determinatus; margine undulato tumido, substerili. Poris minutis, regTilaribus, angustatis, tubis subobliquis in rugis superficiei. Totus fungus flavescens, durus, siccus, uncialis. •427. 108. P. jiiofaceus, F. 379, n. 9, rarus Bethlehem. *428. 109. P. incamatus, F. n. 10, Bethlehem. 429. 110. V ■ purpureus, F. n. 11, Syn. Car. 942, lllactnus, var. longe lateque in fabrefactis Bethl. •430. 111. T-rkudellus, F. n. 12, nitidissimus, Bethl. "431. 112. P. Mm7«s, Elenclt. F. p. 116, Betlil. Nomine P. crocaio, L. v. S., descriptus. •432. 113. P. vitellinus, Elench. F. 117, Syn. Car. 939, etiam Bethlehem, in putridissimis lignis. *433. 114. P. bombycinus, 'Elench. F. pag. 117, n. 86, olim nobis suAs/m/iS, Bethlehem. •434. 115. P. simiosus, F. 381, n. 18, vcrsipcllis, Pers. 115, rarius Bethlehem. •435. 116. P. XANTHoioMA, L. v. S., rarior occuiTit Salem ad ligna putrida. P. effiguratim effusus, tenuissimus, margine membranaceo fimbriate, latiusculo, sterili, eleganterluteo. Poris superficiahbus, parietibus crassiusculis, subsinuosis, minutis, paUidis. Plag.is 1 — 2 unciales irregulares efformat, ligni inaequabilitatem forma sequens. •436. 117. P. RiionoDEifiiKi, L. v. S., rarior in dejectis Rhododend. m.aximi truncis, Bethl. P. longitudinaliter effusus, angustatus. Primum observatur membrana papyracea, detractabilis, albes- cens .lut pallescens, in cujus centre jiori pauci parum elevati, lati, occummt. Demum poris his, tota supei-ficie obsita est, membrana, tantum non in ambitu ubl sublibera et siibinflexa. Poris tandem in tubes angiilatos, margine fimbriates, 2 — 3 lineas altos, ex pallide fuscescentes, elevatis. Totus fun- gus 1 — 3 uncias longus, J unc. latus, afHnis P. contiguo. '437. 118. P. Sassafras, L. v. S., passim in lignis carie fere consumptis Sassafras, Betlil. P. substantia melliuscula, bibula; subicule vix in m.argine conspicuo; tubis in centre satis elongatis, crassiusculis. Poris minutis, rcgulariter rotundis. Longitudinaliter in ligno ac cortice effusus (colore pallide lutescente) ad 1—2 uncias. 438. 119. P. scpERFiciALis, I,, v. S., Syn. Car. 924, Elench. F. pag. 115,3/3. Friesius amicissimus vix conjun,xisset cum P. vUicola, si vivum vidisset. Et. Pennsylv. 439. 120. V. NiGiiopunpcREcs, L. v. S., Syn. Car. 925, non rarus et. in Pennsylv. nee cum P. nigro piirpurasccnti nest. Numero 41, nee ad n. 40. NORTH AMERICAN FUNGI. 159 •440. 121. P. ciXEBEUS, L. V. S., passim Betlilehem ad ramos emollitos Liriod. et.Tiig. P. loiiijissime effusiis, angiistatus, albo-marginatus et effiguratus, margine temii subfimbi'iato nee tamen byssino. Tubis obliquis brevioribus, poris angustis, subflexuosls. Longitudine 4 — 6 unciali, } — 1 unciali latitudine. Totus unlcoloi', elegaiiter cinereus. •441. 122. P. Cariae, L. v. S., in jaceiite trunco Caryae albae Nazareth, loiigissime cfTusus poly- morphus. P. junior tuberculoso-elevatus, interruptus, substantia spongiosa-tomentosa, margine sterili saepe tumido. Demum lateeffusus, magis aequabilis et subindurescens, margine tunc tenuissimo, sub- membranaceo, candido, praeditus. Tubis brevibns, pavietibus crassiusculis, poris minoribus subro- tundis et subflexuosis ; interdum regularlter effusis, interdum pulvinatim in tuberculoselevatis. Ex fuliginis cinerascit. Ad pedalem longitudinem sub trunco effusus. •442. 123. P. PAPTRACEus, L. V. S., Syn. Car. 931, et. Pennsylv. nom. obtusissima. *443. 124. P. fuscocarneus, Pers. Myc. Eur. 130, Bethlehem rai'. et nomine P. _/?mina. AIO, n. 21, /uscescras nobis, Syn. Car. 961, olim. Ad ligna decorlicata Bethl. rarum. * • 562. 53. H. tiride, F. p. 421 — 25, Syn. Car. 955y et Bethl. (Systot.) certissime Hydnum, nee, ut auc- tores habent, fungus Hyphomycetum ex ordine. •563. 54. H. AERCciNOscM, L. V. S , rarum Bethlehem occurrit in putridisslmis sub cortice. H. Membrana tenuissima byssiua, subeffiguratim orbiculata, aeruginosa, diametro unciali. Subulis brevioribus, distantibus, crassis, e tereti compressis, colore ex ime aeruglnoso in nigrum abiente. 564. 55. n. fimbriaium, F. 421, n. 27, Syn. Car. 957, freq. Bethl. 565. 56. H. spalhulatum, F. Elench. p. 139, Syn. Car. 993, nee Schraderi — Salem et Bethl. (digitatum, Pers.). •566. 57. H. quercinum, F. 423, n. 33, Bethl. •567. 58. H. arguium, F. p. 424, n. 36, Bethl. . • •568. 59. H. subtile, F. 39, rarius in corticibus, Bethl. -. •569. 60. H. slipalum, F. 40, in cortice Vitis, Bethl. " "' ■'-■ 570. 61. H. ciNNABAuiNUM, L. V. S., Syn. Car. 963, Georgia, Fries. Elench. p. 137, n. 7, b. 571. 62. H. CBOCEUM, L. v. S., Syn. Car. 962, Fr. Elench. p. 137, 7, b. etiam Pennsylvania inventum. •572. 63. H. LCTEOPALLiDUM, L. V. S., rarius Bethleliem in cortice Vitis aestivalis. H. membrana tenuissima byssina, marginibus fimbriatis floccosis, non valde contigua, ex luteopallida, determinatim effusa. Subulis compressis, ramoso-fimbriatis, basi elong.ato, quasi fasciculatim con- fiuentibus, aut coalitis, longiusculis, flavescenti-pallidis et subcroceis. Ad 3 unc. effusum. Genus 13. Sistotrema. 573. 1. S. confluens, Fr. p. 426, Syn. Car. 946. S. muscorum, Syn. Car. 947, ad Hyd. epiphyllum, aut tale pertinet, et eliminatur. Genus 14. Irpex. Sys. Vegetab. p. 81, et Elench. F. 143. 1. Apodea. •574. 1. I. pakaceus, Elench. F. p. 144, n. 2- Nobis Hydnum decolorana olim, maximus in ramis dejec- 164 SYNOPSIS OF tis Montibus ; praesert. Betulanim. Primo adspectu non absimills Daedaleae cinereae. An nova species. '57S. 2. l.fuscoviolaceus, Elench. F. n. 3, nobis Hytln. veluta, rarius Salem et. Bethl. '576. 3. I. lacieus, Elencli. F. n. 4, Hydn. F. p. 412, Bethl. in U-uncis emortuis Araliae spinosae. •57r. 4. I. sinuosus, F.lencli. Fr. n. 5, (II. morincola, L. v. S., olim) Bethl. in 2. Rp.supinati. *578. 5. I. EPiPHTLLA, L. V. S., distinctissimus et eleg-ans Fungus in stipitibus et super folia subtecta radice subefossi trunci, Bethlehem. I. subresiipinatim efiTusus, pileis tamen subdimidiatis porrectis, long'e lateque foUa obtecta, ramulosque dejectos coiiglutinans. Unicolor, ochraceo-pallidiis. Pileolis inflexis irregularibus, glabriusculis cei-vino-ochracels. Subulis in hymenio majusculis, basi reticulatim conjunctis, iri-egulaiiter incisis, concoloribus. Ad 2 — 3 uncias, longitudlne ac latitudine investit folia. 579. 6. I. TULiFiPEiiiE, I,. V. S., Syn. Car. Polyp. 935, et nuUimodo Polystida. Salem et Bethlehem valde freq\iens et long-issime effusiis. *580. 7. I. FDscESCENs, L. V. S., rarius ad ligna Rhododendri, Bethl. I. elong.ato-orbiculatim confluens, resupinatus, efficlens pellem crassiusculam dense intertextam sub- floccosam, ambitu effigvuvato, m.irg'lne sterili, ex olivaceo-cervinam. Demum dentibus crassls compressis obtusis (juniori statu mere tuberculi sunt) passim truncatis, cervinis, undique cum subi- culo ascis prominulis fuscis obsitis. Unciali diametro. •581. 8. I. ocHRACEus, L. V. S., ad corticem, Bethlehem. I. resupinatus, membranaceus, niembrana ex candido-ochracea, fibrillis contexta, ambitu subeffigurato. Dentibus poriformibus, laceris, majusculis, quasi fasciculatis, et in distantioribus spathul.ato-canali- culatis, eleganter ochraceis. 582. 9. I. ciNEHASCENs, L. V. S., Syn. Car. 930, Polyporus. Rarrissime occurrit sed distinctissimus Carolina. ■ 583. 10. I. Ceram, F. p. 382, 20, Syn. Car. 956, et. Betlil. 584. 11. I. spathutatus,F. Elench. 146, n. 7, Syn. Car. 959, et. Bethl. frequens. Sistotrema olim. 585. 12. I. ohliquus, F. 37, Syn. Car. 960, et. Bethl. *586. 13. I. deformis, Elench. F. p. 147, F. 3S, pseudo-boletus, rarius Bethl. 587. 14. I. NivEus, L. V. S., Syn. Car. 964, sub Sistotrema Carolina invent. •588. 15. I. caraeus. Fries. Elench. 148, et F. 420, Hydn. Salem solummodo obvius. Genus 15. Radulttm. •589. 1. U. orSicuforc, Elench. F. 2. Hyd. radula, F., ex Nova Anglia, Torrey. •590. 2. R. mulare, F. Elench. n. 3, passim Bethlehem, nobis olim H. paradoxium. 591. 3. Vt.fagmeum, F. p. 423, Hydn. Syn. Car. 954, Sist. et. Bethl. •592. 4. R. laetum, F. p. 445. TWt\. hydnoidm,Vevs. Bethlehem passim. •593. 5. R. bolrytes, Elench. Fr. p. 152, n. 6, passim in cortice dejecto Bethl. Olim Hyd. sparsiacuka- tum, L. v. S. '594. 6. R. a/cmmum, Elench. F. p. 153. .S^/iacroncma freq. Bethl. in ramis et palis. •595. 7. R. PiNi CANADENSIS, L. v. S., in ramis dejectis, P. canadensis, Mauch Chunk. R. corticale, rcsupinatum, subinnatum, effusum, ambitu varie effiguratum, 1 — 2 uncias latum, inter- dum indctermlnatum. Colore ex albido subcinerascente in .alutaceum vergente. Papillis majus- cidis fascicu!.atis, brevioribus, obsitum est Hymenium concolor subrugosum. Junlore aetate supcr- ficie rimosa. *596. 8. R. iiTDNANs, L. V.S., late effusum in ligno nudo carioso, Bethlehem. R. longe lateque (ad 2 — 4 unc:) effusum, subindeterminatum, in ambitu subbyssinum, tenuius et sub- pulverulentum, candiduni ; centro autem ex luteo rubro.pallens. Corticium refcrt satis compactum et crassum, stiperficie rugulosa, rivulosa, tuberculls subsubuliformibus, difformibus, confluentibus, crassis, brcviusculis, aplce candicantlbus, ceterum concoloribus. Colore ac indole differt a R. laetu cui tamen affinc. NORTH AMERICAN FUNGI. 165 597. 9. R.'isTESTiENs.L. V. S,, abnorme: frequenter investit tomento aut pelle subbyssino (ad instar T. bj-ssinae, &.c.) stipites emortuos adhuc stantes Diervillae Tournefortii, Bethl. R. long-e latcque stipites arete iiivestieiis, pelle subtomeiitosa ochraceo-pallida. Passim autem pro- cessus sparsi subuliformes, 2 — 6 lineares, teretes, tenues, subarcuati, indoles pelliculae sese osten- dunt Vix hujus loci. SuBORuo IV. AURICULARIM. Genus 16. Phlebia. 598. 1. P. mcsenterica, Pers. Syn. 571, Elench. F. p. 154, Syn. Car. 1018. Uotlilehem in trunco fraxineo. "599. 2. P. merismoiJes, F. 427, n. 1, pulcherima, Betlilehem. Nostra fere sanguinea. •600. 3. P. radiata, F. n. 2, passim Betlilehem. •601. 4. P. vagd, F. n. 4, distinctam speciem amicissimus Torrey ex New York communicavit. '602. 5. P. ctNXADAnisA, L. V. S , citata Syst. \eg. F. p. 83, ad truncos Carolinae et Pennsylvania omnino non ad radiatam ut habet Fries. Elench. p. 155. •603. 6. P. coccisEoruLTi, L. v. S., in trunco carioso Juglandis tomentosae, Nazareth. P. in cavitatibus interioribus trunci cariosissimi valde irregulariter et inaequabiliter insinuato-eftusa, penetrans ipsum lignum subiculo suo et quasi absorbens. Ambitu vald.i irregular!, strigoso-peni- cilloso, et substantia ipsa fibrilloso-spongiosa, colore elegantissimo fulvo-crocco. Versus centrum subiculum quasi in membranam thelephoroideam explanatur, pulchen'ime coccineam, primum tuber- culosam ; demum processus elongatos, lobulosos, rugiformes, non valde elevates, coccineos, sed pruina albicanti adspersos, moUiusculos ostendit. •604. 7. P. HYDsoiDEA, L. V. S., longe lateque in trunco putrido ingenti eft'usa in montosis Bethl. P. effusa in corruptissimis interioribus partibus, irregulariter tuberculosa ; subiculo crasso, substantia fibriUosa, subpulverulenta, demum subsuberosa. Colore fulvo-rufo gaudet. Undii/ormM,F. 443,7, Salem et Bethl. ramis. 663. 59. T. cASDiDissiMA, L. v. S., Syn. Car. 1061, et. Bethlehem, Elench. F. 189, n. 37. Distinc- tissima species. Subtrib. 4. Straiosae. 664. 60. T. frustulata, F. n. 14, Syn. Car. 1030, valde freq. lignis praesertim querneis durissimis. *665. 61. T. PALLESCENS, L. V. S., longe latequc eftusa, praesertim sub truncis adustis Bethlehem. T. omnino resupinata, crassa, dura, superficie maxime rugosa, papilloso-granulosa, rimosa, subsicca, ex albido pallescens. Ut prlore perennis. *666. 62. T. issiNUANs, L. v. S., in cavitate truncorum longe lateque insinuata, Bethl. T. lignosa, crassa, pallida, vix separabilis, resupinatim serpens in cavitatibus internis, superficie inae- 168 " SYNOPSIS OF quali. Hymenio rugoso, nee tamen tuberculoso, subvelutino. Intus subtusque fascescit. Omnino stratosa . •667. 63. T. areolala, F. Elencli. p. 190, n. 32, olim a me T. fallax vocata. Trib. 4. REScpixiTCS. » Subtrlb. 1. Contophora. 668. 64. T. Helvklloibes, L. v. S., Sjn. Car. 1041, Elench. F. p. 193, rai-issima et valde abnormis, etlam Beth]. 669. 65. T. spoNGiosA, L. v. S., Syn. Car. 1051, et. Bethl. Elench. F. p. 193, n. 2. •670. 66. T. puieana,Y. Elench. p. 194, in cellis Bethlehem in lignis fabreflictis. 671. 67. T. reticulata, F. Elench. p. 196, marginata L. v. S., Salem et Bethl. 672. 68. T. byssoides, F. p. 452, n. 8, Syn. Car. 1042, et. Bethlehem. 673. 69. T. olivacea, F. Elench. p. 197, n. 10, Syn. Car. 1050, ^ hotryoides, freq. etiam Pennsylv. 674. 70. T. sisTOTBEMOiDEs, L. y. S., Syn. Car. 1053, species magna et. Bethl. non infrequens. 675. 71. T.ferrug'mea, F. Elench. p. 198, n. 12, Syn. Car. 1043, frequens etiam in Pennsylvania. •676. 72. T. punicea, F. Elench. p. 199, n. 13, in trunco putrido, Bethlehem. •677. 7o. T. BUBHOPALLENS, L. V. S., longe lateque efTusa in cortlcibus et lignis Bethlehem. T. etiusa, indeterminatim effigurata, ambitu marginibus latissimis albis ; versus centrum subroseo- incarnata, crebre sporidifcra aut pulverulenta. Pelliculam efficit ex arete intertextis filis. Ulnarem longitudinem explet. *678. 74. T. umbrina, Elencli. F. p. 199, non Persoonii, Bethlehem non freq. ad cortic.es. 679. 75. T. coccisEA, Syn. Car. 1032, (Swartz sanguinea) omnium pulcherrima, ad truncos solummodo Citrorum Georgia, Florida, etiam Surinam. Specimina floridanapedalia debeo Leconte. •630. 76. T. LiLAciNA, L. T. S., in cortlce Pruni virg. ramorum, Bethl. T. pellicula tenera, orbiculatim aut effiguratim efFus.a, latius confluens; ambitu albescente byssino- fibriUoso, in centro efficiens pelliculam aut pannum tenerrimum Ulacinum, sed decolorans aet.ate, pulvere obsitum. Diametro 6 Unearum. Subtrlb. 2. Ilimantia. *681. 77- T. cmnamomea, F. Elench. p. 201, 2 b. nobis olim Stereum griseofuliginetnn. 682. 78. T. PEDicELLATA, L. V. S., Syn. Car. 1046, Elench. F. p. 200, in Carolina freq. ad vivos ramos. Icon in Syn. Car. T. 2, f. 3. • . ■ . 683. 79. T. domestica, F. 481, Bethlehem, Himant. Syn. Car. 1363, in ccllis. *684. 80. T. fusca, F. 451, n. 5, hue T. vinosa olim nost. in Mali cortice. *685. 81. T. strigosa, F. Pers. p. 83, n. 1, Bethlehem longe lateque in truncis j.acentibus adustis. *686. 82. T. violascens, F. 451, n. 4, in ramis Bethl. *687. 83. T. atrovirens, Elench. F. p. 202, n. 4 b. var. aerucisoso-caesia. Nobis frequens Bethl. ad ligna putridissima, Syn. Car. 1054. 688. 84. T. caeruka, Elench. 202, n. 4 c. Syn. Car. 1028, T. Indigo, passim et. Betid. 689. 85. T. rosea, F. p. 451, n. 5, freq. Bethl. cortice juniori, Syn. Car. 1027. 690. 86. T. sulphiirea, F. 452, n. 6, Syn. Car. 1052, valde varians, etiam Bethlehem frequens e 691. 87. T. viTicoLA, L. v. S., Syn. Car. 1037, Elench. p. 205, n. 6 b. rurius etiam in Vitibus Bethlehem. •692- 88. T. laciea, F. 452, n. 7, freq. (Syn. Car. 1058 et 1059, aliaj nostra Bethl. Hyp. candidis. 693. 89. T. laevis, F. 451, u. 1, Syn. Car. 1026, etiam passim Bethlehem. 694. 90. T.a7i/hochroa,'E\enc\\. F. p. 207, n. 9, Syn. C.ir. 1031. T. roseo-carnea, adTigna. et. Bethl. •695. 91. T. odorala, Elench. p. 207, F. Syn. p. 445, rara ad truncum, Hamburg, Berks County, alatacea mihi olim. •696. 92. T. setigcra, Elench. F. p. 208, n. 12, passim Betlil. in cortice Betularum dejecto. 697. 93. T. bombycina, Elench. p. 211, n. 13, T. sera, Syn. Car. 1057, passim et. Betlilehem. •698. 94. T . papulosa, Elench. F. p. 212, n. 14, Bethlehem, oUm perperam ad T. nudam. Subtrib. 3. Ccraceae. •699. 95. T. giganteu, Elench. F. p. 213, n. 1, Mauch Chunk, et. Hambiu'g, Berks, ad trunc. pineos. NORTH AMERICAN FUNGr. 169 700. 96. T. tJierustans, F. 448, n. 27, et sebacea 1038 et 1040, Syn. Car. etiam Pennsylvania ; sae|)e gramina viva induit crusta var. sebacea. Hue etiam Merisma serratum, I'ei'S. Syiiops. nee nostrum. 701. 97. T. caleea, F. Elench. p. 215, non Syn. Car. ad truncos pineos et lij^iia fabrefacta, liethl. •702. 98. T. pubcra? Eleneh. p. 215, n. 3, (Conioph. corticalis, L. v. S., olim) incoiticeLavicis, Betbl- •/OS. 99. T. moUis, F. 443, Bethlcliem rarius oecurrit. *704. 100. T. alnca, F. 446, n. 20, Betlil. late expansa, olim T. ochr.acea nostra. .705. 101. T. ochracea, F. n. 19, Syn. Car. concentriea, 1034, et. Betldehem. 706. 102. T. concentriea, F. Elencfi. p. 217, Salem etBethl. vix mera varietas prioris. 707.; 103. T. granulosa, F. 446, n. 18, Syn. Car. 1036, etiam frequcns Bethlehem. 708. 104. T. ?nticlda, Eleneh. p. 217, n. 8, olim nobis T. aurantia, Syn. Car. 1033, non Bethlehem. 709. 105. T. sen'alis, F. 445, n. 16, olim perperum nobis T.anthochroa, Salem et. Bethl. *710. 106. T. livida, F. 447, n. 24, Bethlehem in Pyromalo. 711. 107. T. viscosa, F. p. 448, n. 25, Syn. Car. 1056, solum. Salem. ■ i - , *712. 108. T. eonfluens, F. 447, n. 23, Bethlehem bona species. •713. 109. T. cumedens, F. n. 21, praesertim in Syring. Bethl. et ex Surinamo. 714. 110. T. incarnata, F. 444, Syn. Car. 1022. Fungus admodum vulgaris et multum varians. Praesertim in dejectamentis, frustulis ligni caesi, imo in laqueo putrescenti, tamen etiam in cortice. *715. 111. T. nuda, F. n. 22, freq. Bethl. praesertim in castaneis lignis et eortice castaneo. 716. 112. T. cinerea, F.453, Syn. Car. 1055, vulgatissima, et. Bethlehem. "717. 113. T. ALuiDo-cAiiNEA, L. V. S., passim in cortice Vitis obvia. Bethlehem. T. subeeracea, arctissime adnata, longissinie eonfluens sed valde angustata, ambitu byssino fibrilloso candido, pruina c.arnescente centro tecta. Sieeitate rimosa. 718. 114. T.polygonia, F. p. 444, n. 11, Syn. Car. 1024, et. Bethlehem freq. 719. 115. T. i?(7)esja, F. p. 444, in nota. Freq. Bethl. in ramis Ribis. Subtrib. 4. Lejosiroma. 720. 116. T. acerina, F. 453, n. 1, Syn. C;ir. 1060, et. Bethl. "721. 117. T. com/^'rfa, Elench. F. p. 224, n. 2, ad ramos salieinos Bethlehem, olim Stereum salieinum nobis. *722. 118. T. laevigata, Eleneh. F. n. 3, Bethlehem, oUm nobis Stereum umbrinum etbadio umbri- num. *723. 119. T. EPisrHAEHiA, L. v. S., Elench. F. p. 226, n. 3 b. pr.aesertim in Lauro et Alno ligno et supra Sphueriam stigma, olim nobis Hydnum et turn ad Sterea nostra. •724. 120. T. maculaeformis, F. 454, n. 4, Bethlehem. . ' 725. 121. T. bufonia, F. Eleneh. p. 225, n. 4 b. Pers. Synops. 578, Syn. Car. 1044. ♦726. 122. T. amphiboUa, F. 454, n. 5, Bethlehem. •727. 123. T. epidermea, Pers. Myc. p. 84, Eleneh. F. p. 226 in nota, Bethlel\em. Hue pertinet. 728. 1'24. T. circinnata, Elench. F. p. 226, n. 7. Sarcopodium, Link. p. 127. Omnino nostra (quae olim Th. kerbarum nobis audit) ad Thelephorus pertinet. Ordo II. ELVELLACEI. ' SiBORDO I. MITRATl. Genus IS. Morchella. 729. 1. M. esculenta, F. n. 1, Syn. Car. 1125, vulgaris et saepe maxima, etiam Pennsylvania. 730. 2. M. FORAMiNULosA, L. v. S., Syn. Car. 1126, patula, rarior inter priorem CaroUna, omnino non est M. patula, Fries. M. affinis priori ac ejusdem indolis. Pileo tamen magis ovato quam conjco, apice foramine aperto, margine subannuUformi. Basis pilei stipite adnata cum in priori. Ad tres uncias elevatur. '731. 3. M. caroUniana, Bos. F. n. 13, ex New York accepi, et in Pinetis juxta Philad. ipse inveni. Vol. IV.— 2 S 170 SYNOPSTS OP Genus 19. Helvella. 732. 1. H. cosTATi, L. V. S., Syn. Car. 1127, F. p. 19, n. 7, rara, ac solummodo Carolina inventa. 733. 2. H. infula, F. n. 5, Syn. Car. 1128, vere in Carolina. •734. 3. H. lacunosa (mitra), F. 15, passim Salem et Bethl. •735. 4. H. sulcata, F. 3, Salem rara. 736. 5. H. esculenta, F. 4, Clariss. Torrey mihi ex New York communicavit. G-enus 20. Verpa. *737. 1. V. caholiniana, L. v. S., Syn. Car., perperam Leotia marcida, n. 1123. Rara Carolina in de- clivitatibus. V. stipite longo, biunciali, flexuosim torto, apicem versus incrassato, cavo, subcarnoso, riigoso-plicato. Pileo dilatato, subagaricoideo, rug-oso-tuberculoso, margine arete in stipitem inflexo, ex pallido um- brino. Subtus et in stipite color pallidior. Genus 21. Leotia. 738. 1. L. circ'mnans, F. p. 27, n. 3, Syn. Car. 1120, Salem. 759. 2. L. lubrka, F. n. 7, Syn. Car. 1122, etiam Bethl. 740. 3. L. CHLonocEPHALi, L. v. S., F. 8, Syn. Car. 1124, solummodo in Carolina obvia. •741. 4. L. viscosa, F. 9, Salem et Bethl., non rara. 742. 5. L, infundihuUformis, F. p. 26, n. 1, ex New York mihi communicat.a. SuBORDO II. CUPULATI. Genus 22. Rhizina. 743. 1. R. undulata, F. p. 33, n. 1, solummodo mihi obvia sed elegans in sylvis istis vastissimis Abieti- nis, Jefferson County, Pennsylvania, Octob. Genus 23. Peziza. • Series 1. Aleuria. Trib. 1. Helvelloideae. • - \ Acetabula. •744. 1. P. sulcata, F. p. 44, ad latera ti'uncorum N.izareth. 745. 2. P- ciNSAiMDMEo-iuTEscENs, L. V. S., Syn. Car. 1165, F. p. 45, nondum in Pennsylv. obvia. 746. 3. P. MixncLA, L. v. S., Syn. Car. 1184, F. 45, rara, sed etiam Bethlehem. If Cochleatae. 747. 4. P. CLTPEATA, L. v. S., Syn. Car. 1170, F. p. 46, n. 9, nondum Pennsylvania. 748. 5. P. venosa, F. 46, n. 10, Syn. Car. 1169, et. Bethl. 749. 6. P. badia, V. n. 11, Syn. Car. 1168, ex New Jersey, etiam habeo. 750. 7. P. otiotica, V. n. 15, Syn. Car. 1163, rarisslma. •751. 8. P. OBTECTA, L. V. S., Salem rara inter folia putrescentia, et. Betbl. P. minor, J uncialis, vix stipilata, sed ime concava et uno latere .aperta .aut subdimidiata, cinnamomea cxtus farinosa, basi albo-lomentosi.da aut albo-pruinosa. Gregatim ac sparsim foliis fere obtecta. NORTH AMERICAN FUNGI. 171. 752. 9. P. oi;ron/(C, F. n. 16. Bethlehem frequens, Syn. Car. 1164. 755. 10. P. cocAfcoto, F. 19, umbrina, Syn. Car. 1166, etiam passim Bethlehem. Iff Pustullatae. 754. 11. P. vcsicuhsa,¥. 23, Syn. Car. alutacea, 1167, etiam Pennsylvania in stercoratis. 755. 12. P. coxcREscENS, L. V. S., Syn. Car. 1178, haec species distinctissima quibusdam annis fre- quens locis raris Bethleliem, v. c. in sylva Jones. . • *756. 13. P. micropus, F. 27, passim Bethlehem, Syn. Car. 1173. • 757. 14. P. /HM^u/foto, F. 29, Bethl. et ex New York, Torrey, Syn. Car. 1179. ' . •758. 15. p. bufonia, F. n. 26, magna Bethlehem in sylva riparum Lehigh. 759. 16. P. iniiEGULinis, L, v. S., omnino foliis obtecta, ramulis dejectis udis, Increscit Bethlehem copiose locis suis. P. epixyla, subsessilis aut basi stipiteformi praedita, ramosputrldos penetrante, proveniens fasciculatim cupulis magnis semiuncialibus et ultra, ampliatis repandis et irregulariter lacerato-fissis. Hymenio umbrino gl.abro. Extus rugulosa, versus basin lacunoso-venosa, dense verruccis conicis parvis, um- brino-ferruginosis aut siibpurpurascentibus submollibus obsita. Caespites efformat 2 — 3 unciak-s. Mi/cogone ccrvina saepissime obtecta, reperilur. Trib. 2. Geoptxis. * Macropodes. 760. 17. P. macropus, F. 34, Syn. Car. 1177, etiam freq. Bethl. 761. 18. P. Tuha, F. 36, Syn. Car. 1174, perennts, Bethlehem mihi obvia, rarius in tuberibus. ** Cup u lares. 762. 19. P. lalinus, F. 44, Syn. Car. varia, 1172, nondum Pennsylv. •763. 20. P. CAnBoxAiiiA, F. 45, locis carbonaceis, Bethl. 764. 21. P. mpularis, F. 45, Syn. Car. crenalii, 1180, et. Bethlehem. •765. 22. P. applanata, F. 50, Bethlehem rara. 766. 23. P. violacea, F. 52, Syn. Car. 1171, solummodo Carol. •767. 24. P. granuhtu, F. 53, in stercore, Salem Carolinae. •768. 25. P. 7)iemiTO?iacea, F. 48, Bethlehem r.ara p. Jones. - . •769. 26. P. diluta, F. 49, eisdem locis Bethlehem. *770. 27. P. fuUginea, F. 51, ripis Lehigh abruptis sylvaticis. Trib. 3. HcMARiA. 771. 28. P. rutilans, F. 62, Syn. Car. 1238, kucoloma, Salem. ■ •772. 29. P. fulgens; F. 61, ex Deerfield, Massachusetts communicata. •773. 30. P. oUaris, F. 63, Salem et Bethlehem. •774. 31. P. araneoscr, F. 67, rarissime obvia Nazareth. '775. 32. P. humosa, F. 72, in Pine Swamp Pennsylv. rara. , _ ' *776. 33- P. kucoloma, F. 71, Bethlehem Inter muscos. 777. 34. P. omphnlodes, F. 78, conjlucns, Syn. Car. 1240, nondum Pennsylv. 778. 35. P. ruhricosa, F. 73, Syn. Car. 1241, rufa, ad terram in Carolina. Series 2. Lachnea. Trib. 1. Sarcosctpuae. 1. Stipitatae. •779. 36. P. coccinea, F. p. 79, n. 1, Bethlehem in sylva occidentale. *780. 37. P. iomenlosa, F. n. 3, ligno dejecto adhaerens Carohna. •781i 38. P. occirENTALis, L. V. S., ad Muskingum in Ohio ad stipites dejectos et ramulos mensc Augusto. P. longiuscule stipitata, stipite teneriori, cupula subinfundibuliformi, tota coccinea; extus vUlo brevi albidulo subtomentosa. Disco luteo coccineo. Basis stipitis tomento candido involuta — Interdum 172 SYNOPSIS OF ^essilis occurrit, plerumque stipite subunciali. Omnibus partibus gracilior est P. coccineae. Sparsim crescit. •782. 39- P- FLoccosA, L. v. S., ad terram et ad ramulos in terra defoss. Nazaretli. P. longissime stipitata, fasciculatim crescens ; stipite subflexuoso sarsum in cupulam tubaeformem sensim dilatato. Cupula ime tubaeformis, limbo dilatato, colore externo lutescenti coccinea, cum stipite strigosissime fioccosa, tomento longo recto candido, omnino obtegente cupulam, stipitemque sarcosum. Disco eleganter coccineo, nudo. Tota unciam altitudine excedit, gracilis, et pulcher- rima.est. ' 2. Sessiles. 783. 40. P. nigrella, F. n. 7, Syn. Car. 1186, freq. et Bethl. 784. 41. P. hemisphaerlca, F. n. 11, Syn. Car. 1185, et. Bethl. 785. 42. P. brumiea, F. 12, Syn. Car. 1187 et. New York missa. • _ . 3. Ciliarea. *785. 43. V-carneorufa-iV. 17, rarissime obvia Bethl. 787. 44. P. scutellata, F. 19, Syn. Car. 1195, et. Pennsylv. freq. 7S8. 45. P. EHiNACECS, L. V. S., F. 20, Syn. Car. 1194, praesertim in putridissimis Juglandis truncis et. liethl. *789. 46. P. se/osa, F. 25, r.arior Bethl. ad cariosos truncos. *790. 47. P. stercorea, F. 26, Syn. Car. 1195, in fimo praesert. vaccino, Pennsylvania et New York. 791. 48. P. thekboluidea, F. 28, in horto stercorato solummodo CaroUna, Syn Car. 1197. *792. 49. P. dlversicolor , F. 29, hue referenda est Peziza lurida nobis dim nee tamen Syn. Car. 1239. 793. 50. V . papillata, F. 30, Syn. Car. 1198, et passim in fimo Pennsylv. Trib. 2. DisiscrpBAE. 1. Stipitaiae. 794. 51. P. dliaris, V. 33, Syn. Car. 1209, freq. et. Bethlehem. 795. 52. P. virginea, F. 34, Syn. Car. 1208, freq. et. Bethl., ^ var. ca^yqp/iiVa vulgatissima in glandibus ibid. "796. Si. P. TOWa, F. 35, Betlilehem rara in ramulis. 797. 54. P. patula, F. 37, Syn. Car. 1210, Betlil. et lignatilis. 798. 55. P. cuJycina, F. 38, Syn. Car. 1207, vulgaris Bethl. *799. 56. P. ocHRiCEA, L. v. S., nitidissima in ligno pineo. Kaign's Point, Philad. P. major quam virginea, eleganter ochracea ; extus villosa viUis concoloribus. Stipite mediocri. Cu- pula dilatata, primum contractim subclausa. Disco vivide ochraceo. Gregibus vastis lignum non corruptum occuput. •800. 57. P. bicolor, F. 39, in frustro pineo ibidem. •801. 58. P. cerinea, F. 40, rarior Salem et Bethl. 802. 59. P. sericca, F. 43, Syn. Car. 1211, nondum Pennsylv. •803. 60. P. dandcslina, F. 44, Salem et Bethl. •804. 61. P. calyculatformi.H, F. 43, ligno putrldo Belhl. •S05. &2. P. caulicu/a, F. 45, albo-marginata, Bellil. *806. 63. P. armeniaca, F. 46, ad caules ut prior, Bethl. 8U7. 64. P. fuscesceiis, F. 47, Syn. Car. 1212, fol. faglneis et aliis ctiam Bethlehem. •808. 65. P. sTiPiTicoLA, L. v. S., in stipltibus dejectis Bethlehem. P. minuta, subsparsa, substipitata, cupulls globoso.turbin.atis in stipitem crassum abientibus, primum clausis, cxtus fai-inaceo-pubcscentibus, margine albescentibus, pUisceterum cei'vinis ; disco pallido. •809. 06. P. /)/a^o/?u5, F. 41, in ligno vetusto, Bethl. •810. 67. P. pnoLiFicANs, L. v. S., in disco caeso r.amorum et truncor- Salem. P. minuta, stipite brevi cr.assiusculo, subfascicul.ata, sicca clausa et sphariaemorpha, extus aeruginoso- farinacea, pubescens. Uda, aperta, disco atroviride, saepe prolificante, i. e. cupula in cupula cresccnti. Limbo plerumque uiidulato, margine tumido. •811. 68. P. BPUAKniNcoiA, L. v. S., increscens Sphueriis pulvinatis, Bethl. P. minutissima, turbinala, sparsa ,et gregaria, extus strigosa, brunnea, in margine albescens, stipite brevi brunnto crasso. Disco brunneo. NORTH AMERICAN FUNGI. 173 •812. 69. P. LUTEo-iLDA, L. V. S., ad corticem, Hethl. P. minuta, stlpite gracili, in cupulam latiusculam expanso, cxtus cum cupula Uiteo villoso. Disco aperto candido. •S13. TO. P. TunnixcLATi, L. v. S., rimis cortlcalibus Castancae. P. stipitata, gracilis, sparsa, turbinata, extus elegantcrsulpluircn, pilosa. Stipite versus basin subnuilo subsulcato. Disco viride auvantio-rubro. Vix scmilineari altitudine. *814. 71. P. scBHiiiTA, L. V. S., epipliylla, Bethlehem. P. mlnutissima, substipitata, spars.a, hitea, extus minutim hirsuta cupula dilatata. 2. Sessiks. 815. 72. P. alboviolascens, P. 49, Syn. Car. 1206, et. Bethlehem. 816. 72. P. corticalls, F. 50, Syn. Car. 1202, et. freq. Bethl. 817. 74. P. ciNEnEOFCscA, L. v. S., F. 52, Syn. Car. 1193, passim et. Pennsylv. *818. T5. P. hispidula, F. 58, in Sambuco, Salem et. Pennsylv. ■ - *819. 76. P. Schumacher!, F. 59, disco caerulesc. in Spiraea, Bethl. •820. 77. P. spadkea, F. 60, ad ligna Bethlehem. 821. 78. P. ra/o-oft'acf«, F. 63, ad Rubos rara Bethl. ct Salem. 822. 79. P. /ara-/H%;wra, F. 64, Syn. Car. 1190, et. Bethl. *823. 80. P. varieco/or, F. 65, ad stipites Salem obvia. •824. 81. P.f/)iSjO/(oer/ff, F. 67, ad Sph. adustam Bethl. •825. 82. P. roseola, F. 68, passim Bethl. ad caules. .■':--- ^ 826. 83. P. LEojTiNA, L. V. S., F. 70, Syn. Car. 1200, et. Bethlehem. . -' • 827. 84. P. FULTO-CASA, L. V. S., F. 71, Syn. Car, 1201, et Pennsylv. •' •828. 8.5. P. papillarh, F. 73, Bethlehem. 829. 86. P. rE?jiciLiATA, L. v. S.,F. 74, Syn. Car. 1204, et. Bethl. 830. 87. P. %a/mff, F. 75, Syn. Car. 1214, freq. et. Bethl. . ■ '•. 831. 88. P. i^ffVosff, F. 76, Syn. Car. 1188, in caulibus umbell. • ' ■ '832. 89. P. relicina, F. 78, in caulibus Pastinacae, Bethl. ■ ■ •. . 833. 90. P. su/p/iU)W, F. 80, Syn. Car. 1189, et. Bethl. ad caules. ■ ' ' • •834. 91. P. villosa, F. 82, freq. Bethlehem ac Salem. '' ' ' ■ ■■,"'■ •835. 92. P. grisea, Pers. Mj'C. Betlil. lignis, bona species. ' _ ' ■ *836. 93. P. corana, F. 56, rara Bethl. . • - •837. 94. P. /;-//orn!("s, F. 69, in ligno Rhois, Bethl. • ■ • '. ,. " .• *838. 95. P. virescens, F. 81, in variis caulibus, Bethl. •839. 96. P. pundiformis, F. 85, ad fol. Castaneae, Bethl. 840. 97. P. ciNNAEAiiixA, L. V. S.,Syn Car. perperam_/?ammeff, a, 1193, ad LiquiJanibaris ligna, Salem. P. sessilis, globosa, strigoso-pulvenilenta, unicolor, cinnabarina, basi latiusculo nigTcscente, rarius disco aperto. Tota pulvere cinnabarino copiosim tecta. Gregarle cresclt, vi.x 1-J lineas diam. e.x- cedens. _ . *841. 98. P. coMATA, L. V. S., epiphyllain foliis quercinis dejectis, Bethl. P. minutissima, sessilis, candidissima, extus pilis longis densis candidis eleg.anter comata. Sparsa. *842. 99. P. ixcAnsESCEXs, L. v. S., ad ligna decorticatavaria, Bethl. P. sessilis, gregaria, 1 — 2 lin. lata, orbicul.ai'is, extus nigro-umbrina, pilosula stvigosa, margine dilution, subclausa, sicca, madefacta, expansa. Disco elegantcr incarnato. *843. 100. P. TiTis, L. V. S., rimis Corticis Vitis, Bethl. P. minuta, difformiter globosa, clausa, carnea, scd villo albo extus laxius involuta, margine crenulato- plicato; disco pallido. Punctiformis. . . *S44. 101. P. rnscoBARBATA, L. v. S., in antiquissimis caulibus Verbasci, Bethlehem. P. patellaeformis, extus duriuscula et in basi nigricans, 1 — 2 linearis; in m.argine dcnsim fusco-barbata. Disco elegantcr carneo. Spars.1. Siccitate clausa. Cupula extra barbam nuda rugosa. *845. 102. P. nuFiBERBis, L. V. S. in plurimis stipitibus teneris dejectis, Bethl. P. applanato-patellaeformis, siccitate ob cupulae teneritatem irregulariter contracta, ceterum orbicu- laris, et madefacta valde explanata, rubella, carnosa, e.xtus fasciculis pilorum brevium ruforum eximie barbata. Lin. 1 — 2 diametro ; gregatim crescens. Vol. IV.— 2 T 174 SYNOPSIS OF •846. 103. P. MACuii^icoLi, L. v. S., in maculis determinatis albldis, omnino tamen non crustaceis, in lignis decorticatis ramorum ag-gregata, Bethleliem. P. gi'egaria, affinis P. flammulae et cinnabarinae, lineam diametro excedens, sessilis, basi nigra mida rugosa, versus marginem strigosissima, tomento strigoso ferrugineo riifo, subpulverulento. Disco primum clause, turn Peziza globosa ; demum aperto, carneo-rufo. Cupulis in macula subconcen- tricis. •847. 104. P. EupATOBii, L. v. S., versus radices in maximis caullbus emortuis Eupatorii purpurei et maculati, Betlil. P. gregaria, cupulis bi-vel tri-linearibus ; tnadefactis explanatis, disco subconvexo, margine fere ob- literato. Siccitate connivens, sed non clausa, est haec pezizula rufo-carnea, extus pilis nigrofuscis, apice albescentibus fasciculatim obsita. *848. 105. P. A'riioFuscATA, L. V. S,, in frustulis lignl dejecti. Bethlehem. P. sparsa, m.ajuscula (pro ratione) diametro lineari. Cupula sessilis, extus statu sicciori atra, rugosa orbiculata, interdumtantum in margine barbata, plerumque extus fusco-strigosa. Trib. 3. Tapesia. * Cupulis villosis. 849. 106. P. anomala, F. 86, Syn. Car. 1215, et. Bethl. •850. lOr. P. annulala, F. 87, rarius Bethl. ad ligna. ♦851. 108. P. stipala, F. 88, non infreq. ad ligna Bethl. •852. 109. V. poriaeformis, F. 89, rara sed distincta, Salem. •853. 110. P. caesia, F. 93, Salem et Bethl. obvia. •854. 111. P. liosae, F. 97, Salem, rarissima in Rosa. 855. 112. P. pauiNATA, L. v. S., F. 96, Syn. Car. 1216, etiam Bethlehem obvia in Vite. 856. 113. P. IItdbangeae, L. v. S, F. 98, Syn. Car. 1219, nondum Pennsylvania reperta. *8S7. 114. P. Daedalea, L. v. S., in cortice Lauri aestivalis, rara Bethlehem. P. Crustacea, insidens subiculo pulverulento crustaceo, crassiusculo, secedente, expanso in ligno ac cortice. Cupulis dense gregariis, majusculis sessilibus daedaleis, i. e. varie tortis et flexuosis, invi- cem adpressis, cum subiculo concolore, cinereo-pulverulentis. Disco fuligineo-cinereo. *858. 115. P. ahachnoidea, L. v. S., in lignis dejectis udis, Bethlehem P. subiculo ex filis arachnoideis longe lateque expansis tenerrimis, intertextis, subcandido-cinereis. Cupulis pallido-aquosis, extus villoso-albis, minutissimis. Siccitate globoso-contractis fere iniper. ceptibilibus. '859. 116. P. cAKDiDo-FULVA, L. V. S., rara sed perpulchra in cortice Bethl. P. subiculo araneoso satis denso, longe lateque effuso, candidissimo, in quo sparsne apparent cupulae 1 — 2 lineares, elegantissime fulva, extus pilis brevibus subfiisciculatis fusco-fulvis ornatae. Affinita- tem cum P. fulvocana habet — sed dift'ert subiculo. ** Cupulis glabris. 860. 117. V.fiisca, F. 99, Syn. Car. 1217, et Bethl. freq. 861. 118. P. sanguinea, F. 102, Syn. Car. 1218, valde freq. Bethl. •862. 119. P. scDicuLATA, L. V. S., passim in ramis dejectis Bethl. P. subiculo crasso, tomentoso, effuso cinereo-fusco, densissime intertexto. Cupulis glabris, marginatls etfibris quasi r.adicantibus, albis, sub nudo margine radiatim expansis, subiculo affixis ; majusculist in ambitu mire lobato-undulatis, tri-linearibus ; disco ochraceo. •863. 120. P. GiusEu-rnLVEnACEA, L. v. S., affinis priori — locis similibus inventa, Bethl. P. subiculo araneoso multo tenuiori griseo. Cupulis minoribus, extus nigris, margine tumidulo non lobato, griseo-pulverulento ; disco ochraceo etiam pulverulento. •864. 121. P. MOLLisiAEoiDES, L. V. S., locis ilsdcm cum prioribus Bethl. P. subiculo tenui, tomentum byssinum effusum referente, nigrofuscescente. Cupulis sp.arsis sub-dia- phanLs, omnino P. mollisiam referentibus, tenerrimis, majusculis, nullimodo extus villosis sed sub- rugosis, cinereis statu madefacto sicco autem nigris. Disco concolore. •865. 122. P. iiisciNcoLA, L. v. S., in disco caesi trunci ad ligna. Subaffinis P. anomalae, Bethl. P. minutaaggrcgata, in subiculo tenuissimo albescenti. Cupulis turbinatis, substipitatis, laxe stipatis, NORTH AMERICAN FUNGI. ]75 pallide fernigineis, extus tamen omniiio tectis pills albido-clncrels, pulverulentis ; primo conniven- tlbus, demuin In'egulai'iter expansis. Disco pallldo. •866. 123. P. MEGJLOMA, L. V. S., in lignis puti-ldis p.isslm liethl. P. subiculo lute efftiso, atro, contcxto ex fills crassiiisculls. Cupulis niajusculis, elevatis subro- tundis, ceraceis, ex lutescente .albidls, margine crasso Involuto subrcpando. Disco clnerco. Extus cupulis glabris aut subfurfuracels. Trib. 4. Fibrika. *867. -124. P. f/a?ino, F. 106, rara in Pino canadens. Salem. 868. 125. P. io/ans, F. lOr, Syn. Car. 1221, et. Bethlehem. 869. 126. P. nosr,o-ALBA, L. v. S., F. 113, Syn. Car. 1244, et. Bethlehem. •870. 127. P. ceracella, F. 114, rara in cortice, Bethlehem. ▼ •871. I'SS. V. phucidJoides, F. 116, ad stipltes rara, Bethl. 872. 129. P. ciiLOKA, L. v. S., F. p. 115, b. Syn. Car. 1235. Species ex optimis — frequens occurrit in interloribus truncis, maxime gregai-ia, et aetate nig-rescit, saepe 1 — 2 hn. diamelro. Etiam Pennsylv. •873. 130. P. cHLOBAscENs, L, V. S., affinis priori sed major et colore alleno, locis similibus sed rarius occurrit, Bethl. P. majuscida (3 — 4 linearis) greg.aria, sicca valde contorta, sessilis aut brevius stipitata; extus floccosa fibrosa, nigra aut nigrofusca statu sicciori — madefacta autem aeruginosa. Disco lato clilorasceiiti aut luteo-vlridi, demum subpulverulento. •874. 131. P. sonTABiA, L. V. S , rarissime insidens stipitibus tenerrimls Bethl. P. sessilis, solitaria, m.ijuscula .ad 3 lin. lata, applanata, firma, cr.issa, margine tumido obtuso glabro, colore ohalybeo ; disco undulatim inaequali Cupula extus vestita fibris quibusdam paucis albes- centibus. *875. 132. P MEMBBAWATA, L. V. S.,r,ara, ad ligna dejecta, Bethlehem. P. submembranacea, extus rugulosa fibris adpressis. Tota nigra, statu sicciori. E stipite longiusculo abiens in cupulam tubaeformem, irregulariter limbo lobatam, intus cinerascens. Statu madido tota Pezlza cinerascit. Affinis Merulio aut pot. Cantharella fissill. *876. 133. P. TOHTA, L. V. S., affinis P. bolarl. Rara obvia lignis vetustis, Salem. P. subfasciculata, aut sparsa ; stipite crasso sulcato, torto ferrugineo-fusco aeque ac cupula estus Disco cxplanato undulato, immarginato, aeruginoso-viridi, pulverulento. Substantia demum sub coriacea. Totus fungus a 4 lineas latus et altus. •877. 134. P. AscoBOLoiDEA, L. V. S., in rimis corticis Vitis labruscae, kc. Bethlehem. P. minutissima, spars.a, extus fibrosa, Candida, turbinata carne, sed vix stipitata. Disco subcarneo quasi ascis ascoboloideis punctate, subconvexulo, siccitate clauso. Vix semiUneam excedit. *878. 135. P. Lextagisis, L. v. S , in ramis Viburni Lentaginis, Hope, Jersey, vulgata. P. gregaria, sed sparsim, brevistipitata, stipite tenuiusculo concolore. Cupula dilatata, extus tenulss- ime fibrosa badia, subpulverulenta. Disco rotundo aut flexuoso marginato, pallide fusco badio. Tota 1—2 linearis. •879. 136. P. opuLiFOLiAE, L. V. S., frequens in emortuis ramis, Spiraeae opulifol. Bethl. P. sessilis, sparsa, egloboso-turbinata, regidaris, margine tumido inflexo; brunnea, extus fibroso-striata, margine albescenti. Disco pallide. Diametro 1 lineari. Copiosim provcnit in ramulis. •880. 137. P. TixvisiDiLis, L. V. S., in fibris interloribus Corticis Castaneae BetU. P. minutissima, subfasciculatim proveniens circum Sphaeronema parabolicum i.n eisdem fibris crescen- tem; fusca, subfibrillosa, obconica, abiens in stipitem brevem, margine albopruinoso involuto. Disco cinereo-fusco ascigero. Ore semper contracto. Vix nisi per lentem detegenda. Series 3. Phialea. Trib. 1. HiMENOSCTPHAE.- f Ciborioideae. «881, 138. P. echinophila, F. n. 4, in involcuris Castan. Bethl. 882. 139. V. firma, F. n. 1, Syn. Car. 1222, et. Bethl. •883. 140. P. /ruc/i'gma, F. 5, in Juglandium fruct, Bethl. 884. 141. P. serutina, F. 6, Syn. Car. 1225, non in Pennsylv. 176 SYNOPSIS OF 885. 142. P. luiescens, F. 8, Syn. Car. 1228, folils, et. Bethl. •886. 143- P.;?yr//b™!i"s, F. 13, Salem in muscis rarlssima. •887. 144. P- clavata, F. 16, Bethl. freq. in cortice Robiniae- 888. 145. P. cyathoidea, F. 21, Syn. Car. 1227, passim etiam in cauUbus, Betlilebem. 889. 146- P. coronuta, F. 9, rarissima, obvia tamen Salem ac Betlil. in stipitibus. •890. 147. P. slricda, F. 15, ad caules Bethl. •891. 148. P. campanula, F. 19, in caulibus Umbellatarum, jam Salem et Bethl. •892. 149. P. Capula, F. 20, ad dejectos stipites Bethl. •893. 150. P. Ferula, F. 23, ad stipites Bethl. ^ ■ . -j-f Volulelleae. •894. 151. P. vaccitiea, F. 27, ad fimi\m rarius obvia. Trib. 2. Caltcinae. f Calyculae. 895. 152. P. '^ucc/Ha, F. 35, Syn. Car. 1223, rara etiam Bethl. •896. 153- CROCEA, L. v. S., ex New York communicavit Dr. Torrey. P. subcorneo-indurata, crocea, fiisciculata, stlpite crasso sulcato incurvo. Cupula varie contorta et lobata, marg-ine obtuso siibflexuoso. Altitudine J unciali. Cupula diametro bilineari. •897. 154. P. Phiula, F. 36, ramulis et stipitibus, Bethl. •898. 155- P. Calyculus, F. ?::7, rara var. infundibuliformis ad ligna Bethl. 899. 156. p. aen(^»!o.sn, F. 39, Syn. Car. 1230. Vulg-atissima et interdum maxima Bethlehem. •900. 157. P. versiformis, F. 40, Bethl. in salicinls truncis. •901. 158. P. Jlspcgrecnii, F. 41, Bethlehem ad ligna. 902. 159. P. citrina, F. 43, Syn. Car. 1231. Vulgatissima et maxima Bethl. '903. 160. P. coNFLUE^fs, L. V. S., affinis priori, sed multo major passim Bethl. P. majuscula, saepe pl.igis uncialibus et ultra confluens, ita ut cupulae confluentes quasi membranam efhciunt. Stipitibus crassiusculis, brevibus albescentibus cum cupulis ad basin, ceteram vivide citrinis, subtus pallidioribus. 904. 161. P. pallexccm, F. 44, Syn. Car. 1232, et. Bethl. optime in caulibus Pastlnacarum basin versus. 905. 162. P. nigripes, F. 45, Syn. Car. 1226, etiam Pennsylv. •906. 163. P. cA/o»aca, F. 44, b. optima Nazareth ad ligna. ff Lenticulares. 907. 164. P. kntkularis, F. 46, Syn. Car. 1236, et. Bethl. •908. 165. P. salicelh, F. 47, r.arior, Hope, Jersey. •909. 166. P. /r/co/or, F. 49, Bethlehem in truncis r.ara. •910. 167. P. femiginca. F. 51, Salem in trunci disco. •911. 168. P. discifoi-mis,F. 52, r.irissima ad truncos, Bethl. •912. 169. P. cuprcssina, F. 54, ad folia et r.amulos Jiiniperi virginicae dejectae Bethlehem passim. •913. 170. P. imbcrhis, F. 57, rarior ad ligna Bethl. 914. 171. P. herharum, F. 58, Syn. Car. 1233, et. Bethlehem vulg. •915. 172. V.faginea, F. 59, r.arissima in foliis Bethl. 916. 173. P. epipltyUa, F. 60, Syn. Car. 1243, Salem ac Pennsylvania. •917. 174. P. lutcovircm, F. 48, ad ligna Bethlehem. •918. 175. P. Muugcolii, F. 53, rara sed pulchra Betlil. •919. 176. P. Pastixacae, L. v. S., in caulibus exsiccatis duris Pastinacae Bethl. p. minuta, stlpite brevissimo ci\asso, interdum sessllis ; cupulis sparsis apertis, margine tumidulo obtuso albescenti luteo. Disco subconvesulo rufo lutesccnte. Affinis P. herbarum. •920. 177. P. Lr.GrMiNiiM, L. V. S., rara sed distincta species sparsim occurrit in leguminibus, Bigno- niae Catalpae et radicantis, Betlil. P. minuta, sparsa, emergens, globosa, ceracea, sessllis, glabra, rufa. Disco excavato concolori, mar- gine albescenti. Punctiformis apparet. NORTH AMERICAN FUNGI. 177 Trib. 3. Mollis: a. \ Claviforma. *921. 178. P. conigena, F. 65, conis Pinorum prope Philad. *922. 179. V ■ Jiavovirens, F. 66, rara in putrido ligno Bethl. ft Udae. 92o. 180. P. chrysocoma, F. 67, Syn. Car. 1159, aurea, et. Bethl. •924. 181. P. Ulacina, F. 68, non rara Bethlehem. 925. 182. P. vinosa, F. 69, Syn. Car. 1160, passim et. Bethl. 926. 183. p. rubella, F. 70, Syn. Car. 1162, freq. et. Bethl. 92". 184. P. atrovirens, F. 71, Syn. Car. 1163, freq. ibidem. '928. 185. P. olivacea, F. 75, nostra occurrit in terra juxta truncos. 929. 185. P. uda, F. 74, Syn. Car. 1157, freq. ubique. 930. 187. P. cinerca, F. 75, Syn. Car. 1158, vulgpatissima. *931. 188. P. ^««j7/a, F. 76, rarior ad truncos Bethlehem. •932. 189. P. Pteridis, F. 79, passim ad stipites Pteridis aquif. Bethlehem. •933. 190. P. axillaris, F. 83, in axiUis muscorum ; Clariss. Torrey ex New York communicavit. *934. 191. P. sanguinolenta, F. 84, non rara lignis Bethl. •935. 192. P. xanthostigma, F. 86, in vetustis lignis Bethl. •936. 193. P. iiu/^am, F. 88, ad cortices putrid. Bethl. *937. 194. P. livido-fusca, F. 90, rarior in fragmentis corticis dejectis Bethlehem. •938. 195. P. rfiVuic/fo, F. 91, rara obviaBethl. locis suis. •939. 196. P. airata, F. 92, passim in exaridis lignis Bethl. •940. 197. P. leucostigma, F. 87, ligno cariosissimo Nazareth. *941. 198. P. dentata, F. 89, in ligno materie viridi obtecto, Bethlehem et alibi. •943. 199. P. coNCHELLii, L. V. S., adramos dejectos Mori albae Betlilehem. P. minutissima, conchiformis, sessilis, subpellucide rubra, sicca, connivens, margine acuto. •943. 200. P. cRUENTA, L. V. S., in cortice ramorum passim Bethl. P. minuta, sparsa, sessUis, applanata, cruenta, subpellucida, marg-ine elevato albidulo crenulato, aut pruina adsperso. Disco concavo. Forma totius fungi orl)iculata, vix semilineam excedeiis. *944. 201. P. ciTKiNELiA, t. V. S. , in lignis cariosissimis salicinis Bethlehem. P. gregaria ac sparsa, minuta, sessilis, junior subglobosa, demum explanata, semper margine crassiiis- culo obtuso distincta, varie flexuoso et linea albida notato. Ceterum unicolor citrinella — affinis P chrysocomae. •945. 202. P. HUFULA, L. v. S., satis affinis P. rubellae, sed major, ac minus tremellosa. Bethlehem lignis. P. basi affixa, margine crasso subalbescente, ceterum e rubro rufa. Disco impresso, quasi umbilicato, limbo interdum undulate, plerumque regulariter orbicularis. Trib. 4. Patelleae. •946. 203. P. melaxantha, F. 97, passim Bethlehem. 947. 204. P. melakuca, F. 88, Syn. Car. leucomcla, 1247, et. Bethl. •948. 205. P. /(gTjyo/a, F. 100, rarior lignis Bethlehem. •949. 206. P. rfi^ormts, F. 101, Nostra videtur major Friesii, in disco antiquo Salicis Bethlehem. •950. 207. P. viticola, F. 102, rarior Bethl. in Vite. •951. 208. P. lecideola, F. 103, passim Bethlehem obvia. •952. 209. P. connivens, F. 104, in frustuhs dejectis, Bethl. *953. 210. P. compressa, F. 105, in fragmentis ligni caesi ad terram dejectis Bethlehem freq. •954. 211. v. Jlexella, F. 107, ad varia ligna cariosa Bethlehem. •955. 212. P. cLANDicoLA, L. V. S , gregatim provenit et subseriatim in glandibus putridis, Bethl. P. minuta, nigrofusca, subcaespitosa et fasciculata, sessilis, margine plicato inflexo; disco concavo glabro. Quasi zonatim glandescircumdant greges densissimae hujus pezizulae, quae cupulis valde variant, difformibus saepe flexuosis et conniventibus. Disco interdum griseo-pulveraceo. *956. 213. P. Pbiladelphi, L. v. S., in ramulis Philadelphi inodori culti in hortis Bethlehem. Vol. IV.— 2 U 178 SYNOPSIS OF p. cupulis sessilibus aut stipite paplilaeformi praedltis ; s'lccis subrotundis, sparsis, superficialiter epidermidi adnatis, extus fennigineo lutescentibus, subpulverulentis, margine subproniinulo. Disco demum convexo, punctato, umbrino, 5 lineari. Interdum cupuli agg'regati occumint. Genus 24. Ascobolus. 957. 1. A. furfuraceus, Fries, n. 3, Syn. Car. 1270, Carol. 958. 2. A. glaher, F. n. 7, Syn. Car., 1269, et. Uethl. in fimo. *959. 3. A. immersus, F. n. 8, non rarus in fimo Bethl. *960. 4. A. coNGLOMEBATus, L. V. S., in ti'uncis quercinis mucidissimis copia ingentl aggregatus. Tarn affinis Hysteric rufescenti nostro statu sicciori, ut vis distinguitiir. Aladido autem nil dissimilius. A. cupulis sessilibus, majusculis, applanatis, varie flexuosis, saepissime aggregatis in caespitulis un- cialibus. Disco cinereo carnoso-tremelloso, late aperto ad latitudinem 1 — 2 llnearum, subtumidulo, ascis punctato-prominulis nigrloribus ; margine tumido albescente. Sicco statu, valde m\itatur, cupulis turn contractis, contortis, conniventibus, Hysterium rufescenkm referentibus, disco toto nigro, margine albo, extus autem nigrescentibus- Ad ulnarem longitudinem confluunt caespites cupularum. Genus 25. Bulgaria. '*961. 1. B. globosa, F. 166, n. 1, Salem et Bethlehem rariter obvia. 962. 2. B. inquinans, F. n. 2, Syn. Car. Fez. 1153, copiosissime et interdum maxima invenltur Salem et Bethlehem. Praesertim vulgata in lignis caesis ad ignem destinatis. 963. 3. B. sarcoides, F. n. 5, Syn. Car. Fez. 1156, freq. et. Bethlehem in Betula. *964. 4. B. zicFi, L, v. S, in ligno putrido Bethlehem Imnc fungum rarius, sed tum maxima copia inveni. B. magnitudine et substantia indoleque omnino B. inquinantis: forma autem magis Pezizoidea, breviter stipitata. Junioribus subturbinatis aut obovatis, clausis, vix autem velatis. Mox cupula dilatatur, margine undulato repando, disco, ascophoro, eleganter rufo. Extus umbrino-fusca, venoso-r.gulosa, strigoso-pilosa, pilis tamen breviusculis. Statu niadido attinet diametrum 2 — 3 unclalem, et colore laeto inter folia putrida oculos allicit ; in sicco cornea et indurata sit mox autem reviviscens. In- crescit more B. inquinatae lignis, putridioribus tamen, inter folia defossis. Tribus 3. Claviculaues. Genus 26. Vibrissea. 965. 1. V. TBUNCOBDM, F. p. 31, Syn. Car. 1121. Leotia, L. v. S., solummodo (;arolina obvia. Genus 27. Sarea. Fries. Sys. Veg. p. 8G. 966. 1. S. awea, F. II. p. 156, Helotium.n. 3, Syn. Car. 1272, elegans. Nondum Pennsylvania obvia. 967. 2. S. acicularis, F. n. 4, Syn. Car. 1271, et. Bethlehem in cortice. 968. 3. S. Jimetaria, F. n. 5, Syn. Car. 1273, et. Bethlehem rarius locissimilibus. •969. 4. S. subtilis, F. n. 6, rarius. Bethl., Philad. *970. 5. S. pithya, F. n. 1, in ligno et ramulis Pini can.adensis, m.ijor et magis applanata quam Eu- ropaea species sed omnino eadem, Plainfield, Pennsylvania. '971. 6. S. BBASsicAEcoLA, L. V. S., in caulibus vetustis Brassicaruni induratis Bethl. S. gregaria, gregibus vastis, minuta, propuUans inter fibros caulis. Stipite -albo pulverulento, b.asi in- crassato. Capitulo rufo-.aurantio, conve.xo, in cupulam c slipitisapice dilatato, demum disco appla- nato et manifestim marginato. NORTH AMERICAN FUNGI. 179 Genus 28. Volutella. Fries. Veg. Sys. et Mycol. p. 173. Fungus pulclierrimus, passim occarrens in folUs sem'ivivis Quercinis Bethlehem, jam describendus diu nos exercuit ubi sit locandus. Nunc certior factus sum longa observatione eum hue pertinere. Nomine Jimphyphyto multis a me communicatus est. V. Q.nEiiciNA, L. v. S. •972. 1. V. Receptaculo coi-neo ceraceo-pezizaeformi, basi, stipitiformi, brevissima, folio adnato, quae basis autem in patellulam marginatam extensa. Cupula varie formata, undulata, extus plicato-rugu- losa, ceterum glabra, colore purpureo-rubro, diamelro in junioribus lineari — in adultis interdum J unciali. Disco plerumque subumbonato. Totus fungus extus et quidem in disco, filis tenuissiniis, cum pruina alba interspersis vestita, passim evanidis. Est quidem analogia cum Epichysio Todei. Crescit sparsim, sed plerumque multis speciminibus in eodem folio. Interdum fasciculatlm. Sub- stantia indurescit. Genus 29. Ditiola. '972. I- D. volvata, F. p. 171, n. 3, ex Nova Anglia Torrey communicavlt. '974. 2. D. sulcata, F. n. 4, in rimis corticis Vltis, etiam ex Nova Anglia Torrey. Tribus 4. Stictei. Genus 30. Stictis. I . Stictis Corticiae. •975. 1. S. ocf/too, F. 193, n. 3. Bethlehem rara. •976. 2. S. Pupiila, F. n. 4, in ramis salicinis Bethl. •977- 3. S. spkacralis, F. n. 5, rara in Fraxino Beth!. *978. 4. S. chrysophaea, F. n. 6, in ramuhs decorticatis Betlil. *979. 5. S. tenuis, F. n. 9, Carolina a me Frieslo missa. *980. 6. S. radiata, F. n. 7, Bethlehem in Corni sericeae cort. '981. 7. S. pehicula, F. n. 10, In ram. Ribis florid. Bethl. *982. 8. S. pallida, F. n. 11, in lignis vetustis sepium Sal. et Bethl. •983- 9. S. hemisphaerica, F. n. 12, in ligno pineo Pennsylv. *984. 10. S. llTrRAjtGEAE, L. V. S., valde vulgata in ramulis emortuis Hydrangeae, Bethlehem et Salem. S . omnino affinis S. radiatae, a qua magnitudine multo majori et disco globoso elevato distinguitur. •985. 11. S- Item, L. v. S., in antiquissimis caulibus Rubi viUosl Bethl. S. subimmersa, erumpens c\im epidermide, verrucae ad instar, arete cincta ab epidermide; verruca orbiculata. Limbo albopulveraceo, plicatim inflexo, faciliter detergibili. Disco excavato ni- grescente. *986. 12. S. FiMBKiATA, L. v. S., ad latus interior squamarum Strobili Pini inopis juxta Kaign's Point, Philadelphia. S. immersa, suberumpens, disco tremelloso ceraceo orbiculari, subconvexo, pruinoso, cinereo, limbo candldissimo prominente eleganter fimbriato-fisso. Aecidium exacte refert. Gregatim provenit. Siccitate subclausa. *987. 13. S. CAULINCOLA, L. V. S., sub epidermide caulium majorum; primum tecta demum erumpens, Bethlehem. S. minuta, atra, et circumcirca nigrificans, exacte orbiculata aut urceolata, solummodo ore rotundo. margine spurio cinerascente cincto, prorumpens. ♦988. 14. S. Umbellatarcm, L. v. S., vulgaris in caulibus Pastinacae Bethl. Affinis radiatae. S. sparsa, gregibus tamen vastis caules occupans, immersa, ore pulverulento sublacero valde promi- nuloalbo. Disco ime excavato pallido. Multo minor S. radiatae et margine vix manifestira radiato. 180 SYNOPSIS OF *989 15. S. CEHACEA, L. V. S., in caullbus passim, Bethl. S . sparsa aut coUecta in maculo exalbescente, immersa. Disco ceraceo albido saepe reijulari. Limbo non pulverulento sed crassiusculo albo. •990. 16. S. Steiia, L. v. S., in ramis ignotis ligno immersa, Bethl. S. ime immersa, disco nigro urceolato, minuta, limbo albo stellatim fisso, valde prominente : laciniis 3 — 4 stellatim reflexis, pulvere obtectis. *991. 17. S. LiousTRi, L. v, S., in ramulis Ligustri, Bethlehem, affinis S. Lecanorae. S. sparsa erumpens, carnoso-tremellosa, patellaeformis, primum nigiescens, demum quasi lutescens in ligno. Margins elevato sublacero — et disco quasi pruinoso. *992. 18. S. Philadeiphi, L. V. S., in ramulis tenerrimis P. inodori, Bethlehem hortis. S. erumpens, orbicularis, disco subceraceo tremelloso, omnino pulvere cinereo obtecto, magis in am- bitu aggregato efficiens limbum crassiusculum. 2. Xylographa. '993. 19. S. paralkla, P. n. 14, in omni hgno vetusto, praesertim saeplum nostr., " fence rails" dicto- rum, Bethl. et Salem. '994. 20. S. stictica, F. n. 15, in canescente ligno Bethlehem. 3. Propolis. *995. 21. S./onnosa, F. n. 16, vulgata in disco truncorum caesorum Bethlehem. •996. 22. S. hysterina, F. n. 20, in Querco Salem et Bethl. *997. 23. S. pROMiNULA, L. V. S., in ipso libro ramentarum Vitis emortuae Bethl. S. majuscula, valde prominens, primum immersa, demum fere libera aut superficialis, disco ime exca- vato albido-pallido, limbo valde dilatato, vix lacerato, sed saepe irregular! pluribus quasi in unum confluentibus. *998. 24. S. versicolor, F. n. 17. in iisdem lignis cum Ascobolo nostro conglomerate, Bethlehem. 999. 25. S. Hissopi, L. v. S., in caulibus H. nepetoidis, Bethl. S. ime immersa, minuta, urceolata, ore contracto, limbo albo-pulverulento, in radios patentes diviso. Hymenio lutescenti, demum quasi libero in cavitate. Uistinguitur ore contracto. Genus 31. Solenia. 1000. 1. S.fascicitlata, F. p. 206, n. 1, Syn. Car. incana, n. 1266. Salem et Bethlehem. •1001. 2. S. Candida, F. n. 2, rarior Bethlehem. •1002. 3. S. villosa, F. n. 3, freq. in lignis Bethlehem. * 1003. 4. S. ochracea, F. n. 4, Syn. Car. 1267 et 1268, urceolata — quae mera varietas. Frequena ambo v.arietates et. Bethl. Ordo III. CLAVATI. ScBORDo I. PILEOLATI. Genus 32. Hericium. Hue pertinet Hydnum (Gomphum) Caput Medusae jam recensitum — non infrequens Bethl. n. 532 supr.\ Genus 33. Sparassis. '1004. 1. S. cris;)o, F. I. p. 465, in horto Bartramii prope Philadelphiam sub maximis arboribm Cu- pressorum et Pinorum, exactc cum fungo lusatico convenientem inveni. NORTH A3IERICAN FUNGI. ISl 1005. 2. S. spATHULATA, F. Sys. \eg. p. 89, Syn. Car. 1070, sub nomine M. spathulatae. Sine iill.i dubio congenera prioris et Bethlehem quanquam rarissime obvia. Elench. F. p. 227, n. 2. SuBORDo ir. MITRULINI. Genus 34. Spathulea. Sys. Veg. S8, Spathularia. •1006. 1. S. Jiavida,T. 1. p. i91. In terra lignosa tmncorum mentis Pocono. Etium ex New York. Variat clavula ime rufa. Genus 35. Mitrula. 1007. 1. M. paludosa, F. 491. Leotia Ludwigii et BuUiardi, Syn. Car. 1117 — Ulii, etlam freq. iisdem locis Bethlehem. *1068. 2. M. isFLATA, L. V. S., Elench. F. p. 234, n. 3, valde memorabilis gregibus vastis occiipat ramulos dejectos rarissime Salem. 1069. 3. M. ExiGUA, L. V. S., Syn. Car. 1119, et Elench. Fries, p. 235, rara Salem. Genus 36. Geoglossum. 1008. 1. G.glabrum, F. 488, n. 2, Syn. Car. 1115, nondum Pennsylvania. 1009. 2. G. hirsutum, F. n. 1, Syn. Car. 1114, nondum in Pennsylv. 1010. 3. G. FAHiNACEUM, L. V. S., Syn. Car. 1116, nondum repertum in Pennsylv. *1011. 4. G. HUFUM, L. V. S., ex Hope, New Jersey, communicavit Dr Kampman. G. terrestre, glabrum, rufum, stipite tenuori, clavula multo crassior, et color clavulae rufior, apice obtuso inaequali. Subrugosum. Unciam longitudine excedens. SuBORDO III. CLAVULATI. Genus 37. Clavaria. Trib. 1. BOTRTOIBEAS. 1012. 1. C..Bo; in superficie vix prominentibus, intus jam indistinctis nidulantibus in materia stromatica pulveracea. Provectiori aetate caespitulis elongatim et seriatim NORTH AMERICAN FUNGI. 207 confluentibus, perlthecia fere omnino liberantur, pluribus tamen in unum connatis, aplce applanato, ceterum rugosa, diflbrmia vis albofarcta. Ostiolis indistinctis hysteriimorpliis. *1444. 299. S. PEnsniMoNs, L. v. S., passim in cortice Diospyri ving. (vulgo Persimon) non dissimilis S. quei'cuum, Salem. S. caespitulis gregarie confluentibus, varie flexuosis planiusculis, nigris, ex epidermide elevata pro- i-umpcntibus. Peritheciis convexis, semipi-oniinulis, papillatis, intus .ilbofarctis, dcnium cvacuatis. Differt a S. quei-cuum peritheciis valde prominulis et ostiolo manifestiori conico-papillato, etiam apice peritbeciomni subtruncato. *1445. 300. S. CuATAEGi, L. v. S., in variis speciebus Cratoegi, Bethl. S. caespitulis plerumque ellipticis prorumpentibus nigris aut fuscescentibus, laxe nempe ad dimidiam parte involutis tomento furfuraceo fusco. Peritheciis majiisculis, paucis, diffbrmibus, scmiUberis deinum pertusis (an primum papillatis >) intus albofarctis, demum evacuatis. Horizontaliter secto caespitulo, perithecia subcircinn.atim disposita, inipsaraassa corticali nidulantia conspiciuntur. *1446. 301. S. Gallae, L. v. S., species distinctissima freq. Betlil. in Gallis vetustis Querc. S. caespitulis sparsis, nigerrimis valde elevatis, superficialiter innatis. Peritheciis primum omnino confluentibus, ambitu quasi lobato. Demum semiUberis assurgentibus, difFormibus regularioiibus immixtis, rugosis, majusculis, manifestim papillatis, intus albofarctis. •1447. 302. S. PROPULLASS, L. v. S., frequens in corruptissimis surculis Celastri, Betid. S. atra; caespitulo in libro cortical! affixo, propullans per epidermidem, arete ab ea cincto, satis elevato, forma subrotunda, basi contracta stromate parco insidente, subturbinato. Peritheciis ma- jusculis atrofarctis, prominulis in superficie subdepressa, coronatis ostiolis papillarlbus centralibus. Caespitvdus superne quasi punctato-rugosis. Ceterum in quoque ramulo multi aggregati sunt caespituli. Trib. 15. Sebiatae. •1448. 303. S.Jilicma, ¥■ 242, inPteride, Bethl. *1449. 304. S.jimcl, F. 243, vulgatissima, Salem ac Pennsylv. 1450. 305. S. arundinacea, F. 245, Syn. Car. 79, striacformis, et vulgaris in culmis Miegiae, Salem. 1451. 306. S. Zeae, L. v. S., Syn. Car. 79 y, rara sed bene distincta in caulibus Zeae, Salem et Bethl. S. omnino tecta, epidermide fusco tincta (ostiolis sobs prominulis) satis elevata. Seriatim disposita, brevis, utrinque acuminata, subconfluens. Peritheciis binis vel ternis tantura in caespitulo, subdis- tantibus, primum .albofarctis, demam evacuatis. Ostiolis latis, umbilicatis, sacpe unico. *1452. 307. S. I'mearis, F. 247, in Soiidaginum caulibus, Bethl. 1453. 308. S. Mnethi, F. 248, Syn. Car. 74, Carolinaac Pennsylv. 1454. 309. S. culmicolu, F. 249, in culmo Andropogi, Bethl. 1455. 310. S. longissima, F. 251, Syn. Car. 73, et. Pennsylv. •1456. 311. S. melaena, F. 252, vulgaris in caulibus Pennsylv. 1457. 312. S. picea, F. 253, Syn. Car. 78, ad caules firmiores. •1458. 313. S. chloromela, F. 255, in caulibus Pastinacae et Angelicae, Bethl. •1459. 314. S. rimosa, F. 241, A. S. in foliis et culmis Zizaniae Kaign's pomt, Philad. •1460. 315. S. Porri, F. 257, Pers. /3 exuberans. In caulibus AUiorum. Peritheciis quidem albo- farctis, sed an Imjus sectionis' nura semper aut simplici aut tantum duobus peritheciis majusculis mihi obvia. Primo adspectu affinis S. Zeae aut striaeformi. 1461. 316. S. 7jebtilosa, F. 250, Syn. Car. 76, et in Pennsylvania vulgatissima in variis caulibus. Se- quentfcs 5 species, S. nebulosae quidem .affines sunt — tamen vix ad eam pertinent. •1462. 317. S. ciMiciFiTGAE, L. v. S., passim occurrens in caulibus Cimicifugae, Bethl. S. sub epidermide, tecta; maculas sistens griseas, omnino similes prioris, sed crassiores quanquam ambitu indeterminato — ostiolis denique punctiformibiis nitidis prorumpentibus. Peritheciis subja- centibus nidulantibus in ipsa substantia caulis, papillatis, globoso-depressis, inter se distantibus sed seriatim dispositis; singulis similibus peritheciis S. herbarum; praesertim quando persistunt post destructam maculam. Turn subrugosa coUapsa exhibentur. •1463. 318. S. EupaoiiDicoiA, L. v. S., in caulibus Euphorb. marginatae hortis cultae, Betldehem. S. tecta, macula latissima effiguratim in caulibus eft'usa, omnino priorum. Peritheciis, pro ratione majusculis subjacentibus, atris, globosis, rugosis, creberrimis, demum cum macula cinerascente aS' sui'gentiljus, ore pertuso, et demum ut in priori, omnino denudatis. Maculae pleiumque majores quam in S. nebulosa. 208 SYNOPSIS OF •1464. 319. S. Ibidicola, L. v. S., larior in foliis putrescentibus Iridis virginicae, Bethl. S. tecta, maculis griseo-nigris, vix determinatis, minoribus. Ostiolis soils globosi^ aut saltern obtusis proriimpentibus. Perillieciis sub macula, creberrlmis, irregulariter dispositis nullimodo seriatis, intus albofarctis. Macula longitudine tres lineas vix excedit, •1465. 320. S. ruMosA, L. V. S , in caulibus Chenopodiorum maximorum fi-eq. Bethl. S. tecta; maculis fumoso-nigris determinatis oblongis, sed saepe longe lateque confluentibus. Sub lente augentiori e fills dothidineis, crusta cinerea intermixta compositae videntur maculae. Ostiolis creberrlmis, seriatis, nigris, subacutis, prorumpentibus. Peritheciis minutissimis, vix cultello secan- dis, albofarctis. Ascos non vidi, et Dothideis valde affinis est. Ob habitum tamen hue collocanda. *1466. 521. S. Peponis, L. V. S., vulgaris in fructubus Peponis, Bethl. et jam Salem. S. tecta, macula cinereo-grisea, longe lateque indeterminatim eftusa, subcrustacea, et faciliter deter- gibilis. Tum apparent perithecia, simplicia, sparsa, mollia, glabra, globosa, demum collapsa, papil- lala, ostiolis soils per raaculam prospiclentibus post maculam destructam, crustae adhaerentia. Primo adspeclu ad priores pertinet, sed suspicor earn esse Spaeriam simplicem. Latlssimis (pal- maribus) plagis Pepones punctat. •1467. 322. S. CMBELLATAiiuM, L. V. S., rarlor occurrit in caulibus Umbellatarum, Bethl. S. tecta, maculis longe lateque subeffiguralim effusis, referens mappam geographicam, crusta nigres- centi absque uUo nitore. Peritheciis subtus dlstanter sparsis, basi ligno subimmersis, depresso-globo- sis, collo ad superficiem penetrante, ubi tum ostiola apparent crassa cylindrica, brevia, rugosa, subdifformia. Affinis Concrescentlbus immersis. *1468. 323. S. TrrHAE, L. v. S., vulgatissima in foliis Typhae latifoliae, Bethl. S. minutissima, sed caespitulls aut potius maculis gregatim confluentibus ac saepe totum fere folium occupantibus. Macula quoque brevi, oblonga-subquadrata, nlgro-fumosa: seriatim inter nervos dis- posltae sunt. Perillieciis multls etiam lineatlm seriatis, minutissimis, punctiformibus, albofarctis, demum orbatls, astorais. '1469. 324. S. HiBiscicoLA, L. v. S., in teneriorjbus ramis H- palustris et militaris Hortorum, Bethl. S. tecta, macula buUoslm elevata, rainori, nlgrocinerea, elongata in ambitu quasi fimbriata; e fibris Dothidineis, crassis parallelis non radiantibus enlm constare vldetur macula. Peritheciis crebris cum crusta macular! elevatis, nigro-cinereo-farctis. Ostiolis brevibus conicis aut globosis, rugosis. Crusta maculae crassior quam in ceteiis et quasi grumosa. In iisdem caulibus saepe etiam inveni Dothideam delicatulam nostram. '1470. 325. S. SiLPHii, L. v. S., in ditissimi caulibus Silphii connati in Horto Nazareth. S. primum tecta et tum cinerascens, demum denudata nitente nigrescens, maculas slstens llneares aut elliplicas utrinque acuminatas. Peritheciis creberrlmis, albofarctis, ostiolis globosis deciduis: tum perithecia minuta referunt pezizulas. Affinis et S. polygrammae Interna structura. •1471. 326. S. Abistidae, L. v. S., rara in foliis Aristidae dichotomae, Salem. S. eflusa longitudinaliter ; crusta aterrlma expers tamen nitoris, epidermide non tecta: in sulcis nervo- rum, hypophylla et marginalis, forma linear! seriatim disposita, superficie rugosa. Peritheciis immer- sis, crebris, albofarctis, parum prominulis, pro ratione majusculis, vix ostiolatis. •1472. 327. S. NERTisEauiA, L. v. S., distinctlssime in aversa pagina Andropog. scopariae Naz. S. minutissima, atra, inter nervos disposita, oculls nudis lineolas mlnimas offert. Lente aucta, videntur maculae superficiales lineares, parallelae, utrinque truncatae, in quarum superficie conspiciuntur perithecia crebra, manifestlm papiUata, applanata, collapsa, albofarcta. Maculae saepe confluunt. Sphaeria Jlndropogi., in altera pagina saepe occuiTit. '1473. 328. S. rcscATA, L. v. S., affinis S. lineari — in dejectis stipitibus horti Nazareth. S. in maculis fuscis subnitidls, lineatlm expansis proveniens, uniseriata. Peritheciis primum subtectis, demum liberis patellaeformibus, i. e. applanato-impressis, subrotundis, sparsis, (interdum extra maculam) Centre ex ostiolo papillaeformi nigro-punctato. Trib. 16. Cohfebtae. 1474. 329. S. EPiPHTLLA, L. v. S., Syn. Car. 130, F. 258, non in Pennsylv. 1475. 330. S. scinpoKCM, L. v. S., Syn. Car. 71, F. 260, ex Georgia — vldetur Carici non Scirpo in- crescere. 1476. 331. S.graminis, F. 261, Syn. Car. 70, freq. Pennsylv. var. « Elymorum, ,6 Poarum et elegans varietas cinerascens in Muhlenbergia erecta. NORTH AMERICAN FUNGI. 209 •U77. 332. S. conferta, F. 264, olim mihi S. acervulala, frequcns in foliis Jug'landum Bethl. 1478. 333. S. DLMEA, L. v. S., Syn. Car. 288, Xyloma, F. 267, frequens et. Pennsylv. in fol. Ulmi fulvae. 1479. 334. S. YuccAE, L. v. S., Syn. Car. 88, F. 270, Carolina. •1480. 335. S. i//Vo;w, F. 272, in foliis quercinis Bethl, '1481. 336. S. allicina, F. 269, rai-ior in foliis AUii schoenoprasi Nazereth. Passim oocurrit omnino sim- plex sine macula. •1482. 337. S. Caricis, F. 262, Bethlehem Inventa in Caricis crinitae foliis. •1483. 338. S. puNCTUM, L. v. S., in siccis foliis Panici nitidi, &c. Bethl. S. minutissima, sublinearis, sistens pnncta fusco-nigra subcinerasccntia nudo oculo. Peritheciis immersis sed tarn prominulis in superficie ut rugulosa fit. Ostiolis vix perceptibilibus; intus omnino similis S. graminis, sed quater terve minor. •1484. 339. S. ANBHopoBicoLA, L. V. S., cum sequente frequens in foliis Andropogonum semper hypo- phylla, Bethlehem. S. tecta, subinaequabllis, confluens plus minus effiguratim, minor, atronitens. Peritheciis non prominuhs sed passim epidermidem folii nigro-tinctam paululum elevantibus, stromati fuliginoso pulveraceo im- mersis, primum albofarctis, demum ev.acuatis, astomis. *1485. 340. S. Andropogi, L. v. S., in eadem pagina foliorum cum priori Bethlehem sed habitu et indole aliena. S. non tecta, sed superficiahter illita, superficie externa applanata inaequaliter corrugata, nigerrima absque ullo nitore, varie in ambitu lobata, confluens. Peritheciis astomis minutissimis et subindis- tinctis. An igltur Dothidea' *1486. 341. S. LUTEO-MACULATA, L. V. S. , scmper insidct maculis lutcsccntibus in foliis lauguescentibus, maximorum Andropogonum Carohna apprime in pagina superiori. S. tecta, oblonga, sita in macuUs lutescentibus confluentibus, elevata cum parenchymate folii, atra, superficie inaequabili. Peritheciis seriatim immersis in stromate fuliginoso, parum prominulis, demum evacuatis, ostiolis latentibus. Differt a priori magnitudine 3 — 4 lineari, macula lutescente, nee pluribus in eadem macula confluentibus. •1487. 342. S. CANALicuiATA, L. V. S., ex eadem grege, sed optime distinct.!, Bethl. in foliis involu- crorum Cyperi, pagina aversa inventa. S. tecta, atra, constans c seriebus perltheciorum sitjs inter strias folii, ita in maculam piceam paralleliter confluentibus, ut macula eleganter canaliculata evadit; major. Ostiolis crebris punctiformibus. In margine occurrunt perithecia subsolitaria subrotunda, applanata. Interdum etiam maculae piceae medio infertiles sunt — et, quod memorabile, saepe etiam macula J uncialis, interrupta est, ita ut immutata substantia folii in conspectum venit. •1488. 343. S. Lespedezae, L. v. S., Syn. Car. 72, perperam ad S. TrifolU relata, quae omnino alia nondum mihi in America obvia. Haec nostra in variis Lespedezis praesertim monticohs et in Penn- sylvania. S. semper macula latiori lutescenti in folio effusa insidet valde varians magnitudine, rarius adaequans S. Trifolii. Peritheciis pluribus quidem junctis in plaga atra consimili priorum maculis — sed non rariter occurrit perithecium majusculum solitarium in minori plaga atronitenti, demum evacuatum, praeditum ostiolo pertuso non elevato. Et in speciminibus vere confertis caespitulus atronitens non tuberculoso-rugulosus evadit, peritheciis inclusis, sed tantum superficie inaequabili sed ostendit. In simpliclbus margo sterilis semper adest ; centro quasi hemisphaerice elevato. •1489. 344. S. FLABELLA, L, v. S., pulchcrrima species hypophyUa in frondibus emortuis Pteris aqui- linae, Bethl. S. tecta, m.ajuscula, atra ac atro-cinerascens. Centro quasi innata nervo pinnarum frondis, et ad semi-uncial em latitudinem efiusa, sese in pinnasutrinquelobato-flabellatimextcndit, superficie inae- quabili bullosa. Peritheciis albofarctis, demum evacuatis in stromate cinereo immersis, ostiolis plerumque latitantibus: passim papillatim prominulis. ■•1490. 345. S. Panici, L. v. S., in semivivls et emarcidis foliorum Panicorum, Bethl. S. maculis crebris non late effusis, parvulis lutescenti-purpureis (in marcidis foliis evanidis) insident caespituli atri minuti obscure nigri, primum tecti, in foliis marcidis atronitentes, subrotundi, aut irre- gulariter lineares, amphigeni, sed solummodo in pagina superiori fructificantes. Peritheciis paucis immersis, inaequaliter elevatis, obliterato-ostiolatis, interdum collapsis. Stromate vix ullo. Vol. IV.— 3 C 210 SYNOPSIS OF •1491. 346. S. Aghostidis, L. v. S., an mera varietas S. graminis? in A. filiforme Betlil. minor. S. insidens maculis fuscobadiis, evanidis in foliis emortuis, lato effusis. Caespitulo applanato utrinque acuminato, minuto, tecto, confluente, demum elevato, striate et rugulosa ex peritlieciis subjacentibus in stromate parco subfusco. Ostiolis indistinctis. •1492. 347. S. IniDis, L. v. S., affinis S. epiphyllue. Frequens in foliis Ir'idis, Kaign's Point, Phliad. S- caespitalis minutis oblongis aut difformibus passim confluentibus, ex epidermide prorumpentibus ab ea cinctis, insidentibus strumati quadam ex massa folii orto. In caespitulo quocunque nigro cineras- centi, pluria perithecia majuscala oblongo-dilVormia, ultra medium immersa, atronitentia, primum albo-farcta demum evacuata, astoma conspiciuntur. Trib. 17. Btssisedae. 1493. 348. S. aurantia, V. 276, Syn, Car. 170, etiam in Pennsylv. vulgaris in lignis, praesertim autem in fungis pUeatis memljranaceis, Polyporis, Thelephoris, &c. *1494. 349. S. BoLETicoiA, L. v. S., rarior in Polyporo citrino corruptissimo inventa Bethl. affinis priori, sed colore dilutiori, indole Subiculi, et forma Peritheciorum distincta. An var. /S fulgens Fries, hue pertinet. Sed in nostra perithecia minime confluunt, potius sparsiora quam in priori. S. subiculo efFuso, inten-upto, laxioris contextus quam in priori plagis irregularlbus, ex ochraceo. aurantio, margine albescenti. Peritheciis subiculo tantum semi-immersis, conico-ovatis, plus minus sparsis, primum concoloribus, demum rubro-aurantiis molliusculis, papiUatis, faciliter ex subiculo excussis, et foveoloslinquciitibus. Gelatina seminaUs interna albissima, demum propulsa, plerumque in ostiolo remanet, ut villus candldus. 1495. 350. S. rosdla, F. 277, Syn. Car. 171, nondum in Pennsylv. •1496. 351. S. thelena, F. 279, Specim. nostra fere terrestria, ad radices truncorum, ex New York misit Torrey. •1497. 352. S. aquila, F. ,80, Bethlehem rara interdum subconnata. 1498. 353. S. CoiiTiciuM, L. v. S., Syn. Car. 173, frequens et Pennsylv. in Castaneis. Species dis- tincta, ob subiculum fere Thelephoroideum. Peritheciis maximls. *1499. 354. S. ruRPuiiEci-TscA, L. v. S., ramis querneis incresclt passim Bethlehem, tomento crasso purpureo-fusco latissime expanse, peritlieciis primum omnino tectis. S. subiculo tomentoso racodioideo purpureo-fusco, longe lateque efFuso, primum perithecia omnino tegente. Subinde obliteratur, peritheciis caespitosis, aut longitudin.aliter seriatis quibus obsitum. Peritheciis ceterum maximis, (imo Sphaerix byssisedae longe majoribus) sparsis ac aggregatis, glo- bosis, iindique nisi circa ostiola tomento tenero fusco-purpureo involutis. Ostiolis ati'is, conicis, nudis, brevibus, interdum quasi lateralibus. 1500. 355. S. Ji/ssisct/fl, F. 281, Syn. Car. 168, vulgatissima saepe agmine ulnari in ramis praesertim Salicinis et Bethl. 1501. 356. S. TBUNCATULA, L. V. S., Syn. Car. 174, F. 282, et. in Pennsylv. 1502. 357. S. DIFFUSA, L. v. S., rarius occurrit, ad longitudinem uliiarem in cavitate Juglandis cinerea adhuc stantis effusa, Bethl. S. tomento subiculari longe lateque effuso fusco-brunneo passim compactiori et ibi infertili, non autem crasso. Ex hoc erumpunt perithecia sparsa aut dense aggreg.ata, mediocra, atra, valde rugosa, plerumqvie globosa aut aggregatione compressa primum convex.a, papillatim ostiolata juventute, demum semi-collapsa et pertasa, •1503. 358. S. iMposiTA, L. v. S., in dejcctis ramulis Bethl. occurrit infrcquenter. S. subiculo parco longitudinaliter effuso, fuscescenti, imposita sunt peritliecia magna, vix immersa, ex atro-fusca, rugulosa, glol>o,sa, ostiolo subcouico-papillato,sparsim seriata, interdum autem subaggre- gata, imo subconfluentia. A priori differt indole, magnitudine peritheciorum, et subiculo parco. 1504. 359. S. suBicuLATA, L. v. S., Syn. Car. 175, F. 284, vulgata etiam in Pennsylvania. Subiculo saepe obliterato. •1505. 360. S. cuTicrLAHis, L. v. S., passim in cortice deniidato Bethl. affinis priori, sed tamen se- qucntibus notis distincta. S. simplex, subiculo insidens cuticulari splcndente-candido vix manifestim floccoso, longltudinahter effuso angusto, non pulverulento. Peritlieciis subsparsis hemispliaericis atro-nitidis, papillatis. Magnitudine prioris. 1506. 361. S. cinerea, F. 283, Syn. Car. 169, solummodo' Salem. NORTH AMERICAN FUNGI. 21 1 150T. 363. S. xinuiijis, L. V. S., Syn. Car. 185, F. 2S5, pulchemmam speciem nunquam invenire contigit ill Peniisylv. 1508. 363. S. coxFERTCLA, L. V. S., Syn. Car. 18", F. 286, (conferta) raritei- etiam in Pcnnsylv. 1509. 364. S. trislis, F. 2Sr, Syn. Car. 212, vulg-aris et. Betlil. •1510. 355. S. JIavescens, F. 288, /i var. ephnyces .alba,rarius in Ilymenlo Polypori resiipiiiati cujusdam Bethl. Diffei't a Friesli colore albo tomenti et a S. panno peritheciis albis, non nigris. •1511. 366. S. rhodomcla, F. 291, r.ara in Carolina et Pennsylv. *1512. 367. S. CoLii^fsir, L. V. S., valde abnormis — in aversa pagina folU ignoti (an exotici) mllu ab doctissimo Zacchaeo Collins communicata est. S. tomento crasso densissime intertexto efficiente plagas latas effusas inter nervos paginae aversae folii ignoti, e fusco-nigras, floccis suberectis. Subiculo huic floccoso, creberrime insident perithecia globosa, nigra (S. nidulaiiti prosima) astoma, vel saltern indistincta ostiolata, sed demum globulo spermatico irregulari, caseos continens, coronata. Trib. 18. A''illosae. *1513. 368. S. pE\icii.t.ATA, L. V. S., in ramulis teneris dejectis Ribis aureae Bethl. cultae — propius accedens ad S. cliioneam, sed abnormiter formata. S. sparsa, agmine tamen nnagno, et qtuisi in flesuosis seriebus sita, superficialiter sed firmitcr affi.Ka basi in epidermide, rariter fasciculata et subconfluens. Peritheciis obovato-globosis, applanatis undique villosissimis; viUis versus basin brevioribus fiisco-viridibus, versus apicem a medio densis, longissimis, penicill.atim divergentibus, candidissimis; ostiola minata obtusa nigra pleriinique om- nino investientibus. Intus peritheciis massa spermatica alba-)uliginea-f:irctis parietibus nigris tenuibus. Interdum perithecia difFormia evadunt et pezizulam referunt albo-villosam. 1514. 369. S. ovina, F. 293, Syn. Car. 178, freq. et. in Pennsylv. •1515. 3"0. S. mucida, F. 294, passim Salem et. Bethl. var. /3 rostellata, ostiolis longiusculis, peritheciis oblongis, agmine denso occurrit in Rhoi typhina. •1516. 371. S. mutubilis, F. 295, r.ara Bethl. •1517. 372. S. aroiicoja, F. 296, Salem. Vlllo fugacissimo — et turn refert S. subiculatam nostram. 1518. 373. S. s/rlgosa, F. 298, Syn. Car. 180 et. Pennsylv. semper autem in Kalmia aut Rhodendr. •1519. 374. S. tephrotricha, F. 299, Bethl. rara. 1520. 375. S. biformis, F. 300, Syn. Car. 147, etiam Bethl. 1521. o7&. S.lhtcodium, F. 301, Syn. Car. 183, vulgata et. Pennsylv. 1522. 377. S. hirsutu, F. 302, Syn. Car. 182, et. Pennsylv. 1523. 378. S. crinila,F. 303, Syn. Car. 179, distincta fills baslLaribus ligno irrepentibus. Et. Pennsylv. 1524. 379. S. pilusa, F. 304, Syn. Car. 181, passim et. Bethl. 1525. 380. S. hispida, F. 305, Syn. Car. 184, etiam Pennsylv. '1526. 381. S. calva, F. 306, bene distincta ramulis, Bethl. •1527. 382. S. cincinnata, F. 307, eximia et distinctissima species in fohls virentlbus Oxycocc. ma- crocarpae Pocoiio. •1528. 383. S. i'c™i;'cu/a/-(«, F. 308, rara sed bene distincta in frustulo pineo Camden. Vera Sphaeria nee ad genus Linkii Exosporium pertinens. 1529. 384. S. exilis, F. 309, Syn. Car. 213, etiam Pennsylv. •1530. 385. S. fLADospomosA, L. v. S., abnormis et in quibusdam spcciminibus monstrosa inter quos alia, quae satis referunt S. depilaiam. In Polyporo vetusto rariter, sed turn magna copia. Bethl. S. abnormis, maxima et minuta, sparsa, interdum confluens, undique pills virescentibus, exacto refer- entibus CladosporUim fungorum, brevibus, densissimis, tecta. Passim obscrvantur perithecia minuta ovato-globosa subostiolata, quasi depilata, i. e. pills tantum basilaribus et rarls. Ceteris et plerisque autem maximis, globoso dlfformlbus, S. bombardum rcvocantibus, invicem conipressis immo etiam bullosis, ostlolo Indistlncto obtusissimo. Saepe basi latiorl quasi insident et inde formam induunt subconicam. Intus c.avitate maxima, parietibus crassis nigris. F.xtus pella cladosporiosa arete indutae sunt hae majores sphaerulae. Juniores ostiola distinctiora habent, sed tanien tecta pelle. An monstrositas S. depilatae? •1531. 386. S. iNTossA, L. V. S, passim in paleis cortice orbatls, ex truncis Robiniae pseudacaciae fac- tis, Bethl. 212 SYNOPSIS OF S. gregaria, atra, e lig'no quasi erumpens, subhemisphaerica, aut cylindraceo-elevata, apice obtusa, in ostiolum indistinctum abiens, rarius diffracta. Intus inanis. Statura minuta. Extus pilis brevlbus rigidis, ut barbae mox tondendae, dense obsita, siniplicibus divergentibus nee ullo modo intricatis. •1532. 387. S. mvoLUTA, L. V. S., affinis S. cliionaeae etetiam similitudinemhabet cum Myriococco. In tpuncis vetustis, Bethl. S. densissime aggregata, ligno laxiter affixa. Peritheciis laevibus, globosis, subpapillatis, interdum subcori'Ugatis, nigrofuscis, nitentibus, omnino obvolutis villo albo denslssimo aetate detergib'di, apice tantam paulisper denudato. Inanis. *1533. 388. S. sETOsi, L. v. S., satis affinis S. hirsutae — passim in mucidis Sal. et Betbl. S. peritheciis sparsis, majusculis, ovato-conicis, fuscis, confluentibus cum ostlolo indistincto, valde tuberculosis, obsitis pilis fuscescentibus setosis, rigidis, longiusculis, ex quoque tuberculo protru- sis, demum deciduis. Vix immersa ligno. ••1534. 389. S. EMERGENS, L. V. S., affinis S. Racodio, in cariosis lignis. Differt pi-aesertim summa laxitate subiculi tomentosi, forma peritheciorum, et villo laxo, quo tecta sunt. Bethl. S. sparsim emergens ex subiculo, tomentum laxum referente ex floccis, primum erectis aut ligno laxissime irrepentibus, demum compactis, contextum. Peritheciis ovato-conicis, rugulosis, nigris aut fuscis, confluentibus cum ostiolo, undique tectis pihs crebris longiusculis divergentibus fusces- centibus, laxis non rigidis. Aetate provectiori, saepe hivenitur diff'ractis peritheciis et excussis, lin- quentibus foveolas in subiculo. •1535. 39U. S. Rattus, L. v. S., passim Bethl. in ligno denudato et in ramis. S. gregaria, et passim etiam sparsa, peritheciis majusculis fragillimis tenerrimis, glabris, e globoso- conicis. Ostiolo obtusiusculo nigro, demum nudo, primum cum ipso perithecio pellicula nigra pilosissima tecto, pilis e fusco cinerascentibus longiusculis divergentibus; quasi pellem Ratti refer- ente. Statu juvenili, perithecia immersa sunt, pilis tantum prorumpentibus, demum prorurapunt et sublibera deveniunt. E longinquo aterrimo colore gaudent, sub lente fusco cinerascunt. •153 6 391. S. CAESPITULANS, L. v. S., an hujus Tribus' pihs enim brevissimis, forsan tuberculis minu- tis tecta. Rara in ramis Rubi Idaei, Bethl. S . caespitulosim concrescens, aut tractu lineari-elongato fasciculata. Peritheciis minimis, ovato-diffiar- mibus, acutim in ostiola abientibus, aterrimis, rugosis, et undique pilis minutis brevibus, crassis (an tuberculis potius) obsitis. Substantia molli, saepe irregulariter coUapsa. Individua non caespitu- losa occurrunt. Minima est hujus Tribus. *1537. 392. S. TiniDiATBA, L. V. S., semper parasitica in variis Sphaeriis Connatis, Bethl. elegans ac distincta species. S. sparsim aut caespitulosim proveniens in aliis Sphaeriis exsoletis. Peritheciis minutis globosis aut ovatis, carbonaceis, rugosis, obtusis, vix ostiolatis, basin versus nudis, nigris, in apice autem dense tectis villo luteo-virescenti brevi. Aetate saepe diffracta et evacuata, saccule manifesto instructa sese pracbent perithecia. •1538. 393. S. sq,UAMULATA, L. v. S., abnormis sed distinctissima species, satis frequcns, Bethl. in- super crustam nigram quae saepe in lignis cortice orbatis oritur; plus minus .sparsa aut connata. S. sparsa, aut subconnatim concrescens. Peritheciis carbonaceis ovato-globosis aut difformibus, majusculis, crustae nigrae interdum longe lateque effusae aequabili increscentibus, interdum abbre- viatae et valde rugulosae; abientibus in ostiola distincta crassiuscula, demum pertusa; extus ceterum rugulosis et dense tectis tegumcnto quodam ambiente inter villositatem ct substantiam squamidoso- pulveraceam colore subsplendeute luteo fusco aut badio, demum nigrescente. Ostiohs nudis nigris. Peritheciis primum farctis massa spermatica alba, demum evacuatis. '1539. 394. S. MONSTRosA, L. v. S. in lignis castanels Bethl. forma, et magnitudine plane monstrosa, quasi pustulas referens Sphaeriarum circumscriptarum. S. gregaria, insidens crustae nigrae lignatili, majuscula ct interdum maxima etdeformata. Basi tumida abiens in ostiolum crassum pyr.amidatum sulcatum. Intus primum nigj-ofarcta, demum evacuata; ceterum substantia carbonacea. Extus pilis undique crebris fuscis subrigidis, densissimis una cum ostiolo, obtecta. Similitudinem quandam habet cum certis varietatibus S. spinosae; passim etiam occurril jibsque pilis et denudata. Primo juventute se ostendit solummodo ut aggregatio pilomm Cladosporii. .^ , NORTH AMERICAN FUNGI. ; 213 .- , Trib. 19. Dencdatae. .•■'''■, 1540. 395. S. Peziza, F. 311, Syii. Car. 167, freq. et in Pennsylv. 1541. .S96. S. sanguined, F. 313, Syn. Car. 197, et. Betlil. in Sphaeriis. *1542. 39". S. FiDRisEDA, JL. V. S., affinis priori sed minor, frequens in fibris corticalibus siibsolutis Castaneae, Bethl. S. minutissima, sparsa, sanguinea, pelUicida, e globoso-ovata, papillata, densis gregibus adliaerens fibris corticalibus ramorum Castaneorum, epidermide orbatis, glaberrima, demum coUapsa. Vix nudo oculo singula perithecia discernuntur. , . ■ 1543. 398. S. episphaeria, F. 315, Syn. Car. 140, vulg.aris Pennsylv. . ; ' '1544. 399. S. o)-rfi«ato, F. 316, aetate nigra, Salem et Bethl. . ■ . . . -. 1545. 400. S. smote, F. 317, Syn. Car. 162, etiam Betlil. "' ■ '• ■ 1546. 401. S.pomjformis, F. 318, Syn. Car. 161, etiam Bethl. vulg. 1547. 402. S. mammaeformis, F. 319, Syn. Car. 160, et. Bethl. '1548. 403. S. stercorea, F. 320, Salem et Betlil. in stercore vulg'. ; '*1549. 404. S./)/ei(;'os/omff, F. 321, Bethl. eleg.antula species. *1550. 405. S. oWucen)!, F. 322, Bethl. rara sed distinctissima. ■•; ', ■ ~ * 1551. .406. S. re/!/Wcosn, F. 324, subinde coUaps.a, majuscula rara occurrlt, Bethl. • . •. . ' 1551. 407. S. spermoides, F. 325, Syn. Car. 187, vulgaris, Bethl. , ••. ■ 1553. 408. S. morlformis, F. 327, Syn. Car. 211, rara Pennsylv. , . ■'■■".'.■- ■. ' ■ 1554. 409. S. pulvispyrius, F. 329, Syn. Car. 210, vulgaris etiam in Pennsylv. ^ " '.■■-.■ ■ ., ■' 1555. 410. S. puheracea, F. 330, Syn. Car. 200, passim, Bethl. .'■ ■■' '.•;.•'• . :',."', • '1556. 411. S. ouoiWfa, F. 331, ad ligna exsiccata, Bethl. ' - " . 1557. 412. S. NOTHA, L. v. S., Syn. Car. 235, abnormis F. 333, nondum mihi in Pennsylv. obvla. *1558. 4W3. S. myriomrpa, F. 332, frequens Bethl. in lignis tcrrae dejectis. *1559. 414. S. jiiiLEcnAXA, L. V. S., non rara ad ligna exsiccata cortice orbata Bethl. Plagis longis latisque quasi effiguratis ligna occupans. S. minutissima, plagis magiiis effusa, singulis peritheciis nudo oculo vixdistinguendis. Lente adhibita vides perithecia innumera seriatim juxtaposita sed non confluentia, globosa, minutim punctato-ru- - " . gosa, in perfectissimis abientia apice paulo attenuate m ostiola pertusa, globulo spermatico ascifero magno coronata; demum intus evacuata. Juniore aetate perithecia fibris ligni siibtecta, certo modo albescens, demum denudata aterrima. "1560. 415. S. TBAssTEKSALis, L. v. S., passim in ramis junioribus putridis Liriodcndri, Salem. Fere semper ti-ansversim et ramum quasi annulo cingens ubi epidermide orbatus est, lineis nigris e fibris corticalibus erumpit. S. Peritheciis minutissimis ovatis aggreg.atis, aterrimis, punctato-rugosis, manifestim ostiolatis papilla brevi, forraantibuslineas nigras transversim ramulum cingentes; demum evacuatis, spermatico globulo albo coronatis. Primum fibris corticalibus albescentibus subtecta, demum denudat. Priori affinis, sed differt modo crescendi. ■'1561. 416. S. agghegata, L. v. S., in lignis cariosissimis mollibus plagis majusculis nigris, Bethlehem rarior. S. Peritheciis duplo majoribus quam in priori, densissime aggregatis nee tamen confluentibus, globoso- applanatis, leviusculis, nigro-subfuscescentibus, et circum ostiola plerumque cinerascentibus. Ostiolo brevi, cyhndrico-conico, demum deciduo — turn peritheciis pertusis. "1562. 417. S. Htdhangeae, L. v. S., rara in epidermide ramorum Hydrangeae, etiam e libro cortlcall sub epidermide prorumpens, Bethl. S. sparsa, epidermide insidens, rotundato-applanata, nigra, demum collapsa, ostiolo papiUiforme etiam turn persistente. In iisdem ramis observantur etiam specimina ex libro corticali prorumpentia (vix alteram speciem sistentia) valde a prioribus abhorrentia, forma ostiolorum crassorum et tertiam partem perithecii aequantium, ore fere platystoma per epidermidem prospicientia, ceterum tecta. *1563. 418. S. xiGROBHtiNNEA, L. v. S., in palis Robiniae cortice orbatis, Bethl. S. sparsa, nigrobrunnea, in maculis concoloribus sita. Peritheciis ovatis, rugosis, attenuatis in ostiola indistlncta, majuscidis mixtis multo minoribus, demum saepe coUapsis. Primura fibris hgni subob- tecta; demum denudata. •1564. 419. S. iscossTAirs, L. V. S.,rariteroccurrit Bethl. sub epidermide Rhododendri maximi oriens, demum denu'data. , - • • . ■ . Vol. IV.— 3D ' ■ ' " ' '■ ' ' '■■..■ : ■. / ' 214 •■ SYNOPSIS OF S. major prioribus, gregatim e fibiis corticis interioris prorumpens, mii'e varians forma; demum con- fluens. Peritheciis enim gaudet globosis, difformibus, cylindricis, et apice ventricosis, omnibus nigris, rugosis, ostiolis plus minusve elevatis, cylindricis semper ore umbilicato. Junior epidermide . , tecta, et turn sola ostiola protniduntur. Demum denudata, et saepe diffracta partem inferiorem pezizulae ad instar rclinquens. •1565. 420. S. suBFAscicuLATA, L. V. S., in ramis dejectis Vitis corruptissiniae, Bethl. S. primum subtecta, demum omnino denudata, afRnis S. Bombardae, sed magis sparsa et quasi longi- tudinaliter seriata. Perilheciis subfasciculatis nigris, vix mollibus, interdum omnino forma S. liom- bardae, saepe autem minus elongatis, subrotundis ac obtuse papillatis, minoribus et inter se con- fluentibus. M566. 421. S. iNspissA, L. v. S., rarlus prope Lebanon Pennsylvaniae in lignis induratis. S. densissime inspissa inter fibros ligni canescentis, pluvio solutes, et subelevatos, peritheciis subja- centibus, demum denudatis. Peritheciis atris globosis rugosis, ostiolo papillari deciduo; aetate subcoUapsis, minutissimis. Aut sese insuper aggregatis aut etiam subinde sparsis. *1567. 422. S. bucnnea, L. v. S., rarlus ad ramos decorticatos varios, Bethl. S. sparsa, peritheciis maximis, semi-immersis, glaben-imis brunneo-fuscis, depresso-globosis aut hemis- phaericis, ostiolo acute nigro, basi subprulnosa. Diameter linearis. Trib. 20. Pertusae. 1558. 423. S. lEcTTHEA, L. V. S., Syn. Car. 155, F. 334. Rara in Pennsylvania, varietate minori, atra. 1569. 424. S. mohilis, F. 335, Syn. Car. 198, et passim Pennsylv. *1570. 425. S. papillala, F. 337, inligno salicino Bethlehem. 1571. 426. S. PDTAMiNUM, L. V. S., Syn. Car. 165, F. 338, var. /S, in nucibus Juglaudinis freq. Penn- sylvania. 1572. 427. S. PAPILLA, L. v. S., Syn. Car. 15Q, F. 340, in Carolina et in Erie County, Pennsylvania. obvia. •1573. 428. S. Tnyco/j/ji'/a, F. 341, in subulis Hydni exoleti mihi rarius obvia Bethl. *1574. 429. S. applanala, F. 343, frequens Bethlehem ad truncos orbatos Robiniae, evldenter rugosa. '.. 1575. 430. S. mastoidea, F. 345, Syn. Car. 176, albicans, nondum obvia Pennsylv. 1576. 431. S. seminuda, F. 346, Syn. Car. 177, in Pennsylv. mihi in cortice crescens obvia. *1577. 432. S. laterlcolta, F. 347, peritheciis sparsis, Bethl. 1578. 433. S. /ler/lusn, F. 348, Syn. Car. 202, vulgaris, et. Pennsylv. *1579. 434. S. /a^jAnna, F. 349, in lignis vetustis, Bethl. ■■■'..'•.• ■ "1580. 43.T. S. &speg-j-eenH, F. 350, rara in cariosis lignis ibid. "'''■.'.:■ *1S81. 436. S. umbonata, F. 342, in putrido ligno Juglandis cinereae, Bethl. •1582. 437. S. picastra, F. 344, saltern proxima Bethl. •1583. 438. S. Surculi, F. 354, in ramis denudatis Sambuci, ibid. 1584. 439. S- porphyrostoma, F. 351 (Syn. Car. 204, rhodostoma perperam). An nova? convcnit quidcm, sed loco omnino differt, limbo etiam non purpurascenti sed vivide cinnabarino, qu.asi stellato, postquam papilla excutitur. Perithecia valde rugulosa sunt et apice applanata, et basi quasi crus- tam habet in ligno effusam. •1585. 440. S. vilis, F. 353, non raraBetlil. •1586. 441. S. nucula, F. 352, liabitu quod.am triangulari, Bethl. passim. •1587. 442. S. iNCLiNATA, L. V. S., passim in ramulis tenerrimis variorum Viburnorum Bethl. inventa, u. c. V. dentati. S. sparsira et aggrcgatim erumpens ex fibris libri corticalis epidermide orb.ati, primum immersa, demum nudata. Peritheciis ovatis, globosis minutis, oblique inclinatis cum ostiolo, pro ratione majuscule, demum deciduo. Turn peritheciis pertusis, ceterum atris, rugosis. •1588. 443. S. APKRTA, I.. V. S., rarior in lignis caricsis Rhododendri, Bethl. S. subcrustacea, nigra, aggregata. Peritheciis tamen sparsis, semi-immersis, majusculis, parum cylin- drico-elcv.atis, apice truncatis, collapsis, papilla majuscula subindistincte formata, mox decidua, turn ore majore orbiculatim pertusis, concentrice extus striatis, sed vix rugosis. •1589. 444. S. GLANDitoLA, L. V. S , valde frequens in glandibus quercini.s, Bethl. S. sparsa, .ac aggregata, non immersa, primum tamen tenerrima epidermide glundis tecta, demum • . • NORTH AMERICAN FUNGI. '.../.. 215 nuda. Pei-itheciis atris, minutis, globosis, Instructis ostiolo brevl confluente, et demura pertusis. Differt a S. putaminum exilitate et peritheclis non conicis. Ceterum punctato-rugosa. *1590. 445. S. PERicinpii, L. v. S., frequens utrinque in Pericarpiis Juglandium (Hickory) crassls, praesertim in iiiterioi'i latere. Salem et Itethl. S. sparsa, nigra, oblongo-ovata, primum immersa, demum nuda, abiens in ostiolum acutiusciilum cum perithecio confluens. Denudata tamen innata pericarpio se ostendit. Peiitheciis laeviusculis, evacuatis, plerumque pertusis orificio minutissimo. •1591. 446. S. TiNGENs, L. v. S., in rimis corticalibus ramorum juniorum Sassafras, Betlil. S. sparsa, conice rostrata, primum Immersa, demum insidens basi applanata. Peritheciis compresso- conicis, rostratis ostiolo rudi obtuso crassiusculo subnitente, vlx rugosis. Circum singula perithecia corticem nigro tingit. •1592. 447. S. AtBoMAcuLANs, L. V. S., dlstinctissima in emortuis truncis Syringae ubi cortice orbati sunt, Bethl. An hujus aut prioris tribus' S. sparsa, in macula determinata exalbata sita, aterrima, ad basin plerumque materia virente pulveru- lenta circumdata. Peritheciis aterrimis, hemisphaerico-difformibus, mediocribus, semi-immersis, punctatis, acutim papillatis; sacpe ostiola observantur plura connata quasi ex duobus aut tribus peritheciis confluentibus ut unum ostiolum assurgentia subrotundum et varie compressum — demum pertnsum aut subrimose apertum. '1593. 448. S. DiBEnittji, L. v. S., memorabllis species in ligno carioso sicco, Bethl. S. sparsa, simplex, majuscula, bicorticata. Cortex exterior sphaeriam denudatam, hemisphaericara aut conicam rugosam, nigrofuscam, ligno insidentem exhibet, ostiolo papillato primum prominente, quo deciduo, pertusam. Sub hoc cortice externo apparet Sphaeria ligno immersa etiam nigro cor- tical* et subinde coUapsa, collo elongato cum ostiolo externo communicans. *1594. 449. S. cABTorHAGA, L. v. S., in nucibus putridis Jugland. albae et tomentos. Bethl. S. gregaria, regularis, mediocrimaguitudine, plagas formans aterrimas subexpansas in nucibus. Peri- tlieclis dlnudiatis ex hemisphaerico-subconicis, basi crusta nigra inter se connexis tcnui, papillatis, demum pertusis. '1595. 450. S. ELiiPTicA, L. V. S, in Viburno prope Mauch Chunk rarius reperta. ' • S. majuscula, elllptica, elongata, sparsa, parum tantum elevata, applanata, subimmersa basi, nigra, poro central! demum pertusa, primum coronata ostiolo papillaeformi, demum deciduo. '1596. 451. S. DEFORMATA, L. V. S., cum priori in iisdem lignis dejectis rarius. S. late sparsa, minuta, omnino denudatim protrusa, e forma cylindrica deformata, aterrima, superficie subrugosa inaequabili, ostiolo indlstincto. Demum pertusa se ostendit. Trib. 21. Plattstomae, •. ...' 1597. 452. S.^JiVeato, F. 358, Syn. Car. 138, etiam in Pennsylv. . " ■1598. 453. S. iruncala, F. 357, in ligno Rhododendri Bethl. 1599. 454. S. crcnata, F. 359, Syn. Car. 136, cristaia. Hue etiam pertinet var. spiraeae, vulgatissima in ramis Spiraeae opuUfolia Bethl. 1600. 455. S. macrostoma, F. 361, Syn. Car. 137, dehiscens, frequens in Pennsylvania in mucidis lignis. •1601. 456. S. /iJera, F. 351, (8, vix mera varietas, Betlil. 1602. 457. S. co;npj-esM, F. 363, Syn. Car. 138, etPennsylv. , ' ; ; . •1603. 458. S. an^sta/a, F. 362, passim Bethl. in lignis. .■ > ' ■ , . •1604. 459. S. curto, F. 36,5, bene distincta in corruptissimis ramulis raoUibus Bethl. -i . . . ' 1605. 460. S. di'minuens, F. 366, Syn. Car. 139, freq. Bethl. . ', .. '■ •1606. 461. S. ABBREViATA, L. V. S., ad quercinos raraidos, Bethl. ' ' . / S. subaggregata, prorumpens cum fibris quibus primum ad ostiola usque tecta, demum denudata Peritheciis globoso-conicis subnitidis, quanquam non glabris. Ostiolo cylindrico-dUatato com- presso, satis elongato, ccntrali, aterrlmo, multo tenuiori quam perlthecium quod cinerascit aut fuscescit. •1607. 462. S. Taapsi, L. V. S., vulgaris in caulibus Verbasci Thapsl putrescentibus. Ob affinit.atem summam hue referenda, Bethl. S. sparsa, in macula nigra, locis caulis villositate orbatis. Primum ostiolo solo prorumpens, demum omnino. Peritheciis globoso-conicis, non laevigatis, basi applanato ligno innatis aut subimmersis. 216 •: .. ' ■ SYNOPSIS OF Ostiolo crasso conico compresso elevato, latitudine tamen perithecii duplo minore, demum deliis- cente. •1608. 463. S. VAKiABiiis, L. V. S.,similis priori, frequens in caulibus Pastinacae, bcc. Bethl. S. fere semper tecta fibris caulis quas secum attoUit, ostiolo solummodo compresso difformi, confluente cum perithecio valde variabili, prorumpente. Peritlieciis nempe ellipticis, applanatis, rugulosis, pleriimque maculae nigrae insidentibus, ex gelatina spermatica sparsa peritheciorum ortae. '1609. 464. S. suBnuGosA, L- v. S., rarisslme obvia Bethl. in putrido frustulo Catalpae ligni. S. sparsa et gregaria, subimmersa ao prorumpens. Peritlieciis sphaericis aut elongatis, rima ostiolosa longitudinal), dimidiam latitudinem perithecii adaequante coronatis, ad instar Hysterii deliiscente. Tamen vera spliaeria albofarcta, demum evacuata, nigra, extus rainutim rugoso-punctata. *1610. 465. S. nrsTEKioiBES, L. v. S., prorumpens ex cortice et ligno Kalmlae, Bethl. S. gregaria et sparsa, peritheciis aggregatis hemisphaericis aut ellipticis, etiam conico-globosis, promi- ncntibus, aterrimis, glaberrimis (pellem, sic dictam, anserinam quasi in ligno efficiens). Apice perithecii truncato subconcavo, ostiolo arete clauso, per truncaturam in rimam elongata. Totius catervae distinctissima. Trib. 22. Ckratostomae. 1611. 466. S. sni-vERiNcoLi, L. y. S., Syn. Car. 143, perperam ad S. lagenariam relata, aqua omnino abhoiTet. Rarissime in corrupta S. numularia Carol, obvia. S. dense gregaria, molliuscula, erecta, nigrescenti-fusca. Peritheciis valde rugosis. Ostiolis mediocri- bus rjgidis obliquis, paululum tantum longioribus peritheciis ovatis. .' 1612. 467. S.^/Zi/era, F. 369, Syn. Car. 141 et 142, nam S. rostrata Syn. Car. eadem. \m\ fi drrjina freq. et. Pennsylv. •1613. 468. S. DuupivoBA, L. V. S., rarissime in corruptis drupis Juglandis cinereae. Bethl. inveni speciem distinctissimam. S. conferta, atra, tomento quodam byssoideo, anfortuito? subinvoluta, albo. Peritheciis majusculis pro ratione, hemisphaericis, agmine denso provenientibus. Ostiolis longissimis, fuscobadiis, strictis. 1614. 469. S. strida, V. 572, Syn. Car. 144, vulgaris etiam Bethl. •1615. 470. S. breviroslris, F. 374, in lignis cariosis, Bethlehem. 1616. 471. S. cirrhosa, V. 575, Syn. Car. 145, vulgaris et. Bethl. *1617. 472. S. mucro«a/«, F. 376, rara mihi Salem Carol, obvia. 1618. 473. S. Spina, L. v. S., Syn. Car. 154, F. 377, in ramis fra-xineis nee alibi, sed etiam Pennsylv- et ex Nova Anglia. •1619. 474. S. rosteUaia, F. 379, in stipitibus Rosarum et Ruborum Bethlehem mihi obvia. •1620. 475. S. ndcroscopica, F. 380, elegantula species non tam rara in lignis Bethl. '1621. 476. S. iSTisTiTA, L. v. S., in lignis cariosis inventa, emergens ex tomento byssino crassiusculo, badio-feiTugineo aut lutescente, quo omnino vestita. Ceterum S. rostratae valde affinis, equidera eadem, si tomentum adventitium. S. peritheciis glcbosis majuscuUs demum liberis, primum ligno et tomento immersis. Ostiolis magnis longis, rigidis, sulcato-tubei'culosis, sursum incrassatis. Peritheciis cum ostiolis atris. ■'•16S2. 477. S. AssECLA, L. V. S., semper in consortio et circum pustulas variarum Spliaeriarum obval- latarum sub epidermide Castaneae crescit. S. minutissima, fusca. Peritheciis globosis; ostiolo triplo longiori inclinato, pro r.atione crassiusculo tereti. Catervis 'maximis dense aggregatis interdum semiuncialibus circumdat pustulas aliarum Spliaeriarum. Vis unquam circinnat, sed affinis est S. pusillae. ■■....•■ Trib. 23. Obtectae. * Lignuliks. * "1623. 478. S. Amsceni, F. 382, rara in lignis (fagineis') Bethl. differt tamen peritheciis aggTegatis ,• . omnino emersis. 1624. 479. S. TOBEBCCLosA, L. v. S.,Syn. Car. 164, F. 383, rarius et obvia in Pennsylvania Nazaretbis in Robinia viscosa. •1625. 480. S. astroidca, F. 384, in trunco Broussonetiae et alibi in vctustis lignis, Bethl. . A *1626. 481. S. eutypa, F. 385, Bethlehem in Rh. typhina et Populo. - < NORTH AMERICAN FUNGI. 217 1627. 483. S. opereulaia, T. 386, Syn. Car. 195, Salem et Bethl. '1628. 483. S. crypta, F. 387? ad ligna vetusta. Bethl. 1629. 484. S. livida, F. 388, Syn. Car. 196, Bethl. in Rhoi. •1630. 485. S./oerfnnj, F. 389, Salem et Bethl. •1631. 486. S. arwmnff, F. 390, Bethlehem. Concrescentibus affinis. "1632. 4S7. S. LAEVioATA, L. V. S., in lignis moUioribus, Bethl. Affinis S. eutypae. S. cnist.im efficiens long'e Uteque effusam, contijjuara, laevigatam ad 6 uncias extensam, determinato ambitu totum ramum ambientem, ni^escentem. Peritheciis sparsis, magnis, jjloboso-dcpressis, ligno ime immersis, evacuatis: ostiolo vix in crusta prominente, tamen utpiiuctum quasi in siiperficie conspicuum, collo manifesto cum perithecio connexo. An ad Concrescentes. '1633. 488. S. ixuifDATORtTM, L. V. S., lig'nis flumine Delaware, Kaign's point, immersis, increscit. S. gregaria, crusta longe lateque effusa rlmosa teeta, unde lignum quasi adustum se ostendit. Peri- tlieciis sparsis latentibus sub crusta in ligno, globoso-depressis absque collo, sed ostiolis subpezizoi- deo-umbilicatis per tuberculum crustaceum subelevatum prorumpentibus, primum applanato glo- boso subclausis, demum apertis. •1634. 489. S. Excussi, L. v. S., freq. in ramis junioribus Pyri mali, Bethl. affinis S. foedanti. S. peritheciis magnis dense sparsis sub epidermide subsoluto libro immersis. Ostiolo punctiformi, primum poro per epldermidem prorumpente, demum denudato. Tum perithecia in conspectum veniunt magna ampullaeformia, rugosa, circumcirca sulcata, in ostiola crassa colliformia elon- gata, poro latiusculo rotundo perforata. Aetate peritliecia faciUime e libro excussa, foveolos linquent subrotundos bilineares. •1635. 490. S. DENTjDAxs, L. V. S., sub epidermide nascens, demum sese denudans, Bethl. S. sparsa ac aggregata, oblongo-globosa, depressa. Peritheciis immersis demum prominulls, intiis ellipticis, cortice quodam interno cinerascenti vestitis, evacuatis, ceterum nigris. Ostiolis minimis papillatis in apice depresso sitis, interdum Hysterioideis. *1636. 491. S. RosAE, L. v. S., in teneris ramulis Rosarum, New Jersey. S. sparsa, in crusta nigro-fusca sub epidermide longe lateque effusa, primum tecta, demum denvidata. Peritheciis crustae subimmersis, hemisphaerice protrusis, oblongo-globosis, rugosis, atris, evacuatis. Ostiolis primum per epidermidem vix prominentibus et nigrotingentibus, demum brevitcr conicis. •1637. 492. S. AjiPELos, L. v. S., in valde corruptis ramentis Vitis Betlil. primum epidermide tiita. S. seriatim distanter sparsa, minuta, circumscissa, subfusca, globoso-applanata. Ostiolo prominente per rimas corticis. * • Corticolae. •1638. 493. S. oce/fafa, F. 391, rarius Bethl. sub cortice Pruni virg. 1639. 494. S. OBTECTA, L. v. S., F. 395, Syn. Car. 206, in ramis fruticum Carolina necdum in Pennsylv. •1640. 495. S. vibratilis, F. 396, sub cortice Pruni virginianae, Bethl. •1641. 496. S. lanata, F. 397, sub cortice Betuli nigrae, ibid. •1642. 497. S. paetula, F. 599, sub epidermide Sambuci, ibid. •1643. 498. S.pupula, F. 401, sub epidermide Platani, Bethl. 1644. 499. S. circumcissa, F. 402, Syn. Car. 202, passim et Bethl. •1645. 500. S. clandistina, F. 403, sub epidermide Sambuci, ibid. •1646. 501. S.personata, F. 404, sub epidermide Liriodendri, ibid. 1647. 502. S. Tiliae, F. 405, Syn. Car. 205, vulgaris et Bethl. •1648. 503. S. pruimsa, F. 406, Bethl. sub epidermide, Uhoid. 1649. 504. S. inquinans, F. 407, Syn. Car. 201, in Acere, &c. Bethl. •1650. 505. S. mamillana, F. 409, ramis junioribus Celastri, ibid. •1651. 506. S. clypmta, F. 410, vtilgata in Rosis et Rubis, Sal. et Bethl. 1652. 507. S. GossTPir, L. v. S., Syn. Car. 207, F. 412, non in Pennsylv. •1653. 508. S. ditopa, F. 394, sub Liriod. epidermide, Bethl. •1654. 509. S. corticis, F. 393, in ramis junioribus^Aceris Pennsylvanicae, Mauch Chunk. •1655. 510. S. DisTiNcTA, L. V. S., sub epidermide Sambuci pubentis, Bethl. S. sparsa, epidermide tenerrimo obtecta, majuscula, immersa libro albescent! interioris corticis. Peri- theciis atris, orbicularibus, depressis, glabris, ore rotundo majore, persistentibus in cortice, epider- Vol. IV.— 3 E 218 SYNOPSIS OF misavulsae, cum ostioUs earn perforantlbus, non prominent Ibus, cylindrlcis brevibus, umbillcatis apicc. •1656. 511. S. onTACEO-ninxA, L. v. S., sub epidermide majorum ramorum Mori albae, Bethl. S. sparsa, majuscula, ostiolis crassis, cylindrlcis, pertusis, persistentibus, epidermidem penetrantibus, dejecta qua apparent perithecia magna, applanata, circumcirca olivaceo-hirta, librum corticis colore olivaceo-nigro tingentia, subimmersa, gelatina alba farcta deln evacuata. •1657. 512. S. ALBo-FAttcTA, L. V. S., in junioribus ramulls Sassafras, quos ionge lateque inquinat colore atro. Bethl. S. sparsa aut g'regaria, atro-inquinans. Peritlieciis tectis, cortice omnino immersis, minutissimis, albo- farctis, solummodo sectione cultelli distinguendis, globosls, horizontaliter striatis, indistincte ostiolatis, ostiolo prospiciente per rimulas corticis atro-lnquinati. "1658. 513. S. TESEHA, L. V. S., in llbro fibroso Hibisci rosei Hortorum Betid, sub epidermide. S. sparsa, nldulans in llbro sub epidermide. Peritlieciis minutis elllptico-oblongis et globosis, non glabris, nigrofuscls, facilllme avulso llbro attoUuntur — scd manent frustulis subtecta. OstioUs minu- tissimis, in conspicuum venientibus inter rimulas epldermidls, quasi ex disco. Interdum plura ostiola ex uno perithecio prorumpere vldentur, ceterum globoso-papdlata et fere umbilicata. •1659. 514. S. Daphnidis, L. v. S., sub epidermide craortui Daph. Mezerei horto, Bethl. S. prlmum epidermide tecta, demum nuda, immersa llbro. Peritheclls globoso-depressis nigro-fuscis tomentosis, demum orbatls, Immersis crustae floccosae nlgrotinctae. Intus nigro-farctis. OstioUs primum papiUarlbus, demum rudibus, deformlbus, elevatls, praesertim in denudatis peritheciis aetate rugosls. Nuda speclmlna majora praecedentlbus speciebus. Atrq-lnquinat. ■1660. 515. S. ruscEScENs, L. V. S., sub epidermide Castaneorum Salem et Bethl., non immersa, sed parenchymate Ubri fusci insidens. S. aggregata et sparsa, primum omnino epidermide tecta, sed hac dejecta, insidet llbro omnino libera, saepe tamen cum epidermide attolUtur. Peritheciis minutis ovato conicls, rugosissimis, nlgris aut fuscescentibus, albo-farctls, interdum coUapsls, confluentlbus cum ostioUs papillatls, prospiclenti- bus ex epidermidis rlmls. Massa spermatica nigrescens, sed vis crustam efficlens circumfusa ob- servatur. *1661. 516. S. PALnoLATA, L. V. S., In elongatis i-amls non spinosis Rosae corymbosae, Bethl. aemulans S. insititiam et Rosae. S. subseriatim in rlmls epidermidis aggregata in caespitulis elUptlcis, interdum confluens. Primum tecta cuticula interna epidermidis albescentis, demum subUbera, sed semper quasi palllo ab hac clrcumvoluta. Peritheciis majusculls, pro ratlone, panels tantum in caespltulo, globoso-applanatis, aterrlmis, punctato-rugosls, ostiolo manifesto papiUato. •1662. 517. S. nuuisA, L. T. S., frequens occurrlt sub epidermide Rhois glabri Bethl. An sit Dldy- mosporium ? S. gregaria, Ionge lateque prorumpens ex epidermide ab ea arete clncta et satis prominula. Perithe- ciis aterrlmis applanatls, rotundatls, papilla centrali ostiolatis, sporidlis creberrlmls profluentlbus. Epidermide secedente, in interim pagina observatui' crusta contlgua corticalls nigra, et ex peritheciis hemisphaerlcis, nlgris, glabris, interjacentibus quasi crebre pustulata. *166j. 518. S. coNspEusA, L. v. S., sub epidermide truncl emortul Robinae viscosae Nazareth in horto academlco. S. gregatim quldem sed tamen spai'sa; primum sub epidermide tecta, demum decedente; ostlolls tantum prorumpentibus quasi disco minuto concave. Epidermide dejecto, perithecia numerosa, aterrima mediocra in conspectum veniunt, basi applanato-rotundata, et ostiolo dejecto, late pertusa- inanla. Pcrfecta autem coronata sunt ostiolo sphaeriaeformi, adacquante dimidiam magnltudinem perlthecii. Basis llbro subimmersa est, et totum peritheclum sporidlis creberrime conspersum aut punctulatum effusis etlam in ambltu. Quodam modo simllls Sphaerlae sphaerocephalae nosti-ae. Trlb. 24. OBxnnATAE. 1664. 519. S. ScLEnoTicM, L. v. S., Syn. Car. 163, F. 416, nunquam mihl obvia in Pennsylvania. Oslropa, F. S. Veg. p. 110. *1665. 520. S. uberifwmis, F. 417, pulcherrima et dlstlncta in ramis putrldlsslmls Betulae, Bethl. 1666. 521. S. EiiuMi'ENS, L. v. S., Syn. Car. 209, F. 419, in ramis Smllacls Cai-oUnae et Pennsylv. •1667. 522. S. Syringac, F. 421, passim in Syringa, Bethl. NORTH AMERICAN FUNGI. 219 •1668. 523. S. Lonicerae, F. 4.23, in L. sempervirenti, ibid. *1669. 524. S. feiiacella, F. 423, in ramis junioi-ibus ibid. •1670. 525. S. opiluta, F. 425, in virgidtis betulignis, ibid. •1671. 526. S. Fraxini, F. 426, etiam in Ulmo Betlil. •1672- 527. S. Juglandis, F. 427, non rara in Juglandinis, ibid. •1673. 528. S. pa/m(X, F. 428, locis suis i-arior, llethl. »1674. 529. S. pyrina, F. 429, in Mulis frcqucns ibid. •1675. 530. S. stivbilina, F. 431, passim in Conis. Perfectissima in strobilis laricinis, Betid. •1676. 531. S. Verrucaria, F. 434, in cortice Betulino ib. •1677. 532. S. Ri'BORTjji, L. V. S., vulg-aris in antiquis stipltlbus Ruborum, pruesci-tim Riibi strigosae cultae Bethl. S. sparsa aut gregaria, saepe scriata, sub epidermide mox dejecta. Peritbeciis ovato-globcsis aut hemisphaericis, pauliilum immersis libro corticali cum fibris ccterum assurg'entibu3, atris, rugosis, pro ratione majusculis, tuberculo magno, saepe dimidium pcrithecium adacquante, coronatis ostioli ad instai', punctato-rugoso. Interdum hoc multo minus evadit. Peritliecia demum sacpissime dimi- diata evacuata, quasi cupulatasuperstitia rem.ancnt. •1678. 5j3. S. olitascen-s, L. v. S., rarissime Salem invirgultis ignotis. S. fere omnino tecta epidermide efficiente maculam olivaceo-nigram, quacum peritliecia assurgunt minuta hemisphaerica, globosa, albofarcta, demum evacuata. Ostiolo pertuso solummodo prospiciunt ex macula, ceterura omnino tecta, nee uUibi libera. •1679. 534. S. suBsiMPLEx, L. v. S., fi'eq. in junioribus ramis Rhdi glabr. frigore emortuis Bethl, S. primum tenerrima epidermide alba tecta, per quam ostlola prospiciunt: mox orbata, in conspectum veniunt perilhecia dense ag'gregata, cortici subimmersa, saepe confluentia (unde tantum su4sim- ples dicitur) oblongo-hemisphaerica, depressa, rugosa, atra, papillata: papilla decidua, turn pertusa. •1680. as. S. iMonpHULA, L. v. S., in juniorum ramorum Juglandis cortice, Bethl. S. dense aggregata, imo passim caespitosa, sub epidermide in parenchymate corticali ac insuper cpi- dermidem crescens. Peritheciis amorphis aut polymorphis subconfluentibus parum clcvatis, carbo- naceis, atris, astomis aut indislincte ostiolatis; albo-f;U'Clis. •1681. 536. S. CArsotAnuM, L. v. S., in variis capsvdis plantarum v. c. Convolvuli purpur. Beth!. S. simplex, sparsa, applanato-hemisphaerica, minuta, papillata, papilla decidua; ad basin cincta tener- rima cinerascente epidermide capsulae cui, statu juniori, innata aut immersa. Peritheciis atris, rugo- sis, albo-farctis, statu madidiori et juniori iutumescentlbus et fuscescentibus. •1682. 537. S. DnuPAHUM, L. V. S., an hujus Tribus ! sed species valde distincta non infrequens in di'upis nucum Juglandis nigrae semiputridis, primum tecta epidermide drupae, demum hac squamu- latim dejecta, fere denudata. .S. arctim aggregata, nigra et crustaceo-confluens. Peritheciis creberrimis ovatis, rugosis, indistincte ostiolatis, albo-farctis, demum evacuatis. Denudatis demum peritheciis squamulae corticis hinc inde adhaerent. •1683. 533. S. poMORCM, L. V. S., affinis priori non rara (et minus evoluta jam Salem observata) in pomis exsiccatis per hiemem in arboribus praesertim Cydoniis, Bethl. S. sparsa et aggregata, quasi Insidens crusta nigra sub epidermide tenerrima pomi, quae demum squa- mulatim rupta decidua est; primum quasi stellatim fissa circum singija peritliecia. Peritheciis ovatis, diftbrmibus, magis pi'ominulis quam in priori, rugosis, atris, albo-farctis, minutim papiUatis. •1684. 539. S. LiGCSTni, L. v. S., in ramulis ligustrinis Bethlehem, Sphaeriam circinnantem revocat. S. sparsa, crebris speciminibus, prorumpens tantum ex epidermide arctim cingente ostiolis, aut supe- riori parte perithecii, satis elevata. Ostiolis majuscuhs globoso-conicis, atris, glabris. Peritheciis deorsum per epidermidem penetrantibus sic ut in aversa pagina secedentis in conspectum veniunt ut bullae majusculae nigrofuscae saepe collapsae, linquentibus foveolos hemisphaericos in hbro corti. call. Intus nigrofarctis demum evacuatis. •1685. 540. S. AzALEAE, L. v. S., non infrequens in truncis et ramis emortuis Azaleae nudiflorae, Bethl. S. per rimas flexuosas epidermidis, quasi seriatim erumpens, immersa libro corticali subjaccnte Peri- theciis vix confluentibus, subdistantibus, minoribus, atris, rugosis cum ostiolo subpezizoideo-umbi- licato confluentibus, parietibus internis crassis; evacuatis. •1686. 541. S. coscojiiTANS, L. v. S., in petiolis majorum foUorum arborum, ubi per ictum Insectarum in gallam ampliati sunt, Bethl. 220 SYNOPSIS OF S sparsa, prorumpens, primum tecta, minuta, punctiformis fere aut subglobosa, astoma, intus evacu- ata atra. Mox collapsa, formam pezizoideam induit. *168r. 542- S. LiNEOLAXs, L. v. S., prorumpens in ramis salicinis, Bethl. S. majuscula, gi-egarie prorumpens, arete cincta ab epidermide. Peritheciis pluribus saepe confluen- tibus in lineolas irregulares, extus cetemm atris, scaberrimis, difformibus aut globoso-applanatis; ostiolis indistinctis, spargentjbus sporidia atrofusca, quibus perithecia demum evacuata repleta sunt. Juniori aetate subtecta epidermide elevata. *1688. 543. S. OBTUSA, L. v. S., caules Rubi villosi gregibus vastis infestat, Bethlehem, antiquissimos. S. primum epidermide tecta et eam elevans; demum denudata, sparsa, sed agmine denso occupans caules. Ostiolis obtusis subelevatis. Peritheciis nigris obovatis nigosis et difformibus, minutis, nudis aut epidermide basi cinctis. Juniori aetate fuscis subpellucidis, cinctis massa albida subpidve- racea demum evanida. Peritheciis albofarctis. Trib. 25. Subtectae. 1689. 544. S. SPHAEHOCEPHALA, L. V. S., Syn. Car. 166, F. 436, solummodo in Carolina observata. •1690. 545. S. sarmentorum, F. 438, in Menispermo et Celastro non rara Bethl. *1691. 546. S. sulcata,^. 439, ramulls junioribus Blgnonlae, Bethl. *1692. 54r. S. saepincola, F. 440, in rosls et rubis Bethl. freq. •1693. 548. S. foveolaris, F. 443, in ramis fraxinels Bethl., differt aliquomoda ab friesiana — peritheciis nempe majoribus ac minus confertis. •1694. 549. S. Cacti, L. v. S., Syn. Car. 227, F. 445, Salem tantum. •1695. 550. S. Taxi, F. 447, in Taxo canadensl, Easton. 1696. 551. S. atroviretis, F. 448, Syn. Car. 226, in Vlsco, Salem. •1697. 552. S. Buxi, F. 448, /?, vulgaris Bethl. species dist. •1698. 553. S. Ilicis, F. 449, Salem in foliis lllcis opacae. •1699. 554. S. Cucurbitaceoruin, F. 452, in fructu C. lagenariae, Betlil. frequens. •1700. 555. S. vAcciNicoLA, L. v. S., affinis S. saepincola in virgultis Vaccinionim Bethl. ^. an diversa in Ceanotho. S. sparsa, tecta, peritlieciis depresso-globosis, subrugosls, evacuatis aut gelatina fullginosa spermatica repletis, prospicientlbus per rimas mlnutlssimas epidermidis, vix papillatis, atrls. Valde minuta et subatro-inquinans. •1701. 556. S. KAiMiAnuM, L. v. S., frcquentissima in foliis dejectis Kalmiae et Rhododendrl, cum Bequenti valde affinis S. atrovirenti, Salem et Bethl. S. sparsa, aterrima, immatura tamen turgens et fusca, rarlus propellans cirrhulum simplicem brevem fuscum. Peritheciis hemisphaericis, innatis, evacuatis demum. Major S. atrovirenti. •1702. 557. S. ANDnoMEDABDM, L. V. S., in foliis perennantlbus, sed corruptis Andromedae axillaris, Salem. S. sparsa, omnino tecta, innata, minutlssima, assurgens cum epidermide non discolorata; ostlolo minu- tissimo solummodo prospiciente et propuUante cirrhulum simplicem candidum. Peritheciis nigris, depresso-globosis, albo-farctis, parenchymate immersis. •1703. 558. S. Samahae, L. v. S,, frequens in Samaris Fraxini acuminatae, Bethl. S. sparsa, primum tecta tenerrima epidermide, quae turn stellatlm rupta, perithecia obtusa fere astoma punctato-rugosa, nlgrofusca p.atefacit, repleta massa spermatica alba (siccitate subcornea) demum evacuata. Juniora interdum cirrhulum emlttunt simplicem atrofuscum strictum; hac aetate peri- thecia omnino immersa sunt. •1704. 559. S. Jasmini, L. v. S., in suculis emortuis .Tasmini culti in bortis, Bethl. S. sparsa, sed passim in quincunx approximata, minuta, fusca, apice albescente, ab epidermide tecta, quacum assurgit. Peritheciis ceterum ellipticis aut subrotundis. Demum cum epidermide colKapsis, disco coUapso subrugoso. Intus fuscescens, evacuata. Affinis videtur S. Panacis secundum de- scriptionem. Trib. 26. CArtiNcoLAE. •1705. 560. S. pcllila, F. 455, in junioribus ramis Carduorum, Bethl. *1706. 561. S. frichusloma, F. 457, in culmis secalinis Bethl. •1707. 562. S. rdicina, F. 459, in culmis ccreallum, Bethl. 1708. 563. S. rubella, F. 461, Syn. Car. 157, « et g, etiam Pennsylv. NORTH AMERICAN FUNGI. 221 •ir09. 56-i. S. acuminata, F. 463, in caulibus plantarum Rcthl. •1710. 565. S. curvirostris, Fi 464, in caulibus umbellatarum, ib. 1711. 566. S. acuta, F. 465, Syn. Car. 152, vulgaris et. Pennsylv. 171^. 567. S. lingam, F. 466, Syn. Car. 191, valde protea in varils caulibus et Pennsylv. Interdum in macula nigra epidermidis insidet, turn S. rudis, nostra olim. •1713. 568. S. complanata, V. 468, (Syn. Car.) Salem et Bethl. "1714. 569. S. coniformls, F. 469, s.aepe seriatim in caulibus, ibid. '1715. 570. S. stiffulta, F. 470, rarius Betlil. forma ascoriim distincta. 1716. 571. S. doliolum, F. 471, Syn. Car. 192, et. Pennsylv. vulgaris. '1717. 572. S. ffiu/mm, F. ,73, Uetlil. passim. •1718. 573. S. cu/m!7ra^a, F. 475, in culmis Tritici, Betlil. 1719. 574. S. kerbarum, F. 477, Syn. Car. 193, ubique in caulibus. 17:0. 575. S. patella, F. 478, Syn. Car. 189, vulg. in Pastinaca, Bethl. *1721. 576. S. pcnicitlus, F. 467, in s.irmentis Huniuli prope flumen Leliigh. omnino sarmenta exaspe- rans; Pilis peniciUatis demum dcjectis. •1722. 577. S. Pisi, F. 472, frequens Betlil. ad caules Pisi, &c. '1723. 578. S. .irundinis, F. 474, ad culmos Zizaniae, Pliilad. •1724. 579. S. scirpicola, F. 476, rarius in S. atrovirente, Betlil. '1725. 580. S. Plinthis, F. 479, in tenuioribus caulibus et culmis ibid. "1726. 581. S. Veubascicol-v, L. v. S., affinis S. ^Ja/c/foe, vulgatissima in caulibus atque in capsulis Verbasci Bethl. S. primum tecta, aggregata ac sparsa; initio hemispliaerica rugoso.punct.ata, nigra: demum regulariter collapsa, applanata. Ostiolo centrali latiori fere liysteriiforme. Saepe latet sub lana caulis deter- gibili; minor est S. patella. In capsulis evolutior ac varie collapsa. '1727. 582. S. ntgreUa, F. 480, frequens in variis caulibus macula nigra insidens, Bethl. '1728. 583. S- poliota, F. 481, passim ad caules Bethl. *1729. 584. S. galbana, F. 482, praesertim obvia in caidibus Chenopodiorum et Amaranthorum, Bethl. *1730. 585. S. disseminata, F. 484, passim ad caules. Spccimina nostra paulo m.ijora quam Friesii. '1731. 586. S. TECTA, L. v. S., in caulibus plantarum majorum, Bethl. S. tecta, nee unquam liberata, longe lateque sp.arsa in caule ibidem obscurius colorato. Peritlieciis depressis elUpticis, papilla globosa decidua coronatis, intus albo-farctis. Epidcrmide caulis circum- circa cinerascente. *1732. 587. S. MALTicotA, L. v. S., in libro caulium Malvae Alceae epidermide orbato Bethl. obvia. S. minuta, subseriata, ex libro prorumpens, demum libera, forma variante; in perfectisslmis conica aut etiam globos.i, obtusa et Jeformis, ostiolo confluente pcrithecio. Peritheciis albo-farctis, demum evacuatis, extus obsitis pilis griseo-nigris, divergentibus; interdum denudatis. *1733. 588. S. LACTucAiiu:»r, L. v. S., passim in caulibus Lactucarum et Soncliorum, Bethl. S. omnino tecta, macula fibriUosa clnerea (Uothideae) passim a peritheciis subjacentibus, globoso- depressis, albo-farctis, elevata. Ostiolis atris globosis, umbiUcatis prominulis. Longitudine unciali, macula non absimihs S. nebidosae caulem ambit — superficie Lamen inaequabili. *1734. 589. S. TExnissiMA, L. v. S., in cauhbus Polygonati latifolii, Bethl. S. tecta, sparsa, atronitens: peritheciis astomis atro-fuscovirentibus, tenuissimis, statu vegeto hemis- phaericis mox coUapsis, per epidermidem conspicuis sed vix denudatis. *1735. 590. S. McniTA, L. v. S., rara in caulibus Verbasci, Bethlehem. S. solitaria, sparsa, nuda, in ligno caulis Verbasci omnino referens sphaeriam e grege Villosarum. Peritlieciis hemisphaericis, demum pezizoideo-colbpsis, astomis, undique setis rigidls, nigris, sparsis, longitudine peritlieciorum obsitis, ceterum peritheciis glabris. *1736. 591. S. NATicnLAHis, L. v. S., rara in caulibus mihi solummodo Salem obvia. S. macula nigra praedita, sed interdum etiam in caule sparsa, forma quadam elliptica naviforme elongata, utrinque obtuse contracta, non glabra, indistincte papillata, demum irregulariter collapsa. Primum cum macula sub epidermide latens, demum semisoluta aut laxissime tantum affixa; substantia carbo- nacea-pulveracea. •1737. 592. S. OBTUsATA, L. v. S., in variis stipitibus Bethl. reperta. S. primum tecta, demum omnino libera, snarsa, majuscula, atra, parcnchymate stipitis circumcirca Vol. IV.— 3 F 222 SYNOPSIS OF lutescenti et quasi maculam cfficiente. Peritheciis variis, omnibus autem apice obtusatis; e cjlindrico- g-Iobosis aut rotundatis, satis elevatis, demum subcollapsis, glabris. Ostiolo hysteriiforme tranversali. ■1"38. 593. S. PLATYPUS, L. V. S., elegantula propior S. acutae, solummodo reperta in caulibus Ane- monis virginianae, Bethl. S. sparsa, aterrima, minuta; junior tecta, sed plerumque nuda obvia. Insidet basi applanata rotundata, mai'ginesiccitate subinflexa; a caule faciliter soluta, interdum ambitu sublobato; in liac basi assurgit perithecium conico-globosum, quasi punctatum a spoi-idiis profluentibus ex ostiolo globoso-papillato; ceterum glabrum et fere nitidum. *1739. 594. S. PoLToojii sAGiTTATi, L. V. S., magna copia occupat (sed rarius) caules emortuos Poly- goni sagittati, Bethlehem coiTuptissimos. S. sparsa, sed copiose tegens caules, atra, demum omnlno libera, primum tecta, applanato-globosa, rugosissima. Ostiolo e cylindrica forma payillato fuscescenti. Interdum observatur basis subefVusa ut in priori. *1740. 595. S. Urassicae, L. v. S., rara in caulibus induratis Brassicae in cellis, Bethl. S. sparsa erumpens inter fibros caulis, majuscula exacte globosaaut hemisphaerica, nigra aut subfus- cescens, astoma, demum rupta, ita ut inferior pars pcritliecii, irregulariter lacerata et evacuata su- perstcs manet in caule. Peritheciis ceterum estus glabris nisi punctatis a sporldils profluentibus. 'ITil. 596. S. Caknauis, L. v. S., sub epidermide Cannabis interdum seri.ata, Salem. S. sparsa aut seriatim disposita, demum prorumpens ex tenerrima epidermide, minutissima, applanato- globosa, rugosa; ostiolo minuto, quasi vulvaeformi, indistincto. Tota sphaeria Hicillime decedit cum epidermide . '1742. 597. S. Lactescestitim, L. v. S., ad inferlorem partem caulium Asclepiadis syriaci, Bethl. S. denslssime aggregata, majuscula, primum sub epidermide tecta, in fibris corticalibus, quibuscum faciliter decedit sita, demum liberata. Peritheciis nigris rugosis subconfluentibus, subconicis et irregularibus, demum subcollapsis, semper autem globulo spermatico candido coronatis. Plagas pedales occupat in caule. *1743. 598. S. Asclepiadis, L. v. S., frequens in superiori parte caulium Asclep. syriaci, ibid. S. sparsa, tecta, sed per epidermidem atronitens conspicua oblongo-applanata, parum tantum elevata, passim conflucns, extus corrugata, astoma, intus nigro-farcta. Quanquam semper desunt setulae Exosporii, vereor nisi ad hoc genus pertineat. Ceterum valde notabilis species. *1744. 599. S. Datduae, L. v. S., in capsulis et stipitibus Uaturae Salem ac Bethl. S. primum tecta, minuta, sub epidermide latens sparsa, vix unquam onmino denudata. Forma peritlie- ciorum applanata. Ceterum peritheciis rugulosis subcollapsis, papillatim ostiolatis — colore nigro- fusco. Occurrit etiam in aculeis Capsulae. ^1745. 600. S. scAPiNcoLA, L. v. S., vulgatissima in scapis Yuccae filamentosae cultae, Bethl. S. minutissima, orbiculata, vix tecta, sed ut puncta densissime sparsa cpidermidi tenerrima insidens, nigra, applanata, subcollapsa, rugulosa, puncto ccntrali quasi papillata vix perceptibili. Haec sphaeria per totum scapum glabratum sparsa, eleganter eum punctulat. *1746. 601. S. AMPLiATA, L. V. S., an ad Concrescentes' in caulibus Umbellatarum plerumque ex macula indeterminata nigra, S-ilem. S. tecta, macula nempe subcortical! late effusa. Peritheciis compressis in ipsa substantia caulis nidu- lantibvis ubi observantur foveoli, post peritliecium destructum. Ostiolo crasso, subprominulo, cylln- drico, pertuso apice ampliato. •1747. 602. S. iiCBicuNUA, L. v. S., in caulibus Solani et Chenopodii, Salem et Bethl, S. macula rubicunda aequabili vix determinata, tecta. Peritheciis minutis, nigris, papillaris (papiUis seriatim prominentibus) inter epidermidem et librum nidulantibus epidermide rubro-colorato . Affi- nis S. rubcllae. * 1748. 603. S. LiLACiNA, L. v. S., in caulibus Asclepiadis syriaci, Bethl. S. rubicundae similis. S. tecta, macula indeterminata semper lilacina. Peritheciis late sp.arsis nidulantibus sub macula, mi- uutissimis atris, p.assim subprominentibus. *1749. 604. S. Taoetic.ola, L. v. S., in caulibus Tagetum in hortis cultis, Bethlehem. S. tecta, demum sublibera, sparsa in m.acula epidermidis cinerascenti. Peritheciis minutis, saepe 2 — 3 conflueutibus subseriatis, epidermidem valde elevantibus, albo-farctis. Ostiolis c cylindrico- globoais, valde prominentibus. NORTH AMERICAN FUNGI. ' 223 •1750. 605. S. ZizAXiAE, L. v. S., frequens in ciilmis foUisque Zizaniae, Philadelpliia. S. sparsa, siniplicissima, rutjulosa, minuta, atra, globosa, immersa, sed in pagina infcriori protrusa. Ostiolo globoso autem punctiformiter imprcsso, prominenle in pagina superiore, quasi sphaeru- luni mentiente. Pars inlcrior protrusa aut bullosa hemisphacrica, pro ratione niajuscula, interduni collapsa. *1751. 606. S. Zi-vsiAE, L. V. S., in petiolis ct pedunculis Zinniac inuUifiorae Bcthl. cultac. S. erumpens, simplex, sparsa, fibriUulis radiantibus indistinclis circumdata, ovata, nigra, rugosa, minuta, demum ore perforate, interduni collapsa. •1752. 607. S. F.vnLSA, L. v. S., rarius in sarmentis et caullbus herbarum scandentium Betid, obvia. S. sparsa, semillnearis, primum omnlno tecta fibris, quibuscuni faciUime evulsa, cum tantum laxiter insidet. Peritheciis depressis exbasl latiuscula subconice elevatis abientibus in ostiolum minutum perforatum. Cum fibris avulsa, subtus saepe collapsa. *1753. 60S. S. MELorLACA, L. v. S., passim Bethl. in majoribus caulibus. S.gregaria, epidermide tenui primum tecta, demum denudata, in crusta nigra aut subfuscescente subimmcrsa, quacum satis assurgit et demum penetrat. Tum in conspectum veniunt perithecia crebra diflormiter globosa sublibera, astoma, riigosa, nigra, evacuata. Interdum centre impresso subostiolata. *1754. 609. S. MTnnms, L. v. S., in tenerrimis ramulis Myrrhis canadensis, Betbl. S. Maculae fuligineo-cinereae tenerae subdeterminatim efiusae, uncialis, angustae nee ambientes quibus insident peritbecia sparsa, minuta, e globoso-conica, atrofusca, substantia tenerrima, glabra, subcol- labentia, cum ostiolo conflaentia, primum ex parenchymate prorumpcntia demum superficialia punc- tiformia. Similitudo ([uaedam cum S. ncbulosa. *1755. 610. S. ECHiNopHiLA, L. V. S., in spinis Involucrorum Castancorum freq. Bethl. S. sparsa, prorumpens, demum nuda, crassitiem spinae excedens; humectata subfusca; sicca, nigra, glabra, fere globosa, ostiolata papilla manifesta acutiuscula. *1756. 611. S. suLciGE>rA, L. v. S., in antiquisslmis culmis Zizaniae, Pliilad. S. seriatim sparsa in sulcis culmorum, minutissima, primum epidermide tenerrima tecta, nigrotincta, subimmersa, subrotunda, applanata, papillata; papilla obtusiuscula decidua. *1757. 612. S. Pastisacae, L. v. S., in caulibus denudatis epidermide Pastinacae, Bethl. S. sparsa quidem sed cffiguratlm approximatls peritheciis, cilrofuscis, primum epidermide tectis, de- mum denudatis subrotundo-obovatis aut difformibus, interdum navicularibus, minutis, rugoso-punctatis, papillatis, demum irregulariter coUapsis. Trib. 27. FoLiicoLAE. *1758. 613. S. harbata, F. 486, in foliis tiliaceis, Betlil. 1759. 614. S. Sabkaceniae, L. v. S., Syn. Car. 77, F. 492, etiam in Sarracenia, Hope, New Jersey. •1760. 615. S./acc/rfa, F. 493, Bethlehem in Paeonia. 1761. 616. S. tubaeformis, F. 494, Syn. Car. 148, et. Bethl. *1762. 617. S. mekmostyla, F. 495, frequens in Tihae fol. ibid. 1763. 618. S. Gnomon, F. 497, Syn. Car. 149, et. Bethl. 1764. 619. S. setacea, F. 500, Syn. Car. 150, in folio betuhno ibid. 1765. 620. S. Sola7ii, F. 501, Syn. Car. 151, et Bethl. 1766. 621. S. PETioLOKUM, L. v. S., Syn. Car. 153, F. 502, etiam in Pennsylvania occurrit in petiolis foliorum. 1767. 622. S. rvBAMiDALis, L. v. S., Syn. Car. 156, F. 505, in Malo. 1768. 623. S. PoTENTiLiAE, L. V. S., Syn. Car. 208, F. 506, in foliis exsoletis Potentillae canadensis et simplicis etiam frequens in Pennsylv. •1769- 624. S. FiiAGAniAE, L. v. S., frequens vcre ad folia exsoleta Fragariarum in hortis, Bethl. S. sparsa et gregaria, primum folio innata et provenlens in macula grisea buUata paginae superioris. Peritheciis demum emersis, globoso-elongatis, nigris, subrugosis, interdum ostiolo brevi, interdum longissimo cylindrico, immo acuminato, et etiam apice cl.ivato-incrassato, denique in fibrillulas so- luto — ceterum deciduo. *1770. 625. S. Pruina, L. v. S., rara in aversa pagina folii Vitis aestivalis, Betlil. S. sparsa, minutissima, primum immersa, demum emergens, aterrima, globosa, elongata in ostiolum subsetaceum, atnim, deciduum. Extus pruina alba cum folio tecta. 224 SYNOPSIS OF '1771. 626. S. sentina, F. 503, non rara in Vltis folio, Bethl. 1772. 627. S. artocreas, F. 516, Syn. Car. 190, praesertlm in fol. Castaneis freq. Bethl. *1773. 628. S. carpinea, F. 518, in foUis carplneis Betlil. •1774. 629. S. aquilina, F. 515, vulgaris Bethl. in Pteride. 1775. 630. S. myriadea, F. 519, Syn. Car. dendroides, 221, vulgatisslma in foliis quercinis, Bethl. et Salem. •1776. 631. S. recutita, F. 520, in foliis Cavicum majorum Bethl. 1777. 632. S. maculacformh, F. 521, Syn. Car. 219, ubique vulgaris. 1778. 633. S.pundiformiSjF. 522, Syn. Car. 223, ubique in foliis. •1779. 634. S. cruciferarum, F. 525, in silirjlis Cheir,inthi, Bethl. •1780. 635. S. subradianSfF. 524, in foliis Polygonati, Bethl. •1781. 636. S. Angelicae lucidae, L. v. S., affinis S. Aegopodii in languescentibus foliis .\ngelicae lucidae, Bethl. S. sparsa, peritheciis innatis, prominulis, fuscis, astomis collapsis, occupans paginam aversam fohi lan- guesceutis in macula subcrustacea lutescenti late effusa. •1782. 637. S. PEniGTNicoLA, L. v. S., passim in perigynio Caricuni, praesertimC. santhophysae mon- ticolae. Pocono. Affinis S. recutilae. S. sparsa, minutissima, astoma, nigra, erumpens, subconico-compressiuscula. Peritheciis demum evacuatls; saepe distanter seriatim erumpentibus. •1783. 638. S. CopTis, L. v. S., affinis S. leptideae, &c. frequens obvia in foliis emarcidis Coptis trifoli.itae in Pocono monte. S. sparsa, epidermide innata, convesa, depressa, atra, rugosa, coUabcscendo.umbiUcata, nunquara denudata. Minor S . leptidea. •1784. 639. S. coLLApsA, L. v. S., rarissima in foliis Pyri Mali, Bethlehem. S. sparsa, majuscula, aterrima, orblculata, coUapsa, oninino superficialis. Ostiolo papillato-punctiforme non manifestim pertuso in coUapsae sphacriae centro. Ceterum perithecium hemisphaericum, glabrum — exacte coUapsum, refert Scutellam Lichenis aut pezizulam. •1785. 640. S. APEiiTiuscuiA, L. v. S., rara ab amicissimo Dr Torrcy ex New York in aversa pagina folil Ulmi fulvae — altera pagina onusta Z^oM/rfeu Ulmi. S. sparsa, fusco-nigra, minuta, proveniens ex p.arenchymate buUato, prlmum innata; ore maximo demum aperto, et intus evacuata. Pezizulam refert minutissimam. •1786. 641. S. Mom albae, L. v. S., frequens in foliis emortuis M. albae Bethl.,affinis S. maculaeformi. S. hypophylla, aggregata in m.acula parva rotunda inaequali. Peritheciis majusculis valde prominulis, rugosis, deformibus, ore coronato globulo albo spermatico, demum deciduo — et turn subaperto. •1787. 642. S. FitAxicoLA, L. v. S., in aversa pagina folii Fraxini etiam affinis S. maculacfor., Bethl. frequens. S. hypophylla; peritheciis subinnatis, astomis, nigrls, demum fissis orificio longitudinaliter, diftormi- bus, p,aucis tantum conjunctis maculam atram efficicntibus minorem. M.aculis quasi confliientibus inter se. •1788. 643. S. CONVEXULA, L. v. S., S. pundiformi proxima, frequens in Juglandinis foliis Bethl. S. sparsa per totum folium, innata, minuta, subrugosa superficie, tamen nitida, atra, astoma, valde convexo-elevata non coUabescens. •1789. 644. S. OHBicuLA, L. v. S., vulgatissima in foliis quercinis pracscrlim Q. albae Bethl. Affinis S. myriadeae; sed forma maculae pcrdistincta. S. in maculis exacte orbiculalls, margine quasi linca nigra limitatis, ob aggregationem pcritheciorum ill m.argine peritliecia numerosa aggregata sunt. Maculis '- uncialibus di.ametro, clnerasceiitibus. Peritheciis minutissimis, innatis, nigris, prominentibus pilis longis sparsis obsitis, demum deciduis, concoloribus. *1790. 645. S. EKFifinnATA, L. V. S., etiam affinis S. myri.adeae — sed bene distincta. Frequens obvia in pagina aversa foliorum Fraxini acuminati Bethl. ncc in uUa .altera specie Fraxini. S. maculis longe latequc effusis, nigro-cincrascentibus, ambitu determin.atim effigurato, et ob frequen- tiam perillieciorum in margine quasi nigrocincto: saepe totum folium in pagina aversa occupans. I'eritheciis innumeris minutis accumul-atis in his maculis, astomis, subinnatis, convexulis, nigris valde inviccm approximatis, et crusta cinerascenti (ex parenchymate folii') ([u.asi inter se connexis. •1791. 646. S. ALBocnusTATA, L. v. S., in aversa pagina folii Platani Betlilehem, rarior. NORTH AMERICAN FUNGI. 225 S. Crustae pqlveraceae albae cinerascentl indeterminatim vagae eft'iisac insident. Pei'ithecia sparsa nigra, passim inter se in crusta quasi effiguratim aggregata, nee tamcn connexa, intus evacuuta, pri- mum convexa subrugosa, demiim collapsa. *1792. 64". S. Coiixi, L. V. S.,rara in Pocono in aversa pagina folii Corni floridae. S. maculas effovmans maximas, orbiculatas ambitu, indetermlnatas — atTuiis S. ejjiguratac. His densim aggregatae sunt caespites trium aut quatiior peritlieeiorum punctiibrniium absque ulla crusta, inter se distantes sed frequentes in eadem macula. Peritheciis ipsis .astomis innatis, evacuatis extus punctatis. 1793. 648. S. PoLTGON.vTi, L. v. S., aflinis S. suhradidiiti , Betid. S. sparsa, pcritlieciis innatis, utrinqne prominentibus hemispbaericis, astomis, .atris, albofarctis — seil omnino expertibus fibriilularum S. subradiantis. *1794. 649. S. HEnBicoLA, L. v. S., in foliis plantarum variarum lierb.acearum, Betbl. S . latens sub crusta Candida longe lateque eftusa subhimantioidea. Peritheciis sparsis, nigris, ostiolatis, demum denudatis, crusta permanentc lamen circa ostiola. Ostiolis conicis, longitudine peritlieeiorum, atris, saepe deciduis; tuni perithecia globosa pcrtusa apparent. •1795. 650. S. ciNEnAscExs, L. v. S., passim in foliis putrescentibus Aselepiiidis syriaci valde feracis fungillis, Rethl. S. mac\dls masimis irregulariter et Indeterminatim in utraque pagina efFusis, colorem cinerascenteni in aversa, nigrum in superiori servantibus, aggregata sunt perithecia innumera, minutissima, atra, innata, snl)acuminata, astoma aut demum pertusa, sparsa aut inter se eflfigur.atim juncta. *1796. 651. S. ISCAN-ESCEX9, L. V. S., in aversa pagina foliorum Tiliae Bethl. S. maculis incanescentibus, latis, effiisis, indetermlnatis, quasi prulnatis, insident perithecia puncti- forniia subglobosa, minutissima, nigra, dennim evacuata, saepc quasi truncata, aut colLapsa. *1797. 652. S. srnBULLANS, L. v. S., in superiori pagina Pyri Mali folii Bethl. r.ara. S. maculas efficiens nigrescentes bulloso-elevatas, orbiculares, quibus innata sunt peritliecia numerosa minuta, ostiolis papiUatis solummodo prominentibus. *1798. 653. S. A>fnno3iEDAE, L. v. S., in perennantibus foliis A. axillaris, Salem passim pag. aversa. S. minuta, innata, sparsa interdum siib.aggrcgata, crusta cinerea cincta, atra, convexo-globosa, demum quasi circumscissa, parte superiori decedente. Intus evacuata, et sacculo manifesto praedita. *I799. 654. S. NicnEDo, L. v. S., in aversa pagina foUi Rhois glabri frequentissima Bethl. Affinis S. maculariformi. S. hyphopbylla, vix innata; ag'gregata aut peritheciis acumulatis, majuseulis pro rationc, atris rugosis, papiUatis gaudens. Ostiolis papillaeformibus subapertis. Passim solitaria. Ubi aggregata sunt perithecia, saepe crusta pulveracea cineraseente, orta ex parenchymate, aspersa. •1300. 655. S. STApnTLEAE, L. V. S., vulgatissima obvia in capsulis Staphyleae trifoliatae Bethlehem. Affinis S. punctiformi. S. sparsa, minuta, innata, rarius aggegata, forma irregulari, applanata, nigra, astoma. Intus evacuata, et sacculo manifesto praedita. *1801. 656. S. cocciNEO-jiAccLATA, L. V. S., in foliis gramineis — ambiens inter banc sectionem et tri- biini sphaeriarum seriatarum, Bethl. S. macula coccinea indelerminata centre elevatiori. In hac prorumpunt perithecia nigra seriatim aut sine ordine. astoma, oblongata, evacuata. Non absimilis S. nibellae. •1802. 657. S. SoLiDAGixi'M, L. V. S., Syn. Car. 225, species distinctissima frequens etiam in Penn- sylv.ania in v.ariis Solidaginlbus. Cur a Friesio omissa, nescio. Affinis est quodammodo S. Potentillae. Saepe occurrit in consortio Uredinis. Perithecia saepe evadunt majora et subtruncata interdum etiam subostiolata. •1803. 658. S. ExciPDtAN-s, L. V. S., in folio ignoto semivivo dcjeeto in horto Nazareth. S. subaggi-egata et sparsa in aversa pagina, superficialis nee innata, globosa ant deformis, minuta, aterrima sed furfure quodam cinereo pruinoso extus tecta, ime concava, collapsa, fundo denudata, ostiolo papiUato. Excipulam refert — forte est? •1804. 659. S. Tii:iiiNAss, L. v. S., hypophyllain foliis quercinis. Affinis est S. m^Worfcae folium quasi maculis cinereo-nigris tigrin.ans. S. maculis rotundis et subirregularibus ' uncialibus cinereo. nigris, centre nigrioribus ob copian\ peritheciornm minutissimorum, apparent perithecia tnberculaeformia astomae nigrae. •1805. 660. S. PuELLos, L. v. S., in foliis Quercus Phellos horto Bartrami, Philadelphia. Vol. IV.— 3 G 226 SYNOPSIS OF 9. Peritheciis paucis sparsim in macula griseo-fusca aggregatis, pagina aversa innatls, prominulis, sub- globosis minutis, nigris, pertusis. In pagina superiori, macula, subimpressa fusco-nigra. *1806. 661. S. PLANTAGixicoLA, L. V. S., frequens in exsoletis foliis prioris anni P. lanceolatae in teiTa expansis, Bethl. S. minuta, punctlformis, aterrima, in pagina utraque innata, subconice elevata, astoma, crebre sed in-egulariter sparsa, nitens, intus evacuate sed difficiliter secta. •1807. 6.62. S. siLiauosAHUOT, L. V. S., in siliquis inde deformatis Arabis cujusdam a Dr Torrey ac- ceptis, subvigentibus. S. immaturam siUquam aequc ac folium degenerans. Peritheciis numerosis innatis, sparsis, lutescenti- bus conicis. Sphaeronema omnino referentibus, globulo sperraatico candido, demum pulverulento coronatis. Fungillum ulterius observandum abuormem forsan ad Sphaeronemata referendum. '1808. 663. S. Magxoliae, L. v. S., affinis S. myriadeae; pagina aversa Magnoliae glaucae foliis prope Kaign's Point, Pliilad. S. orbiculatim et effiguratim aggi-egata, demum ita confluens ut totum folium occupat. Peritheciis tectis, punctiformibus, applanatis, astomis, cum epiderraide assurgentibus, demum coUapsis, nigris, sed disco albescente. Paginam superiorem folii buUatam reddit. •1809. 664. S. sTiLBosronAxs, L. v. S., in aversa pagina folii Quercini Bethl. rara. S. peritlieciis sparsis, sed t.amen effiguratim aggregatis, innatis, sine macula, astomis, applanatis, uii- dique punctatis, et inde Stilbosporam referentibus, ccterum subrotundis aterrimis, minutis. Depazeae. •1810. 665. S. D. huxicula, F. 3, Bethl. in fol. Buxi. •1811. 666. S. D. P^yro/ae, F. 4, vulgaris ibid, in Pyrola. *1812. 667. S. D. Kalmicola, L. V. S., vulgaris, Bethl. S. maculis candidis orbicul.atis, margine intumescente cinctis, et folia circumcirca nigricantibus. Pe- ritheciis convexis .atris concentricis innatis. •1813. 668. S. B.frondicola, F. 8, in folio Sassafr-as, Bethl. *1814. 669. S. D. castanaecola, F. 10, freq. Bethl. 1815. 670. S. D. carpinicola, F. 9, Syn. Car. 287, Sal. et Bethl. •1816. 671. S. D. cornkola, F. 11, in C. florida, BetlU. 1817. 672. S. D. Dianihi, F. 15, Syn. Car. 222, et. Bethl. freq. •1818. 673. S. U. cruenta, F. 17, freq. Bethl. in Polygonato. •1819. 674. S. D. rihicola, F. 14, in foliis R. nigri, Bethl. •1820. 675. S. D. ^esoi/ice/a, F. 12, in foliis AescuU ibid. •1821. 676. S. D. stemmatea, F. 2, in foliis Ilicis opacae horti Bartrami, Philadelphia. •1822. 677. S. D. TOLiriFEnAE, L. v. S., in dejectis foliis semiviridibus, Liriod. Bethl. S. macidis latis, nlgro-fuscis, indetermlnatis; peritheciis hypopliyllis tuberculaeformibus fusco-nigris sparsis. •1823. 678. S. D. DnromiLA, L. v. S. in foliis querneis, Nazareth. S. macula m.agna, orbiculatim effigurata, in ambitu cinerea. Peritheciis innatis sparsis globoso-eleva- tis, centro impresso. '1824. 679. S. D. Catalpicola, L. v. S., in pagina superior! dejcctomm foliorum Catalpae. S. maculis buU.atis, griseis, fusco-limitatis. PcriLheciis innatis minutissimis, punctiformibus, nigfris, densim sparsis. '1825. 680. S. D. Smiiacicola, L. v. S., in foliis Smilacis rotundifoliae Bethl. S. macula subquadrata impressa, rufofusca aut nigra. Peritheciis subconicis, nigris sparsis, innatis in ambitu. NORTH AMERICAN FUNGI. 227 SuBORDo II. DICIIAENI. Obserratio. In hoc et in quarto suborcUni Sphaeriaceanim ultimum in quoque g-enus, ut ad novam Friesii dispositionem Sphaeriarum pcrtlnens, ncmpe genus Gihhcra in hoc, genus Ascopora in quarto subordine, jam in nostrogenere Sj)hutria subsumptum, hie praetermissum. Terlius subordo autem " iStri- a:uliiwrum" omnino tropicus, et nulla species apud nos occurrit, plures autem ex Surinamo niilii com- municatae sunt. Genus 56. Dichaexa. Fries. Sys. Veg. p. lOS. •1826. 1. B. macularis, (Opegrapha macularis Auctorum) frequens in ramis vivis arborum Salem et Pennsylv. 182". 2. D. SMiLAciifA, L. V. S., Syn. Car. Xylom. F. p. 270, Rhytism. Frequens Salem et Bethl. in ramis emoriendis et emorttus Smilacis rotundifolii. Vis difFert a Rhytismate citato — et certlsslme melius hue. •1828. 3. D. cAEspiTosA, L. v. S., in cortice fagineo ex Nova Anglia misit Torrey. D. Peritheciis erumpentibus per velum innatum caespitosim aut plerumque quaternatim, rotundato- subcompressis, fuligineo-nigresccntibus, demum pulvcrulento-f;iciscentibus, apice interdum irregu- lariter porrecto, aut rima abbreviata dehiscentibus. Epidermide subcinerascente cincta, perithe- ciis elevatis aggregationc quadam in plagas majores nigras. Genus 57. Ostropa. Fries. Sys. Veg. p. 109. *1829. 1. O. spHAEnioiDEs, L. v. S., in frustulo ligni sicci Nova Anglia misit Torrey. O. Peritheciis sparsis aut aggregatis scd non confluentibus, majusculis, eUiptice rotundatis, cum ligno adscendentibus, subcompressis, atris, subrugosis, rima centraU abbreviata transversim apertis — fere orificio Sphaeriae Pertusae simili. •1830. 2. O. nuGULOsA, L. v. S., in trunco jaccntl ingentl Juglandls cinereae teiTac incumbenti, locis cariosis cortice denudatis et hinc albesccntibus, Eric County, Pennsylvania, prope Conneaut Creek. O. cohortes peritheciorum longe effusae, numerosae ct longitudinaliter confluentes. Peritheciis sin- gulis vix distinctis, carbonaceis, extus aterrimis, intus fuscescentibus, striato-rimosis, innatis ligno cinerascente in tuberculum clevato, demum subdehiscentibus. Superficie applanata sunt perithecia et plerumque rugulosa. •1831. 3. O. HTSTKRioiDEs, L. V. S., rara in lignis quercinis vetustate albesccntibus, BetM. O. peritheciis saepe longitudinaliter confluentibus, forma navicularlbus, striatis, nigris, passim etiam deformibus. Rima transversali, labiis obtusiusculis. Libera insidet ligno, sed evidenter prorupta ex libro carioso; versus basin manifestim contracta, ita ut interdum substipitata evadit more Lophii Ascis diffluentibus. •1832. 4. O. cisEBAScEss, L. v. S., in ligno denudato Liriodendri Bethl. tenuissime cinerascente sed vix crusta induta. O. peritheciis sparsis, frequentibus, minutis, tuberculatim elevatis cum ligno, nigrofuscis, longitudi- naliter rima notatls aut fissis, ceterum ellipticis, innatis. primum velo tectis. liima ostiolosa sub- elevata. Subordo III. STRIGULINI. Deest. 228 SYNOPSIS OF SuBOKDoIV. DOTHIDINI. Genus 5S. Vermiculakii^. Fries. Syst. Veget. p. 111. Exosporium, Link. Spec. Plant, torn, vi., p. ii., pagina 120. Mihl videtur melius huc> quam inter Gymnomycetes Linki'i locandum genus. Setaequibiis semper gaudet, pro Sporidia habet Link., vix jui-e. Sporidiorum .ab indole omnino abliorrent, nee uUibi invenio sporidia tam constanter .affixa, eqmdem saepissime provenientia ante evolutionem fungi ipsius (Sporido- chii, Link.). Difficillime quldem ob mlniitiam ascis in perithecio observantur — tamen in plurimis spe- ciebus mihi contigit eos distinguere. Tum, ut habet Friesius, annulati et vermlcul.ati sunt. An duae primae species ad hoc genus pertineant, an genus proprium — nomine Exosporium designandum et loco Linkii inter Gymnomycetes locandum efficient — adhuc incertus sum. Tamen mihi probabile videtur, de numero specicrum, tim a me aucto, forsan disputandum. Sed accuratiori observatori differentia satis memorabilis videbitur in plurimis — loco natural! obseiT-atis. Sialioaliter placeat, nil objiciendum liabeo, nisi quod persuasus sum species optimas vi.x posse stabiliri, sine ampliori descriptione formarum varian- tium in natura obviarum. •1833. 1. v. Tiliae, Link. p. 121, no. 1, an Exosporium Gymnomycetum in ligno Pini Bethlehem var. insignis. 1834. 2. V. clai'uli irera, Link. n. 2, Syn. Car. Conoplea, in truncis salicinis non infreq. Carol. An etiam ad genus propositum Exosporium. *183S. 3. V. hypodermia. Link. n. 3, in caule Umbellat. Bethl, ■1836. 4. V. hispidula, Lk. 4, rara Bethl. in foliis gvamineis. 1837. 5. v. Dcmatium, Lk. 5, Syn. Car. Sph. dematium vulgatissima. •1838. 6. y.miniila, Lk. 6, F. Sph. dematium /3 460, in albumine caulium Bethlehem minutissima species. •1839. 7. V. trichella, Lk. 7, F. Sph. 203, in foliis Polygonati, Bethl. •1840. 8. V. dilricham, Lk. 8, F. Sph. 49, in foliis querneis, Bethl. *1841. 9. V. maculans, Lk. 10, praesertim in petiolis Araliae spinosae et in caulibus. Betid. '1842. 10. V. TUEcicoLA, L. V. S., rarissima species Salem inventa in thecis exsoletis Dicr.ani scopariae. V. peritheciis minutis diffbrmibus, interdum longitudinaliter confluentibus, subnitentibus, innatis, aterrimis. Setis longiusculis aterrimis, dcmum densis, sed longitudine inaequali, longioribus diver- gentibus Peritheciis apice concaviusculis. Minor V. hispidulae cui affinis. *1843. 11. V. suBr.TFiGuniT.i, L. v. S., frequens in variis caulibus Bethl., mire varians. v. primum tecta sub tonera epidermide et more Sphaeriarum cum ea assurgens; perithecium majus- culum, quanquam punctiforme, sparsum. Demum denudata, multo major evadit. Peritheciis quodammodo in pLigls effignr.itis, colore aterrimo insignibus collectls, subeleratis, apice applanatis, numerosis, interdum late confluentibus. Setis inaequ.alibus, .aterrimis, acquantlbus altitudine peri- thecium, rectis, praesertim in apice conspicuis. Plagae occurrunt biunciales, semiunciam l.atae, distinctae in ambitu fdis basilaribusdothidinis radi.intibus. :c scapincola frequens in scapis Yucc.ae fdamentosae hinc quasi reticulars. Fere semper simplex et sphacriomorpha. 0 dianlhicola yu]gAt\sii\nn \n caulibus Uianthi chinensis et aliorum, distincta colore aterrimo et mag- nitudine insigni peritheciorum. y Hctianthi versus r.adicem in caulibus maximis Helianthi annul — varietat. gigantea. '1844. 12. V. LinACEonuM, L. v. S., frequens Bethleliem in caidibus Ilemeroc.allis, Allii et aliorum Liliaceorum. V. peritlieciis plerumque sparsis, primum tectis, innatis, atrosplendentibus, subrotvmdis aut ellipticis rarius conrtuentibus. Centre elevato, coronato setis long-is, filiformibus undiquc divergentibus. Ceterum perithecium nudum. Fibrillis basilaribus radiantibus in caule more Dothidearum ut in priori. His interdum fuscescentibus. •1845. 13. V. Ipojiaeahum, L. v. S., frequens in caulibus I. coccineae, purpureae, kc. Bethl. V. peritheciis sparsis, globosis, majusculis, nigris, absque nitore, ex epidermide erumpentibus, demum NORTH AMERICAN FUNGI. 229 disco tnincato. Setis in apice truncate, densis, subcinerascentibus, altitudinem perithecii aequan- tibus, *1846. 14. v. ACUMijfATA, L. V. S., in folils aut scapls Iridis virgiiiicae Betl\lehcm freq. v. perltheciis sparsis, epidermide tectis, utrinque acumlnatis, ellipticis, centre elevato, nigronitentibus. Setis paucis longis, subrectis, in apice sitis, inaequalibus nigris. Rarius confluunt. •1847. 15. V. PoiTGosATi, L. V. S., passim in corriiptissimis caulibus Polygonati, Uetlil. V. peritheciis e globoso-conicis, manifestim truncatis, nig^'is, vis nitentibus, sparsis, innatis, demum sub- liberia. Setis in truncatura sparsis, ercctis, rigidis, filiformibus. *1848. 16. V. PoLTGosi viHGiNici, L. V. S., rarius obvia in caulibus Polygoni virg-inici, Bctlil. sed ubi adest copiosissima. V. peritlieciis sparsis, innatis, nigrosplendentibus vis confluentlbus, utrinque arete acuminatis, centre ex basi latiusculo, valde elevato-conico. Setis brevibus in apice collectis. *1849. 17. V. ANGusTATA, L. V. S., in tenerrimisramulis Catalpae frigore emortuis, Hctbl. V. peritlieciis aggregatis in maculas nigras, angustato-elongatis, confluentibus, epidermide omnino tectis. Setis solummedo per rimulas cpidermidis prorumpentibus, longiusculis nigris rectis, demum divergentibus. *1850. 18. V. EFFUSA, L. V. S., rarius ,ad stipltes corruptissimos Ruborum Bctiil. v. peritheciis primum omnino tectis, sparsis, globoso-applanatis; demum confluentibus, epidermide orbatis, nigris, et in m.aculas late effusis. Setis longis divergentibus, non valde nigris, confusls in macula, i. e. undique provenientibus. •1851. 19. V. SiLPHir, L. v. S., frequens in caulibus Silphii culti in horto Nazareth. V. peritheciis oblongis, subrotundisve, obtusis, valde applanatis; confluentibus, aggrcgatis in macula expallente, nigris, tectis. Setis frequentibus, brevibus, atris, prorumpentibus ex epidermide. . *1S52. 20. V. Balsamitae, L. v. S., rarius in caulibus I. Balsaraitae, Betlil. maculas formans. V. peritheciis innatis rotundatis, parum elevatis, truncato-.applanatis, aterrimis; interdum difl^ormibus. Setis breviusculis concoloribus, plerumque sitis quasi in margine truncaturae nee .alibi. •1853. 21. V. PETioLonuM, L. v. S., frequens in dejectis petiolis Aesculorum et Catalpae, Bcthl. V. peritheciis sparsis, tectis, aterrimis, parum elev.atis, difTormibus aut globoso-conicis, frequentissimis, interdum elongatis, angustatis. Setis lengissimis divergentibus. •1854. 22. V. puNCTANs, L. v. S., rarius in foliis Andropogi avenacei, Bethl. V. peritheciis sp.arsis, innatis, nunquam confluentibus; in pagina superiori folii pezizoideis; setis in inferiori pagina conspicuis, brevibus, sparsis, atris, densis, in perithecio punctiformi, rotundo-appla- nato aut orbiculato. •1855. 23. V. BEscDATA, L. V. S., in culmis et foliis Poarum, &c. Bethl. V. peritheciis sparsis, atris, maximis pro ratiene culmi teneri, punctiformibus, rotundatis, innatis sed demum erumpentibus, satis elev.atis, subtruncatis rugosis. Setis brevibus, deciduis (quod singulare). Tum sphaeriam refert. •1856. 24. V. EPIPSTLLA, L. V. S , rarius in aversa pagina foliorum putridorum, Betid. v. peritheciis basi innatis, aut substantia folii immersis, demum erumpentibus, sparsis, juvenilibus subcenicis, provectiori aetate, rotundato-applanatis, minutis, aterrimis. Setis subrigidis aut flac- cidis concoloribus creberrime in tote perithecii sitis. Crusta quadam albescente ex folio orta cir- cumdata. •1857. 25. V. Gehahdiae, L. t. S., in exsoletis stipitibus Gerardiae quercifoliae, Bethl. V. aterriraa, irregularis. Peritheciis primum globoso-diffbrmibus, parum elevatis, demum longitudi- naliter efiusis. Setis inaequalibus undique divergentibus, interdum longissimis, rigidis; pulvere quasi adspersis. •1858. 26. V. albomacclata, L. v. S., affinis Sphaeriae Depazeae ribicolae in variis foliis dejectis v. c. Llriodendri, Populi, &c. Bethl. V. macuUs epiphyllis lacteis, latis (v. c. in foliis Liriodendri ubi margine fusco cinctae sunt maculae) aut minoribus (in foliis Populi) suborbiculatis, quibus insident pcrithecia, sparsa, conico-globosa aterrima, setis tecta longiusculis; ceterum minutissima oculo nude vix distinguenda, subinnata. •1859. 27. V. Staphileae, L. v. S., gregatim in epidermide tenerorum ramorum Staphyleae. V. peritheciis quasi applanatis subpezizoideis ex epidermide subcorrug,ata prorumpentibus. Setis aterrimis flexuosis longis. Perithecia acervata sunt quasi subefliguratira. •I860. 28. V. Arctii, L. v. S., rarius in cauUbusArctii Lappae, Bethl. Vol. IV.— 3 H 230 SYNOPSIS OF V. sparsa ac aggregata, epidermide innata. Peritheciis polymorphis atris, semper applanatis. Setis deiisissime longis, immixtis brevibus, undique divergentibus. "1861. 29. V. FiLicis'A, L. V. S., ad caudices Osmundae et Onocleae exoletas, Bethl. V. peritheciis aggregatis frequenter in macula rubescenti aut expallenti, applanatis, ovalibus, tectis, nigris, prorumpentibus centro elevato. Setis brevibus aut longiusculis, fusco-nigris, subsparsis in apice applanato. Saepissime inveniuntur perithecia setis omnino orbata. '1862. 30. V. Intolcchi, L. v. S., passim in interiori Involucri Aesculi cultae, Bethl. V- distinctior ceteris. Minima, atra, plerumque globosa et valde elevata, basi constricta. Peritheciis undique obsitis setis, breviusculis in ambltu, confluentibus, innatis interiori epidermidi. Kefert Sphaeriam viUosam, sed Ascis Vermiculariae et intus quasi similaris. *IS63. 31. V. OVATA, L. V. S., in caulibus plantarum ignotarum Horti, Nazareth. V. peritheciis aggregatis, aterrimis, primum erumpentibus, demum superficialibus, majusculis, ovatis, applanato-truncatis. Setis filifbrmibus crebris divergentibus — et in disco subpczizoidco truncaturae frequentibus. Refert primo obtutu pezizulam nigram. '1864. 32. v. scAKDENTiuM, L. V. S., in caulibus scandentibus v. c. Galii aparinis, Bethl. v. peritheciis minutissimis atronitidls prorumpentibus plerumque longitudinaliter compressis, tamen utrinque attenuatis aut acuminatls, juniori actate nudis, in ambitu saepe fuscescentibus. Demum setis parcis flUformibus divergentibus in cacumine tanturn sitis coronata. *1865. 33. V. TncscATi, L. v. S., in caulibus, sarmentls ac leguralnibus Phaseolorum horti frequens Bethl. A', peritheciis lineara vix excedentibus, nigris (in leguminibus majoribus), adnatis, confertis, hemis- phaericis, horizontaliter truncatis in majoribus; in minoribus irregulariter conico-truncatis, rugulosis. Setis filiformibus praescrtim truncaturam occupantibus, divergentibus, longioribus, brevioribus im- mixtis. Saepe setae caducae sunt, ita ut perithecium orbatur. Genus 59. Dothidea. Trib. 1. Desodatae. 1865. 1. D. Zeae, L. v. S., Syn. Car. n. 234, Sphaeria, frequens in Carolina nee in Pennsylvania obvia circum nodos caulis Zeae. Omnino hujus loci. Caule distinguenda a Cladosporio herbaceo indurate frequenter occurrens iisdem locis. •1867. 2. D. moriformls, F. S. M. p. 549, n. 1, rara in ramulis Mori albae, Bethh *1868. 3. D. Encoeihim, L. v. S., passim obvia in junioribus ramls Gleditsiae Bethl. libro corticali insidens, sed per epidermidem prorumpens, revoluto-fissam. Refert Pezizam Encoelium. D. Peritlieciis caespitoslm confluentibus in caespitulum subrotundum, ex epidermide erumpentibus. Caespitem sphaeriarum, centro quasi undulatim depresso, sed nulhmodo aperto, refert — extus peri- theciis granulatis et furfure fuligineo-fusco, subdetergibili densim tectis, parietibus internis corneis nigro nitentibus. Massa ascigera subcellulosa ceracea, lutcscente, primum jiellucida, demum sub- pulverulento-fatiscente, intus repleta. Diameter caespitis lineam excedit, et multae sparsac sunt per epidermidem. Trib. 2. EnuMPESTEs. *1869. 4. D. atra, F. p. 550, n. 4, rai-issima sed una vice in cortice Hiblsci rosae sinensis Easton magna copia. 1870. 5. D. ribesia, F. 5, Syn. Car. 22, Sphaeria; vulgaris et Pennsylv. 1871. 6. D. Sambuci, F. 6, Syn. Car. 23, Sph. vulgatissima et Pennsylv. •1872. 7. D. Mezerei, F. 7, in trunco eniortuo Daphnidis, Bethl. 1873. 8. T>. sphaeruidts, F. 11, Syn. Cat. Sckrotium, 319, frequens Salem et Bethl. in ramis Popuh itallcac. •1874. 9. D. nADicALis, L. v. S., in defossis r.adicibus arborum Bethl. affinis prioii. D. trumpcns, simplex sed fasciculatim proveniens, epidermide cincta. Peritheciis subrotundis et difVorniibus atris punctato-rugosissimis, apice plicato depressis. Intus albo-farctis, cellula unica conspicua. Demum, ut videtur, perithecia subaperta, massam albidam subgrumoso-cerace.am ostendunt intemam. Diametro lineari. NORTH AMERICAN FUNGI. 231 *1875. 10. D. cApnEOLATAE, L. V. S., crumpens ex corruptis ramulis ISignoniue capreolatae, Salem. D. atra, erumpens, subrotunJa aut difFormis, epitlcrmide stcllatim cincta, saepe confluens. Super- ficie externa primum mai-ginata depressa, demum granulata rugosa. Intiis e fuligineo-nigra, cel- ' lulls periphaericis minutis albo-farctis. Substantia moUiuscula major D. Uibesiae affini. •1876. 11. D. UoniN-iAE, L. v. S., in juuioribus r.amis Robiniae, Bethl. non rara. D. erumpens caespitulis minutis subrotundis convexis, undulatim confluentibus, aterrimis. E sphae- rulis 3 — 4 majusculis, rugulosis, globoso-depressis, passim siibostiolatis constare videtur caespitulus. Intus concolor, cellulis minimis albo-farctis. Multo minor priori. •187". 12. D. RuuisA, L. V. S., frequens in puti-idis ramis junioribus lihois radicantis Salem et Bethl. D. minuta, erumpens ex epidermide fissa, valde cum fungo elevata; primum punctiformis, demum caespitulum elongatum, saepe confluentem, atrum, rugoso-punctatum efficiens. Intus concolor. •1878. 13. D. ViBcnNi dkntati, L. v. S,, rara obvia in ramis V. dentati Bethl. distinctisslma. D. minuta, erumpens, nigra, rugosa; saeplssime aggregata in caespitulis ov.atis, epidermide arctim cinctis et longitudinaliter conjunctis, vix tamen confluentibus: interdum simplex Spbaeriam difior- mcm globoso-turbinatani, brevl pseudo ostiolo praeditam mentiens. Intus farcta massa alboceracea cellulosa. Trib.3et4. Xtloma. * Poly stigma . 1879. 14. D. lyphina, F. 13, Syn. Car. Sphaeria, 65, et in Pennsylvania plcrumque in Muhlenbergia erecta. 1880. 15. D. ™ira, F. 14, Syn. Car. pag. 28 in Nota. Etiam in Pennsylv. semper sterilis obvia. 1881. 16. D. onmcuiATA, L. v. S., Syn. Car. Xylonui, 21, F. 16, in Diospyro — vix Pennsylv. 1882- 17. D. Vlini, F. 18, foliis ulmeis ex New York, Halsey. 1883. IS. D. Rhoia, L. v. S., Syn. Car. 274, Xyl. F. 19, Salem et Bethleliem in foliis R. glabri et co- pallini. •1884. 19. D. Br.MF.LiAE, L. v. S., in foliis Bumeliae oblonglfoliae acceptis a celeberrimo Nuttall ex regione Arkansa. Affinis D. rubrae. D. epiphylla in foliis vegetis, orbiculata, magna, ov.ata et subdeformata, in utraque pagina conspicua, in superiori eieganter lateritio. rubra subnitens et vernicosa, cellulis paucis sparsis, subelevatis, minutlm pseudo ostlolatis. In pagina inferiori lateritio-pallida, absque nitore, cellulis orblculatim protrusis. Semiunciam longitudine et latitudine interdum excedens. ** Stlgmeae. 1885. 20. D. llEtiorsiDis, L. v. S., Syn. Car. Sphaeria, 69, F. 23, species distinctisslma, Bethlehemis abundantior in caullbus Helianthi divaricati et multlflori; etiam in foliis. Varletatem inslgnem majo- rem, caulem non ambientem sed ex caule prorumpentem, peritheclis rugosls, ex Nova Anglla misit CI. Torrey in caule Asteris. •1886. 21. D. MissouniENsis, L. v. S., vulgatisslma in nucibus vetustis venditioni cxpositis in foro sub nomine " Pecan Nuts" (Juglandis olivaeformis) ex New Orleans — nempe in nucibus ipsis. D. effbrmans maculas effiguratas, e fusco nigronitentes plerumque longitudinaliter productas, interdum tamen latius effusas, confluentes, praesertim in cacumine nucis. Constant ex innumeris ininutissi- mis tuberculis, densissime aggregatis, compresso-difformibus, vix inter se confluentibus, pulverem pyrium forma revocantibus, sed multoties minores. Internam structuram, ob minutiem videre mihi non contigit. Valde distinctus fungus, oculos alllciens. 1887. 22. D. astehomorpha, L. v. S., Sj-n. Car. Sph. 289, F. 25, solummodo in Carolina mihi obvia. 1888. 23. D. GRAMMA, L. v. S., Syn. Car. Sph. 233, in Stylosanthe, Salem. 1889. 24. D. Brachtstemonis, L. v. S., Syn. Car. Sph. 73, F. 27, in foliis Pycnanthemi (Brachystem) Salem. 1890. 25. D. EXASPEBAXs, L. v. S., Syn. Car. Sph. 220, et Betlil. •1891. 26. D. stipata, F. 30, in caullbus Angelicae triquln. Betlil. •1892. 27. D. cuLMicoLA, L. v. S , ad culmos et vaginas Andropogi avenaceae, Bethl. D. effusa, laxe aggi'egata in maculas latiores, constans ex tuberculis minutis passim confluentibus etiamque sp.arsis, angulatls, difformibus, atronitentibus, minimis, prorumpentibus, intus concoloribus. 232 SYNOPSIS OF •1893. 28. D. EFPnsA,L. v. S., in epidermide secedente caulium Helianthi annul, Bethl. D. longe lateque effusa in maculis determinatis nigris, constantibus es innumcris minutis peritheciis, elevatis, difformibus nigi-is, ag-gregatis, epldermidi innatis confluentibus; sed in ambitu quasi sim- plicia et in subiculo flbrillosa sita sese ostendunt, transitum ad sequentem familiam efficlentia. •1894. 29. D. Glyci^czos, L. v. S., secundum descriptionem affinis D. geograpliicae; e'.eg-antissima, frequens in foliis subvigentibus Glycineos monoicae Bethl. D. in utraque pagina, sed evolutlor in aversa efficit maculas nigras effiguratas, rotundas, e longinquo gi'isecentes, semiunciales. Lente perscrutata ex innumeris pentlieciis aten'imis ex epidermide folii prorumpentibus constat, arete sequentibus venas folii, reticulatim confluentibus in lineolis inter- rupts, aemulantibus mappam geographicam, rugosis, astomis, oblongo djftormibus, intus albofarctis. *1895. 30. D. rniGORis, L. v. S., in junioribus ramulis Viburni frigore enecatls, Uethl. D. latissime effusa in junioribus glabris ramis, quasi crusta nigra investiens. Lentc admota perithecia multa minut.-!. nigra, subtecta, subelevata, punctiformia, apice subumbilicata dlstinguenda sunt, intus albo-farcta ct connesa crusta quadam nigra glabrescente. *1896. 31. D. FRUCTiGEyA, L. v. S., in pomis putridissimis in campo dejectis prope Camden. D. in maculis ^ — I uncialibus subcrustaceis, in corrugata epijcrmtdi pomoruni putridorum, .aggrega- tae sunt cellulac aut perithecia majuscula, atra, difformia, rugosa, subcornea, primum nioUiuscula nee tamen tremelloidea, magnitudine dimidiae seminis papaveris, inter se confluentia, interdum apice dehiscentia poro aut rima quadam, et totam crustam occupantia. Fungum memorabilem tan- tummodo loco citato nee alibi observavi in pomis. '1897. 32. D. cuALYBEA, L. V. S., frequens obvia in ligno denudato caesarum Kulmiarum subexsiccato Bethl. Etiam passim sub corticc junior. D. efformans maculam elcgantem, primum orbicularem aut effiguratam, semiunciali diametro, colore chalybeo. Demum confluunt maculae et ad 4 — 6 unci.as extensae sunt. Macula videtur demum ex fibrillulls crassiusculis indistinctis constare, margine aut ambitu subdivergentibus. Cellulis frequen- tibus proniinulis, minutis, difformibus nigris, sp.arsis et interdum confluentibus. •1898. 33. D. DENiouAss, L. V. S., cum priori, sed plerumque in ligno Kalmiae antlquiorl Bethlehem obvia. D. longe lateque effusa praesertlm longltudinaliter, determinatlm effigurata, confluens, exhibens crustam tenuem nigrescentem, cellulis elevatis obsltum, nigris, inordinatis, subrotundo-difformibus, applanatis, intus farctis massa fuscescenti, sul)ccracea. In ambitu crusta subplicata, rugosa. Oc- currunt pustvilae cellulares majores (lineam long.ae) quasi pezizulam applanatam nigram, disco aperto subfatiscente, mentientes. **' Msleroma. '1899. 34. D. Litjni Bohboniae, L. v. S., in fohisLauri Borboniae ex Georgia missa ab Leconteamico. D. macula ininuta orbiculari, in ambitu manifestius sed etiam omnino ex fibrillulis radiantibus, conflata, ateiTima, laxius imposiLa pagina superiori folii. Cellulis majusculis centralibus concoloribus, pezi- zoideis, concavis impositls fibrillulis- '1900. 35. D. vemicosa, F. n 32, rara S.alem et Bethl. caulibus. •1901. 35. D. PENiciiLATA, L. v. S., non infrequens in Scapis AUiorura, &c. Bethl. D. macula effusa, atronitens e fibrillulis tencrrimis vix distinctis, quasi peniciUatim sub epidermide, praesertim longltudinaliter expansis; subindc fuscescentlbus. Cellulis subtectis majusculis, sub- conice elevatis nitentibus. Interdum occurrunt majores slmplices extra maculam. 1902. 37. D. Himaniia, F. 33, Syn. Car. Sph. 216, et Pennsylv. vulgaris. •1903. 38. D. J-egina aversa, Bethl. K. minutissima, punctiformis, sparsa, aten-ima, demum fere omnino aperta, disco candido. NORTH AMERICAN FUNGI. 247 •3126. 10. E. uLMieoLA, L. v. S., i-arior in t'oliis dojcctis Ulmi fulvae, Bethl. E. in pag-ina supeviorl efiicit maculas iiidctcrminatas late expansas, in ambitii subeffiguratas, cineras- centcs, fusco-marginatus, marg-ine fusco lato. His copiose immersa sunt pcrithecia, excipuloidea, punctiformia, nigra, centro depresso et quasi cinorascente. An Sphaeria Uepazea' '2127. 11. E. NiTiDULA, L. V. S., in ligno Liriodendri tulipii'crac aetate cinerascenti dcnud.ato, Uetlil. E. sparsa, minuta, superficialis. Cupulls aut peritlieciis subglobosis, nigris, glabriusculis, extus nitidu- lis. Disco concavo exalbido non turgido. Ordo III. CYTISPOREI. Genus 72. Zythia. Fries. Sys. Veg. p. 118. 2128. 1. Z. suiu/o/ff, F. (Sphaeronema 1), Syn. Car. Sphaeria, 232, in fungis agaricoideis et Bethl. passim. •2129. 2. Z. rufa, F. (Sphaeronema 2), elegantissima in ligno Lauri aestivalis emortuo dm-o, liethl. *2130. 3. Z. cojiPKEsSA, L. v. S., in Polyporo frondoso rara sed optime distincta a Z. subulata cui affinis, liethl. Z. sparsa et gregaria. Peritheciis parabolice-conicis subcompressis, spadiceis, subdiaphanis. Globulo sperniatico candido, demum peniclUatim tecto ascis evolutis. Magnitudine Z. subulatae. Genus 73. Sphaeronema. •2131. 1. S. aciculare, F. n. 3, Salem et Bethl. rarum. 2132. 2. S. acrospermum, F. 4, Syn. Car. 228, nondum in Pennsylv. •2133. 3. S. ventricosum, F. 5, in cortice Castaneo liethl. et Salem. •213-1. 4. S. cladoniscus , F. 6, in Rhododendro, Bethl. •2135. 5. S. affine, F. 7 b, vix mera varietas proximi, Bethl. 2136. 6. S. cylindricum, F. 7 a, Syn. Car. 229, in ramulis et Bethl. •2137. 7. S. paruboliciim, F. 8, in libro corticis Castan. Bethl. 2138. 8. S. conicum, F. 9, Syn. Car. 231, nondum Pennsylv. •2139. 9. S. pyriforme, F. 10, sub cortice Pyri, Bethl. in libro. 2140. 10. S. hemisphaerkum, F. 13, Syn. Car. 230, et. Bethl. •2141. 11. S. RaoBODEXDiii, L. v. S., in ligno deorbato Rhododendri, Bethl. S. peritheciis sparsis, coinplanatls, subinnatis, ovatis striatis, nigris. Globulo albo deciduo, turn quasi perforata apparent perithccia, ceterum minuta. •2142. 12. S. Catalpae, L. v. S., in aversa pagina decedentis Corticis Catalpae ex libro pullulans, Bethl. S. peritheciis subcylindricis, gracilibus, basi bulboso-incrassato, nigris. Globulo spermatico deciduo albo, relinquente foveolum excavatum album in ore perithecii. *2143. 13. S. CAutiNcoiA, L. v. S. S. peritheciis aggregatis, subdiffbrmibus aut Sphaeriaemorphis, nigris, rugosis, subcompressis — corona- tis globulo nigro. Intus albofarctis. Prorumpens ex cauUbus vetustis ignotis, Bethl. Genus 74. Cytispora. 2144. 1. C chrysosperma, F. p. 542, n. 4, Syn. Car. 291, Naemasp. frequens in Betulis variis, .Salem et Bethl. •2145. 2. C. carphosperma, F. 6, ad corticem Mali, Bethl. •2146. 3. C. xanthosperma, F. 5, in ramis salicinis, Betlil. •2147. 4. C.fugax, F. 9, in salicinis ramis, ibid. 248 SYNOPSIS OF '2148. 5. C. hyalosperma, F. 15, ramis Carolinae passim. *2149. 6. C. carhonacea, F. 10, in ramis ulmeis, Uethl. •2150. 7. C. mdasperma, F. 12, Salem et Bethl. in Betula. •2151. 8. C. betuiina, F. 13, etiam Salem et liethl. •2152. 9. C. guttifera, F. 16, ramulis ig-notis, Bethl. "2153. 10. C. glohlfera, F. 17, elegans in Spiraeae opulifol. ibid. *2154. 11. C. rkuina, F. 18, frequens in emortuis ramis variorum Rhoidum, Bethl. •2155. l:. C. Rosae, Greville Scot. Crypt, frequens in ramis Rosae corymbosae, Hope, New Jersey. •2156. 13. C. Persicae, L. v. S., frequentissima in junioribus ramuUs Persicarum Salem et Bethl. C. tuberculo tecto, demum prorumpente, orbiculari, minuto, sparse, nigro. Ore albescente, cirrhulo deciduo, albido. Intus celluloso-grumosa albescens. '2157. 14. C. RoBiNiAK, L. V. S., vix C. coccinea F., nam cirrhulus omnino aliter coloratus. Non rara in ramulis Robiniae. C. tuberculis majusculis, fusco-badiis, quadrato-elevatis ex epidermide prorumpentibus stellatim fisso; multis ag-gregatis cingentibus ramulos, apice subostiolato irrcgulariter depresso. Intus nigrescit. Cirrhis pallidis. •2158. 15. C. Ceanotiii, L. v. S., frequens in virgultis emortuis Ceanothi, Bethl. C. conceptaculo nullo. Cellulis fuligineis circinantibus in massa corticali, formante tuberculum ovatum, subelevatum sub epidermide. Disco in centre inaequabili, cirrho sordide albo deciduo. Gelatina in cellulis cornea indurata. Minutissima, vix semilineari diametro sed frequentissime pro- rumpens ex corticis rimis. •2159. 16. C. DiFFOKMis, L. V. S., in maximis ramis querclnis ad ignem destinatis, Bethl. C. magna; cellulis in conceptaculo indistincto incusis, tarn irregular! et saepe obliterato ut cellulae lute.ae gyrosae, materie nigra indurata repletae, quasi in corticali substantia nidulare videntur, tamen nigro-circumscriptae. Ostlolis confusis crassis, emittentibus cirrhos rudes, majores incarnato rubescentes, demum corneos, demum omnino tectos pulvere albo-filamentoso. Prorumpit ex rimis corticis et facile maxima species generis. *2160. 17. C. auEHCiNA, L. v. S., afBnis C. chrysospermae in lignis ad ignem pr.ieparatis, Bethl. C. cellulis in conceptaculo incusis conico-irregulari nee tam efformato quam in C. chrysosperma. Osti- oUs pluribus difformibus crassis. Cirrhis lutescentibus mediocris ex ostioUs. •2161. 18. C. RuBi, L. V. S., in junioribus ramis R. Idaei hortorum frigore enecati, Bethl. C. tuberculis in macula aggregatis longe lateque effusa lactea, immersis, nigris, regulariter ovatis, applanatis, subcellulosis, intus albidis, elevatis in collum centrale, ex quo protruduntur cirrhi crassi difformes, decumbentes ex albo-lutescentes. Fila Dothidinea interdum tuberculum cingunt — an aliena' Genus 75. Ceuthospora. •2162. 1. C.phaeocomes., Sphaeria capillata Greville nee Neesii — F. Syst. Veg. p. 120, Sphaeria p. II. 448. Species distinctissima in culmis secalinis, Bethl. Genus 76. Phoma. "2163. 1. l'.saHcina,F.546,n.l. Rai-a Easton in Salicinis fol. •2164. 2. V.popuU, F. n. 2; frequens in foliis P. moniliformi dejectis, Bethl. 2165. 3. P. puslula, F. n. 4, Syn. Car. Spliaeria, 224, et passim in foliis Juglandinis, Bethl. •2166. 4. P. Caltcantiii, L. v. S., frequens in foliis jam semi-emortuis Calycanthi. P. raultilocularis — subrotunda, plana, confluens, fusca, epidermidi innata, tecta Ostiolis indistinctis sparsis. Rarissime aperta. Satis magna, bilinearis. Folia maculat. •2167. 5. P. TiJupirEHAE, L. v. S., rarius occurrit in foliis Liriodendri pagina inferiori — sed ubi adest, copiosa, Bctlil. NORTH AMERICAN FUNGI. 249 P. pustula applanata, pliu-ibus confluentlbus, nigro-fuscis majusculis, satis elevatis. Ostiolis indistincte formatis. Intus priori affinis. *2168. 6. P. AxDnoMZDAz, L. v. S., rarius in follis dcjectis A. axillaris, Salem. Paginam avcrsam infestat. P. subtecta, entophylla, epidermlde circunicii'ca cinerascente formatur macula indeterminatim ellusa, ill qua peritbecia irregulariter sparsa aut aggreg'ata sunt, difTomiia, nigra, ovatoapplanata, multi- looularia. Epidermide demum rupta, ora pcritheciorum irregularia prominent. Magnitudinc pcri- tlicciorum variante vix unquam lineam et dimidiam excedit. '2169. 7. P. pnuNicoLA, L. v. S., passim sed r.ariur in foliis Pruni virginianae aut scrotlnao dcjectis, Bethl. P. entophylla; epidermide cinerascente formante maculas latas irregvdariter cffusas in folio. Hemum rupta, peritbecia in conspectum veniunt ovata, rotunda aut quadratodifibrmia, nigro-fusca, ore rotundo primvmi pertusa, demum latlus aperta, et forma oris irrcgulari — stromate interno manifesto grumoso-fuscescente. *2170. 8. P. CUL3IIC0LA, L. V. S., exlmia species, in culmis Andropogi scoparii, Bethl. P. sparsa, eleganter erumpens, globosa, aut elliptico-elevata fere semilineamalta, extus atra, rugosa, conve.xa. Ore m.ajusculo, albocincto, aperto; disco pallide flavo excavate; massa interna grumosa. Juniori aetate epidermide tecta. Ordo IV. XYLOMACEI. Genus 77. Schizoxylon. *2irl. 1. S. Fersoonii, F. Syst. Veg. p. 121, in ligno Rhododendi-i denudato, liethl. *2172. 2. S. TCBERCULATUM, L. V. S., in palis ex llgno Roblniae fiictis non rarum Bethl. S. sparsum, in tuberculis ligneis v.alde elevatis, circumcirca cinerascentibus. Ferithecils tuberculis immersis aterrimis, disco rimali demum rotundo aperto. Sporidiis aut ascis majusculis profluentibus. Peritbecia ex tuberculis excussa, linqucntc fovcola inaniain tuberculo. Genus 78. Prosthe.mium. •2173. 1. p. hctulignum, Syst. Veg. p. 121, Myc. Hefte I. Kunzei p. 17- Passim obvlum in ramis betulinis, Bethl. Genus 79. Labrella. Fries. Sys. Veg. p. 121, et Suppl. '2174. 1. L. scripla, F. Leptostrome, 1, p. 59S, in Aceris negund. ramis Nazareth hurt. •2175. 2. L. siTiDA, L. V. S., rara in caulibus Polygonati, Bethl. L. maculatim aggregata ; perlthecils atronilentibus superficlallbus, ovatis, regidarlbus, e plario-con- vexis, rima centrall dehiscentlbus, nee clausis et sterillbus ut solent Leptosti'omata. Genus SO. Actinothyeium. • ' *2176. 1. A. graminis, F. S. JI. 597, ad culmos Caricls, Bethl. '2177. 2. A. Magsoliae, L. v. S., in aversa paglna foliorum Magnollae glaucae, Phllad. A. plerumque peritheciis concentrice sitis, Uimen sparsis punctlformlbus e fusco-nigris, niduUintibus in foveoHs nervorum in paglna aversa, applanato-convexidls, orblculato-scutiformibus. Priori satis affine, sed in ambitu fere integrum nee tarn radiato-fibrosum. •2178. 3- A. cACLiKcoLA, L. V. S., passim occurrit in caulibus, praesertim Eupatoril, Betlil. Vol. IV.— 3 N 250 SYNOPSIS OF A. orbiculatum, satis elevatum, nigro-fuscum, subumbonatum, epldermide tectum, marg'ine radiantl fibrilluloso. Perithecus sparsis sed numerosis, imilto majoribus ceteris speciebus. Genus 81. Leptostroma. •2179. 1. L. caricinum, F. 599, n. 3, in foUis Cariciiin, Betlil. *21S0. 2. L. fiUdnum, F. 5, in stipitibus Filicum, Bethl. *2181. 3. L. vulgure, F. n. 7, in caulibus Amliae, Itubi, 8cc., ibid. 2182. 4. L. AcTAEAE, L. v. S., Syn. Car. Xylom. 264, vulg-atissima in caulibus Cimieifugae ramosae (olim Actaea). Differta L. vulgari, quia semper umbonatum et saepissime stellatim confluens. Atronitet. •2183. 5. L. hyatcrioides, F. 8, in junioribus stipitibus Bignoniae radicantis frigore enecatis, Betlil. 2184. 6. L. sphaerioides, F. n. 8, Syn. Car. Xyl. niiens, 262, etiam Bethl. in Vitis stipitibus. 2185. 7. L. scANDENTiuM, L. V. S., Syn. Car. Xyloma, 263. Vulgaris et distincta praesertim in sar- mentis Glycineos monoicae, &c. etiam Galli aparinis et Bethl. *2186. 8. L. DoNAcis, L. v. S., in culmis viridibus et subviridibus Salem cultis Arundinis Donacis. L. orbicidatum, 1 — 2 lin. diametro, scutiforme ambitu quasi lobatum, olivaceo-nigrum, applanato-ele- vatum, centre subumbonatnm. Annon Actinothyrium ' *2187'. 9. L. rnucTiGF.NA, L. v. S., in ipsa glaberrima epldermide Pomorum, m.aturorum, praesertim vulg-o dictorum Vandeever, Bethl. L. superticie glabra, punctiforme, peritheciis plerumque concentrice aggregatis, centro depresso — supei-ficie subrugulosa — ceterum nigris. *2188. 10. L. RHuiNUM, L. V. S., in petioUs R. glabrae, Bethl. L. puncta minima, undique sparsa, atra, non nitentia per lentem ovata, subrotunda offcrt. Primum tectum demum denudatum, centro coUapsulo, costa rimaeformis subelevata centraU. Majora elliptico-acuminata perithecia minoribus mixta. *2189. 11. L. Hi-pehici, L. v. S., frequens in caulibus Hyperici perforati, Bethl. L. minutum, primum tenerrima epldermide tectum: erumpens, demum, ac denudatum, rotundum aut elliptice acuminatum, e fusco-nigi-um, absque nitore valde elevatum — subsclerotioideum. Interdum lineare et ramosim confluens. *2190. 12. L. AspiDionuM, L. v. S., forma et indole diff'ert ab afiini L. filicino — non rarum in stipitibus variorum Aspidiorum, Bethl. L. minutum, subrotundum, confluens, e fusco-nigrum nitens, parum elevatum impressum, rarissime tractu linear!, sed plerumque effiguratim confluens. Interdum simplex et punctiforme. *2191. 13. L. CEREALE, L. V. S., frequens in culmis adliuc stantibus post messem, Bethl. L. primum sub epldermide tectum, qua dejecta, nudum at innatuin evadit, nigro-nitens, ellipticum, sub- elev.atum utrinque acuminatum, centro late depresso. Massa quadam alba implet inleriorem partem. An sit Sclerotium' Circum perithecia, epidermis tingitur nigro-fusca, efficiens maculas trilineares. *2192. 14. L. MABGisATUM, L. V. S., in culmis cr.assioribus Graminum r.arius, Bethl. L. superficiale, oblongo-ovatum, sed longitudinuliter mire modo qu.^si effiguratum confluens — interdum maculam efticiens scmiuncialem, utrinque rotundatam, atram sed non nitentem. Margine manifes- tini elevato cinctum est perithecium, superticie applanatamiiiutim tuberculosa. Subdetergibile — et ideo non innatum. *2193. 15. L. I'icEOM, L. v. S., rarum sed distinctlssimum, in dejectis stipitibus ignotis, Bethl. L. crusta quasi nigro-picea, tenuiores caules undique circumdans, subcontinua, subindeterminatum ambitu. Huic insident perithecia ovata, oblonga, et diftbrmiter lobata, margine subelev.ato, super- ficie concaviuscula, et rariter in crusta sparsa. Rarius observantur perithecia conformia extra flnes crustae. "2194. 16. L. ZizANiAE, L. v. S., in defossis radicibus Zizaniac — prope Plulad. L. magnum, piccum, nitens, bullatim eflusuni. *2195. 17. L. iNusijAToncM, L. v. S., in culmo caricino magno Philadelphiae in Delaware. L. effiguratim effusum, atrum, confluens, innatum, applan.atum, conflatum ex multis parvis peritheciis. •2196. 18. L. AcEiiiNCM, L. v. S., in junioribus ramis Aceris Pcnnsylvanicae, Mauch Chunk. L. subrotundum, grcgarium, immerso-innatum, ex olivaceo-nigrum, margine atriori ; applanatam, rimoBum. Aftlne h.fructigenac, et L. Donacis. NORTH AMERICAN FUNGI. 251 Genus 82. Sacidium. Syst. Veget. F. p. 122. •2197. 1. S. Chenopodii, F. Syst. et Kunz. Myc. Hefte II. p. 64. •2198. 2. S. VEGETASS, L. V. S., in junioribus virg-altis .Staphyleae, frigore tactis sed iioii omiiiiio cne- catis, Bethl. S. peritheciis orbiculatis et difformibus superiicuilibas nig'ris, aggregatis sed iion confluentihiis in maculas: centra subelevato, pscudostiolato. Superficie scutiformi i-ugosa. •2199. 3. S. BioNONiAE, L. v. S., in ramulis junioribus B. radicantis, frigore cnecatis, Bctbl. S. subepidermide tectum, punctiformc, minutissimum atrum — ostiolo prnrumpente subelevato. Excuss- um, llnquet foveola pallida cava in epidermide. 252 SYNOPSIS OF Classis Tertia. GASTEROMYCETES. Ohdo I. ANGIOGASTRES. Tribus 1. Phalloiuei. Genus S3. Phallus. 2200. 1. P. impua'kus, F. II. p. 280, Syn. Car. 535, in Pcnnsylv. non nisi Erie County, prope Lake Erie obvius mihi, 2201. 2. P. indusiaius, F. 282, n. 1, Syn. Car. 536, non rarus Pennsylv. *2203. 3. P. dupUcatus, F. n. 3, rarus, Betlil. •2204. 4. P. rubicundus, F. n. 6, Salem rarissime et New York. Genus 84. Clathrijs. 2205. 1. C. columnatus, F. p. 288. In Georgia invenit clarissimus Leconte ac mihi Iconem misit. 2206. 2. C. cancdlatua, F. p. 288, ibidem inventus ab eodern ac Icone mihi transmissus. Nota. — Mimm est nee in Carolina septentrionali nee in Pennsylvania unquam Clathrum me invenisse t.im diligenter quaesilum. Videntur Soli magis torrenti solummodo g-audere. Interea observandum est me semel invenisse exuvias Fungi, non eruendl ob statum exsoletum, quae speciem ex hoc Tribu at non Phallum manifestim indicaverunt in regione Nazarethana, Pennsylv. Tribus 2. Tuberacei. Genus 85. Tuber. '2207. 1. T. ciharium, F. II. p. 289, 1. Muhlb. C.at.ilog. nunqUiini ipse inveni — sed eertior factus sum ante sc.xaginta annos in vicinitatc Nazarethorum ab antiquo venatore gcrmano, caneque suo ad hoc olim educate, non rariter inventum esse. Genus 86. Riiizopogon. 2208. 1. R. albua, F. p. 293, n. 1, Syn. Car. 323, nee Pennsylv. 2209. 2. K. virens, F. n. 3, Syn. Car. 324, et. Pennsj-lv. •2210. 3. R. ocs/iVus, F. p. 294, n. J. In monte Pocono, Pennsylv. Tribus 3. Niuulariacei. Genus 87. Nidui.aria. • Cyuth lis. 2211. 1. N. slriahi, F p. 298, S>n. C.ir. 531, frequens Bethl. NORTH AMERICAN FUNGI. 253 2212. 2. N. campanulata, F. n. 2, Syn.Car. 532, et. Bethl. 2213. 3. N. Crucihulum, F. n. 4, Syn. Car. 533, frcquens ct Pcnnsylv. *2214. 4. N. smtellaris, F. n. 5, rarior ad ligna Beth!. •2215. 5. N. sTERcoRZA, L. V. S., passim Ilieme in stercore vaccino insupei- rapes dejccto inventa, Hope, New .lerscy. N. obconica, subsparsa, extus strisfoso-hirsuta, canescens demum demidata bmnnea, marg-ine fimbriato. Intiis glabra nee plicato-slriata, spadicco-castanea subnitens, in fundo nigricans. Sporangiis atris, glabris, majusculis. Dimidio minor N. striatae cui aflinis. •2216. 6. N. MELANospERMA, L. V. S., in pulvere vaporario ad vias emendendas adhibito, Bctld. primo rere. N. caespitibus densis aggregata, magnitudine N. striatae, obconica, limbo patenti, extus valde strigosa, pallida; margine integro. Intus glaberrima, atro-fusca, nitens. Sporangiis maximis, aterrimis, dif- formiter Icnticularibus, glaberrlmis, nitidis. Epiphragmate pallido tcnuiusculo. *2217. 7- N. nrGispEB.iiA, L. v. S., in quisquiliis dejectis rarior, Bethl. N. caespitosa aiit sparsa, obconico-campanulata limbo vix patente; epiphragmate crasso, piano, albido, floccoso-strigoso. Extus strigosa, pallida aut ochracea. Intus cinereo-splcndens, nullimodo pli- cato-striata, sed glabra. Sporangiis magnis atris, Icnticularibus, non nitentibus, sed superficie reticulato-rugosa. Ceterum magnitudine prioris. *2218. 8. N. FAScicnLAnis, L. v. S., ad radices emortuos maximi fruticis Artemisiae Abslnthii in Horto, Bethl. N. fasciculatim crescens in superficie corticis radicalis e basi quadam tomentoso-strigosa, eftusa. Cupulis maxime obovatis, limbo repando, subundulato, reflexo; extus badio-strigosis, basi valde con- tracta, et quasi paralleliter annulatim zonatis; intus glaberrimis nitore argentco ac fuligineo-zonatis. Sporangiis majusculis argenteo-plumbeis. Juniore aetate cupulae sunt exacte obconicae, interdum numerosae in caespite. Epiplu-agmate strigoso concolore; antequam rumpitur globoso-convexo aut cacumine subacuto. •2219. 9. N. jUGLANDicoLA, L. V. S., magna copia prorumpens ex rimis corticis duri Juglandinum, serie longitudinaliter protracta. Affinis et. N. Crucibulo. Bethl. rarior. N. turblnato-campanul.ata, arhiza, basi contracta, limbo repando, saepe confluens. Extus ferru- gineo-lutescens, subtomentosa, tomento basilari tenui in cortice effuso. Intus glabra, candidissima. Sporangiis crebris, candidissimis. Epiphragmate impresso, firmo, ferrugineo. In majoribus speci- minibus cupulae dense fasciculatae. *• Nidulariat. 2220. 10. N. ptTLTiNATA, L. V. S., Syn. Car. 534, F. n. 8, solummodo Salem Carolinae. Genus 88. Arachnion, L. v. S., F. II. p. 303. 2221. 1. A. ALBUM, L. V. S., Syn. Car. 334, p. 33, nondum in Pennsylv. invcntum. Genus 89. Myriococcum. "2222. 1. M. praecox, F. p. 304, rarius Bethl. in tnmcis vetustissimis. Genus 90. Poltaj?gium. "2223. 1. P. vitcllinum, F. p. 305. Frequens in pulvere vaporario, Bethl. vere. Vol. IV.— 3 O 254 SYNOPSIS OF Tribus 4. Carpoboli. Genus 91. Atractobolus. •2224. 1. A, ubiquitarius, F. p. 305, in variis foliis udis — nee tamen valde frequens, Bethl. •2225. 2. A. LUTEscExs, L. v. S., in dejectis foliis betulinis rarius, Bethl. A. cupulis sessilibus, aureo-Iutescentibus, iiitentibus, minutissimis, copiosim sparsis, Umbo tumido; operculo applanato-convexo, umbonato, subcostato, glabro, concolore. Genus 92. Thelebolus. 2226. 1. T. stercoreus, F. p. 307, n. 2, Syn. Car. 303, nondum in Pennsylv. inveni. Genus 93. Pilobolus. 2227. 1. P. crystallinus, F. p. 308, n. 1, Syn. Car. 304, et valde frequens autumno in stercore, Bethl. 2228. 2. P. ronrfijs, F. n. 2, Syn. Car. 305. Rarissime obvius solummodo in Carolina, stercore equino. Genus 94. Sphaerobolus. 2229. 1. S. stellatus, F. p. 309, Syn. Car. 302, et. Pennsylv. freq. •2230. 2. S. iuhulosus, F. p. 310, n. 2, passim in Pennsylv. in ramis et ramuUs comiptissimis variorum arborum. Fungus distinctissimus. *2231. 3. S. CRUSTACEUS, L. v. S., satis frequens similibus locis, Bethl. S. crustae candidae, sublichenosae, pulverulentae in ramulis subeffiguratim expansae immersae sunt cupulae globosae majusculae, cum cortice et crusta elevatae, ore contracto aperto, margine albo- pulverulento non stellato, intus post sporangii ejectionem, flavae, glabrae. Sporangio atro primum cylindrico, apice rotund.ato aut applanato depresso, exsiccato corneo. Multo major S. stellate, nam diametrum bJlinearem attigit. •2232. 4. S. sPAnsus, L. v. S., in dejectis stipitibus, v. c. Hydrangeae, Stictidem referens, Bethl. S. sparsus, absque crusta, epidermide subtectus et eacum conico-elcv.atus. Cupulis plano-concavis, intus palhdis, immersis. Ore rotundo, margine nigro, albo-pulverulento latiusculo. Sporangiis nigris, apice ad instar Pezizulae aut Patellai-iae depresso — demum ejectis. Diameter cupulae semi- linearis. "2233. 5. S. MistjTissiMcs, L. v. S., in fibris subsolutis Corticis dejecti Castaneorum interioris cum aliis minutissimis fungis, Bethl. rarissime. S. cupulis fere omiiino liberis, minutissimis (nudo oculo fere invisibilibus) exacte Pezizam dasyscy- pham referentibus; extus nempe cinereo-albis; villoso-strigosis, subcylindrico turbinatis, demum emittentibus sporangium globosum, subdiaphanum, cinerascens, cupulam magnitudine aequans. Primum omnino clausum, sed sporangiolo dejecto, supersunt quasi Pezizulae strigoso-pulverulentae, margine irregulariter fisso nee stellato. •2234. 6. S. Conn, L. v. S., invetusto corio dejecto et in linteisaffixis occurrit rarius — affinisS. stellato, sed minor, Bethl. S. gregarius, ime immersus corio, tandem post ejectum sporangium fere omnino emergens: primum villo albido velatus. Demum peridio externo in Lacinias 3 — 4 fegulares fisso, revoluto stellatim, candido pvdvcrulentus. Tum exacte refert Stictidem radiatam. Sporangio applanato, corrugate, pallido. Peridio externo persistit. NORTH AMERICAN FUNGI. 255 OuDo II. TRICHOSPERMI. Tribus 1. Sclerodermei. Genus 95. Elaphomtces. Syst. Fries. Veget. p. 154. "JSSS- 1. E. cervinum, (L\'coperdon olim) rarlssLme obvium factum liis regionibus Pennsylvaniae, Spr. 520. Genus 96. Uperrhiza. Bosc. S. F. V. p. 155. *2236. 2. U. £osa7, Nees. Syst. p. 159. Etiam rarissime a me in monte Pocono inventa, Sprengl. p. 416. Genus 97. Scleroderma. 2237. 1. S. citrinum, Sprengel, Syst. II. p. 519, Syn. Car. 346, et Mauch Chunk frequens. 223S. 2. S. spadiceum, Pers. Synopsis, satis distinctum a priori, Syn. Car. 347, et Pennsylvania. "2239. 3. S. verrucosum, Sprengel, p. 520, n. 7, in monte Pocono. 2240. 4. S. Cepa, Sprengel, 520, n. 8, Syn. Car. 348, non rarum et. in Betlil. 2241. 5. S. polyrhizon, Spr. n. 9, Syn. Car. 349, et Pennsylv. 2242. 6. S. txcopEBDioiDES, L. V. S., Syn Car. 350, Sprengel, n. 5, nondum in Pennsylv. observavi. Genus 9S. Mitremyces. 2243- 1. M. lUTEscENs, L. v. S., Syn. Car. 345, Sprengel, p. 518, rariusoccurrit in Pennsylvania quam in Carolina, tamen passim. *2244. 2. M. cmnaian'nwm, Cilostoma, DevauxetBrongniart, Betlil. et New York. Satis affine Mitre- myci — sed peridium externum, corneum, coccineo-cinnabarinum, primum omnino clausum, demum declduum et revolutim fissum in laclnias. Stipite prioris. Tribus 2. Lycoperdinei. Genus 99. Actinodermitjm. Nees. et S. Veg. F. p. 137. *2245. 1. A. Sterrebeckii, Spr. 518, n. 10. Fungus apud nos maximus BetlUehemiis. Plerumque caespitosim crescit, 3 — 4 individuis radicibus connexis; interdum singulorum Pteridium latitudinem plusquam semipedalem attinglt. NulUmodo ad Geastra pertinet et distinctissimus est. Etiam nobis obvium sed rarissime in Carolina. Pennsylvania non rarum. Genus 100. Geastrum. * Stipiiata. 2246. 1. G. pectinatum, Spr. p. 518, n. 3, Syn. Car. 325. 2247. 2. 2248. J. 2249. 4. 2250. 5. 2251. 6. 256 SYNOPSIS OF G. quadrijidum, Spr. n. 4, Syn. Car. 326, non Pennsylv. G. MiitiMUBT, L. V. S., Syn. Car. 327, Sprengel, n. 5, etiam non rarum in Pennsylv. * * Scssiliu. G. rvfescens, Spr. 6, Syn. Car. 328, nondum Pennsylv. G. hygrometrlcum, Spr. 8, Syn. Car. 329, valde vulgare etiam Pennsylv. G. FiBRiLiosuM, L. V. S., Syn. Car. 330, Spreng. n. 9, etiam in Pennsylvania et plerumque ad truncos vetustos in terra ex cortice corrupto orta. Interdum eleganter areolatum a fibrillulis. Genus 101. Bovista. 2252. 1. B. gigantea, Spr. p. 523, n. 1, Syn. Car. 336, Lycoperd. etrarius in Pennsylv. 2253. 2. B. CANDIDA, L.v. S., Syn. Car. 333. Nullimodo ad priorem pertinet ut vult Sprengel, p. 524. 2254. 3. B. nigrcsccns, Spr. n. 2, Syn. Car. 331, et Pennsylv. 2255. 4. B. plumbea, Spr. n. 3, Syn. Car. 332, et Bethl. *2256. 5. B. cnANiiFonMis, L. v. S., rarior, sed ubl adest copia magna, in Pomariis. Pungus inter maximos et distinctissimos, Bethl. B. stipitata; stipite obconico crasso, trlunciali diametro, brevi, vix radiculoso aut saltern parum, expanse in capitulum pcridiosum applanato-turbinatum l.atitudinem pedalem attingens, superne subdepress- um, plicato-undulatum exacte referens cranium hum.anum. Statu immature celore gaudet expallido- subcarneo. Peridie externo membranaceo, furfure minute tecto, decidue, plagis magnis irregula- rlbus. Interne membranacee glabro. In stipite plicae rariores observantur. Peridie interne replete fleccis densissimis adhaerentibus, Sporidiis pedicellatis floccis infixis copiosis, cum floccis lutescenti-ochraceis demum griseis. Gregatim crescit. Genus 102. Lycoperdon. 2257. 1. L. jmiknse, Spr. p. 523, n. 4, Syn. Car. 338, et. Pennsylv. 2258. 2. L. umhrinum, Sp. n. 5, Syn. Car. 342, et. Pennsylv. *2259. 3. L. echinatum, Spr. n. 6, Bethl. passim. 2260. 4. L,. pyriformc, Spr. n. 8, Syn. Car. 344, frequens, Bethl. 2261. 5. L. excipuliforme, Sp. 10, Syn. Car. 339, et Bethl. 2262. 6. L. fjuercinum, (Spr. moUe) n. 12, Syn. Car. 313, et Bethl. 2263. 7. L. maximum, Spr. n. 2, perperam L. perlatum, Syn. Car. 340, etiam Pennsylv. 2264. 8. L. areolatum, Sp. n. 3, olim L. candidura, Syn. Car. 341, frequens etiam Pennsylv. 2265. 9. L. utriforme, Persoen. Synops. Satis distinctum rarius Bethl. Genus 103. Tulostoma. 2266. 1. T. hrumak, Spr. p. 524, Salem et New Yerk. •2267. 2. T. sfjuamuhsa, non varietas prieris sed verisimiliter RimcUa Rafinesque, Syst. F. Veg. p. 139. In arena velatili juxta ripas fluminis Yadkin Carolinae. Tribus 3. PHYSAREI. Genus 104. Ltcogala. 2268. 1. L. miniatum, Spr. p. 533, n. 3, Syn. Car. 353, et Pennsylv. frequens. 2269. 2. lu. punclaium, Sp. n. 4, Syn. Car. 354, etiam frequenter occurrit in Pennsylv. NORTH AMERICAN FUNGI. 257 Genus 105. DiDYJiiuM. *22ro. 1. D. lohatum, Spr. p. 528, Cionium, n. 11, Torrey ex New York. 2271. 2. D. squamulosum, Sp. n. 1, Syn. Car. 363, et. Pcnnsylv. 227-\ 3. D. difforme, Spr. Didernia, p. 526, Syn. Car. 366, et. Bethl. 2273. 4. D. testaceum, Spr. Cionium, n. 9, Syn. Car. 364, non Pennsylv. 2274. 5. D. globosum, Sp. C. n. 8, Syn. Car. 365, et. Bethl. *90' Genus 106. Physarum. • Stipitatae. 2275. 1. P. kucopus, Spi'. p. 526, n. 1, rarius Betlil. 2276. 2. P. fii/a/iiium, Sp. n. 2, Syn. Car. 371, et Pennsylv. 2277. 3. P. nutans, Sp. n. 3, Syn. Car. 372, etiam Pennsylv. 2278. 4. P. muscicolu, Sp. n. 4, Dr Torrey misit ex New York. 2279. 5. P. squamulosum, Sp. n. 6, Syn. Car. 378, et. Bethl. 2280. 6. P. farinaceum, Sp. n. 9, Syn. Car. 380, et. Bethl. 2281. 7. P. Cluvus, Sp. n. 11. Syn. Car. 331, nondum Pennsylv. 2282. 8. P. tigrinum, Sp. n. 12, Syn. Car. 379, et. Bethl. 2283. 9. P. compaclum, Sp.n. 13, S>ti. Car. 282, polyccphalum, rarius Wilkes County, Carolinae. 2284. 10. P. cohimlinum, Sp. n. 14, Syn. Car. 377, nond. Pennsylv. 2285. 11. P. viride, Sp. n. 18, Syn. Car. 374, et. Bethl. 2286. 12. P. aureum, Sp. n. 20, Syn. Car. 375, et. Bethl. 2287. 13. P. aurantiacum, Sp. var. prior., Syn. Car. 376, nondum Bethl. *2288. 14. P. a;rt«//io/Jus, Sp. Cionium, n. 3, Betlil. in foliis dejcctis Peridiis subtus umbilicatis: stipite aureo. 2289. IS.V. sulphureum, A. Sp. 93, Syn. Car. 373. Species distincta. Cur non a Sprengelio ex Synopsi Fungorum Lusatiae adoptata nescio. * • Sessilia. 2290. 16. P. contextum, Syn. Car. 367, Salem et Bethl. Spr. Diderma. 2291. 17. P. cinereum, Spr. 25, Syn. Car. 370, Carol, et New York. 2292. 18. P. conjluens, Spr. 23, Syn. Car. 368, nond. Pennsylv. 2293. 19. P. bivalve, Spr. 24, Syn. Car. 369, elegans, Salem. *2294. 20. P. EiEGAss, L. v. S., rariter inventum Salem — valde distinctum. P. peridiis majusculis aggregatis, densis, subrotundis, difFormibus, convexis, supeme applanatis, eleganteramethystinis, subrugosis. Sporidiis nigrofuscis, conglomeratis, floccis crassiusculis. *2295. 21. P. rctlculatum, Spi'. n. 26, specimina optima Salem et Bethl. *2296. 22. P. VERMicuLABE, L. V. S., rarius in cortice, Carolina. P. minus, vermiculare, subreticulatim serpens, teres. Peridiis glabris badiis. Floccis raris. Spori- diis lutescentibus. *2297. 23. P. EFFusuM, L. v. S., longe lateque effusum in pulvere vaporario, Salem. P. peridiis longitudinaliter scrpentibus reticuhitis, aut omnino late eflusis, candidis, fere membrana- ceis. Floccis et sporidiis crebris nigrescentibus. Peridiis valde applanatis. *2298. 24. P. LL'TEO-vALVE, L. V. S., in stipitibus dejectis rarius, Carolina. P. lobato-dlfforme, convexum, subconfluens, Peridiis extus aurantio-splendentibus, quasi compressis, bivalvibus. Sporidiis flavissimis. •2299. 25. P. ATHEM, L. v. S., mense Decembri in cortice rarissime, Bethl. P. sessile, oblongum aut subdifforme, aggreg.atum, extus nigrum aut subcinerascens; peridiis glabrius- culis sed eleganter reticulatis. Sporidiis atris, floccis rai-is candidis interspersis, compactiorlbus. Majus P. cinereo cui afline. '2300. 25. P. roETAEDnoN, L. v. S., in antiquissimis truncis .Tuglandinis, Bethl. P- gregarium ac subsparsum. Peridiis m.ajuscidis, nigro-fuligiiieis, absque splendore, subhemisphae- Vol. IV.— 3 P 258 SYNOPSIS OF ricis, exacte penlagonis, lateribus nempe planis, rugosis; tandem quasi stellatim rupta parte inferiori, persistente. Turn Actinodermium minutum refei-t. Sporidiis nigro-fuligineis; floccis compactis concoloribus interspersis. 2301. 27. P. cAF.spiToscM, L. V. S., pidcherrimum. In foliiset stjpitibus Rhododendri, Bethl. P. substipitatum aut saltern basl attenuata, caespitosim crescens et sparsim. Caespltulis 3 linearibus; peridiis stipatis, tui-binatis, ovatis, basi contracta, membranula exterloiu luteo-squamulosa aut punc- tato-squarrosula. Sporidiis nigro-brunneis; Floccis citrinis Inspersis. Genus 107. I^eangium. 2302. 1. "L. Jloriforme, Spr. Cionlum, p. 529, n. 6, Syn, Car. 362, vastissimis greglbus vulgare occurrlt iu truncis, Hethl. •2303. 2. L. vernkosum, Spr. Leocarpus, p. 526, n. 1, passim In Bethlehem ad stipites. *2304. 3. L. STIPATUM, L. V. S., In llgno cariosissimo, Betlil. rarius. L. peridiis flexuosim erectis, dense stipatis, longissimis, teretlbus; caespites unciales eflTormantibus ex sese incumbentibus peridiis, amoene Incarnatis. Membrana peridiorum fragillinia, glabra. Stipites brevlssimi tcnues, distantes concolores adsunt, sed primum peridia conglomerata sessilia vldentur. Sporidiis concoloribus, interspersis floccis vagis crebris, rubro-incarnatis, demum subfuscescentibus. Genus lOS. Craterium. *2305. 1. C. vulgare, Spr. p. 525, n. 1, Carolina rarissime. 2306. 2. C. leucocephaliim, Sp. n. 3, Syn. Car. 394, Arcyrla, Salem. •'2307. 3. C. FLoRiroRME, L. v. S., in lignis cariosia ex New York communicaTlt Dr Torrey. C. fasclculatum, stipitatum stipltibus coalitis in unum longissinuim, fusco-nlgrum, fasciculo peridiorum obovatorum nigrorum coronatum. ploccis et sporidiis rubro-laterltlis. *2308. 4. C. ponniyniuM, L. v. S., In hgnls carlosisslmis provenlt, Bethl. Ut prius affine est Trichiae botrylidi, sic liaec Trichiae ruhiformi. C. peridiis dense fasciculatls, turbinatis porphyriis, splendentibus; stipitlbu.s brevlsslmis in massam crass- am basilarem connatis. Sporidiis et floccis subelastice espansis, rubris. Format caespites elongatas. Genus 109. Perichaena. 2309. 1. p. circumscissa, Licca Sprgl. p. 524, n. 2, Syn. Car. 419, et frequens Pennsylv. *2310. 2. P. MAHGiNATA, L. V. S., rarissime inventa in ramis Carolinae. P. peridiis sessilibus, approximato-confluentibus, circumscissis, polyaedris, inferiori parte quasi pyxi- dem elTormante, margino prominente, cujus operculum pars superior applanata, minor. Colore externo griseo-albido. Pulverulentum. Floccis raris cum sporidiis luteis. Post occasum opercu- lorum, pyxides apcrtae, fundo spadiceo relinquuntur, magnitudine semlnis Papaveris. *2311. 3. P. TAPOTiAniA, L. v. S., non rara Bethleliemiis, in pulvere vaporario. P. mlnuta, circumscissa; peridiis sparsis, fuscis, diftbrmlbus submarglnatis, applanatis. Sporidiis cre- bris— floccis raris flavissimls. Genus 110. Licea. 2312. 1. h. fragiformis, Sprgl. p. 524, n. 9, Syn. Car. -119, et Bethl. 2313. 2. L. fa/lax, Sp. n. 10, effusa, Syn. Car. 420, et. Pennsylv. 2314. 3. L. vuriubilis, Sp. n. 4, Syn. Car. 418, frequens etiam Bethl. *2315. 4. L. Jlexuosa, Sp. n. 7, frequens ad tnincos, liethl. •2316. 5. L. jiusillu, Sp. n. 8, et Salem et Bethl. passim obvia. •2317. 6. L. MAcnosponA, L. v. S., in peponibus putridis elTusa, Bethl. NORTH AMERICAN FUNGI. 259 L. eftusa, diffcu'mis, conflucns, lenticularis et globosa, applanata, interdum reticulata. Pei-idiis cinereo- albidis. Sporidiis majusculis nigris, floccis parcissimis intei-spersis. Lon^e lateque sci'pit. *2318. 7. L. EPiPHTiLA, L. V. S., rarissime occun-it in foliis dejectis, Betid. L. valde varia, globosa, subrotunda, sed plerumque teres, elong'ata, serpula aut vermiculavis. Peridiis convexis nigris, subgrisescentibus. Sporidiis nigris, creberrimis interdum fuscesceutibus. •2319. 8. L. ?jiTEXS, L. v. S., rarius in cortice dejecto observata, Bethl. L. gregaria, spadicea, nitens, subrotunda, teres aut varia, semper convexa. Sporidiis crcbris lutes- centibus. Superficie glaberrima. Minor. Tribus 4. Trichiacei. Genus 111. Trichia. 2320. I. T. Botryth, Spr. p. 530, n. 1, Syn. Car. 383, et. Bethl. 2321. 2. T. rubiformis, Sp. n. 2, Syn. Car. 384, frcquens, Bethl. •2322. 3. T. MixiATA, L. V. S., affinis priori, sed dimidio minor et colore alieno, sub cortice, Bctlil. T. brevissime stipitata, fasciculata; peridiis invicem arete stipatim adpressis, oblongo-pyrifbrmibus, tenuibus ac fragiUimis, rubro-miniatis. Capillitio (cum Sporidiis) miniato, non valde expandente. Fasciculi parvi — stipites vix coaliti, 2323. 4. T. fallax, Spr. n. 3, Syn. Car. 385, frequens et in Pennsylv. 23?4. 5. T. davata, Sp. n. 4, Syn. Car. 386, in Juglandibus, Pennsylv. 2325. 6. T. nigripes, Spr. n. 5, Syn. Car. 387, rarior; etiam in Pennsylv. 2326. 7. T. ovata, Sp. n. 6, Syn. Car. 3i 8, ubique frequens sub cortice. 2327. 8. T. oUvacea, Sp. n. 7, Syn. Car. 389, et frequens in Pennsylv. 2328. 9. T. nilens, Sp. n. 9, Syn. Car, 390, et in Pennsylv. 2329. 10. T. vavia, Sp. n. 10, Syn. Car. 391, frequens et in Pennsylv. *2330. 11. T. puJfcxnLATA, L. v. S., ad ligna cariosa r.arior, Bethl. T. sparsa, subrotundo-globosa, subsessilis, tanien podetio elevate crasso. Peridio olivaceo quasi punc- tulato. Capillitio cum sporidiis luteo. Minuta. 2331. 12. T. serpula, Sp. n. 11, Syn. Car. 392, frequens et Bethl. 2332. 13. T. reticulata, Sp. n. 12, Syn. Car. 393, etiam frequens ibid. *2333. 14. T. ANGtjLATA, L. V. S., frequens in libro corticali interno decedentis corticis trunci Fraxini dejecti in montibus Lehigh prope Bethl. T. sessllis, gi-egaria, longe lateque insuper membranulara (ut T. ovata) crescens. Peridiis adpressis invicem, variis, saepissime angulatis, superficie nitida sed subrugulosa, luteis; demum plerumque trifariam aut stellatim ruptis. Capillitio parco lutescente — cum sporidiis concolorlbus. •2334. 15. T. DirronMis, L. v. S., in lignis carie emollitis Juglandis nigrae Manakes, Bethl. T. sessilis, basi tamen attenuata, gregaria, interdum acervis minoribus subconfluens. Peridiis varie- formatis, minoribus saepe compressis, subflexuosis, apice autem semper convexo; flavc-ferrugineis splendentlbus, irregularlter ruptis. Capillitio lateritilio, non valde prosUiente. Genus 112. Arcyria. 2335. 1. A. flava, Sprgl. p. 530, n. 1, Syn. Car. 395, et. Pennsylv. et N. York. 2336. 2. A. cinerea, Sp. n. 2, Syn. Car. 397, frequens in Pennsylv. 2337. 3. A. incarnata, Sp. n. 3, Syn. 398, ibid. 2338. 4. A. punicea, Sp. n. 7, Syn. Car. 399, non rara et Pennsylv. 2339. 5. A. LUTEA, L. v. S., Syn. Car. 396, Spr. n. 4, nondum in Pennsylv. 2340. 6. A. GLOBOSA, L. v. S., Syn. Car. 400, Spr. n. 5, frequens in involucris Castaneorum etiam in Pennsylv. *2341. 7. A. MiHOB, L. V. S., affinis .\. incarnatae in hgnis mollibus, Bethl. 260 SYNOPSIS OF A stipitibus basi incrassatis, subnigi'escentibus, longiusculis. Cupula, aut parte inferiori peridii per- sistente, lata, membranacea manifestim extus venosa. Capillitio breviori saepe apice operculato frustulo peridii superni. Peridio ceterum longitudine stipitis, subconico. Sporidiis, cum toto fungo, incarnato lateritiis. Sparsjm crescit. Genus 113. Diachaea. 2342. 1- T). leucostyla, Spr. p. 532, St. n. 3, Syn. Car. 401, frequens etiam Pennsylv. Saepe in gramlnibus. Genus 114. Stemonitis. 2343. 1- S. typhina, Sp. n. 1, Syn. Car. 402, vulgaris in Pennsylv. 2344. 2. S. fasciculala, Sp. n. 2, Syn. Car. 403, ibid, vulgaris. 2345. 3. S. tuhuUna, Sp, n. 4, Syn. 404, et in Pennsylv. 2346. 4. S. physarioides, Sp. n. 7, Syn. Car. 405. Frequens ibid, 2347. 5. S. ovata, Sp. n. 6, Syn. Car. 406, in Thelephoris exsoletis passim mihi obvla in Pennsylv. 2348. 6. S. papillata, Sp. n. 5, Syn. Car. 407, PhiUidelpliiis inveni. *2349. 7. S. MAXIMA, L. v. S., insuper pUeos exsoleti Polypori magnis pLigis effusa, Bethl. S. caespitosa; membrana stromatica late effusa, cras-siuscula fuscopurpurea, saepe decedente. Stipiti- bus nigris satis crassis segregatis, sed convergente-inclinatis, 3 lin. longis. CapilUtiis longissimis, semiuncialibus, non inter se coalitis sed densim fasciculatls subflexuosis fusco-ferrugineis. Sporidiis creberrimis concoloribus. •2350. 8. S. DiGiTATA, L. v. S., lignis cariosissimis Carolinae et Pennsylv. frequens. S. sparsa, majuscula. Stipites quasi ex pluribus coalitis, formantur, crassi.basiinci-assata, fuscescentes, et coronantur fasciculo digitatim pandente peridiorum 3 — 6, cylindrico-ovatorum, paulo breviorum stipitibus. Capillitio ciuereo; sporidiis copiosis concoloribus. *2351. 9. S. cBTPTA, L. V. S., rarior mihi obvia in fissuris trunci carlosissimi, Nazareth. S.in membranida stromatica tenui sparsira stipites filiformes subdccumbentes et tamen rigidlusculi observantur, fere ad basin capillitio, Laxim contexto, longo, circumvoluti — peridio faciUime eva- nescente et tantum in junioribus observando. Sporidiis majusculis substipitatim adhaerentibus capillitio, colore fuUgineo purpurascenti. Demum coplosim sparsa. inquinant lignum. Genus 115. Dictydium. 2352. 1. D. microspermum, Spr. 531, n. 2, Syn. Car. 409, et. Pennsylv. •2353. 2. D. upkndens, Sp. n. 3, ad ligna cariosa, Bethl. 2354. 3. D. vmosum, Sp. n. 4, Syn. Car. 410, et in Pennsylv. 2355. 4. D. cernuum, Sp. n. 1, Syn. Car. 408, frequens Bethl. Genus 116. Cribraria. 2356. 1. C. purpurea, Sp. 530, n. 1, Syn. Car. 412, et. Pennsylv. 2357. 2. C. mucrocarpa, Sp. n. 4, Syn. Car. 411, et in Ohio ad ten-am. •2358. 3. C. rufcsccns, Sp. n. 2, in viis sylvestribus ad tcrram cum priori Gnadenhutten, Ohio. 2359. 4. C. argillacea, Sp. n. 5, Syn. Car. 413, nondum Pennsylv. 2360. 5. C. vulgaris, Sp. n. 6, Syn. Car. 414; rarior et in Pennsylv. 2361. 6. C. ttnclla, Sp. n. 7, Syn. Car. 415, et in lignis cariosis Pennsylv. 2362. 7. C. MiNuTissiMA, L. v. S., species vix nudo oculo distinguenda, sed valde memorabilis, Inventa Carohnae etPenn.sylv. lignis cariosis, ob fungum alium lente subjectis — passim. C. Cupula sporangii fere globosa, apice contracto, undo expanditur reticulum globosum, diametro cupulam cxccdens, valdc regulare, colore nltido-brunneo. Sporidiis lutco-brunneis. Stipite gra- NORTH A3IERICAN FUNGI. 261 cili, filiformi, sublongo, fusco. Pupula peridii persistcns cum reliculo sporidifero imposito, rei'ert figuram 8. Nota. — Fungillus saepius mihi obviam factus est in Pennsylvania, minutus, candidissimus, qui tameii vix unquam rite explicatus fuit, de quo dubiosus sum an ad genus Cirrhohim, Sys. Vcg. !■'. p. 144, pcrti- neat, icone Mavtii inviso. Ulterius de hoc inquirendum. Ceterum et in Pennsylvania multo plures species fungillorum hujus familiae eruendae sunt — nisi vigerc solerent sole tarn torrido, ut jam observatum p. 32 Synopseos Fungorum Carolinae. Ordo III. TRICHODERMACEI. Tribus 1. Aethalini. Genus 117. Spumaria. 2363. 1. S. MucUago, Spr. p. 532, n. 1, Syn. Car. 360, non Pennsylv. •2364. 2. S. LicuxNiFonjiis, L. v. S. Fungus ex distinctissimis, an Generis novi ' Rarius oc«UTit, sed ubi adest, magna copia in cortice truncorum dejectorum Robiniac, Betlil. S. plagis, 1 — 2 uncialibus determinatim effusis super corticem, omnino e longinquo Liclienem crustuo- sum referentibus. Propius examinata ex peridiis rotundatis turbinatis, diftbrmibusque satis elevatis, basi communi emanentibus, singulis magnitudinc seminis Cannabis, constare patefit. Peridiis cellu- losis, extus floccosis, albo-cinereis; intus repletis sporidiis coacervatis aterrimis, filis raris albis inter- stinctis. Genus US. Enteridium. Syst. Veget. F. p. 146. H6S. 1. E. ciNEREUM, L. v. S., rarius insupcr putridas herbas effusum, Bctlil. An hujus generis, cuj tamen valde simile aut Lignydium ' E. longe lateque effusum, varie contortum et non inapte referens congeriem intestinorum, serpens, hinc inde reticulalim confluens, serpulis semper applanatis. Cortice peridii mcmbranaceo, firmo crassiusculo, candido. Sporidiis atro-fuhgincis, membranuHs albis crebris, demum filamentosis, interspersis. Superficie plicato-rugosa. Ad pedalem longitudinem effusum inveni. Genus 119. Pittocarpium, Lk. •2366. 1. P.y?ai.'um, Lk. et Syst. Veg. F. p. 146, passim in truncis Bethl. An rite evolutum ' Genus 120. Aethalium. 2367. 1. A.Jlavum, Sprgl. p. 533, n. 1, Syn. Car. 557, et Pennsylv. 2368. 2. A. cundidum, Sp. n. 3, Syn. Par. 559, nond. Pennsylv. 2369. 3. A. violaceum, Sp. n. 2, Syn. Car. 556, ad truncos etiam frequens in Pennsylv. 2370. 4. A. vaporarium, Pers. Synops., Syn. Car. 558, frequentissimum in Vaporariis et Pennsylv. Cur Sprengelius omisit fungum notissimum \-ulgo nomine " Flos vaporarii" notum nescio. *2371. 5. A. muscorum, L. v. S., Conspectus. Passim in muscis Carolinae. *2372. 6. A. ferhincola, L. V. S., satis affinis R. rufae, sed peridio exteriori multo flocciosori. Differt etiam m.agnitudine et loco, nam, mirabile dictu, in Ferro recenter ex ignc sumpto, mihi obviam factum. Salem Carolinae. Vol. IV.- 8 Q 262 SYNOPSIS OF A. peridiis majusculls, uncialibus, tractu longitudinal! saepe conflaentibus, pulvinatls, estus rufo-floc- cosis, membrana basilar! e floccis contexta latius eft'uso, quam ipse peridlum pulvinatum — Sporidiis creberrimis purpureo-fuligineis. Strata interseptantia membranacea Candida sunt. N. B. Sequens historia memorabilis hujus fungi. Faber Salemitanus, vir literarum non expers, frus- trum fen-i jam malleo et igne ad opus quoddara praeparatum, subito aliunde vocatus, ex manu dejiciebat, sero tempore diel. Mane postero rediens, obstupuit in hoc frustro ferri, transversim jacente insuper receptaculum aquae, quod more fabrorum in promptu fuit, longam seriem Fungi cujusdam per noctem ortam observans, sib! omnino ignoti. Statim puerum misit me ad examen excitandum, fen'o non ex loco remoto. Aeque miratus sum, loco tam inopinato, distinctam specieni Aetlialii invenire. Fatendum est, seriem fungorum — bipedalem, sed interruptam, confluentiuni, demum e ferro in lignum receptaculi aquae uno latere irrepsisse, more tali autem, ut apertum fuit ex ferro in lignum, non ex ligno in ferrum expansam. Duodecim horae vix intervenerant post tempus, quo id frustrum ferri in igne et sub malleo f uerat . Genus 121. Reticularia. Fries. Sys. Veg. p. 147. 2373. 1. R. argcniea, (Lycogala Sprgl. 533, n. 2), Syn. Car. 352, vulgaris et interdum maxima etiam Bethl. 2374. 2. R. StrongUum, Sprgl. p. 533, Syn. Car. 351, nondum Pennsylv. •2375. 3. R. mca-jmfl, Fr. Sys. Veg. pag. citata. Rarius et insignis species in truncosemivivo Castaneae, Bethl. ■*2376. 4. R. a/;/j/aHate, (Diptherium Ehrenb.) in cortice et ligno sahcino Bethlehem. Fungus dis- tinctissimus. 2o"7- 5. R. rufa, (Fuligo, Syn. Car. 355) rara et Pennsylv. Genus 122. Lachnobolus. Fries. Sys. Veg. p. 148. 2378. 1- L. ciKEBEus, L. V. S., insuper stipites, &c. dejectos effusus, Salem. L. longitudinaliter eftusus, stipites ambiens moi'e Spumariae. Peridio tenemmo fugace candido cinereo, vix continuo sed qu.asi furfuraceo, adnato capiUitio. Basis est hypothallus ut in L. cribroso. Capillitio aterrimo basi — versus apicem abiente in intricatim ramosissimos floccos albos. Sporidiis cinereo-nigris mitiutissimis. Tribus 2. Trichodermei. Genus 123. Httphelia. Fries. Syst. Veg. p. 149. *2379. 1. H. rosea, F. S. V. p. 149, rara Nazarethis in truncis corruptis sub cortice. 2380. 2. H. dubia, (Trichoderma dubla Pers. Synops. ) Syn. Car. 520, passim et Pennsylv. in foliis dejectis. Genus 124. Ostracoderma. F. S. V. p. 150. •2381. 1. O. spADicEOM, L. V. S., ramis Mori albae dejectis passim, Bethl. O. membrana peridii satis firma, quasi punctato-granulosa, superficie b.adio-spadicea; A. i ad 1 uncialem latitudinem attingens. Subrotundum, applanatum, ambitu sublobatum; .altitudine aut crassitie vij lineari. Peridium absque ullo vestigio floccosum repletum sporidiis globosis, luteis, pellucidis, et Torulae ad instar articulatim.aut moniliformiter inviccm adhaerentibus — in aqua autem diffluentibus. NORTH AMERICAN FUNGI. 263 Genus 125. Institale ? F. S. V. p, 150. "2382. 1. 1. MAxiJirM, L. V. S., an hujus Generis' FiingTis Intei'ea memorabilis; in Hynicnio exsoleti Polypori igniarii in Salice mihi obvius, Betlil. I. 1 — 2 uncialis, confluens siiboi-biculatim. Tegumento fibroso-floccoso radiato. Fibris ramosis crassi- usculis in membranam albidulam contextis, ipsis rubro fuscis. Sub hoc integumento aut peridio, sporidia copiosa fasco-brunnea aggregata sunt, fills aut floccis interspei'sis. Tribus 3. Pilackini. Genus 126. Asterophora. *2383. 1. A. agaricoides, (Agaricus lycoperdioides Pers.) rarissime in Agaricis putridisCarolinae. •2384. 2. A. EFFUSA, L. V. S., an hujus Generis? certe affinis. Propullans ex riniis corticis Quei'cus et Juglandis truncorum dejectorum, et primo obtutu initia mcntiens Polypori cujusdam. Perfectis et quidem minoribus speciminibus vix i uncialibus manifestim stipitata, in majoribiis 1 — 2 uncialibus — stipes confusus cum peridio, Bethl. A. Peridio extus strigoso-fioccoso, Imo quasi hydnoideo, pallido; floccis nempe suberectis liydnoideis, ceterum pulvinato. Stipitibus crassis confusis in lignum corticis penetrantibus. In minoribus rite evolutis, peridium est capitulato-turbinatum, ex stipite albido agaricoideo sese evolvens, minus stri- gosum. Demum fatiscens in pulverem copiosum lutescentera compactum (congeriem sporidiorum). Onygenis proximum. An Ecchyna, F. p. 152. Genus 127. Onygena. 2385. 1. O. equina, Spr. p. 528, n. 1, Syn. Car. 428. In Pennsylv. hunc I'ungum optime evolutum et magna copia inveni in unguibus equorum et cornubus Bovum, Bethl. 2386. 2. O. decorticata, Spr. n. 2, Syn. Car. 429. Nondum in Pennsylv. Tribus 4, Myrothecii. Genus 128. Dichosporium. F. S. V. p. 152. 2387. 1. D. aggregaium, (Spumaria physaroides) Syn. Car. 361, rarius in Carolina. Genus 129. ]Myrotheci€ji. '2388. 1. M. inundatum, Spr. p. 534, n. 3, in Agaricis putvidis, Bethl. *2389. 2. M. Curmichaeli, Sp. n. 1, in herbis putridis, Bethl. *2390. 3. M. Verrucaria, Sp. n. 2, in foliis Cucurbltaccorura putrescentibus, Bethl. Genus 130. Trichoderma. 2391. 1. T. viride, Spr. p. 555, n. 1, Syn. Car. 518, vulgaris ubique ad ramulos. 2392. 2. T. varium, Spr. n. 2, Syn. Car. tuberculatum 523, et Bethlehemis valde vulgaris ad terram. '2393. 3. T. RUBBOPALLESS, L. v. S., ad vetustos Polj-poros observatum, Bethl. T. pulvinatum, confluens. Strato perldioso albo, pallido — fatiscente in pulverem sporidiosum rubrum. Affine et evidenter congenerum T. viridi. 264 SYNOPSIS OF Ordo IV. SCLEROTIACEI. Tribus 1. Rhizogonei. Genus 131. Pacuyma. 2394. 1. P. Cocos, L. v. S., Syn. Car. Sclerotium solummodo inveni in i)metis CaroUnae. Genus 132. Anixia. S. V. Fr. p. 154. *2395. 1. A. iNTEBBUPTA, L. V. S., in terra ex putrescentibus truncis orta in cavitate, Betlil. A. pallido-carnea, tuberibus interruptim connexis ad longitudinem uncialem aut biuncialem, tamen faciliter separabilibus. Insidens fibriUulis himaatioideis longe repentibus. Supei'ficie lacunosa. Tuberibus i uncial! crassitudine, intus albis, cavis. Genus 133. Rhizoctonia. *2396. 1. R. Batatas, L. v. S., subcorticalis, in terra ex cortice corrupto orta, Bethl. R. uncialis aut idtra, teres et depressa, flexuosa, sublacunosa, utrinque acuminata; fibrillulis radicifor- mibus semper ex apicibus emanentibus. Multis tuberibus confluentibus, carneo-albis, intus albis, primum carlilagineo-carnosis, odore forti; demum induratis. Fibrillulis rhizomorpheis candidis. Exacte referunt, tuberes Convolvuli Batatas. *2397. 2. R. nADiciFun.iiis, L. v. S., locis similibus: ex New York misit CI. Torrey etiam Bethl. R. multo latior; tuberibus compresso-plicatis, valde difformibus, saepe elongatis, pallido carneis — unciali longitudine, interdum separabilibus in minores. Fibi-is bimantioideis crassis loiig'e lateque sub cor- tice repentibus quibus insident irregulariter greges tuberum, radicibus Iridum s.atis sirailium. Intus albis tuberibus. *2398. 3. R. IIiMANTiA, L. V. S., locis similibus Carolinae. An status junior prions' R. fibrillulis crebris rhizomorphoideis, latis, byssinis cincreis denique pulverulentis, undique emanen- tibus ex tuberibus difformibus minoribus, tomentoso-involutis, albido-pallidis. 2399. 4. R. Placenta, L. v. S., rarius sub cortice putridi triinci maxinii jacentes insuper excrementa lai'varum et cetera latissime expansa. Bethl. in montibus Lehigh. R. Fibrillulis ad pedalem longitudinem etlatitudinem palmatim radiantibus, saepe in tenuissimam mem- branam hymantoideum aut immo arachnoideum interruptim expandcntibus. Hlnc iiide, plus minusve distantia in membrana observantur pericUa aut tubercula innata, applan.ata, difformiter lobata, 1 — 2 lineari diametro, sed etiam semiunciali aut immo unciali, referentia placentas lobatas subtus planissi- mas, tenues, tamen applanato-pulvinatas superne, superficie subaequali, minutlm subtomentulosas, colore cleganter ex incarnato badlo-rufo. Fibrillulis et in mcmbranam contextis et distinctis conco- loribus, in ambitu tamen candidis. Tuberibus intus albidis cellulosis, omnino hujus generis — ceterum duris ac etiam in maximis crassitie lineam aut U lineam non excedentibus. Differt ceteris Rhizoc- tonis quam maxime, tomento denso tenero, quo involutae sunt placentae tuberiforraes. Qu.anquam hie fungus distinctissimus tantum semel mihi obviam factus est, nil dubitandum de eo — quia in arbore ingenti, copia maxima aderat. Elegans membrana fibrlUosa, tarn delicata, ut vix separabilis quan- quam laxissime incumbit quisquUiis subcorticalibus. NORTH AMERICAN FUNGI. 265 Tribus 2. Apiosporii. Genus 134. Chaetomium. •2400. 1. C. DouGLASii, L. v. S. Fungus valde memorabilis, affinis Spliaeriae comatae in caulibus Hyssopi anisati adhuc vigentis, versus radices dense investiens caules, milii communicavit I). Torrey ex expeditione Capt. Douglass in vicinitate Lacus Huron invcntum. C. tomcnto olivaceo-virente non intertexto scd floccoso-fastigiato, provenientc undique sed pnieser- tim apice ex pcridiis, laxiter tantiim caule affixls, majusculis, globoso-ovatis, fragiUimis, intusdcmum cavis, densim aggregates, nigro-fuligineis, tomento concolori. Fasciculus fastigiatus tumenti assurgit ad bilinearem altitudinem cum pcridiis, diniidio minoribus, investientis caules. Peridiis apice aper- tiusculis. •2401. 2. C. TxpniE, L. v. S., non raram in foliis typhinis, Beth]. C. minutissimum, .atrum, punctiforme; pilis tarn brevibus involutum, ut vix discernantur nisi lente augentiori, situm inter nervos folii. Genus 135. Apiosporium. *2402. 1. A. Salicinum, Kunz. Myc. Hefte, 1, p. 15, longe lateque effusum in trunco Liriodendri — vix saltern differt a fungo Kunziano milii ab ipso benevole communicato, nisi effusione latissima. Genus 136. Coniosporium. *2403. 1. C. olivaceum. Link. Dissert. 1, S. V. F. p. 156, ad ligna antiqua. •2404. 2. C. ATnuM, L. v. S., late effusum in interior! latere trunci Cerasi, Dethl. C. pcridiis oblongis ovatis, aggregatis; extus e sporidiis subalbo-pulverulentum. "2405. 3. C. .STRoBiLiNUM, L. V. S., interiori latere squamarum strobilorum Pini inopis juxta Philadel- phiam increscit. C. densissime aggregatum, maculas effiguratas aterrimas formans, constantes exinnumeris minutissimis linearibus pcridiis, paralleliter sed abbreviatim confluentibus. Statu madido subnitent; sicco vix distinguenda singula peridla. Subpulverulentum superficie. Genus 137. Illosporium. •2406. 1. I. coccinettm, F. S. V. p. 156, Tubercul. rosea Persoon., in Lichenibus pracsertim Parmeliis, Betlil. et Salem. •2407. 2. I. CAESIUM, L. v. S., in ligno udo decorticate Juglandis albae, Nazareth. I. minutum, difforme, aggregatum, varie lobatum in ambitu. Peridia vix nisi colore caesio-albo nudo oculo pcrccptibilia saepe conHuunt. Innumera in liburni rimis sita. Demum fatiscent. Hue cer- tisslme pertinet nee idem cum Aegerita caesia nostra. Tribus 3. Scleroth. Genus 13S. Periola. '2408. 1. P. pubescens, F. p. 267, in Ugno putrido Bethl. Vol. IV.— 3 R 266 SYNOPSIS OF Genus 139. Acinula. '2409. 1. A. candicans, P. p. 267, in foliis dejectis Lauri Borboniae ex Georgia missis, a CI. Leconte. Multo major videtur quam fungus Friesianus. An nova species. Genus 140. Pfrenium. F. Myc. p. S44, Syst. Veg. F. p. 94, inter Clavatos. Hue pertinet certissime. 2410. 1. P. lerrestre, F. p. 244, Syn. Car. 530, nee Pennsylvania. *2411. 2. P. coLLAE, L. V. S., in colla indurata mucosa, Betlil. P. magnitudine seminis papaveris, nidulans in colla et aggregatim aut caespitosim prorumpens, ovato- globosuni, incarnato-aurantium, tomento albido subinvolutum. Intus simihire. Durum. Genus 141. Acrospermum. 2412. 1. A. compressum, F. p. 245, n. 1, Syn. Car. Clav. herhar. etiam Bethlehemis . *2413. 2. A. conicum, F. 3, rarius ad ligna Bethl. et in plantarum caule. *2414. 3. A. cornutuni, ¥. 4. In Agaricis i-arius Bethl. Genus 142. Scleeotium. * Libera, 1. 2415. 1. S. complanatum, F. n. 1, Syn. Car. 311, et. Bethl. 2416. 2. S. scutelhtum, F. n. 2, Syn. Car. 31S, et. Pennsylv. "241". 3. S. exceyilricum, F. n. 4, rarissime, Bethl. ad stipites. 2418. 4. S. semen, F. n. 5, Syn. Car. 314, frequens ubique vere. *2419. 5. S. vulgatum, F. n. 6, solummodo Carolina inventum. •2420. 6. S. tectum, F. n. 11, in receptaculis et calycibus Tagetum et Zinniarum Hort. Bethl. 2421. 7. S.fungorum, F. n. 15, Syn. Car. n. 2 et 4, et. Bethl. *2422. 8. S. Iruncorum, F. 16, Bethlehem .an Hliizoctoria. 2423. 9. S. muscorum, F. 17, Syn. Car. 308, et. Pennsylv. •2424. 10. S. atrovirens, F. 14, in cortice quercino, Bethl. *2425. 11. S. onEGABiuM, L. v. S., in putrescentibus dejectamentis hortorum, Bethl. S. minutum, gregarium, interdum etiam sparsum, subglobosum, apice tamen subprominente, et passim deorsum quasi pseudostipite sufTultum, aut plerumque sessile, ferrugineo-fuscum, p.iulisper rugu- losum. Juventute subimmersum, albidum. Intus semper albidum. Sextuplo minus S. semi'rti. *2426. 12. S. NicANjinAE, L. v. S., in exsolctis capsulis Nicandrae physaloidis, Bethl. S. sparsum, applanato-subpezizoideum, subrotundum aut ambitu angulatum, atrum, medio subumbo- natum et corrugatum. Magnitudine paulisper priorem speciem excedens. S. iiicluso non dissimili. •2427. 13. S. LiGNATiLE, L. V. S., rarius occurrit in cortice putrescent!, Bethl. S. magnitudine S. Seminis cui siniillimum, e globoso-turbinatum, passim substipitatum, primum fascum, demum nigerrimum, phcato rugosum in supcrficie. Intus candidissimum. '2428. 14. S. iMEDuiiAnE, L. V. S., loco inopinatissimo, videlicet in cavitate meduUari caulium prae- sertim Phlogis undulatae hortis nostris emortuorum sed non putridium et adhuc stantium, locum meduUae occupans, liethl, S. magnum, ad uncialem longitudinem nempe interdum protractum, sed saepe multo minus, inter- ruptum, cylindricum aut difl'ormiter lobatum, pluribus arete invicem longitudinaliter arete adprcssis. Cortice externo fungi nigro, tuberculoso, et ime sulcato-striato. Intus albido-pallidum. Crassitieni pennae anseriiiac attingit. Specimina quidem cylindrica, semper subcontorta et proximis articulatim quasi adpressa. *2429. 15. S. KENiFonHE, L. v. S., in interior! latere corticis fraxinei rariter, Bethl. NORTH AMERICAN FUNGI. 267 S. miiuituni, lineam vLx excedens, liberum, reniforme valde convexum, ex lutescenti-rufum, aggrega- tum, exsiccatum corneum. Supeificie cornigata. Intus similare, sed demuin subfatisccns ccntro. • Liberu, 2. *2430- 16. S. puhescens, F. n. 20, in Agaricis non freq. Bethl. *2431. 17. S. /7ofc//je«rfu/iim, F. n. 21, super folia dejecta, Bethl. *2432. 18. S. stipntum, F. n. 22, specimina nostra in triiiico Liriodendri putn-idissimo iiivcnta, inajoru sunt et tarn propinqua Myrioccoc. ut vix dubitandum ad hoc genus amandanda. *2433. 19. S. strohilinum, F. n. 23, in Strobilis Pini, Uethl. '* Erumpentia. *2434. 20. S. immersum, V. n. 25, in maximo caule Bethl. *2435. 21. S. satiguineum, F, n. 27, an Perisporium' In foliis Iridis virginicae vulgaris. Betid. *2436. 22. S. rugulosum, F. n. 29, non rarum in Merulio tremelloso, Bethl. *2437. 23. S. Circaeae, F. ii. 34, in foliis Circaeaenon infrequens, Salem ac Bethl. •2438. 24. S. Tragopogi, F. 32, ad ignotas Caules in hortis, Bethl. '2439. 25. S. Gallahcm, L. v. S., in Gallis cynipum exsoletis Quercor. Bethl. S. erumpens, cinctum cortice gallanim, plerumque caespitosim, sed etiam simpliciter, subrotiinduni aut difforme. Extus nigrum, superficie valde rugulosa ac inaequali; intus solidum pallidum; cete- i-um valde minutum. Non infrequenter elong.atim imo stellatim grcgatum erumpit. Cortice gallae saepe squamulatim persistente in tubercalis. *2440. 26. S. HTSTtBiironMK, L. v. S., in foliis Yiiccac filamentosae cult.ae, Bethl. rarissime. S. erumpens, demum omnino liberatum, simplex, elongatum, utrinque acuminatum, convexo-appla- natum, satis elevatum, longitudine linear!, atrum, superficie longitudinaliter substriata, subtubercu- losa. Convexo-connivens. Intus albidum. 2441. 27. S. AppLAXATUM, L. V. S., in epidermide glabrata ramorum Castaneorum, Salem. S. orbiculatum, ambitu sublob.atum, vix erumpens, sed potius insidens epidermide, eftuso-applanatum, 2 line.iri diametro; superficie rufo-fusca, corrugato-punctidata. Intus subgrumosum, fuscum. .Mar- gine in ambitu, demum subinflexo. *•• Suhadnuta. 2442. 28. S. OnoBANCHEs, L. v. S., Syn. Car. 322, F. 37, et. Pennsylv. 2443. 29. S. I'arium, F. 38, Syn. Car. 313, rarius in Brassicac- caule et Pennsylv. •2444. 30. S. pyrinum, T. 39. In pomis putridis, Betid. *2445. 31. S. compadum, F. 40, in caulibus Elichrysi culti, Bethl. 2446. 32. S. durum, F. 40, Syn. Car. 310, et in Pennsylvaniae caulibus. In Euphorbia margin,ata Hortorum inveni specimina ni.ixima, optima. *2447. 33. S. Brassicac, F. 43, in foliis Brassicac, Bethl. No. 312, Syn. Car. perperam hue. Est sequens. 2448. 34. S, LiLionuM, L. v. S., (Syn. Car. 312, Brassicae) frequens in exsoletis caulibus Liliorum, Salem et Bethl. S. epidermide tenui, primum tectum, v.arlum et oblongum, crassiusculum, .applanatum, nignmi, domum nigro-striatum, .abbreviatum et utrinque subacuminatum. Intus album. "2449. 35. S. iii//a/um, F. 41, sub epidermide Artemisi.ae Absinthii in Hortis Bethl. Intus album. 2450. 35. S. Pustulla, (S. quercinum) F. 47, Syn. Car. 317, et. Pennsylv. •2451. 37. S. convexulum, L. v. S., affine S. duro, sed non tectum. In nodis caulium Angelicae lucidae, Bethl. S. majusculum, convexum, ovatum, difforme, applanato-depressum, nigro-fuscum, interdum confluens; 21ineas latum et longum. Superficie quasi subconcentrice rugosa. Intus ex albido-cinereum. *2452. 38. S. DIFFORME, L. v. S., in junioribus ramulis ant stipitlbus puti-idis rarius, Bethl. S. difTormiter elongatum; primum tectum, confluens, durum, i unciali longitudine, satis elevatum, demum superficie undulata et striata, nigro-fuscum, aut nigro-cinereum. Intus candidum. Speci- mina minora 1 — 2 lin. diametro saepe elongato-ovata valde convexa. •2453. 39. S. PETioLonuM, L. v. S., in petiolis Rhois glabri. Bethl. non r.arum. S. elongato-ovatum, fere inmatum, primum epidermide tenui tectum, demum atronitens, superficie 268 SYNOPSIS OF semper depress! et inde quasi marginatum, subtuberculosum. Lineam vix excedens. Intus fuscum grumosum. *2454- 40- S. AXEM0SE5, L. v. S., in foliis subviridibiis Anem. virginicae. Bethl. S. majiisculum lineam longitudine excedens, saepe confluens, subrotandum, buUatum, supei-ficie inae- qiiali lacunosa, brunneo-fuscum, sltum in aversi pagina folii, macula orbiculataimpressa in superiori. Intus lutosa demum fatiscens. *2455. 41. S. Ar.scuLr, L. v. S., in putridis Involucris Aesculi glabri, Bethl. S. erumpens (nunquam tectum) ex epidermide Involucrorum frustulatim decedente, deorsum ab epi- dei-mide cinctum, globoso.difforme, subapplanatum, nigrum. Superficie ruguloso-plicata. Intus similare album. Aetate fere liberum fit, tantum basi affi.xum. Magnitudine lineari. *2456. 42. S. EROMPENS, L. v. S., in aversa pagina foliorum quercinorum, Bethl. S. primum punctiforme, subimmersum; tum erumpens foho cinctum, disco subimpresso, fulvo-nigri- cans; demum subexpansum, nigrum, corrugatum, tenue, disco miuiifestius imprcsso, confluens, applanalum, tamen vix magnitudine lineam excedens. Passim occurrit in folio, inde sublineolatim nigro-punctato. • «»• Xyloma. 2457. 43. S. populinum, F. 52, Syn. Car. ,"20, freq. et Pennsylvania praesertim in foliis P. moniliformis. *245S. 44. S. Platani, L. v. S., affine priori, sed miilto minus in foliis Platani, Bethl. S. innatum, aggregato-caespitosum, minutum, varium, tuberculosum, e fusco nigrum. *2459. 45. S. sAssAFiiAs, L. v. S., maculis fuscis lato expansis insidens in foliis, Sassaf ibid. S. innato-insidens, aggregatum in macula, angiilatum difforme aut orbiculatum, semper depressum et quasi marginatum, superficie rugulosa, fusca demum nigra. *2460. 46. S. herbarum, F. S.^i, apud nos in Pennsylvania praesertim in Solidaginibus, Bethl. •2461. 47. S. Fcsco-MAcuiANs, L. V. S., in aversa pagina foliorum Sassafras, Bethl. C. innatum, maculis brunneo-fuscis, diffbrmibus ad tres lineas longas et latas, subeffiguratum. Demum pustulas elevatiores, nigro-fuscas, subcorrugatas, semilineares efficient. •2462. 48. S. Lauhicola, I,, v. S., frequens in foliis dejectis Lauri aestivalis, Bethl. Rite evolutum occurrit in petiolis, aut in nervo medio — in ipso folio eflusum maculatim et confusum. S. in petiolis et nervo, nigrum, subtectum, innatum, minutum, regulare, subrotundum. Superficie punctulata. Intus albido-fuscum. In foliis ipsis nigro-fuscescens, maculatim effusum tenuissimum — ad diametrum, 2 linearem extensum. •2463. 49. S. rnusTLiLATDM, L. v. S , dubii generis' sed freciuens in foliis quercinis, Bethl. S. impresso-innatiim, primum tectum, in aversa pagina situm, maculare, nigrum ; demum frustulatim niptum. Intvis fuscescens Varie confluens, saepe excedens diametrum bilinearem. *2454. 50. S. PBUNoncM, L. v. S., in foliis Pruni serotinae et virginicae dejectis, Bethl. S. sistens maculas difi'ormes, confluentes, fuscas, subeflfiguratas in pagina superior!; in aversa observan- tur pustulae subrotundae elevatae innatae scmipellucidae luteofuscae, siccitate subcorneae, corru- gulatae, semiline.ares, plures aggregatae in eadem macula, cinctae margine spurio subelevato, ex substantia folii. Genus 143. Drvophilum, L. v. S., Novtnn Genus, an luij;is loci? Peridiuin pezi- zaemorphum, sed omnino clausum, sessile aut papilla basilari stipitatum et folio affixum. Intus similare album. Extus vestitiim corlice duriusculo. •2465. 1. D. PEZI7.0IDEUM, L. V. S., in foliis vegetis Quercus Banisteri et aliorum praesertim in monti- bus e. g. Mauch Chunk Coal mine. Etiam ex Georgia communicavit Leconte. D. sparsnm, cupulis 2 — 3 linearlbus, orbiculatis, papilla basilari affixum, disco ime depresso nigres- centi. Cortice externo fibris crassiusculis densis arete adpressis subtus albidis tecto. margine et extus eleganter spadiceo-sericeis. •2466. 2. U. UMBONATUM, L. V. S., etiam in folio querneo communicavit Leconte ex Georgia. D. sparsum, minus, folio subinnatum, cortice exteriori non fibrose sed glabro, ex rufo splendente spadiceo. Disco in umbonem elevato. Vix lineam excedens diametro. NORTH AMEIUCAN FUNGI. 269 Genus 144. Sper.modermium. Ill decorticalis ramulis Mori albae adhacrciis fibris epidcrniidis aut corticis, Betid. •2467. 1. S. nuFUM, L. v. S. S. iiiinutuni, ovato-oblong'um aut pot'uis elong'.itum, aut difTorme, sparsum ac conflucns, teniie, luteii- i-Lifum, 1 — 2 I'm. longuni, seindineam latum. Intus pallidum. Primum molle, dcinum duriuscalum. An Sclerotium ' Cei-tissime iion Spliaeriac conceptacuUim, v. Fr. Sys. Veg-. p. 159. Genus 145. Sper.moedia. "'P468. 1. S.Clacus,F. p. 26S, n. 2, rarius in IVumento Pennsylv. Vulgo .anglice audit "Ergot." Morbositas. Tribus 4. Perisporh. Genus 14G. Erysipiie (Alphitomorpiia). Link. Syst. I. *2469. 1. E.fu/igiiica, Link. Syst. Lin. p. 102, n. 3. Frequens in Sang-uisorbacanadcnsi, Getldehem. An eadem cum fungo europaeo' Habitus videtur alienus a speciminibus nostriseurnpaeis in Vero- nica-spicata. *2470. 2. E. labiularum, Link, loco citato n. In Veronica scrpyllifol. p-assim lictld. *2't71. 3. E. deprexsa, Lk. n. 13, in foliis Silphii, Nazareth hort. '*2472. 4. E. tortilis, Lk. n. 14, in foliis variis Corni, Sec. Bethl. *247o. 5. E. cUvaricatu, Lk. n. 17, in foliis Alni undulati prope Meadville in Pennsylv. occidentali. '2474. 6. E. communis, Lk. n. 3, var. graminum, freq. Hcthl. *2475. 7. E. orbicularis, Lk. n. 21, in foliis Castaneorum, ibid. 2476. 8. E. guttata, Lk. n. 22, Syn. Car. 315, Sclerotium erysiphe in foliis Coryli, Salem et Pennsylv. '2477. 9. E. obtusola, Lk. 2, frequens in foliis Salicum, Bethl. *2478. 10. E. belulina, Ignoto .auctore. Specimina sub hoc nomine exacte nostris congrua ex Ger- mania, et. Bethl. •2479. 11. E. BENsissiMA, L. V. S. N. B. Et in americanis regionibus multae occurrunt species primo obtutu distinctae, sed difficiliter plerumque verbis diagnosticis describendae. Sequenles mihi innotuerunt praestantiores ac, loco adhibilo, facilius distinguend.ae, quarum prima, E. densissima jam cilata rarior in foliis quercinis, Bethl. E. Hyphasma densissimum tomentum filamentoso-liimantioideum, filis robustis, eleganter orbiculatim effiguratum sistit, a semi-uncia ad duas uncias eflusiim, fihs candido-lacteis intertextis in ambitu subradiantibus. Sporangia globosa, nigro-fusca, crebra. '2480. 12. E. LinioDF.NBiir, L. v. S., in foliis dejectis Liriodcndri non vulgaris, Bethl. E. Hyphasma densum lacteum, fdis intertextis radiantibus maculas efficiens minores, vis i unciales, orbiculatim aut effiguratim efl'usas. Sporangiis aggregatis fusco-nigris in centre, deciduis. *2481. 13. E. GzKinDiiz, L. v. S., rara, sed distinctissima in foliis Gerardiae quercifol. Salem. E. Hyphasma e sulphureo-olivaceum, filis tenuissimis efficit maculas irregulariter effusas minores, in- terdum subeffiguratas, confluentes. Spor.angiola, absque capiUitio greg.aria in hyphasmate, globosa, demum pezizoidea nigro-fusca. Floccis hyph.asniatis primo juventutc epidcrmide folii tectis, dc- raum nudis. '2482. 14. E. Ceanothi, L. v. S., frequens in foliis Ceanothi p.agina superiori, autumno Bethl. E. Hyphasma candidum, filis vix lente distinguendis, farinae ad instar indeterminatim in foliis effusum. Sporangiis minutis immersis nigro-nitidis. *2483. 15. E. ViBunsr, L. v. S., in foliis Viburni prunifolii, Bethl. E. Hyphasma effusuni, maculas efficiens majores aut minores lactea'^, floccis crassiusculis intricatis, subeffiguratas. Sporangiolalutea, demum fusca aut nigra sphaerlca, et colLapsa, supcrficiesubrugosa Vol. IV.- 3 S i70 SYNOPSIS OF "2484. 16. E. AMDiiosrAE, L. v. S., vulgatissima autumno in foliis Ambrosiarum, Bethl. R. Hypliasma candidum, tenuissimis floccis vix distinguendis, indeterminatlm latius effusum in toto folio. Sporangiolis sphaericis, fuscis nlgrisque, raris, capiUitio majoribus. *2485. 17. E. Vi-.RBENAE, L. V. S., vidgatissima sero autumno in foliis Verbenae ui-ticifoliae, Bethl. E. Hypliasma laxissimum indeterminatim eftusum, maculas tamen efformans confluentes et subde- terminatas Candidas. Floccis intertextis brevibus. Sporangiolis destitutis capiUitii fuscis nee nigris, rugosis, deciduis. '2486. 18. E. QuisauiLiinu.li, L. v. S., super folia caulesque variarum hcrbarum dejectarum inter quisquilias horti, Bethl. E. Hyphasma imletcrminatira effusum, albido-virens, floccis intricatis. Capillitio parco. Sporangiolis crebris rugosis, nigris, globosis. *248r. 19. E. Phlogis, L. V. S , non rara in foliis Phlogis undulatae Hoi-torum, Bethl. E. Hyphasma .albo-cinereum, maculas efficiens subindetermin.atas aut orbiculatas. Floccis laxis intri- catis. Sporangiolis minulissimis in hyphasmate subimmersis. *248S. 20. E. Si-iiiNGAE, L. v. S., in foliis Syringae et Cydoniae Hortorum, Bethl. E. Hyphasma tenuissimum candidum laxe et indeterminatum effusum — floccis vix distingucmlis singulis. Sporangiolis sparsis, minutissimis, fuscis et nigris. *2489. 21. E. AsTEiiuji, L. v. S., frequens in foliis languescentibus Asterum, praescrtim Asteris pani- culatae, Bethl. E. Hyphasma tcnue, album, lasum, indeterminatim efl'usum. SporangioUssuffultisbrevi capillitio, nigris. •2490. 22. E. Chf.loxes, L. v. S., vulgatissima autvimno in fohis Chelones, Bethl. E. Hyphasma crassiusculum albidum, demum pallidum orbiculatim efliguratum, floccis radiantibus subpulverulentis. Sporangiolis nigris ceiitro aggrcgatis. *2491. 2.3. E. VACcitrii, L. v. S , in foliis Vaccinii pennsylvanici, Berks County, Pennsylv. et passim in montibus. Distinctissima specie. E. Hyphasma densum ex albido ciner,ascens, occup.ans fere totum folium, pagina superiori. Sporan- giolis fuligineo-fuscis, demum atris, mlnutis, crebris, primum globosis, demum pezizoideis, corru- gatis aut rugulosis. *2492. 24. E. q.uEBciNDM, L. V. S., sero autumno non rara in foliis qucrcinis pr.aesertim B.annisteris, Pennsylvania. 11. Hyphasma occupans fere totum folium — expansum candicans, tenuissimum, floccis vix distinctis. Sporangiolis raris, minutissimis, sparsis nigris. Praesertim loco distinguenda species. *2493. 25. E. lumprocarpa, Lk. n. 9, in Menthis et similibus monte Pocono. *2494. 26. E. Mors uvae, L. v. S., cum proxima, loco insigni, nempe in fnictubus inventa. Species nostra quidem in uvis Grossulariae uvue crispae, varietate ilia nota, anglica, in Hortis oilta, tam vulgatissima in interiori Pennsylvania et quidem Bethlehemis, et tam lethalem morbum liis infert, ut hortulani vi.x valeant nisi tempore faustissimo hos fructus deliciosos educare apud nos. Antcquam maturitatem nempe in illis nascens tomento aut hyphasmate suo, iti eos circum circa investit atquc constringit ut enccantur nee possunt comedi. Quibusdam, equidem plurimis annis vix singulam uvam invenies illaesam ab hoc hoste. E. Hyphasma densissime intertextis fibs compositum, crassiusculum, primum omnino, demum in margine tantum album — medio eleganter et sub lente sericeo-fuscobrunneum, induens uvas pcUe .satis crasso. Sporangiolis minutis, crebris, sparsis, atris, appLanato-globosis, rugosis, interdum supapillatis, primum pelle omnino immersis et tectis, demum emergcntibu3 et hyphasmate laxiter insidentibus, immo fore libcratis. Saepissime sterile hyphasma occurrit, uva nempe consumpta aut exsiccata dccidua, ante evolutionem sporangiolorum. Fungum hunc memoi'abilem in horto meo diu obscrv.atum, primo pro Sphaeriahabitum, deniquc certior certius factus sum Ery.siphen esse. *2495. 2". E. NECATon, L. v. S., multo rarius in Uvis Vitis labruscae varietatibuscultisin vineis nostris. E. Hyphasma, tenuissimum albidum, floccis valde tenuibus, orbiculatum, non constringens. Sporan- giolis minutissimis — raris fusco-iiigris, globosis. Ubi omnino evoluta, etiam haec species destruit uvas. Genus 147. Perisporium. F. Syst. Veg. •2496. 1. P. Cai.adii, L. v. S., Syn. Car. 316, F. Sclerot., in Aro virginico. •2497. 2. P. speireum, V. Sclerot., in foliis Uosarum Bethl. passim. NORTFI AMERICAN FUNGI. 271 Classis Quarta. HYPHOMYCETES, Lk. Nota. — Dill anceps fui an recensione sequcnte Fungonim americanorum ex ultimo cohurte Friesii, Coniomycctcs ejus, cum plerisque Bi/ssaceis ex ejusdem Cohorte secunda Jllgurum complectente, an Auctorem, cei'tissime in liisce org-anisniis scrutatorem acutissimum, melius sit sequL, quam quod dcnium factum, Linkii methodum adoptare. Post studium nempe assiduum Systematis veg'etabilium Friesii milii delectissimum, virum ingeniosum ime penetrasse in adyta naturae, viamque aperuisse ad Systema philosophicum et perfectum, et nisi in paucis excipiendis, minoris momenti, omninu obsei'vationibus nieis per tot annos collectis consentivisse,. omnino pcrsuasus maneo. Interea autem non minus certum Lin- kium clarissimum, primum principia eruisse, et auctorem esse fere omnis liorum veg'etabilium cognitionis. Systema ejus non contemnendum, et ad praesens nostrum propositum bene adaptatum, species et genera ncmpe a me regionibus americanis observata recensendi, et nova describendi, non novum systema con- dendi aut emendandi, eo melius, quia species numerosas in opere " Species Plantarum Linnaei a Linkio continuatae ex Editione Willdenowii" recensuit — nuUas autem Friesius. Complectens etiam inter Fungos, plantas quas Friesius, me non dissentiente, ad Algas Byssaceas amandat, aut quibus, plerumqvie summo jure, Friesius characterem vegetabilium autonomorum denegat, de quibus in America a me observatis tamen scientiae prodest, cognitionem non praetermittere — denique Linkium sequendum optimum censui, hoc libcUo — sempertamen Friesii observationlbus non omissis. Futuri tum Systematici, quod alio loco, aut alio ordine tribuendum aptiori inserere competentes sunt. Series I. (Tkichomyci, Fr.). Genus 148. Sporotrichuji. Genus Linkianum Sporo{richum Friesii pag. 185, et Trichusporum, p. 30(5, ex Byssaceis et verisimili- ter Mycelia quaedam p. 215, complectet, quod in singulis notandum, quantum valeo. SuBGES. 1. SPOROTRICHA. 1. Sporidiis albis. •2498. 1. S. laxum. Link. I. n. l,truncis non varum, Bethl. •2499. 2. S. candidum. Lk. n. 2, putridis truncis, ibid. •2500. 3. S. obducens, Lk. n. 3, corticibus passim, Bethl. •2501. ■- S. polysporu?>i, hk. n. 4, insuper folia putrida, Bethl. •2502. 5. S. nitcns, Lk. n. 5, in dejectis foliis Syringac, Bethl. •2503. 6. S. stromaticum, Lk. n. 6, in caulibus putridis, ibid. •2504. 7- S. pellicula, Lk. n. ", in caulibus putrescentibus, ibid •2505. 8. S. fructigena, Lk. n. 8, in putridis pomis Bethl. •2506. 9. S. fu72gorum, Lk. n. 9, in variis fungis Bethl. •2507. 10. S. den^um, Lk. n. 10, in emortuis insectis et fungis, ibid. •2508. 11. S. epiphyllum, Lk. n. 15, in foliis effiisum, Bethl. *2509. 12. S. iNTF-nTEXTCM, L. V. S., ad truncos quercinos longe ac late, pedali longitudine inlerdum effusum, Bethl. S. thallo latissimo, effuso, ligno arctim sed separabiliter adpresso, e floccis intertextissimis, ita ut possit detrahi quanquam tenuissimo, ambitu subdeterminato et ibid, fibrillulosim diviso, albido. Sporidiis non primo a floccis velatis, densissimis globosis, candidis. •3510. 13. S. HiM-iNTiAE, L. V. S., in caulibus v. c. Zeae passim effusum, Bethl. 272 SYNOPSIS OF S. tliallo ciindidissimo, Himantlae ad instar, vulgo sic dictae, expanse- Floccis plerumque transversis, subparallelis pai-um intertestis: ambitu effigurato. Sporidiis nudis creberrimis globosis candidis conglomeratis inspersis. •2511. 14. S. couAEiiENs, L. V. S., in epidermide putridissima ramorum Castaneoruni, ad longitiidinum bi vel tripedalem effiisum, Betlil. S. thallo longe lateqvie eftuso candido, ex floccis crassis tarn fii-mis contexto, ut faciliter thalli frag- menta tanqnam pellis detrahantur, ambitu tamcn flocci tenuissimi lanosi et quasi fimbriatum radi- antes observantur. Sporidiis nudis congloraeratis, candidissimis densim impositis farinae ud instar, adhaerentibus nee faciliter detergibilibus. '2512. 15. S. soLCBiLE, L. v. S., rarius inter folia dejecta copia aggregata, longe lateque eainvestiens. Omnium distinctissimum, Bethl. S. thallo crasso, interdum crassitie duarum lincarum, e floccis firmis crassiusculis tarn densim contexto, ut facillime omnino detrahetur, pellem referente, similem fragmento chartae bibulae, ambitu deter- minato, candido. Sporidiis rarioribus floccis adhaerentibus, minutis, non aggregatis nee unquam velatis. Ad longitudinem plurium unciarum super folia eft'usum, quae inde connexa — locis siccis — sed in suftocatis. Species IS jam recensitae, novae nostrae saltern — ad Trichosporum Byssaceum sec. Fries, pertinent. *251o. 16. S. sponilosum, Lk. n. 16, in Brassicae caulib. Bethl. *2514. 17. S. agaricinum, Lk. n. 17, frequens in Agaricis, ibid. *2515. 18. S. inqidnatum, Lk. n. 11, in merda Bethl. Hae tres Sporotricha sunt, Friesii. 2. Sjiuridiis grisets. •2516. 19. S. griseum, Lk. n. 18, in caulibus mihi ex New York communicatis ab amico Halsey. •2517. 20. S. murinum, Lk. n. 19, Bethl. In terra et lignis mense Augusto ambo videntur cum prox- imo Sporotricho Friesii. •2518. 21. S.fuliginosum, Lk. pag 9, n. 2, passim et caespitulis confluentibus late extensum intra folia glumacea putrida Zeae, Bethl. Interdum occupat fere totam superficiem internani, quanquam th;dlu3 unius cujusque caespitis minor. Floccis junioribus albidis Sporidiis griseis et fuligineo nigris. 3 . Sporidiis Jlavicantibus. •2519. 22. S. luteo-alhum, Lk. n. 20, etiam in poniis putridis Bethl. Sporolrichum, Fries. •2520. 23. S. laetum, Lk. n. 2J, in fissuris ligni caesi, Salem et. Bethl. Sporolrichum, F. •2521. 24. S.Jlavissimu7n, Lk. n. 22' non in asseribus sed inter folia conglomerata et glumas putres- centis Zeae nobis notum. Sporotrich. F. •2522. 25. S.vilellinum,L,k. n. 23. In asseribus S.alem ac Bethlehem. Idem,!-'. •2523. 26. S. sparsu7n, hk. n. 25. Nobis innotuit in cupuhsglandium subputridis, Bethl. Sporotrich. ¥ . (Sporotrichum Pulveraria, Lk. n. 26, ,apud non vulgare sed evidenter Alga, vide Fries, p. 313.) •2524. 27. S. ALUTiCEnM, L. v. S., longe lateque elTusum in cortice Vitis putrido, Bethl. S. tliallo indeterminatim eff'uso, alutaceo-subolivascente, e floccis laxe et qu.isi reticulatim intertextis, crassiusculis, arctim cortici adpressis. Sporidiis concoloribus nudis inspersis. Trichosporum, Fries. Byssaceum. •2525. 28. S. LUTESCENS, L. v. S., rarius occurrit in corticibus, Bethl. S. thallo determinatim efFuso oblongo e floccis densis intertextis lutescentibus. Sporidiis globosis, concoloribus. Affine S. candido et obducente, colore distinctissimo. Trichosporum, F. 4. Sporidiis fuscis. •2526. 29. S. /usco-a/Awm, Lk. n. 27. Non rarum in corticibus Bethl. Sporolrichum, V. 5. Sporidiis roseis. •2527. 30. S. cylindrosporium, Lk. n. 33, in cortice Betulae ex Massachusetts communicavitCl. Torrey. Sporotrichum, F. •2528. 31. S. atithochroum, Lk. n. 33, 1, in Salice cavo passim Bethlehem. A^idetur mihi esse species generis Friesiani Byssacei Hypochni, pag. 3u4. Cerlissime vcgetabile distinctum. •2529. 32. S. iNcAiiNATCM, L. V. S., in cariosissimo ligno moUi dejectorum ramorum Liriodendri ant talius, Bethl. Trichosporum, F. S. thallo indeterminatim longe eftuso, satis crasso lanoso, submoUi, floccis intertextis, albido-lncarnatis. NORTH AMERICAN FUNGI. 27J Sporidiis dense inspersis, nudis et floccis adliaerentibus rosco-lncarnatis, demum cxpallcntlbus. Pellem laxum sistit ad 2 uncias eft'usum. *2S30. 33. S. onATUM, L. v. S., in epiderinide corticis quercin'i et in lig-nis late cxpansiim, Hetlil. Trichosporum, F. S. longe lateque efl'usum, thallo ambitii siibdeterminalo expallente; floccis densissime intertcxtis arete adpressis, nnde superficies laevigata apparct. Sporidiis creberrimis roscis adliuerentibus, globosis onustum. Colore praesertim differt a S. obdiicentc. 6. Sporidiis rubris ct aurantiacis, '2531. 34. S.aureu7n, Lk. n. 34. Colore apud nos potins fulvo-rubro gaudct. Trcquens Uctbl. in putridissimis corticibus et lignis. *2532. 35. S, inycophilum,L,li.'35. Rarins in maximis I'ezizis putridis, Betid. *253.'5. 36. S. lateritiuin, Lk. 3fi, in fibris corticalibus ramorum Castaneorum, Uctld. *2534. 37. S. viTicoLA, L. v. S., in rimis corticis Vitis exsoleti, Betbl. S. thallo longitudinaliter ad 2 — 3 uncias effuso pallido, e floccis basi in membranulam aut pelliculinn contexlis, ceterum antem suberectis et sublanosis quanquam intertextis, superne onustis creberrimis sporidiis rubris ac lateritiis, nuUimodo unquam velatis T'richospm'um, F. 7. Sporidiis viresccntibiis. '2535. 38. S. virescens, Lk. n. 38, (Dematium Pers. Synops. ) rarum in corticibus, Salem et Bethl. *2536. 39. S. cMorinum, Lk n. 39, in foliis dejectis r.arum, Bethl. '253r. 40. S. Jlavovirens, Lk. n. 40, in truncis Bethl. Linkius, loco citato, in Sistotremate aeruginoso slbi pro .amicissimi Albertini et mei fungo sic dicto, misso, Sporotrichum recog'novit flavovirens. NuUimodo t.am accurato observatore contradicere in animo est. Sed pro certo possum habere, fun- g-um ab Linkio sub hoc nomine acceptum non revera fuisse Sistotrema nostrum, id est n. 663 hujus libelli, quod Hydnum distinctissimum. *2538. 41. S. hombacinum, Lk. n. 41, in truncis, Bethl. De hac specie mihi verosimile est — .Mycelium tantum esse nee fungus autonomus. *2539. 43. S. AEiioGiNoscM, L. v. S., an Ili/pochniis Fries. Byssaceum frequentissime occurrit Salem et Bethl. in truncis putridissimis jacentibus. S. thallo sublimitato effuso, maculas unciales et biunciales efliciente, e floccis lauosls intertextis In ambltu laxiorlbus, pulcherrime aerug'inosis, centre fere tenuissiniam membranulam slstentibus, qua ag'gregata sunt sporldia creberrima concolora, conglomcrata. Omnino difl'ert a 'I'lielepliora, n. 6B7. 8. Sporidiis vinosis, ptirptireis. *2540. 43. S. srBvixosuM, L. v. S. Trichospcrma, F. in truncis sub corticc non rarum, liethl. S. thallo crassiusculo, lanoso, subdeterminatim efiuso, e floccis la.xe intrlcatis aut intertextis, vinoso- purpurascentibus, demum grisescentibus. Sporidiis concoloribus crebris nonprimum velatis, adhae- rentibus floccis. 9. Sporidiis nigris. *254I. 44. S. C'o//of, Lk. 45, in colla corrupta, Bethl. frequens. *2542. 45. S. lyococcon, Lk. 44, in corruptls tubcribus Convolvuli Batatas prope Camden. SuBGEX. 2. BYSSOCLADIUM. '2543. 46. S. feneslrale, Link. 46, rarissime Pennsylv. observatum in vitro fencstrali cellarnm. *2544. 4". S. byssinum, Lk. 47, in foliis dejectis non rarissime occurrit, Bethl. *2545. 48. S. Tela, Lk. 48, in foliis et interdum in cortice effusum, Bethl. Thallus non tcnuissmiis, sed manifestis floccis cornpositis. An fungus Linkii. Gentis 149. Capillakia. Lk. et Pers. in Myc. Etirop. De hoc genere .ambo dubltant Link, et Fries, nee autopti videuntur uUlus speciei. Sequentes ipse frequenter observ.avi locis indicatis. Species tres priores pro fungis liujusce locis, sine dubio sumen- dae intra eaullum cavitates et medulla nidulantes. Tres ultlmae v.alde dubiosae. C. epldermldis et Vol. IV.— 3 T 274 SYNOPSIS OF C . gi-ammica, vix autonomi fungi — et tantum ideo hie recensuntur, quia mihl non sine momento in his dijuJicandis videtur, Mycologis notum esse, quidquid horum Myceliorum aut Initiorum etiam apud Americanos occun-it. C. Rhizomorphinam, nobis — potius forsan Rhizomorpha vera, veg-etabile memorabile et frequens observatum non omitteudum censeo — quanquam non ad tres priores pertinet. *2546. 1. C. PAy/o/accae, Lk. p. 22, n. 3. Vulgatissima loco citato in Pennsylvania et Carolina. Floccis etiam saepius fuligineis, sporidiis minutissimis sed crebris. In trlbus specicbus genuinis mil\i notis, solum est et quantum scio sine exemplo mos crescendi. Nam non ut reliqui fungi familiae effusi sunt in planitie unica, sed tanquam sphaerice ex centro, irregulari quidem sed distinguendo, radian- tes (fere ut constructio interior Gallarum majorum Quercus se oculis ostendit); Floccis ceterum laxissimis. Ubl caulis omnino cavus et niedullae ac dissepimentoi'um expers — magis horizontaliter autplanitiem laterum interiorum sequentes inveniuntur. *254". 2. C. cmdincola, Lk. p. 23, n. 8, Bethl. non rara in caulibus Umbellatarum, v. c. Pastinacae, &c. et Angelicae lucidae praesertim. *2548. 3. C. JlALVACEAnuM, L. v. S., in interiori caule Malvarum majorum hortis nostris. C. Floccis atris laxis subsphaerice et reticulatim expansis in lateribus et per meduUam, ramosisslmis, maculas efficientibus saepe plus quam unciales. Sporidiis non raris. Colore et magnitudine a C. Phytolaccae differt. *2S49. 4. C. epidermidis, Lk. n. 5, vix dubitanduni ut sit merum Mycelium, an Agariculi. Frequens Bethl. *2550. 5. C. grammicUjUs.. i\. 6. Frequens in foliis quercinis quibusdam annis. Nil autonom. *255I. 6. C. RuizoMOnpHiNA, L. v. S., an Haplolrichum Eschv. frequens observatur in Lichenibus crustuosis ramorum, v. c. in Lecideis, Lecanoris, &c. Bethl. et Salem. C. Floccis subsparsis, ramulosis, nigro-fuscis, minutissimis suberectis aut repentibus — crassiusculis, nitentibus — Oculis nudis vix perceptibilibus. Kamulis brevibus, raris. Genus 150. Alytosporium, Lk. Non omnino clarissimi Friesii sententiae Alytosporia Mycinematibus adnumeranda, p. 312, consentire possum. Quos sub hoc genere intelligo, fungi autonomi, videlicet. *2552. 1. A. fuscuin, Lk. n. \. Colore valde vario non r.arum apud nos Bethlebemis. *2553. 2. A. psittudiium, Lk. n. 4, rarius occurrit ad ramos Bethl. Minutum plerumque. *25S4. 3. A. murinum, Lk. n. 5, passim in truncis Bethl. At duae reliquae species, si teneo easdem quas observavit, certissime non hujus loci sunt; videlicet *2555. 4. A. /u/i)«m, Lk. n. 2, evidenter species bona generis Friesii Byssacei Hypochni, pag. 304, rarius Bethl. •2556. 5. A. croceum, Lk. n. 3, ejusmodi species. Himantia nempe sulpliurea Persoon optima evoluta et eadem quae Syn. Car. 1364 recensita. Genus 151. Colletosporium. F. S. V. inter Byssaceos, p. 304. *2557. 1. C. umbrinum, Lk. p. 25, n. 1, sub cortice putrido, Bethl. *2558. 2. C. alrum, Lk. n. 2, /S purpurascens, densim investiens ramos truncosque Smilacis rotundi- folii, Bethl. Vi.x specie distinguenda ob colorem atropurpurascentem ab atro. Genus 152. Coccotrichum. Vide F. S. V. p. 365. *2559. 1. C. Mahtii, Lk. n. 1, apud nos in trunci interiori latere, super excrementa insectarum con- glutinata eft'usum. *2560. 2. C. EiiuBEscENs, L. V. S., Salem in dejectis asseribus putridis observatum, prioris congener. C. Thallo sublimitato, efl'uso, confluente ex caespitulis numerosis subglobosis floccorum, griseo rubes- centibus. Sporidiis concoloribus, adeo magnis, creberrimis. Interdum occupat plagasscmipedales et ultra. NORTH AMERICAN FUNGI. 275 Genus 153. Racodium. F. S. V. p. 304, Byssaceum. *2561. I. R. celhre, IX. n. 1, in doliis cellariim in taberna, Bcthl. Genus 154. Acrothamnium. •2562. 1. A. violaceum, Lk. p. 27, n. 1, eleg'antissimum ac contra Friesium manifestim autonomoii. Nostrum niillimodo inter muscos crescit — sed mag-na copia iiiventum ubi via sylvatica nuvissinia, per latera colliura escawita, midtos radiculos arborum vicinitatis subdenudavit, in liis. Genus 155. Trichothecium. S. V. F. p. 185. 2563. 1. T. roseum, Lk. p. 28, n. 1, Syn. Car. Trichoderma roseum n. 517. Vulgaris in plantis et in ramulis. Praeserlim Kobiniae et Bethl. Genus 156. Sepedonium. S. V. F. p. 185. 2564. 1. S. mycophilum, Lk. p. 29, n. 1, Syn. Car. 515, vulgaris in Boletis etiam Pennsylvania. Genus 157. Mycogoxe. S. V. F. p. 178. "2565. 1. M. rosea, Lk. p. 29, n. 1, in Polyporis vetustis praesertim in P. sulphureo, liethl. •2566. 2. M. cenina, Lk. n. 2. Lectum ingenti copia sed rarissime in Peziza suftbcata, Bethl. N. B. Non displicet sententia Friesii mycogones suis Acremoniis pntius adnumerare. Genus 158. Fusisporium. S. V. F. p. 186. *2567. 1. F. aurantiacum, Lk, p. 30, n. I. In Zeae caulibus ac splcis, Bethl. *2568. 2. F. roseum, Lk. n. 2. In capsuhs Sidae abutllon et in foliis glumaceis Zeae, Bethl. *2569. 3. F. candidum, Lk. n. 3, apud nos in foliis dejectis, Bethl. •2570. 4. F. Laokxariae, L. v. S. Verrucas exsoletorum Cucurbitarum lagenari.ae albo-investiens, Bethl. F. tliallo satis crasso e fills contexto ramosis, candldis, aqua diffluentibus, immixtis sporidiis inseptatis cylindricis, rainutis. Genus 159. Menispora. (Macrosporium, F. p. 182.) •2571. 1. M. glauca, Lk. p. 31, interiori paginae corticis deject. Bethl. Genus 160. Gonitrichum. (F. S. V. p. 306, Byssaceum.) *2572. 1. G. caesium, Lk. p. 32, ad frustula corticis Vitis, Bethl. Genus 161. Epochnium. F. S. V. p. 186. *2573. 1. E. monilioides, Lk. p. 32. Apud nos Bethl. ad uvas cultas passim occurrit. 27G SYNOPSIS OF Genus 162. Helicotrichuji. F. S. V. p. 305, Byssaceum. '2374. 1. H. /)«/t'/jic/um, Link. p. 33. Fungus noster bene quidem conveniens, ad caules stipitesque putrescenlcs occurrit, ncc luicusque in ligno. An nova species. Pulvinulis crebris confluentibus colore pulcliro caesio. Ilistori.i ceterum omnino eadem, vide Lk. p. 33. Genus 1G3. Bactridium. F. S. V. p. 180. *2575. 1. "&. Jlavum, Lk. p. 34, n. 1, frequcns in Ijgnis putridis praesertim salicis, Betlil. *2576. 2. B. carncum, Lk. n. 3. Multo rarius Betlil. *2577. 3. B. EFFUscM, L. v. S., rarius in caulibus putridis plantarum, Bethl. B. nigrofuscum, floccis frequentibus, subramosis, sept.atis, hyalinis. Sporidiis e globoso utrinque acu- tiusculis, subdifformibus, zona media intus materia grumosa repleta. C.aespitibus elongato-conflu- entibus, demum induratis effusura. Genus 164. Scolicotrichum. F. S. V. p. 1S3. '2578. \. S. vireseetis, Lk. p. 35, ramulos ignotos investiens rarimi, Betlil. *2579. 2. S. cANDinuM, L. v. S., eftasum super folia dejecta inter quisquilias corruptas, Beth!. S. Thallo indeterminatim effuso, lalissimo contexto ex floccis crispis vermiformibus, intricatis quidem, sed non ramosis, subnudis, satis crassis diaplianis inseptatis. Sporidia septata alba subdlaphana. Genus 165. Circinotrichum. F. S. V. p. 1S2. •'2580. 1. C. lANDiDUM, L. V. S., in ligno deorbato putrido pineo, Salem. C. thallo tenuissimo efi'uso, exacte congruo descriptione Linkli pagina35 — nisi colore. Floccis enim candidissimis, et nitoris expertlbus. Nudo ocuJo lignum videtur farina adspersum. Genus 166. My.niotrichum. F. S. V. p. 304, Byssaceum. *258L 1. M. churturum, Lk. p. 36, n. 1. Non rarum in chartis maris tabernarum diu loco humido adglutinatis, ut solent in usum publicl . Series II. (Byssacei.). Etiam in hac serie commixtos habcnius fungos Friesiani Coniomycetes, Byssaceis ejusdem. Genus 167. Acladrt.m. F. S. V. p. 306, Byssacei(7)i. '2582. 1. A. consperstim, Lk. p. 37, n. 1, frcquens ad truncos, Betlil. *258j. 2. A. microspermum, Lk. n. 2, in ramis putridis ibidem. *2S84. 3. A. iiF.Nsissi.MUM, L. v. S., ad truncos ct asscrcs putridos, Betlil. rarum. A. caespitulis densissimis uncialibus, ciri.so-])u!vinatis griseo.cancscentibus. Floccis persistentibus et sporidiis majusculis concoloribus. Genus 16S. Chloridiubi. F. S. V. p. ISl. »2585. 1. C. viride, Lk. p. 38, n. 1, in llgnis putridis Bethl. NORTH AMERICAN FUNGI. 277 *2536. 2. C. griseum, Lk. n. 2, distinctissinium fi'ei|uciitius in cortice putrldo, lictlil. *258r. 3. C. CANDiDissiMUJi, L. V. S., ad ligiia piitrida Betlil. Fere omnino evanescens. C. tliallo omnium tenuissimo, floccis candidissimis sporidiis diffoi-mibus minutissimis. Fugax. Gonus 16.'». Cladosporiu,-\i. F. S. V. Dcnialiuin, p. 188, quoad spccinm unicam — cetera a. 43. Ilarissime sed distinctissimum in f'ohis Trifolii repentis, Bethl. Genus 173. Arthriniitm. F. S. V. ]). 1S7, cum proximis. •2612. 1. A. caricicola, Lk. p. 43, in Carice quaedam monticola rarius prope Nazareth inventum. Genus 174. Camptoum. F. S. V. p. 1S7, vide p. 365. "2613. 1. C. ntrvatum, Lk. p. 44, in culmis Scirpi lacustrl, Bethl. Genus 175. Goniosporum, ut sujjra. '2614. 1. G. piicchwides, Lk. p. 45, rarius in foliis Caricis crinitae, Bethl. Genus 176. Sporophleum, ut supra. '2615- 1. S. gramineum, Lk. p. 45. solummodo ob.vium in foliis Zizaniae in Delaware prope Philad. Genus 177. Conoplea. F. S. V. p. 1S7. '2516. 1. C. Iiisjiidula, Lk. p. 46. mihi obvium in Panicis rarius, dc Horto Bartrami Philad. NORTH AMERICAN FUNGI. 279 Genus 178. Coelosporium. F. S. V. ad proximum. '261T. 1. C. fruliculosum, Lk. p. 46, non rarum in cxsoletis foliis p'amineis, lietlil. Nolu. — Gi'atissimum mihi fait, fere omnia haec genera CI. Linkii, gaudentia tani disllnctis charactcri- bus, quanquam plemmque minutissima, etiam in nosti'is regionibus invenire. (inis lalia observaiis, possit adhuc buspicari, naturam in his oi-ganismis mici'oscopicis; mere pro lubitn sibi lusum indefinitum vagum- que permisisse — nee esse ullam fidem ac stabilitatem in eorum diagnosi. Ludit sane metliodice, ([unm iisdem formis tam detei-minatis gaudet, cis et transatlantice. Genus 179. HELMiNTHOspORitxjr. F. S. Y. p. 305, Byssuceum. 2618. 1. H. vduiinum, Lk. p. 4", n. 1, Syn. Cai\ 1324, (D. ciliare) vulgatum in ramulis Carolinac el Pennsylv. *2619. 2. H. subulatum, Lk. n. 2, Betlil. in ramis. *2620. 3. H. minus, Lk. n. 3, rarius in ramis, Uelhl. *'2621. 4. H. nanuin, Lk. n. 4, in ligno putrido, iiiid. "2622. 5. U. pellucidum, Lk. n. 5, non r.^rnm in ramis, ibid. *2523. 6. H. simplex, Lk. n. 6, in ligno salicino, Bethl. *2624. 7. H. icnuissimum, Lk. n. ", in caulibus plantarum v. c. in exsoletis Aquilegiae liortorum, Naz. 2625. 8. H. FAScicuLATDM, L. V. S., Svn. Car. 1326, (Demat. castaneae) frequens in variis foliis, Salem et Bethl. H. fascicnlis minutis gregatim propullantibus ex epidermide subfissa et subelevata, saepe collectis in maculam plus minus eft'usam. Floccis nigris simplicibus, plus miniisve divergentibus, articnlatim septis. Sporidiis crebris concoloribus. ♦2526. 9. H. DCBiDM, L. v. S., ex ramis propullans; affine priori, sed vix fiscicnlatoni, Betid. H. floccis aggregatis, sed non in fasciculis, nigris aut nigro-subfuscescentibus, flexuosis, Hliformibus, longiuscidis articulatim septatis. Sporidiis minutis adliaerentibus. '2627. 10. H. coRTicALE, L. v. S., satis frequens in cortice glabrato ramornm Platani occidcntalis, Salem et Bethl. H. fasciculatum, propullans ex cortice. Floccis nigris, erectis vix ramosis, basi coalitis, apicem versus conniventlbus, rigidis, ila \it fasciculus subconicus evadit. Sporidiis rarioribus, brevissimis, saepe extus griscescentibus. •2628. 11. H. viiuiULToiiUM, L. v. S., sub epidermide ramulorum Mori frigore emortuorum — demuni denudatuni, Bethl. H. floccis aggregatis in maculam nigrescentem semiuncialem primum subepidermide, demum nudum; ceterum brevissimis tenerrimis fuscis, ramosis. Sporidiis concoloribus inspersis. *2629. 12. H. cnnsTuosuM, L. v. S., longissime eft'usum, crustam teneram nigram in C.italpae ramis junloribus, Bethl. H. floccis brevissimis simplicibus erectis nigris, tam densim aggregatis, ut videntur sistere crustam pedalem, in qua vix distinguuntur flocci, statu sicciori. Sporidia minutissima cum floccis confusa. ••2630. 13. H. nEnBincM, L. v. S., pulchrum, in caulibus Euphorbiae marginatae, Bethl. Dothidcas, Sphaeriasque his incolas — obtegens. H. subeffusum aut subpulvinatum. Floccis brevissimis basi intumescentibus, brunncis aut fuscis, mi- nutis, densissime stipatis, pellucidis svib lente et septatis. Sporidiis inspersis. *2534. 14. H. SoHGHi, L. v. S., frequens in foliis putridis Sorghi culti Litiy. H. pulvinulis minutis (linearlbus) oblongis, crebris aterrimis, confluentibus. Floccis atris, rigidis erectis, densis, simplicibus, subacuminatis, articulatim septatis, Sporidiis concoloribus inspersis. *2632. 15. H. Brassicola, L. v. S., in foliis Brassicae cellis asservatae, circum nervum centralem prae- sertlm erumpens. Affine ienuissimo. H. plagis irregularibus, nigro-fuligineis longe lateque efi'usis. Floccis longiusculis, junioribus erectis, ramosissimis hyalinis. Sporidiis oblongis multiseptatis, saepe incurvis, et pscudo pediccllo interdum sufFultis, ceterum frequenter clavatis, longitudine fere floccorum. Sporidiis effusis cavdem inquinat. •2533. 16. H. conNicuLATCM, L. v. S., abnorme. E rimis corticis quercini recenter caesi rarius pro- pullans, Bethl. 280 SYNOPSIS OF H, giganteuni; aten-imum cum nitore quodam cinerascente; coriiiculatim i-ar.iosum versus apicem ramis divaricatis brevibus. Floccis crassis, fragiUimis, deiisissime iiitricatis, longitud'me unciali, pulvinulum efficientibus 2 — 3 uncialeni, effusum longitudinaliter in rimis. Spori'liis rarioribus et tantuni in perfectissimis, apice incrassatis. Genus ISO. Helicoseoriu.m. *26j4. 1. H. vegetum, Lk. p. 51, ligno putrescente inventum, IJetlil. Series III. (Mucedinls.). Genus ISl. Haplotrichum. F. S. V. p. 1S4. '26Jo. I- H. cupilatitin, Lk. p. 52, in truncis Betlil. "2(536. 2. n. VII1E3CF.XS, L. v. S., in cortice puti-ido ranmrum, liethl. H. floccis efl'usis intric.atis, ramosis, septatis, persistentibus fuscescentibus, sporidifei'is erectis. Spori- foria ovalia ex sporidiis virescentibus. *2637. 3. H. suDPULTiNATiM, L. V. S., in truncis putridis cortice insidet, Betbl. H. subpulvinatim aggreg-atum et interdum effusum. Floccis densis, divergentibus ramosulis, griseo- canescentibus intricatis, sporidiferis erectis. Sporidiis majusculis ovatisconcoloribus, apice collectis. Genus 1S2. IIapl.\ri.\. F. S. V. p. 184. *2638. 1. H. grisca, Lk. p. 52. Optime quadrans — sed loco alieno. Apud nos solummodu in cor- tice inventa. Genus IS.S. EoTRYTis. F. S. V. p. 1S4. 1.* MUie. 2639. 1. B. ramulosa, Lk. p. 5j, n. 1, Syn. Car. 13u6, diffusa, in putridis plmtis et in lignis. In his minus fugax. •2640. 2. B . geotridm, Lk. n. 3, vulgaris in terra, locis stagnornm sylvaticorum exslccatis, Betlil. 2541. 3. B. cpigaeuyl^k. n. 2, in sylvisad vias etdeclivitates. Est quod nobis olini Trichoderma tuber- culatum audit. Syn. Car. 523, et. Bcthl. •2642. 4. B. elcgans, Lk. n. 4, Nobis et in ligno obvia et turn asservabilis, Bcthl. "■2643. 5. B. densu, Lk. n. 5, etiam in fungis, Bethl. 2644. 6. B. agaricina, Lk. n. 6, frequens praesertim in I'olyporis. Syn. Car. rcinwsa, 13Ud. *2645. 7. B. cplphylla, Lk. n. ~, satis frequenter obscrvata in foliis Geranii mactilati et caroliiiiani, Bethl. '2646. 8. B. PELLICULA, L. v. S., ad lignum vetustum, Bethl. B. Thallo eflfuso, densissime intertexto, candldissimo, sistente pellom delicatum tenuissinium detracii- bilem. Floccis sporidiferis creberrimis erectis et decumbentibus, onustis caterva densa sporidiorum candidissimorum globosorum. Floccis ceterum eleganter ramosis. Sporidiis faciliter concussione avolantibus. 2.* Virentes uut olivuccat. *2647. 9. B. olivacea, Lk. n. 7, in truncis putridis, Bctlil. "2648. 10. B. puleinata, Lk. n. 8, in fungis vulgaris, ibid. ■2649. 11. B. polijspora, Lk. n. 9, in dejectis ramis, ibid. •2650. 12. B. cinereovirens, Lk. p. 56, in ligno putrido, ibid. NOHTII AMERICAN FUNGI. 281 *2651. 13. B. lignifraga, Lk. ii. 10, Ilethl. rarius. •2652. 14. B. L.ixi, L. v. S., species elcguntissima cii-cum radices piitrescentes fruticis Rhododcndri emortui dejecti, Betlil. B. late effusa, passim subpulvinata, laxissime coliacrens. Floccis ramosis, ramis cl ramificationibiis divaricatis. Sporidiis g-Iohulosis. Fungus pcrsistens ac asservabllls gaudet colore clcguntcr lutes- cente cervino, floccis nempe et sporidiis concoloribiis. 3.* lioseae. *2653. 15. B. rosra, Lk. n. II, in ramis Platani, Bethl. •2654. 16. B. macrospora, Lk. n. 12, in scobe lignea et in cortice, Bethl. ct Salem. "2655. 17. B.variospcrma, Lk. n. 13, aftinis priori, apud nos in cortice plcrumque, Bethl. *2656. 18. B. LATERiTiA, L. V. S., plagis latissimis elTusa in caule antique Brassicae, Bethl. B. Thallo crassiusculo efTiiso. l-'loccis ramosissimis, lateritiis, primum albidis: sporidiferis erectis intricalis. Sporidiis copiosissimis, cleganter lateritiis. Plagas efficit binnciales, subpulvinatim .applanatis. •2657. 19. B. puLCHERniMA, L. v. S., plagis unci.am latis, 6 uncias long-is in cortice confluentibus, Bethl. B. Thallo densim intertexto, crassiusculo, decumbente, persistente, ime roseo. Floccis sporidiferis, fasciculatim in th.\lIo erectis, ramosissimis, candidis, onustis sporidiis ovato-globosis candidissimis. *2658. 20. B. LiLAciNA, L. v. S., in ramis I'ini canadensis subcorruptis, Mauch Chunk. B. Thallo effuso, vix pulvinato. Floccis breviusculis intricatis ramosis, sporidiferis subcrectis, lilacinis. Sporidiis ovatis crebris, pauIo purpurloribus. 4.' Flavicanles. *2659. 21. B.fulva, Lk. n. 15, ad frustulas ligni inter pulverem vaporarium. Betlil. ct ad truncos. •2660. 22. B. allochroa, Lk. n. 16, in herbis dcjectis, Bethl. '2661. 23. B. LEucoXANTiiA, L. V. S., passim in cortice, Bethl. B. Thallo efFuso tomentoso. Floccis luteo-flavcscentibus crassiuscuhs, intricatis, ramosis, articulatim septatis. Sporidiferis erectis; sporidiis majusculis, globosis, candidis, densim in ramis aggregatis, subfugacibus. 5.* .lurnnliacue. •266}. 24. v.. (iurantiaca,'Lk. n. 17, frequeiis in truncisputridis: rubro-aurantiaca. An Oidiiimfulvum sit status junior* 6.* Griscae. •2663. 25. B. cana, Lk. p. 59, n. IS, in foliis marcidis, Bethl. •2664. 25. Ti. polyudis, Lk. n. 19, frequens in caulibus, Bethl. *2665. 27- B. leiicospora, Lk. n. 23, nobis in fungis, Bethl. 2666. 28 B. cincrea, Lk. n. 21, Syn. Car. 1307. In Pennsylvania nobis innotuit insuper Sclerotlum durum in Euphorbiae marginatae caulibus putridis. *2667. 29. B. licolor, Lk. n. 24, in iisdem ct aliis caulibus reperta, Bethl. *266S. 30. B. MixuToiA, L. v. S., in antiquissimis truncis Betulae nigiae, Betlil. B. minoris voluminis species. Thallo e pulviiudis parvis subrotundis, confluentibus, lineam longis, parum elevatis ex albo-cinerascentibus conflate. Floccis tortis invalidis ramosis. Sporidiis crebris candidis. 7.* Nigrac. "2669. 31. B. n/gra, Lk. n. 25, Virgaria, Nees, In ramis dejectis rarior, Bethl. Genus 184. Polyactis. F. S. V. p. 184, sub Botrytide. •2670. 1. P. quadrifida, Lk. p. 62, n. 1. In rcceptaculis aut seminibus Compositarum, Bethl. •2671. 2. P. simplex, Lk. n. 3, evanescens, Bethl. in receptaculis putridis Helianthi annul. •2672. 3. P. GBisF.A, L. V. S., in leguminibus Catilpae et Bignoniae, Bethl. Vol. IV.— 3 V 282 SYNOPSIS OF p. floccis sporidiferis sparsis, griseis, simplicibus, evanescentibus. Sporidlis concoloribus, ovato- cylindricis apice floccorum irreg-ulai-iterumbellatlm collectis, sed etiam in trunco flocci adhaerentibus. Genus 185. Aspergillus. F. S. V. p. 183. "2673. 1. A. candidus, l,k. p. 65, n. 1, frequens in fungis, Bethl. •2674. 2. A. mycobanche, Lk. n. 2. In Pezizis majoribus, ibid. "2675. 3. A. ovaiispermus, Lk. n. 3. In prunorum fructiibus, ibid. 2676. 4. A. glaucus, Lk. n. 6, Syn. Car. 1314, Monilia vulg,iris et in Pennsylv. 2677. 5. A. roseus, Lk. n. 8, S}T\. Car. 1316, cellis, Sec. et. Bethl. *2678. 6. A. /ancus, Lk. n. 5, in carioso Salice, ibid. *2679. 7. A. griseus, Lk. n. 10, in fungis puti-idis, ibid. *2680. 8. A. puRPunzoFuscus, L. v. S., species distinctissima. In caulibns putridis Bi-assicae rai-lus occumt, Betlil. A. Hyphasmate longe lateque effuso, tenue. Floccis sporidiferis ramosis et erectis, aut etiam simpli- cibus, septatis purpureo-fuscis. Sporidiis creberrimis, concoloribus, demum canescentibus, majus- culis. Elegans ac persistens. *2681, 9. A, virens, Lk. n. 7, in ramis dejeotis in montibus Lehigh mihi obvius. Vix specifice distinc- tus. Floccis tamen aeque ac sporidiis demum aeruginoso-vii-idibus, quanquam primo et subtus albescunt. Genus 186. Penicillum. F. S. V. p. 182. '2682. 1. P. candidum, Lk. p. 69, n. I, in fungis frequens, Bethl. *2683. 2. P. roseum, Lk. n. 2, in caulibus plantarum, Bethl. 2684. 3. V. glaucum, Lk. n. 3, Syn. Car. 1319, Monilia digitata vulgatum et Pennsylv. *2685. 4. P. sparsum, Lk. n. 4. In foliis gramineis, Bethl. Genus 187. Coremium. F. S. V. p. 182. *2686. 1. C. glaucum, Lk. p. 71, n. 1, in Involucris corruptis Castanearum, Bethl. *2687. 2. C. candidum, Lk. n. 2, in corruptis stipitibus, Bethl. •2688. 3. C. citrinum, Lk. n. 3, rarius in lignis et . SuBGEN. ROESTELIA AUT CERATITES. 2899. 89. C. R. Cylindrites, Lk. n. 172. Syn. Car. 432, sub hoc nomine complectuntur sequentia Caeomata specie forsan separanda. =t.C. Crataegi punciatae, pseudoperidiis divergentibus fibrosis, medio intumescentibus — albidis. Penn- sylvania. ^. C. Crataegi arhorescenth m.acidis parvis rubris pseudoperidiis non fibrosis, difl^ormibus fuscorubris. Prope FayetteviUc Caroliiiae. y. C. Oxyacanlhae maximum, valde frequens prope Philadclplli.^ in saepibus. tf. C. Mali in foliis Pyri mali ct coron.ariae, miaculis pan'is sed effusis. Pseudoperidiis minutls. 2900. 90. C. R. i?o&s/t7/te, Lk. 173. Aecid. canccUatum, Syn. Car. 433. Bethlehemis estpomarium antiquum, gaudens arboribus Pyri mali ingentibus. Sero autumno pluria folia horum arborum per 6 — 7 annos, ita tccta vidi ab hoc fungo, ut e longinquo folia rubra videntur. 2901. 91. C. It. FiiAxiNiTEs, L. v. S., Syn. Car. 430, Lk. 170, .\ecidiumfraxini. Potius huclocandum, passim Beth, in fraxinis foliis. 2902. 92. C. R. Bo-mYAriTEs, L. v. S., rarissime obvium in foliis Aroniae botryapium Bethlehem; sed ubi occurrit — satis frequens. C. omnino distinctum — macula flavescent; ochracea satis eftusa. In aversa pagina observantur pseu- doperidia centralia aggrcgata ut tuberculi, globosa, luteoviridia, primum obtuse conica et quasi clausa, demum subaperta et in ore multo-fimbriata, fimbriis spadiceis flexuosis. Sporidiis parcis umbrinis. Pseudoperidiis paucis, imo interdum unico. , iioiuliim in rcniisylvaniu obscrv.'ita. *306". 14. I. FrncATA, L. v. S., rai-issime imenta ex chrysalidibus foliis tectis excrcsceiis, Tlcllilcheni. I. maxima, 2 — 3 uncias longa. Sporitlochio pallido crassiusculo torto, basin versus glabrato, apicc in clavulam furcatam candidam diviso, densim tcctam sporidiis pulvenilentis, floccis interspcrsis. ■'30CS. 15. I. NiGRiPEs, L. V. S., ctiam ex chrys.ibdibus defossis, Salem reperta. 1. Sporidochio simplici, altitudine semiunci.am aequantc; stipite quasi tenui tereti ni^-o gflabro ad dimidium usque turn abiente in clavulam simpliccm obtusam, cinerco-alljam pulverulenlam, sac])C falcatam. Sporidiis compactiusculis. *3069. 16. I. carnca, Pers. et Consp. Nisk. ctiam Syn. Car. 1302, Link. p. 118, in notis. Nostra Uctli- leliemis passim in stipitibus et foliis dcjectis — bona species — qaam lioc loco describendam coactus sum ob Linkii observationcm. I. Sporidocliiis minutis fasciculatis, e fascicidis divcrgcntilius quasi stipitibus basi connatis, formal is, pal- lidofuscis, capitulo aut clavula laxissima floccosa. Sporioides, Lk.3, Syn. Car. 1294, nondum in Pennsylvania observatum. Genus 236. Scorias. Sys. Veg. Fr. p. 171. 3077. 1. S. spoNGiosA, L. v. S., Syn. Car. 1311, Botrytis. Non sine numinc celebcrrimus Friesius liunc fungum maximum, tam abnormem loco citato Systemati suo incorporat. Evidenter est hujus vicinitatis— et multa habet communia cum Podisomate. In Pennsylv.ania quaque in sylvis fagmeis, plerumque in terra jacet,— nee ctiam his regionibus a me unquam statu non induratomventa. (icmis 237. Dacrina. F. S. V. p. 172, Dacrydiuni, Necs. 3U78. 1. D. m7(iaiarmum, Nees. Syst. passim et Bethh ad ligna occurrlt. Syn. Car. 1336, Dema- tiuni praesertim sub cortlce Juglandls tomentosae, SiC. •3079. 2. D. hydnohhum, Consp. Fung. Nisk. A. et S. sub nomine Hydnum sudans. Optime quadrant speclniina nostra in llgno Rhododendri, Bethl. Vol. IV.— 4 B 306 SYNOPSIS OP Genus 23S. Botryosporidm, L. v. S., Novum Genus. Sporidocliio obsoleto. Sporidiis quasi botrytim in binis aut pluribus seriebus ordinatis in sporisoriispel- lucidis pyriformibus, sufFiiltis pedicello pellucido septato, atris, compresso-globosis, minutls sporiso- riis fasciculatim prorumpentibus. 3030. 1. B. piioncMPENs, L. v. S., in Euphorbiae epidermide (et magis confluens etiam in Dianthi) ex crusta qiiadam cinerascente, more Cl.">dosporii prorumpens, Bethleliem. R. acei'vis minutis, copiosis, subconfluentibiis, aterrimis, ex fasciculatis sporisoi'iis pedicellatis. Series IV. Sporodermei. Genus 239. Sporidesmium. *.3081. I. S. cil.-um, Lk. p. 120, n. 1, in lignis piitridis, Naz. 3082. 2. S. xiTESs, L. V. S., in truncis et ramis deniid.atis Spii-aeae opniifoliae satis vidgare, Bethl. S. Stromate apjilanatim pulvinato, acervis minutis semillneaiibus tantum passim confluentibus, lig-num longe lateque pnnctuans. Sporidiis densim aggregatis clavatis, fusiformibus et subtortuosis, fusco- atrls cum splendore nitente. Genus 240. Exosporitjji. Lk. p. 120, parte ininore. E. Vermiculariis in Genere No. 58, supra descriplis, liuc ct non ad Pyrenomicetum pertincre mihi videntur E. TiUue, No. 1833, hujus libelli: E. clavuligera. No. 1834: adde quoque 3083. 3. E. MAXIMUM, L. v. S. Stilbospora maxima Syn. Car. 506, quod autem in Pennsylvania milii nonobvium. Magnitudine sporidiorum, oculo nudo perceptibilium valde insigne. Genus 241. Seiridium. *3084. 1. S. «?f/)-^i"na/um, Lk. p, 126, n. 1. Planta nostra pervulgata in Rosa corymbosa, incolainunda- torum locorum, icone .ac descriptione Neesi exacte convenit. Sedabhorret magnitudine. Plerum- que nempe occurrit in ramis vivisaut subviventibus acervis ingcntibus crassissimis, biuncialibus, am- biens ramos, et saepe multi accrvi confluunt. Sporidiis tam m.agnis ut optime possint observari nudis oculis, aut saltern per lentem quam mininie augentem. •3085. 2. S. SiMiLACis, L. V. S., passim ex caulibus Smilacis caduci et .aliorum specicrura erunipens, Bethlehem. S. acervis, longissinie confluentibus, tamcn multominoribus, nee tam incr.assatis. Sporidiis cylindricis, atrofuscis, obtusis, pedicellis longissimis contortis albi.s. Genus 2 12. CORYA'EUM. '5086. 1. C. depnssum, Lk n. 4, in ramcdis jihododendri, liethlehem. '3087. 2. C. hradiyuruiH, Lk. n. 3, passim in lignis ramorum. Bethlelieni. 3088. 3. C HEDvsAnr, L. v. S.. Syn. Car. 50J, Didyinos|>orium in foliis vigentlbus Hedysarori'.m in Carolina cvidentcr hujus loci. 3089. 4. C. couTicALE, ly. V. S., Syn. Car. SI!, elegintulum, non frequens sed distinctissinium in epidermide Platani occidentalis. NORTH AMERICAN TUKGI. 307 •o090. 5. C. KHOnoDEsmi, L. v. S., passim in foliis lihododendrl maximi, Uetlil. C. Sporidocliiis mimitis, sparsis, per epidei-midem folii pronimpentibus, convcxidis, atris, intus albes- centibiis. Sporidiis dispersis, dcmum nudiiisculis. Sporidiis ovatibus aut p\rifbrmil>iis, pcdicellis breviusculis, crassis, septatis. *o091. 6. C. Smilacis, L. v. S., in epidcrmide Sniilacis rotundifolii dispcrsnm, lictbl. C. Spovidochiis tectis sub epidevmide elevata, tantuni poro, ant rima centrali apertis. Disco minuto turn conspicuo, densim obsilo sporidiis nigris ac fuligincis pedicellatis, obloni^is aut subcylindricis, scptatij — demum efHuenllbus. 3092. 7. C. i;ripnTLLUM, L. v. S., vulgave in foliis Castaneis. Sparsini ct nitfiificans, lictblelicm. C. sporidocbiis obliteratis, acervulis parvis, irrcgnlai-ibus densim aggregatis in pagina avcrsa. Spori- diis numerosis, ovalo-cylindricis, subfalcalis, septatis, fnscis. Aqua infusa apparent ])cdicelli long-i- usculi, pellucidi, pluribus versus basin coalitis. •3093. 8. C. jipriGDnATUM, L. v. S., snbtectum sub viUositate pag-inae aversac foliornm Quercns macropae, Nazaretli. C. sporidocbiis atris diflbrmibus aut stellatim confluentibus. subclTusis, applanatis. Sporidiis pyri- formibus, mulliseptatis, brevissime pedicellatis. Prime obtutu affine quodammodo Uotiyosporio nostro. Genus 213. GyjiNospoRANGiujr. "■3094. 1- G. Juniperi, Lk. p. 127, n. 1. lufrequens sedbene distinctuni a I'odisoniate Juniperi inventum prope Easton Pen.us) Ivaniae in Junipcro virg'iniaiui. Gcr.us21-1. PODISOJIA. •3095. 1. P. /"(J/yjm, Link. p. 127, in unico .Tnnip. Sabina mild nola, in his reg-ionibns — copiosim pro- puUat. 3096. 2. P. MAcr,opus,L. V. S., Lk. p. 127, perperam sub Gymnosporang-io. In Carolinae supe- rioris reg-ionibus mihi optime notis, rarior Cungus. In Pennsylvania vulg'atissimus, apprimc infestans .luniperos virg-iuianas sub cuUro horlnlanorum gementes, et vulgo notus nomine " CtT/fir apple," sub quo in forum afi'ertur, ut potens, quanquani fabulosum remedium anthelminticum. Link- ius dolet me non in analomen sporidocUii inl'erioris incjuisivisse. Quae nunc de hoc milii innotne- runt hoc loco lubenter addo. Primum, basis iUa veMatissima, nulUmpdo pro sporidocliio habenda, si hoc nomine deslgnare vis idem quod in Podisomate .luniperi sic audit. Est corpusculum ilhtj, gela- tinosum e stipitibus sporiuiorum implicatis formatum exacte cum ligulis treniellosis noslri P. macro- podis congruum. Casilare capitulum autem de quo quaeritur oninino alius indolis. Nunqnam autem deest. Iiiitium contra semper praebet nostro fung-o; primo juventute in tenerrimis ramulis .1. virgini- aiiae se ostendens, maguiludine capitis aciculae majoris, sensim crescens, plerumque ramulo pene- trante immutato et in capitulum plus minusve regulariter turbinatum et plicatum intumcscens;— ad uncialem vel Immo biuncialemdiametrum attingens. Substantia in sicco et obsolete fibroso-suberosa est, ut Eistulinae, sed non succoso-carnosa, quasi ex flbris ex pedicello late obconico radiantibus — ceterum turn servans habitum sublignosum. Capitidum vigens contra faciliter, ut pcmum, se- candum immo comedendum est — durum exsiccatione devenit. Exlus cortice gaudct epldermidis ad instar, colore ex lilaceo fuscopurpurascente, omnino tamen exsr.cco ut pomorum epidermide. In tola superficie regularia apparent foveola, polygona, plerumque pentagon.^, primum tantum applaiiala, mox impressaet umbonata; turn cortice in centro, rupto, tempore madido, protruduntur sporido- chia ligulosa tremellosa, colore pulcb.errimo aurantio uncialia — tolas arbores per unam vernalem noc- tem pluviosam tanquam ditissima messe Aurantiorum maturorum exornans. Si tempus madidum con. tinu.atur per multos dies, per tantos hoc statu invenitur, ligulis tandem diffluentibus. Mox sub sole autem exsiceauturligulae — nee unquam revivificantur. Capitulum persistit per annum. Vetusta spt- cimina, interne non dissimiha excrescentiis arborum. Nullibi capitulum tamen sine ligulis salteni initialibus, ligulae sine capitulo invenientur. Solenne est, ubi arbores juniperinas cultri ope in for- mam py ramidatam aut aliani cocrcuntur, fuug-um i:ostruni incredibiU copin eascontegerc — ?ed secup.- 308 SYNOPSIS OF dum observationes meas per decern aiuioscautim notatas, tales arbores non destmit, ne quidemvide- tiir illis nocei-e. Sunt igitur ex populo inulti, et non pauci non ex plebe, qui persuasissimi haerent fuiigum bunc aut inflorescentiam aut fi'uctum verum Jiiniperorum esse. Basin nibil habere commune cum opere insectifero per asslduum studium edoctus sum. Non valde fungosam esse etiam fatendum est. Milii videtur abnormissima formatio de qua melius nil adseverare — sed ulterius e.xaminare. ^'ota. — Anatomia baseos hujus fungi in statu juvenilj, antequam ligulam tremellosam protrudit, casu oniissa loco suo, indicat sequentia. Substantia baseos tum intus omnino est similis substantiae Pomi ma- turi — si basin cultro secare velis — ex albido-virens, sesc monstrat, omnino ut pomum immaturum; gru- moso-cellulosum, habitu quodam ex stipite radiante. Mox color viridis mutatur in fulvo-aurantium colc- rem — et tum observantur fibri albidi rarlores radiantes ramosim ex stipite. Ligulis seniel prolrusis, quod fit tempore pluvioso basis non amplius cresclt; si autem ver non pluviosus sit, indies avigentur bases. Epidermis juniorum ante evolutionem sporidochiorum, texturam quandam filamentoso-furrurace.am habet, et crassitiem epidei-midis pomi. Ligulae in statu perfectissimo onustae sunt sporidiis, omnino ut in P. ju- niper!— sunt autem lig'ulae plerumque longiores ncc conicae sed saepe subfiexuosae et potius versus apicem attenuatae. Genus 245. Sarcopodium. \309". I. S. clrcinnulum, Lk. p. 12", n. 1, non rarum sed faciliter ob similitudinem cum initio Thele- phorae (et Fries, in Elencbo p. 226 ad Thelephoras trahit) super visum. Ad caules, Eethl. Genus 246. Lichenopsis. L. v. S. , Noviun Genus. Genus omnino aberrans. Angiogastres, praesertim Spliaerobolas cum ultimis (iymnomycctibus, ut Podi- soma, apte jungcns, et ob crustaceam maculam in ligno — ad Lichenes quoque certo modo spectans. Sporidochio, in cupula subglobosa ime recondita in ligno lichenosim circum circa albocrustato, quasi im- merse; tapetio cupulae subcarnoso excavate, et cupula primum operculo albopulveraceo tecta, de- mum operculo deciduo, orerotundo contractomagnitudine capitis aciculae m.ijnris, apcrta. Incen- ti'o hu)us cupulae globosae assurgit Sporldochium cylindrlcum apice truncatum, lutescens, ex coa- litisfloccis hyalinls tenuissiralscomposltum, diffluentibus in aqua, in sicclsconjunctisin corpusculum mduratum subcornevmi; flocci, qui evidenter sunt pedicelli, ut in Podisomate, sporldiorum, quibus hoc corpusculum coronatum est in disco suo; sporidia autem ovalia multiseptata, aterrinia. Sicco statu sporldochium ad instar columellae in centro cupulae assurgit, luteum, ex nigris sporidiis in super- ficie punctato-nigi-um. Verisimilitcr, ut mihl videtur, sporldochium demum ejicitur, ut globus Sphaeroboli. Non vldi hoc factum, sed cupulae saepe Inanes occurrunt. Operculum plerumque umbonatum. "3098. 1. L. spnAinoBoLoiDEi, L, v. S., satis frequens occurrlt Bethleliemls in ramis Corni floridae, Celtis, et aliorum in ligno et cortice. L. Cupulis immersis ligno (Stictidem majorem revocantibus) lineari diametro, intus tapetio pallide luteo subcarnoso vestitis extus albescentibus, percrustam albescentem subdetermlnatim eftusam pro- rumpentibus. M.aculas licljenosas blunciales efficlt. NORTH AMERICAN FUNGI. 309 INDEX GENERUM ET SPECIERUM A ME PRTMUM I.\ AMERICA DETECTARUM. ' Signo notatae jam ill Syiwpsi Fungortim Carolhiae dcsmptae sunt. Acladium densissimum. Acremonium nigTOspermnm. ActkUum caric'mum. Actinothyrium cauUncola. mag'noliae. Aecidium (Caeoina) apocynatum. aroidatiim. astcratum. cimicifiig-atum. claytoniatum. clemati latum. convolvulatiim. dracontioiiatura. erigei'onatiim. eupUorbiae hypcricifoliac. gnaphalUatum. hepaticatum. helianthatuni. hibiscatum. houstoniatum. hieraciatum. liypericatura. impatientatum. luminatum. rnyricatum. osmundatum. pedatatuni. pentstemoniatum. podophyllatum. pjTatum. pyi'olatiim. sambuciatum. sag'ittatum. srnilacinatum. tenue. trachelifoliatuni. uvulariatiim. Vol. IV.— 4 C Aegerita hitescens. ovula. Aethalium ferrincola. Ag'aricus denticulatus farinosus. illudcns. indigo. lamellosus. nigripes. pc-ctinatus. pubescens. rbodoxanthus. sctisedus. siccus. tcnuipes. tubaeformis. Anixia intcrrupta. Arachnion album. Arcyria globosa. lutea. minor. Ascobolus conglomeratui. Aspergillus purpureofuscus. Asterophora effusa. Atractobolus lutescens. Bactridlum effusum. Boletus alboater. betula. pocono. Botrytis laxa. lateritia. leucosantha. Ulacina. mimitala. pellicula. pulcberrima. Bovista Candida. craniiformis. Botryosporium pi'oi'umpens. Bulgaria rusa. Caeoma (Ured.) agrimoniae. amaranthi. andropogi. anemonis. ari virginici. azaleae. brunneum. cbacrophyllis. cbclidonii. elcphantopodis. helianthi. heucherae. hyperici. ipomaeae. iridis. junci. lobeliae. smilacis. solidaginis. spcrmacocis. syntherismae- tereblntliinaceae . teucrli. thalictri. zeae. Calocera fiisciculata. pibpes. CompsotricUum splendens. Caulliarellus cinnabarinus. confluens. cupressi. fascicularis. 310 SYNOPSIS OP ■ CanUiarellus floccosus. helolioides. incarnatus. odoratus. olivaceus. roseus. spathulariae. viridis. Capillaria malvacearum. I'hizomorphina. Cenang'ium aenig-iriosum. andromedae. apertum. castaiieae. ccphalanthi. clavatum. compressum. confusum. ci'ustaceum. enteroxanthum. e]wspliaeria. fatiscens. fibriseda. molluscum. iiigi'ofLiscum. palmatum. populuuim. pyrinum. rliois. rosae. sphaeriomoi-phum. staphyleae. triangulare. tumonim. tui-gidiim. viburni. Ceratites (Caeom. ) botryapites. fraxinites. Ceratosporhiin t'liscescens. ChaetomKim Douglass!. typhinum. Chloridium candidissimum. Cli'cinoti'icbum candidiim. Cladospor'uim big-noniae. epispbacria. iridicola. lifjiialUe. maculans. simplex. sparsum. tyjdiae. virtjuUoTOm. Cktslerispiir'iiin cai'icinum. Clavavia aurantio-cuiiiabarina. Clavaria compressa. corona ta. gigaiUea. merismato'ides. subcorticale. sulpliurascens. tenax. tenuis. tetragona. trichomorpha. vernalis. Coccotricbum erubescens. Coniospoi'ium ati'um. strobilinum. Coremium coccineuni. concentncum. fimelarium. flavovirens. frag'ariasti'um. subiculatum. Coryneum eorticalc. effig-uratum. epipbyllum. hedysari. rhododendri. smilacis. Craterium flonforme. porpbyrium. Crlbraria minutissirna. Ci'vptosporium pseudoacaciae. Cypbella pendula. Cytispora ceanothi. difformis. pei'sicarum. quercina. robiniae. rubi. Daci'omyces azaleae. capitatus. cinnabarlnus. dift'omiis. epipb)'nus. involutus. pcIUicidus. viticola. Uactylium ci'ustaceum. giamineum. melanopus. Daedalea discolor. mcrulioides. subtomentosa. zonata. Dematium cinnamomeum. Dematium cpisphaeria. ramosum. smilacis. Depazea (Spli. ) catalpicola. dryopliila. kalmicola. smilacicola. tulipiferae. Dermea craterium. cydoniae. populnea. spiraeae. Dermosporium atrum. decolorans. roseum. Dichaena caespitosa. smilacina. Didymosporium acuminatum. calycanthi. celtis. corticola. effusum. erumpens. minutissimum. pezizoides. Dothidea afBata. ambrosiae. annonae. asclepiadis. asteromorpha.. biacbystemonitis. bumeliae. capreolatae. castaneae. cepae. chalybea. chenopodii. cinerascens. conferta. Crustacea. delmicola. delicatula. deuigrans. diospyri. dioscoreae. dispersa. eflusa. elegans. elliptica. encoeliura. exasperans. fdicum. fothergillae. frigoris. NORTH AMERICAN FUNGI. 311 Dotludea fmctig'ena. gentianae. glyeineos. gramma, heliopsidls. hjbiscicola. hyssopi. impatientis. ineleg-ans. jug'laudicola. lauri borboniae. lam-icola. lineola. liriodendri. maculans. missouriensis. nigrescens. nodicola. orbiculata. ornans. panlci. peniciUata. petiolaris. phlogis. phytolaccae. polygalae. polygoiiati. pomig'ena. radicalis. ramosa. riiois. rhuina. roblniae. rosac. sassafras, saepincola. sllpliii. subcuticularis. tosici. viburni dentati. viticola. zeae. Dryophilum pezizoides. umbonatum. Enteridium cinereum. Epicoccum caricicola. Eriiieum anomalura. lineola. pruni. quercus canescentis. Erysibe ambrosiae. asterum. ceanothi. Erysibe chelones. densissimum. gerai'diae. Uriodendri. mors uvae. nonnecator. phlog'is. quercimim. quisqulliarum. syringae- v.accinii. verbenac. viburni. Eurotium obliteratum. Excipula cpidcrmidis. glandicola. liliorum. majuscula. nitidula. rumicicola. ulmicola. viticola. Excidia applanata. auriformis . crenata. lurida. spicuLata. Exosporium maximum. Favolus abnormis. Fibrillaria crocea. complanata. Fistulina radicata. Fusarium capitatum. coccineum. efi'usum. inseptatum. pyrinum. Fusidium caesium. epidermidis. farina. fumago . tenuissimum. Fusisporium l.agenariae. Geastrum fibriUosum. minimum. Geoglossum farinaceum. rufum. Glonium accumulatum. Gucpinia helvelloides. Haplotrichum subpulvinalum. virescens. llelminthosporium brassicola. corniculatum. coi'ticale. crustuosiUTi. dubium. fasciculatum. hcrbarum. sorglii. virg'uUorum. Ilelvella costata. Hydnum aeruginosum. adustum. byssinum. canum. cinnabarinum. coriaceo-membranaceura. croceum. delicatum. cpiphyllum. himantia. luteopalUdum. moUe. olivaceum. ramosum . rliois. subresupinatum. sulpluu'cum. viticola. Hymenella cili.ata. Hypodermium effusum. Hysterium abbrcviatum . andromcdae. azaleae. betulignum. castaneae. cinerascens. confluens. expaliens. fibritectum. flexuosum. griseum. insidcns. kalmiae. librincola. mori . nucicola. osmundae. plantarura. polygonati. praeloiigum. pteridis. rhododendi'i. rimincola. rufescens. 312 SYNOPSIS OF Hysterium rugulosum. smllacis. syringae. teres, tortile, vaccinii. verbasci. vulvatum. Xllosporium caesium. Institale ma.ximum. Irpex cinerascens. . epiphylla. fuscescens. niveus. ochraceus. tulipiferae. tsaria bicolor. Candida. carnea. fiircata. globosa. nig'ripes. phalanglophila. sphingopliila. Labrclla nitida. Lachnobolus cinereus. Leangium stipatum. Lematis olivaceovircns. quercina. nifo-olivacea. Lentinus Lecontii. pelliculosus. strigosus. Schweinitzii. Leotia clilorocepliala. Leptostroma acerinum. acteae. aspidiorum. ccreale. donacis. fructigena. hyperici. inundatum. marginatum. piceum. Leptostroma rhuinum. scandcntium. zizaniae. Licea cp'ipliylla. niacrospora. nitcns. Lidicnupsis spbacroboloidca. Lopliium naviculare. sassafras. Melanconium dotbidea. griseum. peritheciatum. sassafras. truncatum. viscosum. Merulius brassicaefolius. pallens. strigosozonatus. Mitremyces lutescens. Mitrula iuflata. exigua. Monilia fusconigra. globosa. punctuans. Slorcbella foraminulosa. Mucor capitato-ramosum echinophila. Naematelia nucleata. Nidularia fascicularis juglandis. melanosperma. pulvinata. rugisperma. stercorea. Oidium candldum. inquinans. Ostracodermum spadlceum, Ostropa cinerascens. hysterioides. rugulosa. spUaerioides. Pachyma cocos. Patellaria nigrocinnabarina. rhododendri. verbasci. Perichaena marginata. vaporaria. Periconia bulbosa. epipbylla. fasciculata. gracilis. macularis. Pcridermium (Cacom.) germinale Perisporium caladil. Peziza araclinoidea. ascoboloidea. atrofusca. Peziza candidofulva. clilora. chlorascens. cinnamomea-lutescens. cinnabarina. cinereofusca. citrinella. clypeata. comata. concbella. concrescens. confluens. crocea. daedalea. discincola. erinacea. eupatorii. floccosa. fulvocana. fuscobarbata. glandlcola. griseopulvei'acea. liydrangeae. incarnescens. irregidaris. leguminum. lentaginis. leontina. luteo-alba, maculincola. megaloma. membranacea. mitrida. mollisiaeoides. obtecta. occidentalis. ocliracea. opullfolia. pastinacae. penicillata. pliiladelphi. prolificans. pruinata. rosco-alba. rufiberbis. rufula. solitaria. sphaerincola. subliirta. subiculata. torta. turbinulata. vitis. vixvisibilis. NORTH AMERICAN FUNGI. 318 Phacidium capsulare. cauUncola. corticalis. exasperans. tVaxineuin. glandicola . platani. quercinum. rhododendri. Phlebia cinnabarina. coccineo-fiilva. hyanoidea. Phlebomorpha ai-buscula. Phoma andromedae. calycanthi. culmicola. prunicola. tulipiferae. Phragmidium hedysari. Phyllopta parasitica. Physarum atrum. caespitosum. elegans. effusum. luteovalve. polyaedron. vermiculatiim. Podisoma macropus. Podosporium rigidum. glandicola. Polyactis grisea. Polyporus aesculi. candidissimus. caryae. cervinum. cinereiis. conchifer. connatus. decipiens. decolorans. favesceiis. fimbi'iporus. gilvus. graveolens. hirsutnliis. internus. isabellimis. juglaiKlinus. labyrinthiacus. lilacimis. lobatus. nigi'omargin.atus . nigropurpurciis. nigropurp\u'ascens. Vol. IV.- Polyporus parviilus. pallido-cei'vinus. papyraceus. pilotae. pini canadensis. pulchellus. radicatus. rhododendri. sassafras. scntellatus. spissus. su])erficialis. symphj'tum. tenuis. unicolor. undulatus. virgineus. viticola. xantholoma. Porolheleum pezizoides. Pterula pUimosa. Puccinia acule.ata. andropogi. arl trlpiij Hi. ai'undinariae. asteris. bullata. concentrica. emaculata. gaUi. helenii. helianthi. heliopsidis. junci. kalmiae . lespedezae procumbentis lespedezac violaceae. tnyrrhis. pliaseoli trilobi. potentillae. pycnantbemi. silphii. smilacis. solida. sorghi. verbesinae. vernoniae. windsoriae. xanthii. zizaniae. Pyremum celiac. liadulum hydnans. investiens. Radidum pini canadensis. Uhizoctonia baltatus. himantia. placenta. radiciformis, Rhytisma aceris eriocarpae. adglutinatum. asteris. bifrons. cacti. confluens. decolorans. elevatum. ilicincola. ilicis canadensis. juglandina. magnoliae. prini. sasafras. seriale. sllpbii. smilacis. solidaginis. vaccinii. vitis. Saccidium bignoniae. vegetum. Sarca brassicola. Schizoxylon tuberculatum. Scleroderma lycoperdoides. Sclerotium aesculi. anemones. applanatum. convexulum. diftorme. erumpens. frustulatum. fuscomacuLitum. gallarum. gregarium. hysteriilbrme. lauricola. lignatile. liliorum. meduDare. nicandrae. orobanches. petiolorum. platani. prunorum. reniforme. sassafras. Scolicotrichum candidum. -4 D 314 SYNOPSIS OF Scorias spongiosa. Scii-idium smilacis. Septoria nigricans. Sparassis spathulata. Sphaeria abbreviata. aculeata. aculeus. aequilinearis. afflata aggregata. albocrnstata. albofai'Cta. agrostidis. albomaculans. albopi-uinosa. ambigua. amoi'phostoma, amorphula. ampelos. ampliata. andromedae. andromedicola. andropogi. andi'opogicola. angellcae lucidae. annulans. aperta. apertiuscula. aristidae. artemisiae. asclepiaidis. assecla. atropunctata. azalcae. badia. bignoniae boleticola. bi'assicola. bnmnea. cacti. caespitulans. callostroma. canaliculata. Candida. cannabis. capsularum. caries. caryophaga. castaneae. catalpae. ceanothi. celastri. ceplialanthi. cinerascens. Sphaeria cimicifuga. cladosporiosa. clavulata. coccineomaculata. coUapsa. collecta. colliculosa. ColUnsii. Comptoniae. concolor. concomitans. concrescens. confertula. confusa. conseptata. conspersa. conspurcata. consoi'3. contorta. convexula. coptis. corni. corticium. crataegi. cornudamae. cuticiilata. daphnidis. daturae. decorticata. deformata. dematiosa. denudans. denigrata. diderma. diffusa, diospyri. discincola. discreta. distincta. divergens. driiparum. driipivora. durissima. ecliinophila. effigurata. elevans. elliptica. elongato-compressa. emergens, enteroleuca. enteroxantha. ei'umpens. eupliorliiciila. eviilsa. Sphaeria exarata. excavata. excipulans. excussa. expers. fibriseda. flabella. flabelliformis. fragariae. fi-axicola. frustrura coni. fumosa. fuscata. fuscescens. fuscopurpurea. gaUae. geoglossum. gregalis. glaiidicola. gleditsiae. goniostoma. gossypii. grisea. gyrosa. Halseyana. herbicola. herculea. hibi.sci. hibiscicola. hyalina. bydnicola. hydrangeae. hyperici. hysterloides. jasmini. illita. imposita. incanescens. inchnata. inconstans. in distincta. insidens. inspissa. intermedia, inundatorum. Investiens. investita. involuta. iridis. iridicola. juglandicola. junipericola. kalmiarum. kalmlcula. \ NORTH A3IERICAN FUNGI. 315 Sphaeria lactescentium. lactifluorum. lactucorum. laevigata, lecythea. lespedezae. ligustri. lilacina. limaeformis. lineolans. liquidambaris. liriodendri. luteomaculata. magnoliae. malvicola. marginata. mela. meliae. meloplaca, inezerei. mlUegrana. modesta. mollissima. monstrosa. morbosa. mori albae. mori rubrae muci'onata. naviculare. nervisequia. nidulans. nigi'ella. nigrlta. nigrobrunnea. notha. obscura. obtecta. obtusa. obtusata. ochroleuca. oligostoma. olivaceohlrta. oUvascens. orbicula. palliata. pannosa. panici. papilla, papyrifera. parasitans. parsimmons. pastinacae. penicillata. peponis. Sphaeria perforata, pericarpii. perigynicola. petiolonim. phellos. plaiitaginicola. platani. platypus, platystoma. pocula. pomoriim. polygonal!, polygon! sagittati. potentlUae. pruina. pubens. pugillus. punctum. purpureofusca. putaminum. p)Taraidale. quadrata. quadrifida. quercuuiD. radicalis. radicum. rattus . rccondita. rhois. rliuina. rhizina. rivulosa. ribesia. rimincola. robinlae. rosae. rubicunda. rubincola. ruborum. nifescens. sacculus. samarae. sambucivora. sarraceniae. sassafras, scabriscta. scapincola. scirponim. scoparia sclerotim. setosa. siliquosorum. silpliji. smilacis. Sphaeria smilacicola. solidaginis. spliaerincola. sphaeriostoma. spliaeroccphala. spina, spissa. squamulata. stapliyleae. stercorum. stcrilior. stilbosporans. stipata. subaffixa. subbullans. subconcava. subconfluens. subconnata. subfasciculata. subiculata. sublobata. subrtigosa. subsimplex. sulcigena, sulphurea. sumachi. tageticola. tecta. tenell.a. tenuissima. tenerrima. thapsi. tjgrinans. tingens. tondenda. toxici. transversa, transversalls. truncatula. tuberculosa, tubericola. tulipifera. tumorum. turbinulata. tj'phae. ulmea. umbcllatarum. vaccinicola. Van Vleckii. variabilis, variolaria. variolosa, verbascicola. vernicosa. 316 SYNOPSIS OF NORTH AMERICAN FUNGI. Sphaeria verrucosa. viburni. vivescens. vlridiatra. viticola. vitis . xanthostroma. yuccae. zeae. ziiiniae. Sphaerobolus corii. crustaceus. minutissimus. sparsus. Sphaeronema catalpae. caulincola . rhododendri. Sphaerosporum lignatile. Spermodermium rufum. Spilocaea concentrica. Sporidesmium niteiis, Sporotrichum aeriiginosum. alutaceum. cohaerens. gratum. himantia. incarnatum. intertextum- lutescens. solubilc. subvinosum. viticola. Spumaria liclieniformis. Stachytidium fulvum. lutescens. roseuni. Stemonites crypta. digitata. maxima. Stictis caulincola. ceracea. fimbriata. hydrangeae. hyssop't. ligusti'i. philadelphi. prominula. rubi. Stella. Stictis umbellatarum. Stilbospora multiseptata. quadriseptata. st.ipbyleae. Stilbum inquinans. roseum. Thelephora albidobrunnea. albidocarnea. albobadia. caespitulans. Candida. candidissima. cantharella. cladonia. cinerascens. coccinea. episphaeria. fimbriata. grisea. helvelloidea. imbricatula. insinuans. lilacina. lutosa. multipartita. ochraceoflava. pallescens. pallida. pedicellata. regularis. rubropallens. sistotremoides. spongiosa. styraciflua. subzonata. vialis. viticola. Torula Crustacea. cucurbitarum . meduUare. olivascens. Tremella aurantia. corrug.ata. crassiloba. palmata. virens. Trichia angulata. difformis. Trichia miniata. punctulata. Trichoderma rubropallens. Tubercularia calycanthi. celastri. difFoi-mis. fatiscens. pezizoidea. radicalis. subpedicellata. Tympanis cinerascens. fasciculata. fraxini. plicatocrenata. seriata. turbinata. viticola. Typhula mucerdae. ramealis. Vermicularia acuminata. albomaculata. angiistata. arctii. balsamitae. denudata. eftusa. epiphylla. filicina. gerardiae. iuvolucrl. ipomaeorum. liLiaceorum. ovata. petiolorum. polygon.ati. polygoni virginici. punctuans. scandentium. silphii. staphyleae. subeffiguratum. thecicola. truncata. Verpa caroliniana. Vibrissea truncorum. VoluteUa quercina. Zythia compressa. EXI'LR'AI'IO U'ONLIM NOVOUUM (iKNliKUM. Fit;. I I'oDospoiuiJM nitJinuM, L. v. S. (I. Jliiimilu.^ (-uiii I'titUi^iiunn iiiai;iiituilM]r iiutuivili. b. Floi:ci plurcs, s|ioiiiIm.s omistls, luudicc auctis. c. rioocus j^iiiguliis ; v;il(lc aucluti, ^erciis spondKi d. [(Iciii, s|)(iiKliis j;ini dojcclis. c. Sporidia iiiaxiiiic aucta. /. [dem . Fig. 2. BoTRVOSPOUUIM PKOKUMl'ENS, L. V. S. a. Frayiiicntuui caulis, acerviilis i'uiigi pioruiii|iuinibus ex C[)idciuiide, iiiugmludiut; naturuli. b. Spoiodocliiuui oiiuslum I'asciculis spoiisoiioiuiii, valdo aucl. c. Sporisoria pcllucula coiitiiioiitia sporidia. Fij^. 3. Ceuatosporium fuscescens, L. v. S. a. Coiticis rruslruiii, cm injacoiit sporidia oliusa mag. nal. h. Modice aucta ajwridia iii cpiderinidis li'uslro. c. Sporidia subpcllucida scptata iiiagis aucta. d. Sporidia valde aucta. e. Sporidium simplex auctissiinum. Fig. 4. CLASTBRISPOniUM CARICINUM, L. V. S. a. Folii Cancis Iragincntum m quo cfi'usum Ciasterisporium niagnitudine naturali b. Modico auctum. c. Sporidia pediceilata inaxmic aucta. Fig. 5. SpHAEROSPORIUM LIGNATILE, L. V. S. a. Frustrum ligni, acervis t'uugi onustuni, mag. naturali. b. Modice auctum. c. Accrvulus sporidiorum pcllucidoruui, cum globulo interno grumoso inaxime auctorum. d. Sporidium singuiuin pcUucidum madelactum. e. Sporidium siccum. Fig. 6. LiCHENOPSIS SPHAEROBOLOIDEA, L. V. S. a. Ligni frustrum cum lungo naturali niagnitudine. b. Fungus super corticem elcvatus — modice auctus. c. Idem operculo tectus. d. Sectio perpendicularis cupulum et sjiorodocliium cylmdricuin internum monstrans e. Cupula' sectio — maximc aucta. f. Cupulani inanem cortice ciiictam in ligno mdulantcm uioiistrans. g. Sporodocliium scgregatum maxinie auctum. h. Sectio fungi junioris, cupulani, sporodocliium et operculum monstrans. i. Floccoruin fasciculus, sporidiis iiigris t;oronaloiuin. k. Magis audi Flocci. I. Sporidium auctissimum. m. Operculum Vol.. IV.— 4 Di AT-v; :xiix .U — «3Lt /■■/,/ .! ^^^ , «fe ^ If" /'% ^^90^^ r**i! e. # ^ / 317 ARTICLE IX. Descriptions of the Specimens of Inferior Maxillary Bones of Mastodons in the Cabinet of the American Vhilosophical Society, with Remarks on the genus Tetracaulodon ( Godman), S^'c. By Isaac Hays, M.D. Read May 20, 1S31. MY friend, the late Dr Godman, communicated to the Society ahout eighteen months since, an account of an extinct fossil animal, closely resembling the 3Iastodon in most of its characters, but dilTering from it, in possessing tusks in the lower jaw. This difference Dr Godman thought of sufficient importance to constitute a new genus, to which he gave the name of Tetracaidodon.^ The immediate subject of Dr Godman's description having been a young animal.t a distinguished naturalist^ of New York suggested the opinion that the Tctracaulodo'ji was nothing but the young of the gi- gantic Mastodon, and that the tusks were merely milk teeth, which were lost as the animal became adult. ^ The same opinion has since been confidently advanced by others. || Had Dr Godman been able to examine the specimens in our cabi- nets with his own eyes, instead of being obliged to rely upon those of others, his own memoir would doubtless have contained all the proofs necessary for refuting the opinion that he had committed the error of * See Vol. III. N. S., p. 478. t Dr Godman states, however, that there are two adukjaw bones ol' the same animal in ilie cabinet of the University of Virginia. Vol. III. N. S., p. 484. % William Cooper, Esq. § See Silliman's Journal, Vol. XIX. p. 159, 160, October 13.30. II See Ferussac's Bulletin for August 1830, &c. Vol. IV.— 4 E 318 DESCRIPTIONS OF INFERIOR MAXILLARY BONES describing, as a new animal, the young of a known species. The account of the Tetracaulodon was, however, written by the author, literally on his death bed.*" There is no need of the Society's being reminded of the generous and lofty ambition, by which Dr Godman was always actuated, or that he was compelled through life, to struggle against difficulties, which no ordinary man could have overcome ; and they will at once understand his expression to his friends, on announcing that he was preparing an account of a new fossil animal, — " I have all my life," said he, " been compelled to labour for bread, I shall now do something for my fame." These remarks will account for such imperfections as may have occurred in Dr Godman's memoir, as also explain my anxiety to secure to him the credit which appears to me to be his due. It is not my purpose to inquire into the value of the tusk, in the low'er jaw, as constituting a generic distinction between the 3faslodon and Telracaulodon.f Generic divisions in science are, for the most part, as yet too arbitrary — the characters upon which they are founded too ill determined — and our materials at present too scanty, to induce us to venture any remarks upon this subject, even had we not deter- mined to restrict ourselves to a detail of facts. A more important subject of inquiry, is whether the Tetracaulodon is merely the young of the gigantic Mastodon, and the tusks in its lower jaw only milk teeth, which are lost when the animal becomes adult and are never replaced. Fortunately the cabinet of the Society furnishes us with materials for at once settling this question. It con- tains portions of three lower jaws, which 1 have the honour of exhibit- ing, and which will be particularly described hereafter. The first is that of a young Mastodon, M. giganteum (Plate XX.), entirely destitute of tusks or alveoli for tusks; the two others appertain to aged adult animals (Plates XXVIII. and XXIX.), and exhibit distinct sockets for tusks. A more complete refutation then of the assertion that the Tctra- * Dv Godman died before the number containing his memoir was published. t Air Titian R. Peale, who was tlie first naturalist by whom the Tetracaulodon was seen, suggested to Dr Godman that the tusks in the lower jaw might be merely a sexual character. It is impossible, in the existing state of our knowledge, and with our present materials, cither to (•onfirni or positively refute this suggestion. ■/m,-r /'////n,- Ji','.- /'/.,f,XX n//, 318 DESCRIPTIONS OF INFERIOR BIAXILLARY BONES describing, as a new animal, the young of a known species. The account of the Tetracaulodon was, however, written by the author, literally on his death bed.* There is no need of the Society's being reminded of the generous and lofty ambition, by which Dr Godman was always actuated, or that he was compelled through life, to struggle against difficulties, which no ordinary man could have overcome ; and they will at once understand his expression to his friends, on announcing that he was preparing an account of a new fossil animal, — " I have all my life," said he, " been compelled to labour for bread, I shall now do something for my fame." These remarks will account for such imperfections as may have occurred in Dr Godman's memoir, as also explain my anxiety to secure to him the credit which appears to me to be his due. It is not my purpose to inquire into the value of the tusk, in the lower jaw, as constituting a generic distinction between the 3Iastodon and Tetracaulodon.-f Generic divisions in science are, for the most part, as yet too arbitrary — the characters upon which they are founded too ill determined — and our materials at present too scanty, to induce us to venture any remarks upon this subject, even had we not deter- mined to restrict ourselves to a detail of facts. A more important subject of inquiry, is whether the Tetracaulodon is merely the young of the gigantic Mastodon, and the tusks in its lower jaw only milk teeth, which are lost when the animal becomes adult and are never replaced. Fortunately the cabinet of the Society furnishes us with materials for at once settling this question. It con- tains portions of three lower jaws, which 1 have the honour of exhibit- ing, and which will be particularly described hereafter. The first is that of a young Mastodon, M. gigantcum (Plate XX.), entirely destitute of tusks or alveoli for tusks; the two others appertain to aged adult animals (Plates XXVIII. and XXIX.), and exhibit distinct sockets for tusks. A more complete refutation then of the assertion that the Tetra- * Dv Godman died licfore the number conUiininfj liis memoir was published. t Mr 'riii:in R. I'eale, who was tlio lirst naturalist liy whom the Tetracaulodon was seen, suggested to Dr Godman that the tusks in the lower jaw might be merely a sexual character. It is impossible, in the existing state of our knowledge, and with our present materials, cither to contirm or positively rel'ute this suggestion. 7hi'>^: . ////^.T/ff/^i.-./A-. rA-rrxy. ,w 4 t:Acii/js'/}"iianA'^. OF MASTODONS, WITH REMARKS, ETC. 319 caulodon is only the young gigantic 3fas/odon,is hardly possible, and the merit of having contributed to the Fauna of this country, one of its largest antediluvian animals, is confirmed to Dr Godman. The object which originally prompted this communication, being thus accomplished, I might here close it; but from the great number of specimens which I have been so fortunate as to have had oppor- tunities of examining (about forty lower jaws, and upwards of two hundred teeth), some facts have been presented, to which my friends attach so much interest, as to induce me to lay an account of them be- fore the Society. The first specimen I shall describe is a fragment of the left side of the lower jaw, consisting of the ramus, chin and portion of thecoronoid process. (Plate XX., fig. 1 and 2) This fragment is sixteen inches long, and weighs nine pounds. The teeth, as well as the loose tex- ture of the bone, show it to have belonged to a young animal. The condyloid process and angle of the jaw are deficient, and the chin is slightly broken, so that it is impossible to determine whether it had the foliated termination so conspicuous in the adult. (Plate XXIII., s.) The coronoid process rises nearly perpendicularly as in the gigant cum; but the ramus of the jaw is rather more cylindrical than in the adult of that species. This fragment contains two teeth. The posterior one (Plate XX., .-/) had just commenced to pierce the gum ; its crown is perfect, but its roots are not yet formed. This tooth is four inches and one-tenth* long, and two inches and seven-tenths broad. It has three wedge- shaped denticules, each of which is divided, by a longitudinal groove, into two processes, the inner of which is somewhat the wider ; and each of these processes is superficially divided into two or more points — the exterior points being the largest. The anterior tooth (Plate XX., c) resembles that just described in its general characters ; its crown is, however, somewhat worn, particularly its anterior points. Its length is three inches and three-tenths, its breadth is two inches and five-tenths. * All the mensiirfs were taken with cnllitiers. 320 DESCRIPTIONS OF INFERIOR MAXILLARY BONES Anterior to this tooth are three alveolar depressions (Plate XX., m, n, o) which mark the place of teeth which have heen lost. Beneath the anterior socket is a foramen for the passage of blood- vessels and nerve. (Plate XX., fig. r.) At the anterior portion of the chin are two foramina for the same purpose : that on the left side is lower and larger than the other, pyramidal, and at a short distance bi- furcates. A fine needle may be passed some distance into each of these divisions. In one of the lower jaws of an adolescent 3Iastodon in the Finnel collection at New York, the foramen in the chin is two lines in diame- ter and passes directly into the large foramen in the ramus of the jaw occupied by the maxillary nerve and blood-vessels. The next specimen to be noticed, is a fragment of the right side of the inferior maxillary bone of an adolescent gigantic Mastodon, (Plate XXI.) belonging to the splendid Wistar Museum of the University of Pennsylvania. This fragment is two feet five inches long. The general form of this jaw is similar to that of the gigantic Mastodon represented in Plate XXIIL, but the ramus is rather more cylindrical, in which respect it resembles the specimen just described (Plate XX.). The upper portion of the coronoid, and the condyloid processes are de- ficient, as also the angle. The chin is also broken, but there are manifest indications of an expansion similar to that represented in Plate XXIIL, s. Just above the base of the ramus internally are a number of circular depressions, probably formed by the lobules of the inferior maxillary gland. This fragment contains two teeth, and anterior to these a portion of the alveolus of a third tooth. The anterior tooth (Plate XXI. c) has three dcnticules, with two points each : it is five inches and eight- tenths long, and three inches and seven-tenths broad. The posterior tooth (Plate XXI. y) has five denticules or pairs of points, and a trifid heel. This tooth is eight inches and one-tenth long, and four inches and three-tenths broad. The cabinet of the Society does not contain any specimen of the lower jaw presenting all the characters of the 3Iastodon gigantcum, except a small fragment represented in Plate XXII. This fragment is twelve FI..XX. l-i'i Nil. I. ■:'%. >^i' ;»; c- V Ma-Iiuli>n v,min\ ) I .ihuirl III, /7ii/„.< Sii,-. I'L.XXII. //'/ I'm I furl. CiIhikI .lin /'A.'/i'.- .-■/'.■ pr>..\xiii. •-,/ ""■^ V. ^■■-n n 71 M .• I -s 1 1 M 1 1 ' 1 1 «^' I o . n 1 1 1 ■ 1 1 f r ( ,iiiiii( H, I lluili >l V , U //Si' lint OF MASTODONS, WITH REMARKS, ETC. 321 inches long, and consists of a portion of the ramus of the jaw, with the base of the coronoid process. It contains one tooth, the posterior mo- lar. This tooth has tive denticules with two points each, and a heel ; it is six inches and nine-tenths long, and three inches and eight-tenths broad. I have the pleasure, however, of exhibiting to the society, one of the most perfect specimens of the lower jaw of this species, that has as yet been obtained. (Plate XXIII.) This jaw belongs to the Balti- more Museum. It is the one dug up by the late Mr Peale on the farm of Peter Millspaw, twenty miles west of the Hudson, which is described by Mr Rembrandt Peale in his " Narrative of the discovery and exhumation of the skeleton of the Mastodon,"* and drawings and a description of which were communicated by Mr Peale to Baron Cu- vier, and from which the latter drew many of his characters of this interesting animal. When found this jaw was perfect; but about two years since it was unfortunately broken by accident. The largest fragment, consisting of the whole right side of the jaw, the coronoid and condyloid processes, the chin and nearly two inches of the left side, all in a remarkably fine state of preservation, are represented in Plate XXIII. The length of this jaw is two feet six inches and a half, the height of the coronoid process above a line drawn along the base of the jaw fourteen inches and a half. '• ^ .: : • - The articulating surface of the condyloid process is divided by a superficial groove (x) at about two-thirds of the distance from its inner edge. The direction of the condyle is inwards and rather forwards. The coronoid process rises nearly perpendicularly ; the upper part curves somewhat outwards; it is one inch and a half higher than the condyloid process. Just below the condyle a ridge (i) commences, which, after passing downwards and a little forwards a short distance, becomes nearly hori- zontal, and above this is a considerable depression, an inch in depth at its deepest part. That portion of the jaw which is covered by the masseter muscle, is much flattened and rough ; the angle is also very rough. * Copied in Godman's American Naniral History, Vol. II. p. 211. Vol. IV.— 4 F 322 DESCRIPTIONS OF INFERIOR MAXILLARY BONES The ramus of the jaw is slightly flattened on its external aspect, and somewhat excavated on its internal one. The anterior maxillary foramina are two (Plate XXIIL, fig. 1,;^, q); there are several smaller foramina near the chin for the passage of the blood vessels and nerves. The chin terminates in a remarkable expansion, the edges of which are exceedingly rough. (Plate XXIIL s.) There are no alveoli for tusks, nor any trace of there ever having been any. This jaw contained but one tooth in each side. The sockets for the molars anterior to these are completely filled up. The tooth which re- mains (the last molar) was somewhat injured by the accident to which we have already referred, but it appears to have had ten points and a heel. The direction of this tooth in the jaw is outward anteriorly, as is seen from fig. 2. The foramen for the inferior maxillary nerve and blood vessels is just below the condyle internally (fig. 2, y), and is one inch and a quar- ter in diameter.; ; :-. ■^; ' "- On the upper surface of the ramus, just at the base of the coronoid process, is the commencement of a small groove, which immediately divides and diverges. It is evidently caused by a blood vessel ; and we mention it because a similar groove occurs in the fragment repre- sented in Plate XXII. It is not to be found in any other specimen in the collection.* The lower jaw represented in Plate XXIV. differs considerably in its form from the jaws of the M. giganteum we have described. Its base is more curved antero-posteriorly — the external aspect of its ramus is more flattened, and that portion of the jaw covered by the masseter muscle less so. The groove for the tongue is deeper and narrower; and the chin appears pointed, but the specimen being partly worn it is impossible to determine the exact form of this part. * There is in the Cabinet of the Lyceum of Natural History of New York, a fragment of an inferior maxillary bone, which agrees in all its characters with that just described, except that the direction of its condyle is inwards and backwards, and that its posterior molar has but four denticules. This bone was found in New Jersey, and is figured in Mitchell's edition of Ouvior's Theory of the earth; and copied into Cuvier's Osscmens Fossiles ; Grand Musto- donte, Plate III. fig. 5. n. \\i\: /■','/ ■-■ %, m. m%\ i),i I .\l ;i - !■ Ill 1 1 1 1 I II riiTi i',i/'i/irf .III) I'liili'S Si',- PL. \\V /•/./ Puj J m' -^4 iiiii 1/1 ' OF MASTODONS, WITH KEMARKS, ETC. 323 The posterior molar (Plate XXIV. /) has but eight points, and the heel is broad, whilst in our specimens of the M. giganteum the posterior molar has ten points and a mammillaform heel. The direction of the teeth is also very divergent anteriorly. Are these diflerences suffici- ent to indicate its belonging to a difTerent species from the M. gigan- teum ? There is, in the cabinet of the Society, a portion of another jaw. consisting of the left ramus, containing two teeth, and the chin ; which is entirely similar to the above in its characters, but somewhat dis- torted, no doubt from injury when the animal was young. There is another specimen resembling the above in its general characters, among the lower jaw bones of Mastodons belonging to J P. Wetherill, Esq. and which are deposited in the valuable cabinet of the Academy of Natu- ral Sciences of this city. 1 his fragment, however, has had the teeth broken out.* The cabinet of our Society contains a portion of an inferior max- illary bone, (Plate XXV.) which differs in its form from any of those hitherto described. This fragment consists of the chin, the right ramus, with the posterior molarcs, and a portion of the left ramus. The anterior molar (Plate XXV. e) has three denticules with two points each; the posterior (fig. /) has four denticules, with two points each ; and a ridge posteriorly. The ramus of this jaw is straighter. and more cylindrical ; the height from the base to the edge of the al- veole is less ; the groove for the tongue broader and shallower ; and the direction of the teeth less diverging than in the maxilla figured in Plate XXIV. The crowns of the teeth are also less elevated in the former than in the latter. In the collection deposited by Mr Wetherill in the Cabinet of the Academy of Natural Sciences, there is a fragment of a lower jaw, which exhibits the same characters as the one just described. This fragment consists of the chin, about eight inches of the left and twelve inches of the right ramus. The alveolar processes are much broken, and the teeth are lost. * This jaw was exhibited to the Society. 324 DESCRIPTIONS OF INFERIOR MAXIELARY BONES The inferior maxillary bone described by Dr Godman* is very accurately represented in Plate XXVI., fig. 1 and 2. The chin, the right ramus and a portion of the coronoid process, and about three-fourths of the left ramus are perfect. The mental ridge, each side of the labial groove, is sharp and smooth, without that remarkable foliated expansion so conspicuous in the M. giganteum (Plate XXIII. s). In the left ramus there is still the first deciduous tooth (Plate XXVI. fig. 2, a) ; on the right side the corresponding tooth has fallen out, and its socket is partly obliter- ated. This tooth (fig. 2) is one inch and five-tenths long, and one inch and one-tw^entieth broad ; its surface is considerably worn, most so an- teriorly. It had four points ; anteriorly there is a fold of enamel which, commencing at the external edge of the base of the crown and passing upwards and inwards, terminates in a point; posteriorly there is a some- what similar and rather broader fold of enamel. Anteriorly the crown is rounded ; posteriorly it is flattened from contact with its successor ; its grinding surface is considerably worn. It has two roots, one ante- rior, the other posterior. We have seen in the cabinet of William Cooper, Esq. of New York, a fragment of a lower jaw containing one of these teeth exceedingly perfect ; its points are scarcely perceptibly worn. Another specimen is in the cabinet of the Academy of Natural Sciences.f The second tooth (Plate XXVI. c) is one inch and eight-tenths long, and one inch and eleven-twentieths broad. This tooth, like the preced- ing, had two denticules, with two points each. On the anterior of the crown there is a flat fold of enamel similar to that on the first tooth. This tooth has also a heel which rises highest towards its inner aspect, forming a small fifth point. The grinding surface of this tooth is considerably worn. This tooth like the preceding one has two roots : one anterior, the other posterior. In the Finnel collection there is one of these teeth ; it is one inch and seven-tenths long, and one inch and five-tenths wide. • Vol. III. p. 478. t This tooth is described in the " Fauna Americana," as appertaining to a new species of Tapir to which the name T. MustodontoideKS is given. Mr William Cooper was we believe the first to detect this error ; we have carefully examined the tooth, and there can be no doubt of its being the first milk tooth of the animal we are describing. ,i' 1*1.. XXVI. j;,,.,?. To tr a can IoHimi vi'mui. TM,. X W II l.-|i-.i,-,llil,.,l,.n -l,l.>/,-j,;',il 1. linn, I I 'iu\,'rsiti ,il'l'ir OF MASTODONS, WITH REMARKS, ETC. 325 The third tooth (Plate XXVI. c) is three inches and one-tenth long, and two inches and two-tenths broad. This tooth has three denticules, with two points each. On the anterior surface of the crown, it has a fold of enamel rising up in a small point; and along the base of the crown posteriorly there is an horizontal ridge, consisting of a number of very small mammillaform processes. This tooth has three roots cor- responding to its denticules. The fourth tooth (d) is three inches and seven-tenths long, and two inches and eight-tenths broad ; it has three denticules, each of which is divided by a deep groove into two rather flattened points, of which the inner is the broader; each of these is again superficially divided by a slight groove. At the base of the crown, both anteriorly and posteriorly, there is a ridge of very small mammillaform points. Each denticulehas on its external point,both on its anterior and posterior sur- face, a ridge of enamel, which commences at the base of the process near the central groove and passes upwards and outwards. This ridge appears to exist on all the teeth until it is worn down by use, and we find traces of it also in the teeth of the M. gigantcum. The crowns of all the teeth rise on their inner surface nearly perpendicularly, but on the outer side they slope obliquely inwards. The tusk belonging to this jaw is so accurately described by Dr God- man, and so correctly represented in the plate to his paper, that there is no necessity for my doing more than to refer to it. (See Vol. III. N. S., Plate XVIII. fig. 2.) The tusk represented in Plate XXVI. fig. 3, is that of an adult ani- mal. It is eleven inches long, and its largest diameter is two inches, its section is oval. This tusk consists of a central column composed of thin plates nearly parallel to its base ; the whole covered with a coat of enamel, which becomes very thick towards its projecting extremity. The enamel is entirely worn off to the termination of this tusk, and even the central bony column is evidently worn down and smooth, as if from use by the animal; it is also worn at one side. This tusk belongs to the collection of J. P. Wetherill, Esq.* * There is in the cabinet of the Academy of Natural Sciences, deposited by Mr J. Fisher, by whom it was obtained at Big-bone lick, a tusk much smaller than the one we have de- scribed— it is also much less perfect. Vol. 1V.--4 G 326 DESCRIPTIONS OF INFERIOR MAXILLARY BONES The next specimen we shall describe is the right side of an inferior maxillary bone, in a remarkably perfect state of preservation, belonging to the cabinet of the Society. (Plate XXVIII.) The condyloid process in this jaw is considerably higher than in the M. giganteum (Plate XXIII.). The direction of the condyle also dif- fers, being inwards and backivards. The coronoid process appears to have risen nearly perpendicularly, but its anterior edge and termination are broken. The semilunar notch was evidently deeper in this than in the M. g-/oYm/ei«m, though its exact form cannot be determined in its present injured condition. The posterior angle is much rounder than in the 31. giganteum. The outer surface, where the temporal muscle was inserted, is very rough, being over a considerable space quite tuberculated ; and there is a distinct semi-circular ridge of these rough elevations, as will be seen on reference to the drawing. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 1, t, t', t.) Im- mediately anterior to this semicircular ridge, there is an excavation, distinctly striated with muscular impressions («). The ramus is remarkably cylindrical, and its base much more curved than that of the M. giganteum (Plate XXIII.). The anterior mental foramen {q) is smaller, and nearer to the upper edge of the jaw, than in the other specimens, and the posterior mental foramen is larger than in any of the specimens hitherto described, its largest diameter being nearly nine-tenths of an inch. The ridge at the side of the labial groove is broken, but it appears to have been expanded ; whether or not, as in the M. giganteum, and with irregular terminations, it is of course impossible to divine. This specimen contains but a single tooth. This tooth is six inches long, and three inches and four-tenths broad. It has four denti- cules with two points each. The enamel on the posterior face of the crown is broken off, and the characters of the heel cannot conse- quently be determined. The grinding surface of the crown is some- what worn, and presents the same arrangement of enamel as in the M. giganteum. In the chin there is a small part of the alveole of the tusk remaining. The direction of this alveole is outwards and considerably downwards. It has been found impossible to give a good view of this alveole in the plate, but its position is marked by the dotted lines representing a tusk. I'l, . .\ W III /■>,; . *^"^^^«iS%i,#», '''■'i^iiiMM^ ■■■ i',; /,.i I. '^^v I"" •41'" '* ^%; r,ii>i,i, 1 .1,11 I iiii,'< .\j,- I ' ( - X X I X . Fin.-'. * i rJ i .-.r ll^l- 'I'.-IlM- .Mil.i.lon 0, 'Jill. nil C.ilniu-I Jill riii/,is S.h- OF MASTODONS, WITH REMARKS, ETC. 327 In the cabinet of the Society there is another fragment of a lower jaw, but of the leftside, in all respects similar to the preceding, though much less perfect. The upper parts of both the condyloid and coro- noid processes are deficient, but the anterior edge of the latter is more perfect than in the preceding specimen, and rises nearly perpendicularly from the ramus. The chin in this specimen is entirely deficient, as is also the whole of the inner table of the ramus, so that the niaxillai'v canal is laid entirely open. This bone must have belonged to an animal nearly of the same age as the preceding, or perhaps somewhat younger; the last molar, as is seen from the alveole, for the tooth is wanting, not having ad- vanced by upwards of an inch as far forward as that in the former jaw. Whetheror not the specimen described by Dr Godman, and the jaws last noticed belong to the same species, cannot be determined positively without further specimens. The jaw next to be described, however, exhibits differences, which would justify the suspicion that it is spe- cifically different from either. This specimen is represented in Plate XXIX. It consists of a portion of the right ramus of the lower jaw, twenty-two inches and a half long. It contains a single tooth, the posteiior molar. The exterior aspect of this jaw, at its angle, is entirely smooth, without any of the rugosities presented in the two preceding specimens. Be- tween the posterior molar and the coronoid process there is a large smooth excavation, x. The ramus of this jaw is much less cylin- drical than that of the species figured in Plate XXVIII., it is much flattened on its exterior aspect, and its base is almost straight. The posterior mental foramen is exceedingly large, upwards of one inch and a quarter in diameter. The posterior molar is seven inches and two- tenths long, and four inches and one-tenth wide: it has eight points and a broad heel consisting of a row of small mammilla, four of which on the inside are very distinct. This tooth differs in various particulars from the posterior molar belonging to the specimen figured in Plate XXVIII. It is one inch and a half longer, and seven-tenths of an inch wider, the denticulis are higher, and the inner points much higher above the ex- terior ones. Thus in the former, the second denticuie (Plate XXVIII. v) rises one inch and eight-tenths from its root, and the inner one two inches and two-tenths; whilst in the latter (Plate XXIX. r) the corresponding 328 DESCRIPTIONS OF INFERIOR MAXILLARY BONES exterior point rises two inches and three-tenths from the root and the inner one three inches and three-tenths, making a difference in the former of half an inch, and in the latter of one inch and one-tenth. The chin in this specimen contains about one half of the alveole for the exserted tusk (fig. 2, z). This alveole is rather more than imo inches in diameter; its direction is outwards and downwards, less downwards however than in the preceding species ; indeed there is a distinct difference in the position of these sockets in the two specimens. The base of the socket is smooth and flat, and its position somewhat oblique, so that it is rather deeper towards the exterior, than towards the interior ; it is perforated by two small foramina for the nutrient arteries, and the nerves of the tusk. It is to be lamented that little positive can be ascertained, as to the localities in which the bones belonging to the Society, and which we have just described, were found, their position in the soil, &c. All that can be collected is, the probability, that they are from the Big-bone lick, and that they are those presented by our late president Thomas Jefferson, Esq., and which are noticed in the communication of Professor Wistar, in Vol. I. N. S., p. 376, of the Transactions. Dentition of the Mastodon. The specimens we have just described furnish some interesting in- formation relative to the dentition of the Mastodon,vi\\\c\\ we shall now proceed to lay before the Society. The form, and differences, succession and number of the teeth are all subjects of great interest ; and in describ- ing them we shall follow Cuvier, adding such additional information as our investigations have brought to light. The crown of the teeth more or less approaches the rectangular form, slightly inclined however to rhomboidal, and rather narrower anteriorly than posteriorly. It consists of two substances, the interior osseous, the exterior enamel. The crown is divided by deep furrows into a num- ber of ridges or denticules, and these denticules are subdivided by one or more superficial and narrow processes or tubercles. The outer face of the crown rises nearly perpendicularly, the inner face rises ob- liquely inwards. In the lower jaw, the outer point is higher than the WITH REMARKS, ETC. 329 inner ; in the upper jaw it is the reverse. As the teeth are used, their points become worn down, and the enamel presents a lozenge form, with bone in the centre. The roots of the teeth are formed alter the crown. With the remains of the animal described by Dr Godnian, there were found a number of points, evidently parts of very young teeth, of which the bodies by which they Mere to have been connected together had not yet been formed. These points are now in the Museum of Mr Rubens Peale, New York. The number of the roots may be said to correspond to the number of the denticules. In the teeth with two denticulcs, the two roots are distinct; in those with more than two denticules, the anterior and some- times the second root are distinct, the others are united but marked by distinct grooves. The roots are flattened anteriorly and posteriorly ; externally they are slightly and internally deeply grooved. The upper teeth may be distinguished from those of the lower jaw by their roots being more divergent laterally, and by their crowns being broader. The teeth differ from one another principally in their size and in the number of their denticules. In the species of Mastodon which inhabited this country there are three kinds of teeth. The first nearlj^ square and having two denticules ; The second rectangular with three denticules ; The third longer, generally contracted posteriorly, and having four or five denticules and a heel, of various forms. The fust mentioned teeth are always anterior, next follow those with three denticules, and lastly those with four and five denticules; but we have never seen those with five distinct denticules in the upper jaw, they appear to belong exclusively to the lower. In the young jaw described by Dr Godman, we find, 1st, a small square tooth, with two denticulcs; 2d, one rectangular with two den- ticules; 3d, a tooth with three denticules; 4th, one rather larger, also with three denticules. In the upper jaw there are corresponding teeth. Each of the two adult lower jaws having tusks (Plates XXVIII. and XXIX.) contains a tooth with eight points; and it is manifest that there was a corresponding tooth in the upper jaw. The whole number of teeth possessed by the animal described by Dr Godman {Tetraccmlo- don) is then at least twenty ; and we think that it is at least probable Vol. IV.— 1 H 330 DESCRIPTIONS OF INFERIOR MAXILLARY BONES that the animal possessed an intermediate tooth between the second tooth with three denticules (Plate XXVI. d), and that with four denti- cules (Plate XXIX. /), for we cannot believe the former tooth cor- responds with that represented in Plate XXVII. e. Should we be correct in our views, this animal possessed three teeth, with three den- ticules in each side of each jaw, making the whole number of teeth twenty-four; but to render this certain would require specimens of intermediate ages to those hitherto described. Cuvier attributes to the gigantic Wastodon hut sixteen teeth, eight in each jaw ; of these teeth he saw the three posterior only of each side ; but he indicates the fourth from an alveole in the young specimen pre- sented to the French Museum by Mr Jefferson, and he asks, whether this tooth had two or three denticules. In the young specimen belong- ing to the cabinet of our Society, there are two teeth with three denticules each; and anteriorly an alveole with three depressions, Plate XX. fig. 2, m,n,o. Was there in this alveole a tooth with three denticules, or were there two teeth with two denticules each, of which the anterior tooth having sometime previously fallen out the alveole for its anterior root has been obliterated ? We are inclined to believe that the latter was the fact. It may also be asked whether the tooth represented in Plate XX. fig. 1, d, corresponds with that in Plate XXL e, in Plate XXIV. e, and in Plate XXV. e? We think not. Cuvier, it is true, considers the tooth with three denticules, in the adult jaw represented in Plate III. fig. 1, Grande Mastodonte,* to correspond with the posterior tooth with three denticules in the young jaw represented in the same plate, fig. 3 and 4 ; but the difference in the size of these two teeth, and even in their shape, the former being proportionably broader, is very striking. In all the jaws we have examined, this character is constant ; thus, compare the tooth represented in Plate XX. d, with that in Plate XXI. e, Plate XXIV. e, and Plate XXV. e. It would therefore seem that the Mastodon has three teeth with three denticules; but to render this certain will require further specimens. The succession of the teeth in the Mastodon, takes place as follows : — In all the jaws the anterior teeth will be observed to be most worn. As the anterior teeth are worn down others are formed posterior ; the anterior teeth successively fall out, their alveoles are obliterated, and • Recherchcs sur les Ossemens Fossiles, Tom. I. Paris, 1831, OF MASTODONS, AVITH REMARKS, ETC. 331 their successors advance forwards. The number of teeth which are in use in the young animal represented in Plate XXVI. at the same time seems to have been twelve, but probably at a more advanced age was usually not more than eight ; and in old age only four. The fact of the jaws represented in Plates XXVIII. and XXIX. having belonged to adult animals is thus conclusively established, all the teeth having been lost, except the posterior molar in each jaw, and that has advanced considerably forward and is much worn. We subjoin the admeasurements of various teeth, appertaining to the lower jaw of the animals under notice. Toolli. Dimensions of Crown in inches. SPECIMEN. Length. Breadth. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 1.5 1.4 1.8 1.7 3.1 2.9 3.3 3.2 3.7 4.1 3.8 4.6 4.5 5.8 4.4 4.3 4.9 8.1 6.9 7,1 7.2 6 7 6.5 7 7.1 1.1 1 1.55 1.5 2.2 1.9 2.5 2.5 2.8 2.7 2.6 3.5 3.3 3.7 3.4 3.2 3.6 4.3 3.8 3.7 4.1 3.4 3.8 3.6 3.5 3.7 Peale's Museum, New York. PI. XXVI. Academy of Natural Sciences — described in Fauna Americana as the Tapir Mastodontoideus. Peale's Museum, New York, PI, XXVI. Finnel Collection, New York. Peale's Museum, New York, PI. XXVI. Cabinet of Mr Lea. Cabinet of American Philosophical Society, PI. XX. French Museum,* figured by Cuvier. Peale's Museum, New York, PI. XXVI. Cabinet of American Philosophical Society. PI. XX. French Museum,* figured by Cuvier. Cabinet of American Philosophical Society, PI. XXIV. Cabinet of American Philosophical Society, PI. XXV. Wistar Museum, PI. XXI. French Museum, figured by Cuvier. Philadelphia Museum. Virginia University, PI. XXVII. Wistar Museum, PI. XXI. Cabinet of American Philosophic^ Society. Baltimore Museum, PI. XXIII. Cabinet of American Philosophical Society, PI. XXIX. Cabinetof American Philosophical Society, PI. XXVIII. Cabinet of American Philosophical Society, PI. XXIV. Cabinet of American Philosophical Society, PI. XXV. French Museum, figured by Cuvier. Philadelphia Museum. Same jaw. 332 DESCRIPTIONS OF INFERIOR MAXILLARY BONES Before concluding it may be interesting to offer a few general re- marks on the animals, which are the subject of this communication, with a brief notice of the species hitherto described. For a long time the large animal whose remains are found in this country, was considered as the same with the Mammoth of Siberia. which is a true Elephant. It has been shown however by Baron Cuvierthat they are generically different, the teeth of the latter consist- ing of layers of enamel penetrating the whole extent of the tooth, with bony matter interposed between them ; whilst in the former the enamel forms only a covering to the bony substance, and does not penetrate it. From the crowns of the teeth, in the species of this genus first known to Cuvier, consisting of mammillaform processes, he named the genus Mastodon, from ^= In these last, as well as in the former experiments, the dilatation increased with the distance ; it also increased with the intensity of the light. In fact, on this last account, a straight horizontal rod, by the apparent curvature of its lower edge when projected on the (lame of a candle, becomes a tolerably delicate photoscope, for detect- ing the less degree of illumination of the interior of the flame at heights above the base where the difference between the interior and exterior brightness is inappreciable by direct and simple observation. During the experiments with the circular luminous objects, when the head of the observer was inclined to the right or left any number of degrees, the vertices of the luminous triangle, as also the long radia- ON IRRADIATION. 345 tions, were found to undergo a change of absolute position exactly cor- respondent in direction and extent with that of the head, whilst their relative position remained invariable. This proved that the phenome- non depended on no cause exterior to the human body. When an opaque substance was interposed between either eye separately and the object, the triangular appearance was preserved, but the inferior ver- tex was more obtuse and the oblique radiation shorter on (he side of the eye whose vision was obstructed. Tl:is proved that the elfect de- pended in part, but not chiefly, upon the combined action of the two organs. Moreover, as the appearance was unaffected by the careful removal of the ciliae and eyelids from before the cornea, and as I had long since examined the separate effect of the tears, it appeared evident that irradiation depended upon none of the tutamina oculi, but was to be referred either to the refracting or sentient parts of the proper or- gan of vision. Several considerations seemed to me to exclude the latter. If a vivid impression on any spot of the retina could produce a similar af- fection of adjacent parts, there is no obvious reason why this sympa- thetic affection should be more widely diffused in certain determinate directions which sustain no possible constant relation to the distribu- tion of its fibres or to its structure in any respect; directions which are constant both in the case of oblique and of direct vision, and on what- ever part of the retina the image may be situated, with respect either to the optic nerve or the centre of its medullary and membranous ex- pansion. The views which were suggested by considerations of this nature, were confirmed by subsequent experiments ; experiments which proved the phenomenon under consideration to be independent of any peculiarity in the sensation, and the retina to have no share in its pro- duction, in any other sense than as it is essential to vision in general. When most of the preceding experiments had been made, I, for the first time, thought of the striking coincidence between this dilatation of luminous bodies in three equidistant directions, and the three etjui- distant sets of fibres and three equidistant radiated lines, exhibited in the front view of the crystalline lens of the ox, as represented by that eminent philosopher, the late lamented Thomas Young, M.D., in his Vol. IV.— 4 M 346 ON IRRADIATION. "Observations on Vision."* He afterwards learned that these three sets had been previously seen, though less accurately observed, by Leeuvvenhoek. Dr Young describes each coat as consisting " of six series of fibres, intermixed with a gelatinous substance, and attached to six lines which have somewhat of a membranous appearance. Three of these lines or tendons are anterior, three posterior ,• their arrange- ment is that of three equal and equidistant rays meeting in the axis of the crystallineJ" He adds, " 1 have not yet had an opportunity of ex- amining the human crystalline, but from its readily dividing into three parts, we may infer that it is similar to that of the ox." Here I con- ceived I had found a clue to the cause of the phenomenon, in a struc- ture which seemed calculated to produce an action symmetrical with respect to three equidistant radii of the crystalline lens; a structure to which there appears to be nothing analogous in any other part of the organ of vision. The deviations from this arrangement of the fibres, which may have been detected by Dr Young and others, will not be at present considered,! aii<^^- will not probably aflfect the proof of a con- nection between irradiation and the structure of the crystalline, so long as there exists the moic obvious division of this body into three similar sphenoidal portions. In the prosecution of these researches on the subject of irradiation, I have made several other experiments, especially with the pupil preter- naturally dilated. These w'ill not be at present detailed, but reserved for a future communication. I shall, however, venture to state some of the inferences which they appear to justify, which are the following. 1. That irradiation is produced directly and chiefly by the crystal- line lens, but affected by the iris. 2. That the different fasciculi of the fibres of the crystalline exert, in some respects, a similar though * Young's Natural Philosophy, Vol. II. p. 525. t The greater number of fasciculi which Dr Young subsequently detected, and their occa- sional diversity and irregularity may perhaps explain the existence of intermediate radiations in all eyes, and the absence of one of the more conspicuous and regular ones in some rare instances. But I shall not venture to attempt an exact account of the optical and anatomical structure of the lens, cornea and iris, and their correspondence with the other laws of irradia- tion which I may have discovered, until I shall have had access to the papers of Dr Brewster and Sir E. Home on the former subjects, only a brief notice of wliich has been inserted in the scientific journals. ON IRIiADIATION. 347 unequal action on light. 3. That the central and lateral parts of this body conspire in dillerent degrees to produce irradiation; tiie ed'ect increasing with the absolute distance of the incident ray from the axis of the crystalline, and consequently with the magnitude of the pupil. 4. That there are two distinct species of irradiation, in consequence of which the unequal luminous border superadded to the perfect image on the retina, by this kind of aberration, is composed of two distinct though partially superimposed parts, of different colours, the superim- posed portions of which on any one point of the retina, are produced by the action of opposite wedges of tlie crystalline. A popular application of the foregoing results is, that ive never see luminous objects of their true shape. Of the existence of this species of optical illusion, any person may readily convince himself, by exam- ining the flame of a candle when near it, and then withdrawing to the distance of thirty or forty feet, or even across an ordinary room. How frequently must we have been deceived in our estimate of form as well as magnitude ! It is unnecessary to dwell on the importance of being apprized of an illusion, which alTects in no small degree the testimony of one of our most interesting and valuable organs of sense. We learn also from the results which I have obtained, that the ap- pearance of luminous objects, with respect to position, shape, and occa- sionally colour, is materially affected by iheir brightness and distance, and by the position of the head, and the magnitude of the pupil or other aperture through which the rays are admitted into the eye ; and that these effects are constant for the same individual, in the natural state of the eye, and, with few exceptions, essentially the same for all. On these principles we may probably explain the apparent projec- tioti of a star upon the moon's disk at the time of an occultation, a phenomenon which has occasionally astonished the ordinary and acci- dental observer, and been " at all times an interesting and important subject to the astronomer,"* to whom it has been perhaps scarcely less inexplicable. It appears to me that irradiation affords a solution, and that the laws I have detected may enable us to explain and even to predict the apparent anomalies : viz. its being more frequent in the * American Almanac for 1831, p. 34. 348 ON IRUADIATION. case of particular stars, its not always existing in the occultations of the same star, nor being seen by all individuals. If this theory be correct, the existence of this phenomenon, and the distance to which the star is thrown upon the moon's disk, depend upon the position of the head of the observer, and the relative direction of the moon and star at the time of immersion or emersion. The more frequent ap- pearance of this phenomenon in the case of the brighter stars, and on the luminous side of the disk, seems to depend upon the greater dilata- tion of the more luminous bodies, whilst the duration will depend upon the magnitude of the star, and the direction of the moon's mo- tion. The effect of position will be understood from the following experiment in connection with the foregoing statements. A circular opaque disk, A, was placed between the eye and a luminous circle, of which a part projected beyond the edge of the disk. At «, b and f, the stellar or radia- ted appearance was most conspicuous on the disk, whilst at d, near the superior part, it appeared more like a real luminous body on the disk, of a reddish colour, and well defined, and almost or entirely projected on it. By inclining the head, the places where these phenomena were most per- fectly exhibited, suffered a corresponding change, their relative posi- tion remaining invariable. The appearance at «, 6 and c is in accord- ance with what has been herein stated with respect to the three directions of maximum irradiation ; that at d will be explained by experiments which I had previously made on the human eye, and which will be hereafter published with a generalization of the facts. Among the other astronomical applications of the laws of irradiation, the following may be mentioned. During a partial solar eclipse, a faint light is sometimes seen to be thrown on the moon near the horns of the sun, and to be brighter and longer on one side than on the other.* Moreover, I have observed one of the horns of the new moon (though apparently not more luminous than the other) to pro- ject farther than the other from the dark portion of the disk, according as they were situated with respect to the directions of maximum irra- diation. * Edinburgh Philosophical Journal, Vol. III. p. 393. ON IRRADIATION. 349 The fixed stars appear larger when viewed with the unassisted eye than when we employ a good achromatic* telescope. For a similar reason, the planet Venus, being, from its vicinity to the sun, strongly- illuminated, may appear larger than Jupiter to the eye, whilst Jupiter appears larger than Venus with a telescope of such an aperture and magnifying power as to diminish the brightness and consequently the irradiation. If the construction is such as to admit but a small pencil into the eye, another cause will be found to conspire, which is the lesa amount of irradiation (and probably the different laws of it), for the light which is transmitted near the axis of the crystalline lens. This follows from the experiments already alluded to on the influence of aperture. I shall not, however, at present, anticipate any other results of those experiments on the influence of aperture on irradiation, except to sug- gest the possibility of applying them to the explanation of the tivink- ling of the stars ; a phenomenon hitherto entirely referred to causes purely physical, but the true cause of which is admitted to be " not fully ascertained.'"! As the fixed stars are highly brilliant bodies, subtending an exceed- ingly minute angle, their apparent magnitudes depend almost entirely upon irradiation ; and it is hence easy to conceive that any alternate and transient changes in this affection may occasion oscillations in their images on the retina. Is it not therefore possible, that this phe- nomenon may be affected if not produced by transient remissions of irradiation ? If irradiation shall be shown to depend directly or indi- rectly on the crystalline and iris, it is possible that oscillatory motions in either might produce such remissions. With respect to the exis- tence of such motions, Dr Wollaston has shown that muscular effort, when apparently continuous, consists, in reality, of a great number of contractions repeated at extremely short intervals. It may be added, that there are alternations of contraction and dilatation of the iris, which are of sensible duration and extent, and visible by direct observation. * Or rather aplanatic, free from both species of aberration. t Young's Natural Philosophy, Vol. I. p. 490. Schenectady, 3Iarch 4, 1831. Vol. IV.— 4 N 351 ARTICLE XI. Names which the Lenni Lenape or Delaware Indians, ivho once inha- bited this country, had given to Rivers, Streams, Flaces, S^'c. Sfc. within the noiv States of Pennsylvania, Neiv Jersey, Maryland mid Virginia: and also Names of Chieftains and distinguished Men of that Nation; with the Significations of those Names, and Biogra- 2ihical Sketches of some of those Men. By the late Rev. John Heckeivelder, of Bethlehem, Pennsylvania. Communicated to tfie Jimerican Philosophiccd Society Spril 5, 1822, and noiv published by their order; revised and prepared for the press by Peter S. Du Ponceau. Philadelphia, September 16, 1833. DEAR SIR, I have the pleasure of sending to you the late Mr Heckewelder's communication respecting Indian names, prepared for the press. When he handed it to me to be presented in his name to the Philosophical Society, he requested, that in case it should be ordered to be printed, I would revise it in the same manner as I had done his account of Indian nations published in the first volume of our Historical Trans- actions. Such revisal was particularly necessary, as, the writer being more familiar with the German than with the English language, his Germanized style required correction, and at times he was not as clear as he wished to be. I have therefore, availed myself of the liberty thus given to me, but only in a moderate degree ; being desirous to preserve the plain honest language of the venerable author, as far as I could make it consistent with the English idiom. I have preserved 352 ON INDIAN NAMES. his method throughout, and only expunged some repetitions, and struck out some Indian names, of which he gave no explanation*, and which only served to fill up space to no purpose. I have also left out an abstract of the successive treaties made with the Indians, which, besides that it has no immediate relation to his object, is to be found nearly in the same words in the second volume of Smith's Laws of Penn- sylvania. I have taken care to preserve the original manuscript, which still remains in the Society's library, and will show in what manner I have complied wnth the author's request. In executing this task I have been particularly struck with the etymology which Heckewelder ascribes to the name of the river Ohio. I had imbibed, with many others, the idea that it was derived from the Iroquois idioms, and in that persuasion, I had at first paid little attention to the author's arguments. On perusing them again, they appeared to me to have considerable force, and I determined to con- sider the subject with more attention. In consequence I recurred to the copious dictionary of the Onondago language, by Mr Zeisberger, which is in our library. It has been said that the Iroquois called the Ohio sometimes the fine or beautiful, sometimes the bloody river. I therefore looked for the words jluss (river), blut (blood), and schoen (fine, handsome, beautiful); I found geihate, geihufafatie for river, and the word blood rendered by otquechsa. To neither of these can the name of the river Ohio be traced. For heautiful (schoen), I found two words, ivazxnaji and ojaneri (the j in the latter to be pronounced like our y, so as to read oyaneri). The two first syllables of this word bear indeed some resemblance to ohio, but in examining the numerous examples given by Zeisberger of the use of these two words, I found that the first, ivazxnaji, is alone employed to express external beauty, as when you say, a fine or handsome person, a fine leg, a fine field, and the like ; while the latter, ojaneri, is only used to describe the ;nanner in which something is executed, and answers, in * Among those is Tinicum, the name of an island in the Delaware, which was once the seat of the Swedish government. The Swedes called it Tennahong, whicli we have changed into Tinimm. It appears to me that ong in the Swedish name of that island is the locative termination vnh, and I presume the remainder of the word may be Tskcnnuk, which means a black bird, so that it sliould be Tskennahink, or Black Bird's Island. ON INDIAN NAMES. 353 fact, to our word well. Thus you say ojancri zcmijawcnotc, to read well ; ojaneri zaniiivachiato^ to write well ; ojaneri zanihch-ichivaa/ua, he sings well, &c. It is not, therefore, from ojaneri, that the proper name Ohio is to be derived ; it seems much more properly to be traced to the Delaware, and to mean the white, or the zvhifc foamin!i; river, and to have been abridged by the English traders from some of the numerous words implying that signification, cited by Mr Heckewelder. The French name Belle Riviere is clearly not a translation from the Indian. I have remarked, not v^fithout astonishment, from a passage in this little work, that the Delaware Indians were acquainted with silk and silk worms. There is a place, it seems, in Old Northampton county, in Pennsylvania, which the Indians called Nolamattinlf, and which, according to Mr Heckewelder, means "the place >vhere the silk worms spritig iq)," that is to say, mount, in order to spin their cocoons. He adds that the mulberry trees grew in that place spontaneously. Keferring to Zeisbei'ger's Delaware Vocabulary, p. 59, I find that nolemutees means a silk worm, whence NohmudHnk is evidently derived. But what kind of silk worm is it that is a native of this country, and feeds on the leaves of the mulberry? Mr Moses Bar- tram, in the first volume of the American Philosophical Transactions, p. 224, has given an account of a native silk worm, which he calls the wild silk worm, and which he found on the banks of Schuylkill. But that insect, as he describes it, differs very much from the Chinese silk worm, and besides, Mr Bartram tells us that it fed on the leaves of the alder and of the apple tree, and on those of the viburnum or black haw bushes and of the wild crab tree ; while it seems, that the worm mentioned by Mr Heckewelder, like that of China, fed on the leaves of the mulberry, ^^'ithout wishing to enter into any further dis- quisition upon this subject, I have thought it well at least to point out this Indian name for further investigation. I am, respectfully, dear sir, Your most obedient humble servant, PETER S. DU PONCEAU. Franklin Bache, M.D. Chairman of the Puhlishing Committee. Vol. IV.— 4 O 354 ON INDIAN NAMES. INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 1. Most of the Indian names and words herein contained, are copied from maps, books and records, while others have been received directly by me from the Indians. In the former case, I use the common orthography, and the names as tradition has given them to us, which I have caWed pojiular iiames ; but I place next to them the same names as given by the aborigines, and in every case I add the signification in English whenever it is in my pov/er to do it. 2. The Delaw^are Indians want the letters /, r and v. It seems that in the time of the Swedes, the tribes who lived on the banks of the Delaware used the letter r instead of /. Those tribes were extinct when I came to this country, and I have never know^n a Delaware Indian that used the letter r. These facts have not always been attended to in the English spelling of those names. Most of the faults which exist in the common spelling of Indian names are owing to the want of au Indian ear. 3. I have in the spelling of Indian names (where I do not copy them from books, maps or records) adopted the German orthography, conceiving that the powers of the German alphabet are better calcu- lated than those of the English to convey the true sounds of a foreign idiom. 4. The terminations ink^ enk and unk are indicative of place ; Shu- kameksink or Shakameksung means at Shakamek. JOHN HECKEWELDER. ON INDIAN NAMES. 355 INDIAN NAMES OF RIVERS, STREAMS, AND OTHER NOTED PLACES IN THE STATE OF PENNSYLVANIA. PHILADELPHIA, DELAWARE, CHESTER, MONTGOMERY, AND BUCKS COUNTIES Popular Names. Proper Names, witli Remarks. Coaquaimock Cuwequenaku. The word .siirnificth the grove of loii'j; pinr trees. The city of Pliiladelphia goes imcler this name by all the Delaware Indians. See Proud's Hist, of Pennsylvania, page 150. Delaware River Lenapewihitluk, /;h//«;« J'iycr; and Khhrnmc, t!ie /(ir ires f ririr in the part of the country. Schuylkill Ganshowehanne, or (short) Ganshowehan {der rauxchendr Struhni in German), the noisy «/)-fam, occasioned by i'all.s and ripples. It is also called Meneiunk. Manayunk Menemuk, our place of drinking (liquor), our place of assv/it- bling to drink. It is another name for the river Schuylkill. Playwicky Plauwikit. the habitation [village) of those u-ho are of the Tur- key tribe. Towassimok Da.w{is\m('>k, the feeding place for cattle, the pasture grounds. Neshamanies Ncsluunhanue, two streams making one (by llowing together). Neshammonys. The word is compounded of the words nisclia two, and Neshamiiiy. amhanne river. Makerisk Kitton. . . . These words, so dilTerently written in the deeds, appear to be Maskeusk Kitton. designed to name a particular place on or in the river Dela- Makerisk Hitton. ware. It is to me clear, that it is intended for the Trenton Makeerick Kitton. Falls ; and I presume the words here given are meant to answer to these falls. Maskane is strong, rapid ; maskhannc, a rapid stream; kilhanne main, largest stream. 356 ON INDIAN NAMES. Popular Names. Proper Names, with Remarks. Shakamaxon. ~ . Schachameksink, place of eels. Schachamek is the name of that fish ; s is added for euphony. Pemmapeeka I'em3.'pee]i, pond, lake or bat/ ; ivater having no continual cur- Pemapack. rent; a nurroiv long pond. Pemapeck. Pennepack. Poquesing Poquesink, /Ae yj/ace abounding ivith mice; the place of mice. Poquessan. Poques, a mouse. Chickhansink Tschikhaiisink, luliere it ivas taken from us; the place where ive ivere robbed. Macopanackhan. . . . Mschoppeiiackhan, the large jJotato stream; the stream, or creek, on tvhich the large potatoes are (or grow). Pakihoma Pakihm-omenk, or pakiomink, the cranberry place; the place Pakioma. where the cranberries grow. Pakihm is the name of that Perkioming. fruit. Wissahickon Wisamekhan, catfish creek. Wisawikhan, also Wisauchsican, Wisahiccon. denote a stream of yellowish colour. AVingohockmg. . . . Wingehacking. The word implies, choice land for planting or cidtivating, a favourite spot, fine land, &c. Wisinaming Wischanemunk, ivhere we iccre frightened, put to flight. Manatawny Menhatlauink, where we drunk [liquor). Menatewink, on the island. Skippack Schki-peek, standing, stinking pool of icater. Serechen Silehend, Sinuehend, the dairy, the place u'here milch cows are kept. Qunig-Quingus . . . Quiquingiis, the species of duck which we call tlie grey duck, the male of which has a green coloured head. Kikitschimais is that species of the duck which we call the tvood duck. because they build their nest in hollow trees. The word implies, the calling duck; it calling loudly to its mate. Tohickon Tohickhan or Tohickhanne, the stream over U'hich ice pass by 7neans of a bridge of drift u'ood. ON INDIAN NAMES. 35' Popular Names. Proper Names, with Remarks. Nockoinixon Nachanixink, at the three houses, or ichcre the three houses are; Nockanixon. nacha, three ; wikwam, a house : ink, hira! lennhuiliim. Lackamissa Legauinisa, Icgauiksa, the sand;/ i^roioid. the sam/i/ spot oj land. Cohocksink Cnwcuhdckink, pine lands, where the /indirr is principtilli/ pine. NORTHAMPTON AND LEHIGH COUNTIES. Saucon Creek Sacunk. This word properly denotes the outlet of a smallir Saconna. stream into a larger one. It is common, and i.s nsed in ilie same sense among many tribes of Indians conncetetl witli the Delawares. The C'hippcways say Sagginow. Macungy Machkunschi, the harbouring or fecdina; plare nf l/ear hechauhnnne, the forks occasioned by the conjlu.v of two rivers. as where the river Lehigh falls into the Delaware at Easlon. Lehikton Lawithanne. The proper name for the I$up1i Kill by Easion. Leheigton. The word signilies a stream between others. Lehieton. Easton Town Lechauwitank, the town within the forks. Lehigh Neither of these words is the proper name of this river, whiuh Lecha. is only known to the Indians by the great crossing place on it. The Indians have three general words whereby they distin- guish that whicli resembles a fork, and are very j)articidar therein. Lechaiiwak is the standard word for every thing tliat is forked, excc])t with rivers and roads, where a ter- mination is added to that word to distinguish it. Thus, lechau-hanne is the forks of streams; lechau-wichcn, the forks at parting of roads, or U'here these meet together. They say lecliauweki, or lechauwekink, when they speak of tlie country which we call the forks, which word alludes to their great crossing place at the Lehigh (which by purchase of the Bethlehem tract fell within it at its lower end). At this great crossing place various large paths centred on each side of the river; and so, on each side, these took otf to the difl'erent sections in their country, and to their scattered villages within the same. See Lechawaxcn. Vol. IV.— 4 P 358 ON INDIAN NAMES. Popular Names. Proper Names, with Remarks. Monakessi Menagassi, or menakessi, signifies a stream containing several Monockisy. large bends. Hockendocque Creek. . Hackcundochwe, they are searching for land. Probably at an earlier period some surveyors were discovered looking at or surveying land on this creek. Traxler's Spring .... Tl:m])T^ekha.m\e, a streain Jloiring froin large springs, a stream Drcchsler's Spring. from springs issuing from the earth. Toamensing. Achquanschicola. . . . Achquoanschicola, the brush-net fishing creek, or the creek Achquanschicolo. ichere ice catch fish by means of a net made of brush. Sankinak Sankhanne, Jiintstone creek, or the stream on ivhich flint stones are found. Mahoning Mahoni, « deer lick; mahonink, at the lick. Pokono Pockhanne, pokohaune, a stream issuing from a mountain, or running between two mountains ; hence the Broad mountain has received the name of Pocono mountain. Nesquihoning Nfeskaht'mi, black lick, or the lick of tohich the trater is of a blackish colour; nKskahunink, at the black lick. Quakake Cuweukeek, or Kuwekeek,;j;Hi/ /«H(?.s. The creek which nms through these lands bears the name of Kuweuhanne. Mauch Chunk Machktschiink, the bear's mountain. Pauponaming Papennamenk, the place where we were gazing {looking at a strange object something new occurred to our sight). Pohopoka Pockhapocka, tioo mountains butting tvith their ends against Puchcahuchka. each other, with a stream between them (as is here the case at the Lehigh water gap). Catosoque Gattosaqui, gattosachgi, the earth is thirsty [icants rain); pro- bably it had been the case at that time and place. Tunkhanne Taukhdnne, the small, or smallest slrea?n of the several streams Tunkhannock. ivhich flow in one and the same direction either to fall into a river or to form a river when they become united. Tobyhanne Topihanne, alder streain, or a creek on the banks of which that shrub grows spontaneously. ON INDIAN NAMES. 3.59 Popular Names. Proper Names, with Remarks. Wechquetank Wechquetank, or vviquitaiik, the name of a shrub ; from which an Indian town built near where it jrrcw was so named: ihis town was eight miles beyond the Blue mountain, in a north- westerly direction from Bethlehem. Muddy Creek Masgcekhhme, a creek u-ldch Jlows through sicampy <,'rou,ul (on the Broad mountain). . . . . Meniolagamika, the name of an ancient Indian town lying on Achquanschicola creek, north side, and dose under the Blue mountain, north west course from Nazareth. The word or name implies, rich, or good spot of land within that irhirh is bad or barren. . . Welagamika, the name of an ancient Indian town which once existed on the Nazaretli tract, and was forsaken about the year 1748. Tlic word implies, fine rich soil, and when the Indians speak of the place Nazareth, they say Welagaraikink. . . . Nolamattink. By this name the Indians call the tract of land on which the settlements of Gnadenthal and Christian's Spring are. The word implies, the place where silk worms spring up, or mount, silk worms' place. The black mulberry tree grew at that time here and on the Nazareth tract spontaneously. Menesink Minissink. The word implies the habitation of the JMinsi tribe of Delaivares. WAYNE AND PIKE COUNTIES. Walenpapeek Creek. . . Wahlinkpapeek. The word implies deep and dead water. Probably there is such a place or places in the creek or river. \ Shahola Schauwihilla, weak, faint, depressed. Lackauwaxen Lechauweksink, the forks of the road, or the parting of the Lechawaxen. roads; where the roads take off in various directions. There is on the Lehigh, in Northampton county, a place bearing the same name, for the same reat^on. Equinunk Equinunk, the place ivhere tve were provided with articles of clothing, where wearing apparel teas distributed to us. 360 ON INDIAN NAMES. Popular Names. Proper Names, with Remarks. Mashope Maschape, or raashapi, beads of glass. Probably this article was given them at that place or sold there. Shohokin Schohacan, glue. Probably this article had been manufactured there either by the Indians or white men. The Indians make an excellent glue out of the deer's horn to glue on the feathers to their arrows. BERKS AND SCHUYLKILL COUNTIES. Tulpehoccon Tu\pe\vih7icki, the land aboimding with tiirtles, the turtle country. Cocoosing Gdkhosing, the place of Olds, resort of the otvls. Manakasy Menagassi, creeks ivith some large bends. Menatawny Menetonink, ivhere ive drank {were drunk). Maxatawny Machksithanne, beards path creek, or the stream on which the bears have a path. Sacony Sacwnk, the outlet of a stream or creek. Moselem Creek. . . . Maschilamekhanne, trout creek. Oley. . Olink, wolink, olo, or wahlo, signifies a cavern cell, sink hole; a dug hole to bury any thing in, as also a tract of land encompassed by high hills (which is liere the case). Wapwallopen Waphallackpink, the place of white hemp, or the place tvhere Who])ehawly. that kind of {wild) hemp grows in abundance which when dressed becomes ivkite. Catawissa Gattawi'si, becoming fat. Probably a deer had been shot there at the season when they begin to fatten. Tombicon Tombicanall, crab apple, place of crab apples; tombikhanne crcdj apple creek. Mahantango. . . . . Mohaiiikngo, where we ate plmtiful of meat. Mahonoy. .... Mahoni, a lick {deer, buffalo or elk lick). Mohony. ON INDIAN NAMES. 361 Popular Names. Proper Names, with Remarks. Taraaquon Tamaquehiinne or (short) Tamftkhanne, the Indian name, as it stands on record, of Little Scliuylkill. The word signifies beaver stream, a stream on wliich tlic beavers were nume- rous, where they built dams and mud liouscs to dwell in. LUZERNE AND SUSQUEHANNA COUNTIES. Wyoming M'cheudmi, or m'cheuw^imi, which signifieth exhnsive level flats. In consequence of the large falls on this river it is called " M'chwcuwami Sipu" by the Delawares and by the Six Nations; it is for the same reason called " Quahonta," which two words or names signify a river having large flats on it. Hoppeny Creek. . . . Hobbenisink, potato creek, the creek on which the irilil potato groirs in abundance. Tankhannok Tankhanne, the smaller stream. Whopehawly Woaphallachpiuk, //(p /;/< i-all ihc place, was given to it ever sinee llic French Iniill a fori there, and has been retained to the present time. The word menachk implies un enclosed spot of o-roimd, a confined spot or place secured from bcin^ entered Into, ii Jhrlificrilion. ; literally, at the fort. Allegan}" Alligcwi. The name of a race of Indians said to have once inhabited that country. AUigcwinink. This word comprises all the country west of liic Allegany mountains, together with all the larire rivers therein and their tributary sb-eams. Ohio River Although I liave no objection to the name by whicli we call this river, yet for some reasons I cannot satisfy myself, that this word, consisting of no more than four letters, can be its u-liole and proper Indian name. I am therefore disposed to examine into the matter in my own way, and leave the reader to judire for himself. In doing this I ground my objections on the following facts : First. That all the streams to which the Indians have given a name, such name is descriptive cither of the stream itself, or sometliing in or about it, which attracts their attenticm at the time, or which will at all times exist — as rocks, cataracts, ripples, remarkable islands, &c. Secondly. That I do not ever recollect hearing the Indians among themselves call this river by that name. Thirdly. Because I have so often witnessed how the white people, both French and English, drop a part of an Indian name in order to make it more convenient to them and easier of pronunciation. Having heard it asserted by white people that the word " Ohio" signified " the bcaittiful river," while the Six Nations liave at times called it the " liloodtj river," I became the more anxious to learn the truth, both by questioning intelligent Indians on the subject, and also by paying attention to their conversa- tions when they had occasion to name this river. That a word of only four letters should comprehend in itself "tlie beautiful river" or '' the bloody stream," or the single word " river," I could not believe, neither did my inquiries 368 ON INDIAN NAMES, Popular Names. Proper Names, with Remarks. Oliio River. serve to inform me to what Intlian language the word Ohio belonged. When I listened to discourses of the Indians with the white people of that country, they on both sides would say " high 0," and not Ohio, as we pronounce it, which evinced that something must be wrong or wanting in this word, to give it a meaning. And I followed their example in calling the river (Ohio) by the same name they did, which is Kithiinne, or, as the Minseys call it, Gichthanne — either of these words signifying the main, superior stream in that part or country. We, indeed, have the word " Kittaning" on our maps for a particular spot on the Allegany river, whereas the true meaning of this word, which by the by should be written Kithamiink, denotes the river itself. Kit from kitschi, greatest, superior: and hanne, wliieli denotes flowing ivater, or a stream of floiving water. If then the river we call Allegany is by the Indians called Kithanne, the ■main river in that part of the country, and until it joins with another equally large river (the Monongahcla) at Pittsburg, why, as the Indians, do we not continue the name down- wards, where it is vastly larger? But to give a well grounded opinion as to the cause of that river being called Ohio, and thus to show clearly the word or words from which it has derived this name, I will, in the tirst place, put down some Indian words which are to serve as guides in ascertaining the fact I am in search of, and am anxious to ascertain, though not with an intention to elfect a change in the name we have adopted for that river, but to strengthen the position I have taken or the reasons I have given above : why / cannot admit that the word Ohio by itself is suthcient to designate such a remarkable river as this is, when by the by wc have in the foregoing pages seen, how they (the Indians) notice even small and almost insignificant animals, by incorporating their names in the body of their compound words. WORDS IN THE UNAMI. WORDS IN THE MI.NST DIALECT. O'hui-Ohi, very (when prefi.xed). Acliwe, very (when prefixed). O'peu, Opsit, white. Wapcu, Wapsit, white. Opiechen, it looks white. Wapiechen, it looks white. Opelechen, ivhite, bright, shining. MVoiiY>clechen, irhitcl/righf, shining colot/r. Opeek, white ivith froth (water). AVapcek, zchite by froth (irater). Ohiopechen or ohiopiechen, it is of a white WahewapTechen, it is of a white eoloar. colour. ON INDIAN NAMES. 36i} Popular Names. Proper Names, wiUi Remarks. Ohio River. WORDS IN THE ITNAMl. WORDS IN THE MINSI DIALECT. Oino])ee]i., very ti'hite {caused by froth, or Aclnviwapcok, very while [by fnilh. (ir ivhite caps). tchile caps). Ohiophanne, very white stream. Aclnviwoaphanne, very white stream. Ohiopeekhanne, very deep and ichite Acliwiwoapt'kliaiine, very deep and irhiti stream, viz. by its being covered all stream, viz. by its being covered all over over with white caps. witli white caps. Ohiopehhele, the name of a place in the Wahhellapehheue, same as Oh'wpc/i/iele in Monongahela, which in our maps is writ- the Unami. (Seethe explanation on the ten Ohiopyle, signifies zohite frothy other side.) water, occasioned either by the water being disturbed by winds, or rushing over rocks or falls in the stream, &c. By the foregoing, it will be seen that my supposition wiili regard to the name given to that river has some foundation, and that the word, as it now .stands, cannot be its true name, its derivation being here clearly set forth. I will now show by example what confirms the opinion I had with regard to the name given to this river, drawn from facts, while tra- velling with Indians both by land along its banks, and liy navigating the same. The Ohio river being in many places wide and deep, aud .so gentle that for many miles in some places no current i.-: per- ceivable, the least wind blowing up the river covers the sm-- face with what the people of that country call 7vhite caps : anil I have myself witnessed that for days together this has been the case, caused by southwardly and south westerly winds (which by the by are the prevailing winds in that country), so that we navigating the canoes durst not venture to proceed, as these white caps would have filled and suidv our canoe in an instant. Now in all such cases, when the river could not be navigated with canoes, nor even crossed with this kind of craft — when the whole surface of the water presented white foaming swells, the Indians would, as the case was at the time, apply one or other of the above quoted words to the state of tlie river ; they would say " juh ohiopiechen," — " ohiopcck ohiopeekpanne ;" and when they supposed the water very deep they would say " kilschi ohiopeekhanne," which means '^verily this is a deep ivhitc river." I now come to the other point, how it miglit have happoneii that the word in question came to be so abridged as to leave Vol. IV.— 4 S 370 ON INDIAN NAMES. Popular Names. Proper Names, with Remarks. Ohio River. Monongahela River. nothing whereby to judge of its signification. This may be accounted for from the following causes. The traders who penetrated into the Indian country for the purpose of ti-ading with them, and the frontier settlers, are generally an ignorant set of people, who are careless with regard to matters that do not interest them; with them any word will do for a name, so that it bears something similar to the true one. Neither have they the "Indian ear" to hear properly, nor are they capable of pronouncing the gutturals so numerous in Indian languages, nor even inclined, perhaps, to keep in memory such long and strange words as the Indians have. I have frequently witnessed their dealings with the Indians, where the latter were kept in continual laughter at the odd and improper words these made use of. Now on the return of these traders into the settlements they became instructors to others ; so that one catches a wrong word from the other ; which is at once adopted, as being correct. Another cause is, that the people who settle new countries have a custom of shortening names of places merely for conve- nience sake ; I have found this the case even among the French Canadians, both at Detroit and at Post Vincennes, and Mr Volney found it so, likewise, when he travelled through that country. Thus, for instance, instead of saying I will go to Pittsburg, they say " I will go to Pitt." Youghi- agany they call "Yough;" Detroit, "Troit;" Hackhacking, " Hacken ;" Post Vincennes, "the Post;" Kaskaskias, " Kas;" Ohio, " Hio," &c. Our word Lehigh or Lecha has no signification, tliough, like Ohio, it has been shortened from the original word Lcchauhanne. Now might it not have been the case at some early day with the river Ohio, that instead of saying Ohiopekhanne they only took the first syllable of the word to name it by, which was giving it an easy name, both to pronounce and keep in memory ? I now leave the Ohio and go on with other names in Allegany county not yet explained, beginning with Monongahela. Menaugihilla, this word implies high banks breaking off in some places and tumbling down. Turtle Creek. Pine Creek. . Puckita. . Tulpewi Sipu, turtle creek (so called by them). Cuweiihanne, pine creek. Pachgita, throw it away, abandon it. iL.-^ "^ , ij v/ 'U t K -* ON INDIAN NAMES. 371 Popular Names. Proper Names, with Remarks. WASHINGTON COUNTY. Wheeling Creek. . Cross Creeks. Wihlink, the place of the head. The Indians rrpnrt. Ihnt a pri- soner taken by tlicm in one oi' iheir war.s liad there been put to deatli and his head stuck up on a sharpened pole. Wewuntschi Saquik. The words imply tivo .streams emptying themsclccs into a river dlrectli/ opposite to each oilier ; as is here the case, where they empty into the Ohio ; and both bear the same name. Catfish Camp. . , Wisamekink, the place where the Indians named Wisumek (cattish) resided. This place was on or near where the town of WashiniTton is built. WESTMORELAND, FAYETTE, AND GREEN COUNTIES. Kiskemanitas Gieschgumanito, make day light, cause it to become day light. Kiskaminetas. (The circumstance which gave rise to this matter is already taken notice of imder the head of Armstrong county.) Loyalhannon Creek. . . Lawelhanne, the middle branch {stream). Beaver Dam Creek. . . Amochkpasink, ti'here the beavers have shut vp the stream by making a dam across the creek. Yoxiogani Juhwiakhanne, a stream running a contrary or indirect course. Youghiogeny. Olnopyle Ohiopehelle. See page 369. Red Stone Creek. . . . Machkachsinhanne, red stone creek; or machkachsinnink, at the place of the red stones. Manaltin Menaltirik, the place where we drank. Salt Lick Creek. . . . Sikhem Mo-honi; Sikhe\iha.nne, a streaiuflowing from a salt lick. 372 ON INDIAN NAMES. Popular Names. Proper Names, with Remarks. INDIANA, SOMERSET, AND CAMBRIA COUNTIES. Two Licks Creek. . . . Nishahoni Sipu, the stream at tivo licks. Crooked Creek. . . . Woakhanne, crooked stream {has great bends). Plumb Creek Sipuashanne Sipuasink, the place of plumbs. Queen Mahon Cuwei mahoni, pine trees' lick, a Eck within a grove of pine trees. ) Stony Creek Sinnehanne or Achsinnehanne, stony creek. .,.«™^--.«4.. Paint Creek Wallkmink, the place tvhere the pairit is. Black Lick Creek. . . . Nseskahoni, black lick. Little Canemaugh. . . . Tangamochki, little otter creek. HUNTINGTON AND BEDFORD COUNTIES. Juniata River. Big Tooth Creek. Standing Stone. This is an Iroquois word. The Delawares pronounce it Juch or Chuchniada. The Iroquois had a path leading directly to a settlement, or body of Shawanese, hunting and remaining here for some time : I believe their residence has been where Bedford now stands. The Indians say that Juniata river hath the best hunting ground for deer, elk, also for beaver, &c. Mangipitink, the place of the large tooth. Achsinnink. This is the proper Indian name for this place. The word denotes a large rock which stands separate from others, or where there is none other nigh. I know four places within five hundred miles which bear this name for the same reason, two of those rocks are very large and high, and stand in the river. For similar reasons, but where such rock IS of an inferior size, they say achsinnissink, the standing small rock. ON INDIAN NAMES. 373 Popular Names. Proper Nanifs. witli Itemnrks. FRANKLIN, CUMBERLAND AND MIFFLIN COUNTIES. Conococheague. . . . Guneukitschik, long indeed, very long indeed. Tliis word appears to refer to some cause wliich gave rise to tlie Indians becoming impatient. Conodoguinits Gunipduckhannid, for a long way conlimial bends. Conedogwinet. Yellow Breeches Creek. . Callapatschink, ivliere it turns back again (alluding to a parti- cular place in the creek). Bufl'alo Creek Sisiliehanne, bvffalo creek. Kischicoquilis Gfschachgokwalis, the snakes have all got into their dens. Made from the words " gischi," already; " achgook," snake; " walicu," in holes, dens. Mehantango Meschantange, where ice killed deer. Achwick Creek. . . . kchvieek ov 3.ch.e-wee]s., brushy, difficult to pass. DAUPHIN, ADAMS, AND YORK COUNTIES. Wikinisky Creek. . . . Wikenknisken, ivet a?id dirty hoicse, camp, lodgiiig place. Canewago. Quitapahilla Cuitpehelle or cuwitpehella, a spring or stream issuing out of the earth, ivhere pine trees are standing. Manahan Menehend, where liquor was drunk. Manady Menathey, an island. Manaltin Menaltink, where ive met, assembled. Pextang Veiksiunk, the standing or dead water ; a deep or stagnant spot Paxtou (now). of ivater in a stream, a pool, &c. Vol. IV.— 4 T 374 ON INDIAN NAMES. Popular Names. Proper Names, with Remarks. LANCASTER COUNTY. Conestogo This is an Iroquois word, or of the Six Nations. Cocallico Creek. . . . Achgookwalico, or shortly, Chgokalico, is a place where the snakes gather together in holes or dens, or snakes' ivinter quarters. I have frequently heard the Indians who inhabit this country speak of the place. Pequea Creek Picueu, the name of one of the four Shawanese tribes, who were (or some families of them) settled here for a time when they enjoyed the protection of the Delawares. Chikisalungo Creek. . . Chikiswalungo, the place where the crabs or crairjish burrow or make for themselves holes in the ground : or the place where the ground is full of holes, made by crawfish or crabs. Tucquan Pducquan, round; pduckachtin, a round hill. Pduchane, a winding stream. Cunoy Guneu, long, it is long. Conewago Guneuagi, a long stripe of land. Octorara This is probably an Iroquois word. Pennsylvania they call Quskelinink, which signifies the country of quctkers, or the quaker country. ON INDIAN NAMES. 375 INDIAN NAMES OF RIVERS, CREEKS, &c. IN NEW JERSEY, FROM MAPS. Popular Names. Proper Names, witli Remarks. Wantage Wundachqui, or undachqui, that way. Cuweuagi, or cuweuachgi, pine timbered land. Walpack \Ya\peek, a turn hole, a deep and slill place, in a stream. Tappan Thnpha.ne, cold stream issuing from springs. Hoboken Kopokan, a tobacco pipe. The Delawares have I'requently spo- ken of this place as being not far from the city of New York. Hackensack. . • . llac]iinkskqmk, the stream which discharges itself into another, on low level ground ; that which unites itself with other water almost imperceptibly. Pasaic River Pasaic or Pasaiek, a valley. It does not seem that the Indians noted the falls in this river ; but merely the ground through which the stream passeth. Pegunock River. . . . Pekhanne is dark river. Either this river must have derived its name from the thickness of the trees which stood on its banks, or they (tlie natives) arrived at the river to encamp after dark. Whippany Creek. . . . Wiphanne, arrow creek, zvhere the wood or ivilloiv groios of which arrows are made. Makiapier Pond. . . . Machkiabi, water of a reddish colour. Bomopack (perhaps). . . ViuXyxraopeck, round pond or lake; ox lomovio^ek, white on the inside. Pompton Pihmtom, crooked mouthed. Totawa Falls Totauwei, to sink, dive, going under water by pressure, or forced under by weight of the water. 376 ON INDIAN NAMES. Popular Names. Proper Names, with Remarks. Achquakenuna Tachquahacannena, u'here blocks (for pounding corn) are made Acquakenimk. by us, or the place from ivhich ice get the ivood ice make our pounding blocks of, namely, the gum tree, which they call tachquahcaniminschi. Muscomecon Maskhannecunk, rapid running stream. It is a Monsey word. Piscataway Pisgattauwi, it is getting dark. Same name in Pennsylvania, New Hampshire, &c. Wisconk River. . . . Wisquonk, the elbow. . . . Wisquon, a twist of tobacco, yarn or any thing that may be twisted. Suspecough Sispeekch or Sispeek, muddy, dirty ivater ; muddy pool or pond; muddy stream,. .\mboy. ...... Emboli. So called by the Indians who dwelt there. AVhen they speak of this place they say " Embolink." This Indian name implies holloiv in the inside. They say " embolhallol," hollow it out. Embolhican is the name of a roundish adze, to work out bowls, canoes, wooden shovels, &c. I was for- merly, for upwards of twenty years together, acquainted with a venerable and trusty Indian, who had been born at that place, and who, when he died in 1780, was believed to be upwards of one hundred years old. He told me that the place, resembling something like a bowl, lying low and sur- rounded with higher grounds, was tlierefore called Emboli. Chyoes Island The Indians call the place where the town of Burlington stands, Tschichohacki, which means ancient cultivated land, or the oldest planted ground; they say that here was built their first town on the river. There did, however, in later years live an Indian on the spot named Schigo, which means widower ; and Proud is also correct in saying that this place (and the country down the Delaware) was inhabited by a tribe of the Delawares called " Mandas;" but, according to some Indians who were of this tribe, they had a hundred years ago incorporated themselves with the other branches, the Unamis and Unalachtigo. See Proud's History of Pennsyl- vania, vol. i. p, 144. ON INDIAN NAMES. 377 INDIAN NAMES OF RIVERS, CREEKS, &c. IN MARYLAND. Popular Names. Proper Names, with Remarks. Shenandoah River. Mesongo Creek. Schindhiindowi. This is the proper name I'or that river. I was told so by White, the NaiUicoke chief, who was born in Mary- land. The word is true Delaware ; yet, more properly writ- ten, it should be Schindhandowik. The word signilies, the sprucij sti-cam, a stream passing by spruce pinca, whit-h probably are or were at some place or other on the banks of this river. I should write the word Shinshandiiwcck, to adapt it to the English pronunciation. Meschange, where ive killed the deer, a good place for killing deer. Aquia Creek Equi'i or Equiwi, in, betiveen {soinething). Quentico GenUca or Kintika, a dancing, frolicking place. Corapechen Colapechen, fine naming stream. Opicon River Opiquon and Achpiquon, a flute, or any other musical instru- ment; Opekhan, stream of a whitish colour. . . . . Hopi'quon, a rib; also the fore shoulder of a four footed animal. Pokomoka River. . Potowmak River. . Monocassy Creek. . Occoquan River. Vol. IV. . Pocqueumoke, /)/rtfe of shell fish, clams, &c. . Pedharamok, they are coming {by water): so the Indians have told me. . Menagassi, a stream having several large bends. (See the same word in Northampton county, Pennsylvania.) . Okhiicquan, Woakhucquoan, (short) Hucquan. All these words signify a hook, whether it be a pot hook or a piece of iron or other metal, bent in that form. .4U 378 ON INDIAN NAMES. Popular Names. Proper Names, with Remarks. Conecocheague. . . . This is already explained under the head of Cumberland county, Pennsylvania. Petapsco River. . . . Petapsqui, bank or tide water, causing a froth, the word tqui meaning ivaves or sivells, caused by ivinds or other force. Sassafras River. . . . Winakhanne, sassafras stream. Picco waxen Pico waxen or pikuwaxen, torn shoes, shoes ivith holes; pixu, it is torn. Senegar Creek Sinnike, stony ; shinnikh-krme, stotiy creek. Senegar Falls Sinnipehella, luater rushing over rocks or stones. Piscataway Pisgattawi, it is getting dark. (See the same name in Penn- sylvania and New Jersey.) There is also a river of this name in New Hampshire. Aquakik Achewek'ik, very brushy, a thicket, difficult to pass. (See the same name in Pennsylvania.) Pamimky Creek. . . . Pihmunga, where ive took a sweat; namely, where ive were siceating ourselves (in the sweat oven). Wicomico Wikhamiku, icherc the houses are building. (See the same name in Pennsylvania.) Queponco Creek. . . . Cuweupungo, pine wood ashes. Probably they had no other ashes for baking their bread than that of the pine wood. Manokin River. . . . Menachkink, an enclosed place, a field, fort, &c. Probably a fort had been built on this river at an early day, or an enclo- sure made. (See Pittsburg.) Aquasquit Creek. . . . Achqwasquit, ehowasquit, grassy, overgrown n-ith grass (as generally old towns are). Magotty River Megukty, a small plain or prairie (probably on a river). Chiknicomika Tschikenumike, the place of turkeys, where the turkeys are plenty. Tuckahoe Creek. . . . Tuchkchowe, deer are shy, difficult to come at ; also, Uichzuch- siiak, the place where the deer are very shy. ON INDIAN NAMES. 879 Popular Names. Proper Names, with Remarks. Nantikoke River. Wilipquin Creek. Chesapeake Bay. . . NeehticOk, Neehtciikink, the place of the Nanticokes (where they had their settlements). Wihlipquin, the place of interment of sculh (and /loni.^). Tliese people had tlie custom of collecting the sculls :iud bones of their dead, and burying them in caverns or holes dug in the ground, all together. Tschsichwapeke, or more fully written, Ktschischwapccki, from kitschi schwapeck, a superior or greater nalliali. liai/ ; the syllable peek signifying a bay, lake, basin, or (leep /rater without any visible current. But to shorten the word, they say k'tschischwapeke, the first letter, k, scarcely lo be iieard. The guttural chw is in our English Mord omitted. INDIAN NAMES* OF RIVERS, PERSONS, &c. IN VIRGINIA. Powdiatan It appears that this Indian chief bore tlie same name as tlie river now called James river; if so, the river must have been called Powhathanne, which would signify the river of pregnancy, fruitfubiess, the fruitful river. Nansemond Neunschimend (German pronunciation), the place where ivi fled, had to fly for it, ivere driven off from. Kiquotan Kiguatank or Kigeuetank, «/jf r«on //m/ /if«/s, or ?/'/(f(T //it .siVA are cured. This place seems to have been a small settlement. where probably a physician resided. Arrahattuk Allahattek, empty, all gone, there is no more of it. Proliably meaning some article that was sold off, or the rum bottle or keg empty. Pocohantas Pocohantes or Pockohantes means a run between two hills. Pocohontas. Pockowahne is a creek between two hills; Pochohanne is the * These names, taken from an early written history of Virginia, will show that the people we call Do- lawares were at the time the English arrived there in full possession of that country, as they themselves say was the case. — J. II. 380 ON INDIAN NAMES. Popular Names. Proper Names, with Remarks. Pocohantas. same in the Unami idiom. The termination tes denotes a run only, not a creek or large stream; so that hantes is a diminutive of " hanne," a river, creek or stream. Chickahominy Chickamahony (English pronunciation). Tlie word signifies turkey lick. Tschikenumahoni (German), a place resorted to by turkeys. I know several places bearing this name on account of turkeys coming to the lick to drink. Uttamaccomak l]chta.maga.na.tmeans a pathmaker,aleader,awarrior ; w'tama- ganat, a chieftain, a leader of a band. Oppechaneanough. . . Opeekhanneu, a stream of tvater of a whitish colour; or hoppechkhanne, rain worm stream; huppeechk means a par- ticular insect which the Indians call a rain worm. Tomahawk Tamahican is the Delaware word for a hatchet or an axe. Neraattanow Nemaltinna. This word means our brother Nimattinna (an Indian war chief). Oaksuskie River. . . . Woakassisku. This word implies, winding, marshy grounds, boggy swamps (full of broad sunken ground and marshes). Accomack Bay. . . . . A.chgava.i^\i. means, broad still water, broad bay. Poccosen River (probably). Pduckassin, thejilace ofbcdls, bidlets, lead. Pammiky River. . . . Pihmunga, the place of sweating. Mattapony River. . . . Mattachpona, no bread at all; matschachpona, bad bread. Wicocomico River. . . Wikhachkomeko, tvhere they are building houses, or yonder where they are building. Pocomoke River. . . . Pockhammokik, knobby, broken with knobs, hills. Chissenessick River. . . Chuessenesik (English), Tschuissenetschik (German), ^Aejs/ace of blue birds, the harbouring place of the blue bird. Pungoteque River. . . . This word perhaps means, where powder is to be had; yet as the single word pung signifies dust, ashes, powder, even sand, it may be applied to any thing dusty, and so mean a sandy place, or where ashes are collected. The great sand fly is called Piingus. ON INDIAN NAMES. 381 Popular Names. Proper Names, with Remarks. Powcoranie Altar stone. Monacan Town. . . . Monhacan, a spade; also any instrument made use of to dig up the ground. Wasebur, flfn Ae>-6. . . . Weschkhdck, physic tliat 7vorks doicnwards, calfiarlic. Chapacour, a rooi. . . . Tschiippichk, 7ncdkuic prepared from phinls, &c.; tschuppik, a root. Tangomoekonomingo. . Tangamochkomenunga. The autlior intprprrLs this : l/iei/ came from little beaver creek. He prolKilily niislook the iii(\iiiing, which nuist liave been, that a liurk for medicine had l)cen brought from Tangamochke, little beaver creek. JNIenunga means bark. Macock Metz-hack means, eatable hard shelled fruit. The syllable tnetzin [eatinix) and hack for a hard rind or shell. Ilackhack is their name for the ground. Every diflerent kind of pump- kin squashes has a particular or distinguishing name. The general name is gescandhakall for any eatable pumpkins or squaslies, which means, those kinds of fruits of this descrip- tion whose rind or shell becomes soft by boiling. It is the Indian name for all kinds of melopepones, and the lesser kind of pompions or cashaiv. The Indians in Canada make boxes of the tough stroni>- bark of the birch and elm trees to pack their maple sugar in, which they call " mococks." Moccasin. . . , . . Maxen or macksen is the name for Lidian shoes. Huscanawpen This word, which I well understood, is hus-ca-leii-naw-pa-i. I have heard the Indians sing it at tlieir festival dances; and understood it as expressing the words, husca n'lenapewia, indeed I am an Indian, in the sense that he or they were pure and not degraded from their origin. They have also other long words, which they sang oil", but which I never could perfecdy understand. Wigwang Wiquoam (English pronunciation, weekwam), a house. Matchacomoco Matachgenimoak, they are counselling about icar, holding a council of war. Werauwance Ilawi, ftti'arc/iie/"; wajauwi (Mousey dialect), a j/uViVari/ o^/'cer, a chief Vol. IV.— 4 V 382 ON INDIAN NAMES. Popular Names. Proper Names, with Remarks. Wisoccan Thus the author says that the Indians call their physic or medi- Wighsacan. cine generally ; but in this he is gi-eatly mistaken. The word Woughsacan. " wisoccan," or more properly wisachcan, signifies bitter, sharp to the palate ; any thing that has a sharp, hitter taste: and it has numerous derivatives ; thus, wisachgim is the name for sour grapes; wisachgank, for rum, brandy. (Bitter enough, to be sure !) Winank Winak, or winaak, the sassafras tree. Matomkin Mattemikin, to enter into a house. Gingoteque Schinghatteke, he does not want it, despises it. Kiequotank Kiwlkquotank, a visitor, one tcho pays visits. Matchopungo Machischipimgo, bad powder, or bad ashes. Occohanock Okehanne, Woiikehanne, crooked, winding stream. Oanancock Auwannaku, foggy. Chiconesse Tschiconesink, zvhere it was forcibly taken away. Wyanoke Wigunska, the point of an island. Gangascoe Shingascui, level and boggy, level, icet and grassy {ground). Menheering Menhattink, Menachtink, (Monsey) on the island. Rappahannok Lappihanne, the current has returned, or flows again, a place where it ebbs and flows ; lappahanink, at the place where the tide water comes, where water comes and runs o^' again. ON INDIAN NAMES. 383 NAMES OF DELAWARE CHIEFS AND OTHER NOTED CHARACTERS OF THIS NATION, SINCE THE ARRIVAL OF WILLIAM PENN, TO- GETHER WITH THE SIGNIFICATION OF SOME OF THE NAMES HERE PRESENTED, AND SHORT BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCHES. Popular Names. Proper Names, with Remarks. Idquahon These are called in aiicicnl defils ■' .sarliaiiiakcrs," whicli word I-anottowi. appears to be intended lor cliirf.-i, whom the iJelawares call Idquoquekon. " sakima," but Europeans generally call them " sachems." Temanen Probably Temenend, the ajjablc. Metamequon Mattemikgihi, he that haa entered [a house). Maykeerick-Kisksho. . . Macheli-giscliguall, mun^i duijs (Swedish Delaware). Okanickon Okanican and Woukeni'can, an. iron hook, pot hook. This ciiief died at Burlington about the year 1081. (Smith's History.) Sheoppy fic\\i\\3.eA\iA, tired cif staying {in a place), ox 'iic\wyw:\\\n,uloni; the water's edge or sea shore. Jakkursoe Achculsoet. one ivho takes earc of a thing, a preserver, Tliis chief is well known to me by hearing of the Indians ; he had for some years been intrusted with the wanipinn speeciies and papers from government respecting national allairs. Tattamy, generally called Tadumy (English pronunciation), Tademy (German). This King Tattamy. man was for many years the principal chief in the Forks of Delaware, and resided on the Nazareth tract, at tlie town called Welakamika, when the brethren, through count Ziii- zendorf, purchased the manor. He was friendly to all white people, and therefore in their esteem, particularly so with the brethren, who invited him to remain as long ;ls he chose to stay on the land, and be their neighbour; but such was the wickedness of some people that came and settled in tlic parts, that a young Irishman with a gun meeting him on the road, shot him dead. 384 ON INDIAN NAMES. Popular Names. Proper Names, with Remarks. Agushuwa Echgiishuwe, a great chief of the Monsey tribe. Weekwely, or Wekahelah [ProiuVs History of Pennsyhania). Week- quehela(5Vm//i's Histo- ry of New Jersey). Wequehella (English pronunciation), Wiquihilla (German pro- nunciation). This word means, to be fatigued. The chief so named, in consequence of his having shot and killed a white man, named Leonard, was hanged in the year 1728, near Shrewsbury. Tlie nation deplored the loss of this chief, believing him to have been too good a man to commit the act wilfully. SUSQUEHANNA CHIEFS AND COUNSELLORS. Olumapies Olumapisid, we tied, well bundled up. Lingehanoak Linquechinoak, they look stedfastly {at some object), from " linquechin," to look, to behold). Kelly-raacquon. . . . Chelik-mekgun, yoic received much, you ivere well rewarded. Quitieyquont Quitiequond, o?iew/w commands siVence; also, o«ewAor£proD£s, reprimands. Pishqueton Pisguwitamend, he who keeps on, though it is getting dark. Pisquetumen. On account of this man's perseverance when sent with a message by his chief, or the council. Nenachyhaut. . . . Nenatschihat, a guard, watchman. ON INDIAN NAMES. 385 FORKS OF DELAWARE CHIEFS, &c. Popular Names. Proper Names, with Remarks. Toweghkappy, called by Tawikachpi, he is not in the house. the wlilte people Cor- nelius Spring. Sassoonan Schessiina (English pronunciation, shassuna), our tinch. The Indians sometimes give such names as uncle, brother in law. to aged people, as a mark of respect. Lawyequohwon. . . . Lawiequaham, in the middle of the house. Nutimus I>liita.mws, a striker of Jish with a spear. This man was called Isaac by the whites. Pokehais Pockehais, a knob of a hill. Metaschechay Mctachschiechey, he who is now building nests ; alluding to the time when the birds generally begin to build their nests. The Indian here so named was a great character among his people, and was at the treaty held in September 1718 at Conestogo. Ayyamaikan Ajamaikend, he who claims something, or takes something away as his own property. Ghettypenceman. . . . Gettyplensemaan, he tcho speaks some French, or he ivho is becoming a Frenchman; alluding to his understanding the language in part. They not having the letters /and r in their language, say " Plensemaan," for Frenchman. Opekaset Opekhasit, it or he is made white, luhitened. Pepawmaman. .... Pepommahemen, to go by ivater in a craft, canoe. Aweaykomon Achwidchgeman, hard at planting {corn, &c.). Vol. IV.— 4 W 386 ON INDIAN NAMES. Popular Names. Proper Names, with Remarks. Tus8oigheenan Taschawikhenan, he will not build a house so soon, is not in a hurry about building himself a house. Neeshaloppih Nischalachpi, there are two together [ivithin). Monokykickan Monachkhican, an instrument for digging the ground— pick- axe, grubbing hoe, spade, &c. Lappawinzoe Lapawinsoe, he is gone again, gathering nuts, corn, or any thing eatable. Nutimus, called Pontius Nutamas, a striker offish tvith the spear; generally called by the while people, Pontius Nutamaes — an excellent man, who never drank liquor, was brother to the chief was born on Delaware where Philadelphia now stands; of the same name. removed to the Ohio between the year 1742 and 1750; died on Muskingum in 1780, at the age of near one hundred years. Taughliaughsey. . . . Tachquatschi, to feel cold, shiver tvith cold. Teedyusking Tadeiiskund, a noted Delaware chief in the Forks, was burnt Tedeuskung. up in his house at Wyoming in the spring of the year 1763. For a sketch of his life, see Heckewelder's Account of Indian Nations, chapter 40, page 300. .'* Loquis Loquis (afterwards named Joseph Pepee) spoke very good / William Loquis. English — had been a member of Mr Brainard's congrega- ''"' / tion — was sent, during the war of 1750, by the governor of I Pennsylvania, with a message to the enemy ; after the peace / he joined the Christian Indians — lived with them at Shesch- / equon, on Susquehanna, and afterwards on Muskingum; died on the Miami about the year 1782, being upwards of ninety years old. Shicalamy Shikelliraus (Loskiel). This noted man was properly a Cayuga Shickcalamy. {Colden's (Six Nations) chief — resided for many years at Shamokin, History of the Five Na- during which time much of the business between the Six tions.) Nations and the government of Pennsylvania was transacted with him ; he was the father of the noted Indian chief, Logan, who sent the remarkable speech to Lord Dunmore, as stated in Jefferson's Notes of Virginia; he rendered many services to the United Brethren when on their missionary journeys to the Indians. (See Loskiel's History of the Mission for a sketch of his character, &.C., part 2, pages 31, 109, 120.) He died in 1749. It was said that Logan's mother was a Shawanese. ON INDIAN NAMES. 387 I'opular Names. Proper Names, with Remarks. Paksinous Paxnous, a chief of the Shawncsc, on the Susquehanna, a Paxnous. great friend of tlie Brethren; rendered them services. See Loskiel's History, part 2, page 164. WAR CHIEFS AND COUNSELLORS. Tasucamin Tasiickamend, he ivho never blackens himself. Cushawmekwy. . . . Gischameke, ready to go (meaning, ready to go to jvar), packed, bundled up, &c. Kehkehnopaltin. . . . Gichkenopahit, a great ivarrior, one who is expert in war. Keyheynapolin. The word is Minsi. Macomal Micomil, remind me, put me in mind. Wachaocautaut. . . . Wachwalgetochtant, the lover of eggs, the longer for eggs. This was his true name. Captain Peter Indian name unknown to me. John Hickman Indian name unknown to me. He was an interpreter. Kekeuskung Kigeiiskund, the healer, one ivho ctircs woimds, bruises. Sic. Captain B^ll. He was accounted a great warrior, and has ever been known t^ to join parties of the Six Nations against the Cherokees. I ,^ saw him in November 1762, on the Allegany mountains, on (/^W-'i-' }iis return from war against that nation; he was of the Mon- sey tribe. . . . . Newalike and Nihmha had been chiefs of the Monsey tribe at Minisink, afterwards on the Susquehanna, and finally at Sandusky. . . . . Allemewi and Gendaskund were Monsey chiefs on the Allegany river. . . . . Nihmha, a Monsey chief, born at Minisink, on Delaware: after- wards a chief on the Susquehanna and on Ohio. 388 ON INDIAN NAMES. Popular Names. Proper Names, wiih Remarks. . . . . Weschnass, a Monsey war chief from Susquehanna. Nedowaway Netawitwees. This chief had been a signer to the treaty held with the Indians at Conestogo in tlie year 1718. He was then a young man, between twenty and thirty years of age. Being, however, by lineal descent a candidate for the chiefdora of the first tribe in the nation (the Turtle), and of course one day to be placed at the head of the whole, he was instructed accordingly, and had the care of all verbal speeches with wampum, bead vouchers and such as were given in writing from William Penn's time down to the time he and many others left the Atlantic states, in consequence of their land being taken away from them, and as they thought unjustly, especially by the loy^g walk, by which they were so abomina- bly cheated of their lands. Having arrived in the Ohio coun- try, he found numbers of his nation who had fled thither from the Atlantic settlements, and on account of the white people encroaching on them so fast, and dispossessing them of their choice situations, and foreseeing, that, ere long, cruel wars would be carried on between the combined Indian nations and the English, and that the former would be joined by the French, he chose to settle with his people by himself in a remote part of that country, where he could consult with the \ most powerful body of the enemy, the northern Indians and { the French, and occasionally, when required, give advice to - his (hostile) nation. His first step was to enter into a cove- .■ nant with the Wyandots, and see that the country which the Delawares had partially evacuated some centuries before, should be restored to them ; all which was complied with, to his wishes. By advice of the Wyandot chiefs, he for the present settled on the Cayahaga river, where he stiU resided in the year 178'2, when I was in that country, leaving^ the rivers Muskingum and Big Beaver open for any of his nation tliat were there already, and should afterwards come to settle there; wherefore the Turkey tribe, under their chief, Tamaque, alias King Beaver, settled and built a town at the mouth of Nemoschili Creek, since called Tuscarawas. When, in tlie year 1763, the two English armies, the one com- manded by colonel Bouquet, and the other, by way of lake Erie, commanded by colonel Bradstreet, were coming into the Indian country to compel the Indian nations by force of arms to a peace, this chief was much alarmed ; being, where he was situated, within tlie reach of the latter, and flying across the ridge which divides the waters of the lake from those of the Ohio, in order to run down the Muskingum in a canoe, and so escape both armies, he was discovered by some of ON INDIAN NAMES. 3S9 Popular Names. ^^^^^^^ Proper Namei'. with Remarks. Nedowawny. i'oloiu-1 Bouquet's Indian spies and lorcihlv l)r(iui;lil mio ilic camp, where the colonel, in consequence of liis not allciu!in>; to the message he had sent him. to come into his camp lo a council for peace, publicly deposed him, placiiiir anodicr idiicl in his stead. The peace being concluded between the Knplisii and ihc Indian.-^, and colonel ]5ou(iuet again out ol' their counlry, the first acl of tlic Delaware nation was formally to reinslute this ilieir deposed chief to his former station, vesting him with all ihc necessary powers; in which station he remained until his death, in the autumn of the year 177C, being then near mnciy years of age. It was with this chief liiat I saw at dincreut times the speeches of AVilliam Pcun and his successors: which speeches, whenever brougla to view, caused auimaiion to all present. Of William Penn, whom he personally had known, he spoke respectfully. It was the falling oil or decrease of his nation, since the white people had come into the country, that caused iiim pain, and made him Icar il:r future. Yet in the latter years of his lil'e lie fell somewhat comforted, finding they were fast approaching towards Christ- ianity; hoping that by this they might prosper, ho did his utmost to encourage his people lo receive the gospel and join the Christian Indians then in their country. Nutumus. (Isaac.) . . (I'roperly) Nntamses (see page 386, for the signification of the word), had also in early years been a counsellor and sisrner of treaties, while he resided on the rivers Delaware and Sus- quehanna, and for the same cause as their chief removed with his brother Pontius to the Ohio. Both ol' these brothers were amiable men, and beloved by all wliito people who knew them, and who had therefore given them the names they went by. Isaac having a mechanical turn, soon learned the use of tools, and became a tolerably good blacksmith, whicli profession he followed until his death ; first at Sliaraokin, and then on the Bluskingum, delighted with the handsome corn hoes, hatchets and other articles made by his own hands. He generally built himself a house at some distance from the village where he resided ; he would put his planting grounds under good fence and plant fruit trees near the house, prefer- ring manual labour to that of legislating. lie and his brother died about the year 1780. Lawelochwelend. . . . This name means one iv/to walks between two ot/iers, or t/ie iiiiddle person of three that walk abreast. He who bore it was born on or near the spot on which the town of Philadel- phia stands ; he was, at the time when the lirst house was Vol. IV.— 4 X 390 ON INDIAN NAMES. Popular Names. Proper Names, with Remarks. Lawelochwelend. built there, a lad of about twelve or thirteen years. He caught fish and rabbits, and shot ducks, pheasants, &c. for the work- men, which he brought to a woman that cooked for them, and kept a huckster's shop, or had trilling articles for sale, who in exchange gave him such things as needles, thread, scissors, knives, awl blades, &c. for his mother. After he was grown up, he, with many others, went to the Ohio country for the sake of hunting and trapping for beavers, otters, &c., visiting the place of his nativity several times, until at length he was made a chief in that country, and settled his abode at the Mahony Town, on the path that leads to Cayahaga. About 1773, while on his journey to the White river (an arm of the Wabash), for the purpose of trapping beaver (being considered a master in that art), he, on passing through the Christian Indian village at Schcenbrunn, on the Muskingum, took the resolution of resigning his station of chief and joining that society, which having done, he became a worthy member, and died at Lichtenau, in 1779, much regretted on account of his Christian-like conduct, which had served as an example to others. His age must have been about ninety years. Welapachtsciechen. Captain Jones. This word implies, standing in an erect posture, or set tip straight against any thing that can support and prevent from falling. This chieftain was of the Turkey tribe, and resided on Hockhocking, at Achsinnink (the standing rock). He was a tall and well looking man, and on account of his gentleness and ail'ability, beloved by all who knew him. Indeed his benevolence and hospitality extended to all who came in his w^ay, of whate^'er colour they might be. He had married a prisoner woman, brought in during the French war, by whom he had three children, one son and two daugiiters, whom he brought with him when he joined the Cliristian Indian congregation in the year 177G. He ever had been adverse to wars and bloodshed, and walked a godly life unto the end. He was one of those who were murdered b}- Williamson's party on the Muskingum in the year 1782. His children are now respectable members of the society at Fairfield, Upper Canada. On his baptism he was named Israel. See Loskiel's History, part 3, pp. 112, 130, &c. VVewuiidorhwalend. This name signifies, a person going on important messages or errands. He was a great war chief during the French war, and in peace a councillor. He had the figure of a water lizard tatooed on his under lip and chin, for which reason he was called Tweegachschasu. See Heckewelder's Account of Indian Nations, in Hist. Trans., page 193. ON INDIAN NAMES. 391 Piipular Names. Pruper Names, witli Remarks. Buekcnc^illLi, so called In the « liite people. I'ach'iLuUsi.'luliilkis means a fidjilln; one who siiccirds in all I /nil he laidcrtukcs. He was a son of the aliove iiaTiieil i-luL-r, anil head warrior of all those Dclawares who lived on l!ie .Mnuni and White rivers. He was rcsohile and luave, yei not riiiel ; he reasoned as a man of sense, and decided proniptK : ui all cases cndeavonring to do justice where the case wonld adrnii of it. 8eo Ileckewelder's Narrative ol' ihe iMi.-^sinn, patje 215, Arc. Tatabnkska, so cailcu hv the white people, alias the (ilaze Kino-. Captain White Eyes, so called by the white peo- ple. In Post's Journal of 175S he is called Coclnjnacaukehlton ; in other places his name is written Kuckquctacton. 'rctepachksi was for a number of years a councillor of the iircai council of the Turtle tribe at (ioshachkint;- (forks of the Mus- kingum) ; afterwards he became a chief of the Dclawares who resided on Ihe White river. He was rather timorous, aiul easily prompted to become jealous or mistrustful, thouirh In- meant no harm to any body, and rather than make a mistake, would leave others to act in his stead. Yet, harmless and innocent as he was, he was by the prophet 'J'ccum.seh declared a ivitch, and condemned to die; in consequence of which sen- tence, his executioners took him to the distance of eight or ten miles from their village, and there tomaiiawked him. and then burnt his body on the pile. See Heckcwelder's Narra- tive of the Mission, page 410. Coiiuelhagcchton was his proper name. 'I'his man, ihougli small of stature, was one of the bravest and best men the Dela- ware Indian nation ever had. As a war chief, though valiant when engaged with his enemy, he had never been charged with cruelty. As a councillor, he acted with prudence, and was not presumptuous. He was sensible, generous and hos- pitable to all who needed it, sincere in friendship, resolute and bold in counteracting the artifices of intriguers, and in putting down usurpers. Having been for a long time Hrsi counsellor to the great chief Netawatwecs, who died in the year 1770, he now became chief in liis stead, or at least accepted the appointment for a limited time, and until tin young chief by lineal descent should be of proper ai;(; to superintend the councils. Having had previously, for a number of years, an opportunity of witnessing the progress the (.-hristian Indians were making towards civilization, he considered his nation in a fair way of bcioming a civilized people, and calculated on the return of peace as the proper time for making a beginning towards it, in which project he was encouraged by the then Indian acjent colonel Cicorge Morgan of Princeton, New Jersey; but he did not live to see that lime, for while accompanying general Mackintosh with 392 ON INDIAN NAMES. Popular Names. Proper Names, with Remarks. Captain White Eyes. his army to the Muskingum, in the year 1778 or 1779, he took the small pox and died. The nation felt the loss of this chiet severely, and notified it to all the surrounding nations and tribes, who, of course, in due time, either by speeches and strings of wampum, or in per.son, condoled with the nation on the occasion, as they had done on learning the death of his predecessor, Netawatwees, some years before. White Eyes had been the prop of the notion generally. Through his death a division took place at the instigation of political enemies. See Heckcwelder's Account of the Indians, in Hist. Trans., pp. 1.39, 275. KiUbuck, jun., so called by the white people, who had formerly given his father tiiis name. Gelelemend was his proper name. The word means, he who takes the lead, or the leader. Although this Indian was not hi a direct line entitled to the chicfdom, yet on account of his having for many years been a councillor of the Turtle tribe, and also in consequence of the legal heir to the dignity of chief being yet too young to fill this station, he was installetl as temporary chief of the nation after the decease of captain White Eyes, and, as his predecessors had done, he endea- voured to keep the nation at peace, promising himself happy times when civilization should have taken place ; to effect '.vhich, he was told, time after time, by the Indian agents and coiumanding officers at Pittsburg, that on a general peace taking place, the American government would aid and assist them. Notwithstanding all the measures this chief took to preserve peace, the adverse party, headed by captain Pipe, finally succeeded in defeating his purposes: nay, it even became unsafe for the council to meet at the seat of govern- ment (Goschachking) ; wherefore they, by the advice of their agent and the commandant at Pittsburg, were invited to remove to that town or its vicinity for protection, where thev could transact business witli the faithful part of their nation in safety. This good advice and excellent plan on tlie part of the American government was, however, also defeated; for while the friendly chiefs, together with a number of their people, were peaceably living together on an island just below the town of Pittsburg, they were suddenly surprised and attacked by the murdering party, which had returned from killing near a hundred of the Christian Indians, and partly killed and partly put to fiight; from whence this chief (Killbuck) saved his life only by taking to the river and swimming across to the point or town, leaving all his pro- perty behind, among which was the bag containing all the wampum speeches and written docunuiils of William Penn ON INDIAN NAMES. 393 I'opiilar Names. Proper Names, with Remarks. Killbiiok, jiiii :iiid his .successors for a great number of years, wliicli had I'lir so long a time been carefully preserved by them, but now had fallen into the hands of a murdering band of white savages, who killed at the same time the promising young Delaware chief above mentioned. The many services he rendered to this country, but more immediately I'ennsylvania, were at that time known and duly apprecialed: which ser- vices, however, being obnoxious to the enemy, drew iheir hatred upon him, so much so, that they declared him an out- law— to be shot dead whenever met with, lie had therefore to remain with his family at Pittsburg, and even after peace had been concluded between the United States and the Indian nations, he had concealed himself, when the drunken Indians were about the way. Finally-, he joined ihe Christian Inilians, and lived in a manner under their protection, yet never durst venture far from home, from a fear that some of the strolliiiii: Monseys, who threatened revenge, might come acros.s and kill him. He received at baptism the name of AVilliam Henry, a name long since given him liy an honourable mem- ber of congress of that name; after which he lived a good Christian, and died in January 1811, aged near eighty years. Big Cat, so called by the white people, on ac- count of his Indian name having that significa- tion. Machingtic Puschiis (the large cat) was an alile councillor lor for many years, and afterwards a chief of the Turde tribe, who assisted William Henry Killbuck faithfully in maintain- ing the nation at peace, he being also a firm friend of the American people, until they fell upon the Christian In- dians on Muskingum, and murdered so many of ihem, and next attacked their camp at Pittsburg, killing the young chief and others; from whose murderous hands Big Cat narrowly escaped; and from that time, not trusting any more to llieir pretended fricndsliip, ho retired to tlie ]\Iiami, where he died Captain Pipe. Ilopocan, tobacco pipe, was this chief's name for many years together, until in or about the year 1763 it was dropped, and he was called Kogieschquanohcl, which means, cause day light (as already noted). While a war captain ho also at- tended the councils of his chief, who was of the Turkey tribe. He was sensible, ambitious and bold, all which led him to strive for popularity. He had also signalized himself by his courage in his wars against the English nation, where he acted in conjunction with the Frcncli against them. He was known also as a schemer of plots and stratagems, in order to deceive the enemy. Thug at one time I (believe it was in or about the year 1763) he laid a plan for taking Fort Pitt bv stratagem, in which scheme he however fiiled, and Vol. IV.— 4 Y 394 ON INDIAN NARIES. Popular Names. Proper Names, with Ucmarks. Captain Pipe. had the misfortune to be discovered and taken prisoner. This scheme in this instance was somewliat similar to the one which Pontiac had concerted for the taking of Detroit, and if I am not mistaken, it was to have been executed at about the same time. At both tlicse fortiiications the garrisons were then short of provisions. Pipe's scheme was, that under pretence that the nations were desirous of peace, he hoped to succeed in drawing tlie officers, witlr part of the troops, out ! of the fort to the place where councils with the Indians were { generally held (which was on the green sod, just outside of . the walls of the fort on the Allegany side) ; having drawn the ; officers and part of the garrison out, the attack was to be made ; at one and the same time on those within and without by the .'' crreat body of Indian warriors, who were to descend the Allegany river on rafts made for that purpose, and so con- stiiicted that their arms and other weapons were concealed. Pipe not returning again to the warriors' encampment up the river at the appointed time, caused them to suspect that some- thing must have happened, and that he had been either killed or taken prisoner, as, indeed, was the case ; they then dis- persed, and the scheme was entirely defeated. After a gene- ral peace had been concluded, he settled himself, with others of his tribe (the Wolf), on the Wahlhauding river (otherwise called White Woman's creek, and also the West Fork of Muskingum) ; whence he occasionally attended the great coun- cils of the Turtle tribe at Goshochking, in the forks of the two rivers ; until at length the revolutionary war afforded him an opportunity of withdrawing liimself from this council, under pretence that he could not act in concert with those who were working their own destruction. He therefore sided with the British, and became a tool in the hands of their agents or subalterns in tlie Indian country. He w^as very eloquent. See Heckewelder's Account of the Indian Nations, and his Narrative of his Mission, &c. for furtlier particulars respect- ing this chief. See particularly his Speech in Hist. Trans, page 131. Ghikenumnayundauk. . This name signifies, the carrier of turkeys, to wit, on his back, as a load (alluding to his skill in killing these fowls). This man was a great war chief and a councillor of note, attached to Pachgantscluhillas's party on tlic Miami ; an orator scarcely to be excelled in point of sweet, correct language, and easy delivery. He was sensible and quick of comprehension ; ingenious in conveying his sentiments figuratively; and when delivering himself publicly, as orator to the chiefs, he was listened to with the greatest attention. ON INDIAN NAMES. 395 Popular Names. Proper Names, with Remarks. Hokkenljomska, so pro- nounced by the while people. Hackinkpomskan. whirh name means to walk on (lie i^nnind, suc- ceeded captain Pipe as chief, and was a sensible, spirited man, more liberal than his predecessor, and universally beloved. He boldly bid doilanco to tlic prophet 'I'ecurasch, when he charged him with witchcraft. Wingenum, so called by the whites. Wingenund, he rclio is fond of, or values some qraiHtij of the mind. See Ileckcwelder's Account of Indian Nations, chapter 38, page 279, under the head "Friendship." Pegelen Pegilend, he icho throws an-ay [((nij Iking), was an inferior chief, who occasionally carried messages, but being both a good hunter and trapper, delighted more in this occupation. Woakaholend This means loved and beloved, or loves and is loved; was a councillor highly respected by all who knew him. Pamaholen Pemaholend, loved ivithout intermission, he who is constuntltj loved. lie was a respected and venerable man, who was never known to quarrel, or to go to war. In the j'car 1799, after joining the Christian Indians, he accompanied mission- aries to White river, in the Wabash country, where, after some years, he died, much regretted. Wanafomend. Echpallawehund. Pakanke. Killbuck, sen. This means, he ivho is saluted, is met with friendship. He was both a preacher and a prophet of the Mousey tribe. See Ileckewelder's Account of Indian Nations, chaiitcr 39, headed " Preachers and Prophets," and, for further particulars of this man, see Loskicl's History of the Mission, part 3, pages 22, 29, 33, 43, 44, 59, 02, 105. He tvho missed the objeet at tchich he shot, or that whirh hf aimed at. He was an amiable chief for a number of years together, but finally resigned, and joined the Christian In- dians at Gnadenhiitlen; was baptised by the name nf Peter, led a godly life, and died a Christian. This man was for many years the chief of Cuschcushke, on the Big Beaver, in Pennsylvania. This Killbuck was a portly looking man ; had been a great war chief during the French and Indian wars, spoke good English, and came in early times to Philadelphia on business with the governor. He was a sensible and amiable man, became quite blind a lew years before his death, which liappcncd about the year 1770. 396 ON INDIAN NAMES. Popular Names. Proper Names, with Remarks. King Beaver Tamaque, which signifies a beaver, was his proper Indian name. He was for many years a head chief of the Delawares in the western country, and had his residence while I was out in 1762, at Tuscorawas, on the Muskingum. At the request of the governor of Pennsylvania, he went in that year with Christian Frederick Post to the treaty at Lancaster. He was admired and befriended by all who knew him. I con- sidered him as my particular friend, and indeed he acted that part; for when he found that the Indian nations had resolved on a war with the British, he immediately apprised me of it, requesting me in a fatherly manner to go out of the country to a place of safety. He died about the year 1770, on the spot where, two years afterwards, the Christian Indians from the Wyalusing, on Susquehanna, built the town called Gna- denhiltten. Shingas Properly Shingask, which signifies level, boggy ground, or bog ineadoio, was brother to King Beaver. He was, during the time of the French war, considered as the greatest Indian warrior of the day, and became a terror to the frontier settle- ments of Pennsylvania; wherefore the governor offered a reward of two hundred dollars, or pounds, I forget which, for „.;... his head or scalp. Though in war an enemy, yet those who .- "'•■•■,'/.■ knew him best, declared that he treated all those he had taken prisoners with aflection. Passing one day with him, in the y^ /:■ summer of 1763, near by where his two prisoner boys (about ' ' twelve years of age) were amusing themselves with Iiis own boys, and he observing me looking that way, inquired what I was looking at. On my replying that I was looking at his prisoners, he said, " when I first took them they ivere such; but they are now my children, eat their victuals out of one and the same bowl !" which was saying as much as, that they, in all respects, were on an equal footing with his own children — alike dear to him. Shingask was of small stature, but his actions proved that he had a great mind. He, as well as his brother, professed great friendship towards me, and his grown up sons rendered me, at diflereut times, essential services. For other particu- lars of this great war chief, see the account of his wife's funeral, in Heckeweldcr's Account of the Indian Nations, chapter 37; Hist. Trans., page 36-1. 397 ARTICLE XII. Notice of Fossil Bones found in the Tertiary Formation of the State of Louisiana. By lUchanl Harlan, 3I.D., Sfc. Read October H>. 1832. IN conformity with a resolution recently passed by this Society, requesting me to describe the osteological fossil remains presented by Judge Bry, I have the honour to oflfer the following observations for publication in their Transactions. The fossils consist of several frag- ments of vertebras, and one of immense size nearly perfect ; together with specimens of the soil, and several osteological fragments too much mutilated to offer any descriptive characters. For the local history of these fossils we are indebted to the follow- ing letter from the donor, addressed to our venerable President, Mr Duponceau. Philadelphia, July 12, 1S32. Dear Sir, I have the honour to present to you, for the Society over which you preside, some fossil bones, found on the Ouachita* river, in the state * As I spell the word Ouachita diflbreiUly Irom the apparently adopted mode, it may not be amiss to explain why I think that my orthography should be retained. Tlic ctynioloay of the word is in one respect descriptive of the country. The word Ouachita is composed of two Choctaw words; to wit, ouac, a buffalo, a cow, horned cattle in general, and chito, large, pronounced tchito, bearing lighUy on the initial /. It meant the country of larcc Iniffulocs, immerous herdsof those animals having formerly covered the prairies of Ouachita. All the names (now translated into French) of Elver aiix Bceufs, Bayou Bmuf, have the same origin. These animals have disappeared before civilization, with the Indian tribes, whose principal Vol. IV.— 4 Z 39S FOSSIL BONES FOUND IN THE of Louisiana, at a distance (south) of about fifty miles by land, and one hundred and ten by water from the town of Monroe, in the parish of Ouachita, and in lat. 31° 46' or 48'. I regret that my very limited knowledge does not permit me to add to this offer such a dissertation on the subject as would be useful or even agreeable. A scientific memoir cannot be expected from one who has now spent the last thirty years of his existence literally in the remotest forests of Louisiana, whose life has during that long period been entirely devoted to agricultural pursuits, and who has conse- quently been deprived of all means of keeping pace with the progress of science ; yet as 1 feel that it may be necessary to make you acquainted, as far as lies in my power, with the locality of these bones, I beg leave to submit the following observations. It would be useless to offer more than a few casual remarks on the geology of Louisiana, which is better known to the Philosophical Society than to myself. That part of the state, beginning at the foot of the highlands of Baton Rouge, on the eastern side of the Missis- sippi, and at the hills in the parish of Cataouta to the sea, is evidently soil of comparatively recent formation. You are probably acquainted with the character of the dilTerent strata on which rests the lower part of Louisiana. A description of them has been published as they occur on the Bayou* St John, near the city of New Orleans, where support they formed. They never remain long within hearing of the repeated strokes of the axe, or of the voice of the white man. Nothing is left to remind ns of them at Ouachita but tlie sound of tliis name, which may serve to keep in remembrance the fact of their former undisturbed possession of the country. The common orthography, Trashita, destroys this alhision and means nothing in itself. By retaining the mode of spelling which I have adopted, it may serve to show how languages the most remote may receive the phraseology of one another. The first settlers at Ouachita were French hunters, who adopted, with diat facility peculiar to their nation, not only the Indian mode of living, but, in some instances, their expressions. Tlius they found the country named Big- Btiffalo, and they marked the different epochs of their lives by such expressions as these: — Vannee de la grande cau (1798); and Vannee de la grande oicrse (1810), when thousands of bears crossed the country, emigrating towards the west. * As the most important point in making ourselves well understood, is to attach to words a permanent meaning, conveying at once and correctly the ideas we wish to express, I beg leave to observe that I understand the word bayou to mean a stream which has little or no current; such as the Bayou dc Siard, the Bayou de la JMcichoirc a I'Ours, which are TERTIARY FORMATION OP LOUISIANA. 399 an enterprising gentleman (Mr Elkins) undertook to bore for good water. lie reached to the depth of two hundred and twelve feet, but endeavoured in vain to bore deeper. At that depth the soil appears to be of the same nature as the dcposite noAV made by the Mississii)pi, the intermediate strata being various; but no shells were discovered except fragments of some Mvalvse, exactly similar to those now found in the Bayou St John. Part of a crab Mas brought up by the auger, at a depth of one hundred and sixty feet ; and, if my memory serves me aright, a piece of a buck's horn was also found. The hills, beginning at Cataouta, extend north to the Arkansas river, and west to lied river, whence they spread to the Sabine. Through that tract of country are interspersed overflowed lands, vary- ing in extent according to the magnitude of the creeks, of which they form the banks at low water, and which flow over them at high water. In these hills \Qvy few ores are found except those of iron, which are abundant in two ditTerent places; but no measures have yet been taken to ascertain their value. The highest of the hills do not exceed eight hundred feet above high water mark ; and in many places they dwin- dle into gently rolling ground. These hills appear to be of a much more ancient formation than the lower section of Louisiana. No rocks, however, enter into their composition ; but a few sandj^ stones and pebbles, nearly all siliceous, are occasionally seen scattered on their summits, or in the beds of the numerous creeks fed by springs issuing from them. Sea shells are discovered in several places ; J found them on the highest ridge which divides the waters running into Red river from the tributary streams of the Ouachita. The tract, by far the richest in calcareous substances, is the one within the limits where fossil bones have been found, extending about fifteen miles from north to south, and probably ten or twelve from east to west. Several years ago. while rambling among these hills, I met with a small creek, the banks hard!}' any thing more than natural drains to the adjacent low lands. A creek I conceive to be a small stream running through the hills and highlands with a brisk and continued cur- rent, and emptying itself into the bayous, rivers, or overflowed lands. These two expressions are thus generally used in the upper parts of Louisiana. 400 FOSSIIi BONES FOUND IN THE of which are in some places thirty feet high, in which I found many different species of sea shells, among others, pedenites, hektmiites, &c. At the same time, my attention w^as attracted by a quantity of cornua ammonis, the largest of which did not exceed an inch and a half in diameter, while many were much smaller. The hill, in which the bones herewith presented were found, is within the limits above described, at a distance of not more than two hundred yards from the Ouachita river. About three years ago, after the occurrence of a long spell of rainy weather, a part of the hill slid down near to the water's edge, and thereby exposed twenty-eight of these bones, which had been until then covered by an incumbent mass of earth about forty feet thick. They were imbedded in a bank of sea marl, a specimen of which is added to the bones, as well as of the calcareous spar and talc also found in the same hill. I followed a horizontal vein of this marl, five or six inches thick, which I traced to a distance of about forty' feet, when it sinks into the valley under an angle of from twenty-five to thirty degrees. It appeared to have effloresced where it had been long exposed to the influence of the atmosphere. When these bones were first seen, they extended in a line, which, from what the person living near the place showed me, comprised a curve, measuring upwards of four hundred feet in length, with inter- vals which were vacant. The person referred to destroyed many of the bones by employing them instead of andirons in his fire place, and I saved what remained from the same fate. I think, however, that a great many more bones belonging to the same animal are yet covered, and will gradually appear, as the soil and marl shall be w^ashed off by the rain. If I might presume to express an opinion as to the animal to which these bones belong, I should venture to say that they were part of a sea monster. The piece having the appearance of a tooth, which I gathered myself on the spot, may assist in determining that point. To you, Mr President, and to your learned colleagues, who are so fully adequate to the task, I cheerfully relinquish the solution of this prob- lem, as well as the determination of the epoch of our globe when the TERTIARY FORMATION 01^ LOUISIANA. 401 animal existed. Accept, my dear sir, the expression of my ,2;reat regard for yourself, and of my sincere Avishes for the prosperity of the useful institution over which you preside. Your friend and obedient servant. II. 13KY. P. S. Dui'ONCEAu, Esq. President of the Philosophical Society, Philadelphia. The geological formation in which these bones occur is evidently tertiary, similar to that extensive, belt which characterizes our Atlantic borders. The piece of '• sea-marl" allXided to in the above letter, is a conglomerate mass of small marine shells, consisting principally of an extinct species of Corbula, about to be described by Mr T. Conrad. who has met with a similar formation, including the same shells, in Alabama. Most of these shells are comminuted ; a few however are perfect. On the upper surface of the mass, there remains a stratum of clay, half an inch in thickness, inclosing pieces of crystallized car- bonate of lime. The portion noticed by Mr Bry as displaying the appearance of a tooth, does in reality possess considerable resemblance in size and form to the teeth of some of the fossil Sauriens ; l)ut, on closer inspection, it is recognizable as a portion of the cast of a Pinna. with «ome of the shell still remaining attached to its ])ase. The principal fossil which forms the subject of this paper, consists of a vertebra of enormous dimensions, possessing characters which enable us to refer it to an extinct genus of the order '-Enalio-Sauri" of Conybeare, which includes numerous extinct genera of marine lizards or crocodiles, generally possessing gigantic proportions, which iiave hitherto been found only in the sub-cretaceous series, from the lias up to the weald clay inclusive, in England, France, and (lermany, and in the supposed equivalent formations in North America. The animal to which the present remnant belonged, existed at a period more recent than that of any of its congeners hitherto discovered ; the formation in which it occurs being generally referable to a geological epoch more recent than any of the oolitic series. We have compared our fossil with the following genera : — Moso- saurus, Geosaurus. Megalosaurus. Iguanadon. Ichthyosaurus, and Ple- VoL. IV.— 5 A 402 FOSSIL BONES-FOUND IN THE siosaurus; from all of which it appears to be generically distinct; though it hears a closer analogy to the vertehraB of the last named species than to any other. The length of the axis of the hone is twice its diameter, being fourteen inches long and seven inches broad. Its sides are slightly concave in tlie middle, and the weight of the single vertebra is forty-four pounds. Allowing this Individ ual to possess as many vertebra as the Plesiosaurus, that is sixty-six, without those of the tail, the weight of the whole fossil skeleton may be fairly estimated as exceeding two tons ; even supposing each vertebra to weigh only thirty pounds instead of forty-four, and calculating the weight of the head, extremities, pelvis, and tail to be collectively but a little heavier than the spine alone. Judging from the position and descending obliquity of the transverse apophyses, and the small size of the canal for the spinal marrow, this vertebra must be referred to the posterior part of the column, most probably to the lumbar region. This opinion is strengthened by the coalition of the two foi'amina or fossae," which characterize the inferior aspect of the vertebra? of the posterior part of the column in the spinal bones of the Plesiosaurus;'^'' in which respect these portions of the two fossils closely resemble each other. They are also similar in the planes of the articulating surfaces of the bodies of the vertehrce ; but our fossil differs totally from the same portion of the Plesiosaurus in its propor- tions, the vertebra? of the latter being broader than long, whereas the present specimen is twice as long as it is broad. All the superior apophyses of the Plesiosaurus are attached by suture to their bodies ; but there are no marks of such a structure in our fossil. In the Plesiosaurus, the ribs are articulated with the distal extremities of the transverse processes by a single tubercle. Reasoning analogically, the same arrangement may be referred to the species under consideration, the size of which is immensely superior to that of any of the Saurian or Cetaceous tribe whatever. Judging from relative proportions, the ^Megalosaunis did not attain to more than forty feet in length ; the Iguanadonof My ?,I:\nte!l did not exceed sixiy feet; but the individual • All the vertebrae of the Plesiosaurus are eliaractcrizcd by two foramina on their niner aspect, which approach each other as we descend the column, until at last they form 'out one hole with a septum. TERTIARY FORM.VTION Or LOUISIANA. 403 HOW produced could not have been less than Irom eighty to one hun- dred feet long. According to the statement of judge Bry, there were four hundred feet in extent, nearly in a linear direction, marked by these fossils in the soil, which undoubtedly mclude the remains of several individuals. If future discoveries of the extremities (paddles) uid of the jaws and teeth of this reptile, should confirhi the indications I have pointed out, we may suppose that the genus to which it belonged, will take the name, by acclamation, of •' Basilosaukls.' 105 ARTICLE XIII. Notice of the Discovery of the Remains of the Ich/In/osaurus in Missouri. N. A. By Richard Harlan, M.D.. ^'c. Read Octolxr 19. 1S32. FOR the interesting specimen which forms the subject of the present memoir, I am indebted to the politeness of our fellow member, Major N. A. Ware, who obtained it from a trader, with the information contained in the foUowin"- label: — "A trader from the Rockv ninmi- tains, on his return, near the Yellow-stone knobs, or hills, observed. in a rock, the skeleton of an alligator-animal, about seventy feet in length ; he broke off the point of the jaw as it projected, and gave it to me. He said that the head part appeared to be about three or four feet long." The fossil fragments consist of anterior portions of the upper and lower jaws. The form of the intermaxillary bone, the structure of the teeth, and the mode of dentition, characterize the animal to which these bones belonged as a species of the extinct genus Ichthyosauuus ; and afford us the first indication of the existence of this genus of lost animals on the continent of America. Future discoveries will no doubt demonstrate that our country, already rich in fossil reliquia?, possesses numerous species of fossil Sauriens, those extraordinary inhabitants of a former state of our planet, which sported on the bosom of the ocean, or enlivened the shores of primordial worlds, ere yet the "lord of the eagle eye" had scanned the creation, or waved his magic sceptre over the beasts of the earth. Strange, indeed, are the forms, structures and habits of those beings Vol. IV.— 5 B 406 DISCOVERY OP THE REMAINS OF THE with which geological researches are making us acquainted : in the beautiful and sublime at least, the pre-adamitic Fauna and Flora are as yet unsurpassed by those of the present day. Cuvier remarks, — the Ichthyosaurus has the snout of a dolphin, the teeth of a crocodile, the head and sternum of a lizard, the extremities of a whale, and the ver- tebra; of a fish ; whilst the Plesiosaurus has, with the same cetaceous extremities, the head of a lizard, and a neck resembling the body of a serpent. The remains of four or five species of the Ichthyosaurus have hitherto been discovered in England, France, and Germany. In Eng- land their remains have been found from the new red-sandstone even up to the green sand, which is immediately subjacent to the chalk. They consequently belonged to almost all that epoch of secondary formations, commonly known by the name of Jura formation ; but it is to the blue-gray limestone, called Has by the British geologists, that we are to look for the greatest abundance of these organic remains. In the fragment from Missouri, consisting of the snout, or anterior portion of the upper jaw, the intermaxillary bone is strongly marked by sutures which separate it from portions of the maxillary bones, beyond which it extends nearly two inches anteriorly. The nostrils in this genus being placed near the eyes, the intermaxillary is consequently without perforations for nostrils, and displays a remark- ably dense structure ; its greatest breadth is two inches. It is perfo- rated by several rather large foramina for the transmission of blood- vessels, and contains four incisor teeth, two on each side, broken off on a level with their sockets. The portions of maxillary bones attached, contaiu three teeth on each side, all equally broken off at the socket ; thus making in all ten teeth in a space of alveolar processes four inches long — the total length of the fragment. The alveoles are perfectly distinct, and consist of circular osseous elevations, in the cavities of which the teeth are firmly fixed. The enamel is thick, brittle, and of a jet black colour ; the cavities of the teeth are for the most part filled with spath and quartz. The truncated surface of the posterior portion of the fragment displays the mode of dentition, where the young tooth, also hollow, is observed to project its point on the inner side of the root of the old tooth ; the root of which it destroys ICHTHYOSAURUS IN MISSOURI. 407 by pressure during growth, ami which falling, allows the young tooth to take its place, the point of the young tooth always cutting the gum on the inner and posterior part of the old tooth. On the inner and posterior part of the anterior left incisor, is observed the conical point of a young tooth, projecting in such a manner as to render a new socket necessary for its future accommodation. All the natural vacuities of these bones are filled with the; matrix or rock in which they occurred, which consists of a dense blue-black argillaceous limestone, effervescing with weak acids, and not milike the matrix containing the bones of the Ichthyosauri from the lias of England. Beautiful and rich specimens of these fossils are contained in the cabinet of Mr G. W. Featherstonhaugh of this city. This fragment of jaw is four inches long, two inches eight tenths broad, and two inches in depth at its truncated part. It remains to notice the fragment of lower jaw of the left side, of equal length with the upper portions, and one inch two tenths in thickness, containing the remains of five teeth, broken, and partially covered with the matrix. The exterior surface of the bone is finely scabrous, or marked by the attachments of the skin, and displays numerous foramina for the trans- mission of nerves and blood-vessels. Near the base of the inner surface is a deep longitudinal canal, which probably extended the whole length of the jaw. From an experiment made by placing a portion of these fossils in a dilute solution of muriatic acid, the whole mass would appear to be soluble: thus denoting the loss of the animal constiluenl of the bones. The above considerations enable us to pronounce with ceilainty on a fact, in itself interesting to the geologist, viz. the existence of the remains of the genus Ichthyosaurus in the secondary deposites on the banks of the Missouri river. In the present stage of tlie investigation it is probably premature to pronounce with equal certainty on specific distinctions; yet the magnitude of this skeleton, being thrice the size of the largest of the species yet described, and the geographical position of the fossil, seem to indicate such distinction. On comparison of the teeth of the present species with those of a fine specimen of the head of the largest species, the /. communis, in ^Ir Featherstonhaugh's c(d- lection, peculiarities were observable. It is highly probable that future discovery will throw more light on this interesting subjeci, as the 408 REMAINS OF THE ICHTHYOSAURUS IN MISSOURI, present skeleton would appear to be not the only one exposed to view in the valley of the Missouri ; and, judging from the zeal, ardour, and scientific acumen with which such researches are prosecuted at the pre- sent day in all quarters, we may hope that the era of their resuscitation is not remote. To the Mosasaurus, Geosaurus, Saurocephalus, and fossil crocodiles, the Ichthyosaurus and typifications at least of the Plesiosaurus may now he added to this department of the fossil Fauna of North America. It is not improbable that Lcu'is and Clarke, in their Expedition up the Missouri, allude to the remains of a similar animal in the following extracts. "Monday, September 10th, 1804, we reached an island (not far from the grand detour, between Shannon creek and Poncarrar river), extending for two miles in the middle of the river, covered with red cedar, from which it takes the name of Cedar Is/and; just below this island, on a hill, to the south, is the buck-hone of a fish forty-five feet long, tapering toivards the tail, and in a perfect state of petrifaction, fragments of which were collected and sent to Washington. On both sides of the river, are high, dark- coloured cliffs." — Vide Lewis and Clarke's Exp. ed. 1814, vol. i. p. 69. Again, on descending the Vellow-stone river: — -'The north side of the river, for some distance, is diversified by jutting romantic cliffs, these are succeeded by rugged hills, beyond which the plains are again open and extensive. After enjoj'ing the prospect from this rock, to which captain Clarke gave the name of Pompeifs Pillar, he descended and continued his course; at the distance of six or sevea miles he stopped, and while on shore, he saw in the face of the cliff on the left, about twenty feet above the water, a fragment of the rib of a fish, three feet long, and nearly three inches in circumference, incrusted in the rock itself^ — Ibid. vol. ii. p. 358. It has already been stated, that the fossils which we have described were obtained near the junction of the Yellow-stone and J^Iissouri rivers. Should the fossils noticed in the above extracts, prove to be of a similar nature, the fact will display a formation extending from three to five hundred miles in a direction east and west, and north and south. Until further informed, it will be useful to apply to this species some specific appellation, and we propose to designate it as the Ichthy- osaurus MlSSOURIENSIS. NOTE. Since writing the foregoing essay, the author has enjoyed a more extensive field of observation, in the examination of the numerous and magnificent collections in every department of natural science, both in Great Britain and in France. He has satisfied himself that the Missouri fossil (I. Missouriensis) must be arranged as an extinct genus altogether new, characterised, more particularly, in the fragment in question, by the extreme length, breadth and projection of the intermaxillary bone, in which it presents a marked dilTerence from any species of the genus Ichthyosaurus, and approaches, in a slight degree, animals of the Batrachian order. Vol. IV.— 5 B* EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Fig. 1. Abdominal view of the vertebra of the Basilosaurus. Fig. 2. Articulating surface of the body of the same. Fig. 3. View of the superior surface of the anterior extremity of the snout of the Ichthyosaurus Missouriensis. Fig. 4. The fractured surface of the same. Fig. 5. Palatine surface of the same. Fig. 6. Lateral view of the same, external surface. Fig. 7. Internal lateral view of the anterior extremity of the inferior maxilla. Fig. 8. Fractured extremity of the same. 409 h ■ ■ 0 • ARTICLE XIV. Descriptions of new North American Insects, and Observations on some already described. By Thomas Say. Read November 2. 1832. AMBLYCHEILA, Saij. Labrum transverse much wider than long ; mandibles prominent, strongly toothed ; labial palpi elongated ; basal joint short, entirely con. cealed by the mentum ; second joint short, spherical, resting on the edge of the emargination of the mentum; the third joint elongated, cylindric, with rigid hairs; fourth joint enlarging to the extremity where it is truncate, somewhat sinuate ; mentum, tooth robust, promi- nent, canaliculate before, acute ; antennae, second joint two thirds the length of the third; wings none; elytra united ; eyes very small, hem- ispherical, entire ; clypeus at tip entire. A. cylindriformis, Say, (Manticora) Journ. Acad. Nat. Sc. This insect which I found near the Rocky Mountains, I described under the genus Manticora, but judging by the present mutilated state of the specimen it seems to agree better with the Megacephala. It dif- fers from Manticora altogether in form, in the smaller size of the head, and in not having a lobed thorax, &c., but it corresponds in the comparative magnitude of the eyes, the diameter of which is hardly more considerable than that of the basal joint of the antenna?. In the size of the eyes it differs greatly from Megacephala, also in the circum- stance that the basal joint of its labial palpi is altogether concealed by the mentum : but it agrees with this genus in form, and is probably Vol. IV.— 5 C 410 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON more closely related to it than to Manticora. Still however, as it does not agree with any known group it may perhaps be proper to construct a genus for its reception. MEGACEPHALA, Latr. 31. Carolina, Fabr. This species is certainly found in the southern part of the union : I have an individual that was taken near New Or- leans, it varies a little from West Indian specimens in being less deeply sculptured. CICINDELA, Linn. 1. C. unicolor, Dejean. This species appears to have an extensive range. I received a specimen from Dr Pickering of Massachusetts, and I found another in Florida. It varies in having a slight touch of white on the tip of the elytra. 2. C. marginata, Fabr., Syst. Eleut. 1, 241, No. 48. Dejean has de- scribed this species under the name of variegcda, Sp. Gen. 1, 8-1 — see also vol. 2, 414. 3. C. unipunctuta, Fabr., varies in having a very small obscure yel- lowish spot, half way between the ordinary spot and the tip, on the margin. 4. C. vulgaris, Say, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. 1 8 1 S. Since described by Dejean under the name of ohliquala, Sp. Gen. 1, 72, but corrected vol. 2, Supp. 414. 5. C. hirticollis, Say, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. 1818. Since describ- ed by Dejean with the name of repanda, Sp. Gen. 1, 74, but corrected vol. 2,414. 6. C. dorsalis, Say, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. 1818. Since described by Dejean with the name of signata, Sp. Gen. 1, 124, but corrected vol. 2, 414, Supp.; and on page 426 of the same Supplement he describes another species under the name of dorsalis, which however will of course be changed, as mine has the priority. 7. C. purpurea, OH v., Ins. 33, pi. 3, f. 34. Say, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. 1818, p. 419. C. marginalis, Fabr., Syst. Eleut. 1, 240, and De- jean, Sp. Gen. 1, 55. Olivier has certainly the priority, and conse- quently the exclusive right as being the first describer of this species. SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. 411 8. C. sexgittfata, Fabr. Dejean has ascerlained autoptically that C. violaeea, Fabr. is the iinmacuLite variety of this species. 9. C. l2-gidlatct,Dei. I obtained a specimen in Missouri state. Of this genus I have in my cabinet twenty-two species, natives of the United states, that have been described. ARETHAREA, Smj. Artificial character — Elytra truncated ; terminal joint oi" the max- illary palpi acicular; anterior tibiir simple. Natural character — Head large, wider than the thorax, contracted behind at the junction with the thorax; antennae originating beneatli a carina, with the first joint much shorter than the head : labruni short, bilobated ; the lobes divaricated ; margin hairy; mandibles ver}' pnmii- nent, arquated, acute ; within prominently and acutely denticulated : maxillae rectilinear with rigid hairs within; palpi with the penulti- mate joint dilated; ultimate joint acicular and minute; labium at tip with two equal membranaceous lobes and a lateral robust seta : p;ilpi very small and feeble, terminal joint somewhat shorter and more slen- der than the preceding one ; mentum transverse, simple ; destitute of auricles: thorax cylindrical ; truncate before and behind ; elytra broadly truncate at tip: tibiae, anterior pair simple; tarsi with subequal simple joints ; the basal one slightly longest ; nails unarmed ; posterior pair of feet with the nails pectinated. Observations — The prominent, arquated and denticulated mandibles of this curious insect resemble, with some accuracy, those of Cicin- dela ; but the general appearance and extraordinary assemblage of cha- racters widely separate it. It has the truncated elytra of Lebia and its congeners; the simple anterior tibiae of Cicindela: and a singular character that seems to connect the two families, that of having the anterior pair of nails simple and the posterior pair pectinated. We may also remark, however, that the acicular terminal joint of the maxillary palpi is a trait in common with Bembidium, Eon. A. helluonk. Head black; thorax rufous; elytra blue. — Inhab. Pennsylvania. Head punctured, somewhat hairy ; eyes small, almost equidistant 412 DESCRIPTIONS OP AND OBSERVATIONS ON between the tip of the mandibles and the thorax ; antennae, first and second joints pale rufous ; labrum yellowish rufous ; mandibles piceous ; palpi pale yellowish rufous : thorax punctured, excepting along the dor- sal middle ; elytra destitute of striae or punctures, blue with a pur- plish reflection ; feet and postjyectus pale yellowish ; knees and tarsi brownish. — Length three tenths of an inch. The intermediate feet and the antennae excepting the first and se- cond joints are deficient in the specimen. I am not sure whether I obtained it on our journey to the Rocky Mountains, to St Peter's river, or in Pennsylvania, but I think the latter. CASNONIA, Latr. C. rufipes, Dej. The insect of this genus represented by Drury (Ins. 1, pi. 42, f. 4 and 6) is probably a variety of this species. Dejean has not noticed this figure at all. The Galerita Americana is repre- sented in the same plate. SPHERACRA, Suij. Elytra entire ; tibiae emarginate ; terminal joint of the tarsi profoundly bilobated; nails simple ; head as long behind the eyes as before them; thorax subcylindric ; antennae much shorter than the body ', basal joint much shorter than the head, joints excepting the second not very une- qual in length, subcylindric ; labrum emarginate ; palpi with the ter- minal joint somewhat fusiform, subacute : mentum with a prominent acute central tooth. S. ilorsalis, Fabr. "Black ; elytra striate, testaceous ; suture broadly black. Inhab. Carolina. Mus. Mr Bosc. ^- Smaller than O. angustata. Antennae testaceous : head black, pol- ished, broader than the thorax ; thorax cylindrical, obscui'ely ferrugin- ous ; elytra striate, testaceous ; suture broadly black, hardly attaining the tip ; body black ; feet testaceous." Fabr. Odacantha dorsalis, Fabr., Syst. Eleuth. 1, 229, In my specimen the head only is black, or rather of so deep a rufous as to appear black, excepting the tip and base. SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. 413 This well known species was referred by its discoverer Fabricius, to his genus Odacantha ; in which arrangement he was followed by Dejean, who, however, was fully aware of its generic dillerence from the O. melamira, Fabr. Dejean, in his observations on the genus, says, "that in consequence of the joints of the tarsi being less filiform than those of the type of the genus, almost triangular, the penultimate one deeply bilobate and the extremities of the elytra rounded, it would be perhaps proper to make a new genus of this insect." In this remark I perfectly coincide, as I cannot see the propriety of joining, in the same genus, two insects whose characters in the artificial system place them in difTerent families, though it cannot be denied that they have many, more intimate, natural allinities. I had written the above with the expectation of introducing a new species, in an insect which, in form and colour, resembles the ilorsalis exceedingly to the eye, excepting in size ; but on close examination it proves to be widely distinct. CYMINDIS, Latr., Dcj. 1. C. platicolUs, Say, (Lebia) Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. vol. 2, new series. This species has been since described by Dejean under the name of C. coniplanata. In my specimens the palpi are hardly dilated. It varies in having the thorax darker and of the colour of the head. I obtained an individual in Indiana. 2. C. laficollis. Blackish ; thorax transverse ; feet pale rufous ; elytra with slender striae and minute punctures. — Inhab. near the Rocky Mountains. Body black-brown, punctured, with short hairs: head : thorax decidedly transverse, with numerous somewhat large punctures ; trun- cate before, and a little sinuate behind ; margin each side depressed and a little elevated, dull rufous ; at the posterior an obvious tooth : elytra with very slender capillary striae in which are minute punctures, which are larger and more obvious towards the base and lateral mar- gin; interstitial lines with a very slight convexity, and with numerous small punctures, rather larger than those of the striae ; lateral margin Vol. IV.— 5 D 414 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON obscure rufous ; tip truncate, without any appearance of sinuation : be- neath obscure rufous, punctured ; fed rufous ; thighs and trochanters paler. — Length about two fifths of an inch. I obtained it w^hen on the expedition to the Rocky Mountains with Major Long. The thorax is shaped somewhat like that of Americana, Dej., but is wider, as in platicollis, Say. The elytra have not the slight- est appearance of being sinuated at tip. 3. C. pilosus, Say, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. Since described by Dejean, under the name oi pubescens, Sp. Gen. 1, p. 215, but corrected in vol. 2, Suppl. p. 446. CALLEIDA, JDej. 1. C. viridipennis,Say, (Cymindis) Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. This species has been since described by Dejean, under the name of marginafa, v. Spec. Gen. 1, p. 222, but corrected vol. 2, Supp. p. 450. He has given the name of viridipennis to another species ; but as it is a subsequent name, he will of course change it. 2. C. smaragdina, Dej. A specimen of this insect was sent to me by Dr Pickering, from Salem, Massachusetts, so that it is probably a general inhabitant of the Atlantic states, but as I have found it myself but once (in the state of Ohio), I should suppose it is rare. 3. C. purpurea^ Say, (Cymindis) Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. 4. C. decora, Fabr. Say, (Cymindis) Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. Dej., Sp. Gen. 1, 224. LEBIA, Latr., Dej. 1. L. ornafa, Say, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. Since described by Dejean under the name of analis, Spec. Gen. 1, 265, and corrected, 2, Supp. 452. 2. L. viridis, Say, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. Dejean has described a species under the same name. It is closely allied to, if not the same as this, but if not the same species, the name must of course be changed. Spec. Gen. 1, 271. 3. L. fuscata, Dej. varies in having the head nearly black, the tho- S05IE NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. 415 rax yellowish ferruginous, and the elytra paler brown, with the yellow- ish spots, particularly the terminal, almost obsolete. BRACHINUS, JVcbcr. B. sfi/gicomis. Ferruginous; antennae black; elytra blackish blue. — Inliab. Missouri. Body ferruginous, with short hairs: /lead with irregular punctures: each side between the antennae, becoming irregular. l)ut sliglit; linca- tions near tlie eyes: antennae brownish-])lue, first and second joints fer- ruginous : thorax with minute, irregular, transverse lines, dorsal lines well impressed : elytra slightly grooved, more obviously so towards the base: edges beneath purplish ; pos//;ep/?/s, except in the middle, and venter blackish, with short whitish hairs. — Len2:th seven twentieths of an inch. Var. a. Sutural edge of the elytra ferruginous. I obtained this species in the winter of 1S19. when with ^lajor Long's party at Engineer Cantonment near Council Bluff. It occur- red in considerable numbers, occupying some crevices of rock, eight or ten feet under the surface, in a temporary quarry, where they weie hybernating. It differs from cyanipennis, Say, found at the same lo- cality, by the different colour of the antennae, &c. Can this be ihe.jamis, or is the qiiadripennis, Dej., synonymous with that species described in Turton's Linn. ? CLIVINA, Lotr., Dej. 1. C. hipustulata. Fabr. The true species of this author, has almost always, if not in every instance, but two spots on the elytra, and these are terminal. The second interstitial line has seven or eight subequi- distant punctures, and the fourth interstitial line has five or six punc- tures, subequal. excepting the terminal one which is more distant. 2. C. quudrbnueiUata. Palisot de Beauvois, This species is (piite distinct, though very closely allied to the Inpiistidata. It is similar in size and almost so in form : but the thorax is proportionally longer. In colour it is generally like the preceding, but in addition to the two terminal punctures of the elytra, their base is more or less, but gene- rally obsoletely. tinged with obscure rufous. The interstitial lines are 416 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON altogether destitute of punctures. I have a variety in my collection, of which the elytra are entirely of a rufous colour and even paler than the terminal spots usually appear; these spots are of course not visible. 3. C. viriiUs, Say, Trans. Amer. Philos, Soc, has been since de- scribed by Dejean under the name of rostrala, Sp. Gen. 1, 419, but corrected vol. 2, Supp. 47'8. Of this genus I have eight described species of this country. CARABUS, Lm7i. 1. C. vinctm, Weber. I think it highly probable that Dejean is right in considering, as he does (doubtfully however), my C. interrup- tus to be the same as this. Weber's expression, "lineis elevatis tribus," renders this conclusion highly probable. 2. C. iigatus, Germar, Sp. Nova^, p. 6. Since described by Dejean under the name of carinatus, Sp. Gen. 2, 80. He quotes ligatus doubt- fully as synonymous. His description, however, agrees so perfectly that I feel no hesitation in considering them the same. 3. C. serratus, Say, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. Since described by Dejean under the name of lineato-punctaius, Sp. Gen. 2, 77; the former has, of course, the priority. 4. C. externus, Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sc. The largest American species I have seen. It belongs to Dejean's twelfth division of this numerous genus. What is the C. taedatus, L.? CALOSOMA, Weber. 1. C. luxatum, Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sc. 3, 149. Dej., Sp. Gen. 2, 196. 2. C laeve, Dej., Sp. Gen. 2, 210. I obtained an individual of this insect in Mexico. It corresponds accurately with the description ; but in addition I may add that it varies in having a large obscure ru- fous spot on the vertex. 3. C. calUlum, Fabr. My description in the Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. was taken from the true Fabrician species as is evinced by the expression "dilated, impressed, golden dots" as applied to the elytral SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. 417 excavations. But I did not sufficiently examine the very closely allied species which Dejean has separated from it, as I supposed it to be only a variety. ELAPHRUS. 1. E. fulighiosns. This new species was found in Pennsylvania by Mr Le Sueur, to whom I am indebted for the specimen: and although the head and thorax are destroyed, yet sufficient character remains to prove it the analogue of the E. idigmosits, Fabr.. of Europe. In comparison with that species, however, many dissimilarities are per- ceptible. The discoidal indentations are larger and more obviously emarginated by the entering angles of the interstitial spaces. The in- terstitial spaces are somewhat less regular, and have rather large punc- tures, particularly towards the base ; towards the tips of the elytra the punctures are not larger than those of the 7th'ginost(.s. but are fewer in number. The body is slightly larger than in that species. It appears to be rare. 2. E. ruscarius. This species I described in the Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, with a mark of doubt, as the E. riparius. Fabr., but having recently compared it more accurately with numerous Eu- ropean specimens, I think it may, with propriety, constitute a distinct, but certainly very closely allied species. In comparison with the ripa- rius, it is rather more robust, of a darker colour, more deeply sculp- tured, as well on the thorax as on the elytra. and the discoidal impress- ions are somewhat larger and more obvious. In these characters my specimens all agree, and 1 possess more or less mutilated specimens from Pennsylvania, Mississippi. Arkansaw. Missouri and the Rocky Mountains. I therefore have ventured to sepa- rate it as a distinct species. NOTHIOPHILUS, Owner. 1. N. semistriafus, Say. Closely allied to N. aquaticus, F., and bigiittattis, F., partaking of the characters of both. Dejean states that it "ne differe peut-etre pas de I'une des especes d'Europe," but he does not inform us which of the species ,: indeed they are all so closely Vol. IV.— 5 E 418 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON allied, that considerable examination is required to detect permanent differences. The elytral puncture is small, and like that of aqiiaticus, placed nearer the base than that of the biguttatus, but the striae, like those of the latter, are not obsolete towards the tip ; the four basal joints of the antennae are rufous, &c. 2. N. porredus^ Say. N. semistrkdus, var. h, Say. Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. On close examination I am convinced that this deserves to rank as a separate species. In comparison with either of the spe- cies above mentioned, the thorax is much more contracted behind, and the Idbrum is more advanced. The feet are entirely rufous, even in- cluding the thighs. The head is larger than that of the semistriatiis, and the striae are not so deeply impressed, but the impressed point of the elytra is similarly situated, though perhaps a little further back. The length is much the same. The colour is tinged with violaceous. CHL^NIUS, Botielli. 1. C. jmsillus, Say, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. Since described by Dejean under the name of elegantulus. 2. C. tomenlosus, Say, (Epomis) Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. This species has been referred to this genus by Dejean ; the palpi are not sufficiently securiform for Epomis. 3. C. circumdndus. Green tinged with violaceous; edges rufous. — Inhab. Louisiana. Body green, more or less tinged with violaceous and brassy, punc- tured ; head minutely and confluently punctured; in the middle tinged with bronze ; lateral edges dark purplish ; antennae reddish brown, three basal joints pale yellow with rufous incisures ; lahrum and mandibles honey yellow, the latter black at tip ; palpi yellow ; terminal joints honey yellow ; thorax deeply punctured, sparse near the anterior angles, and almost wanting each side of the middle ; dorsal line acute, almost obsolete ; basal lines widely indented ; lateral edge regularly arquated, dull rufous; basal edge rectilinear in the middle and a little oblique each side, making the angles rather more than rectangular ; green a little tinged with brassy : scutel dark purplish ; elytra with profound, obsoletely punctured striae; interstitial spaces flattened, punc- SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. 419 tuated, sericeous ; rather dull green with a slight violaceous reflection ; exterior and apicial edge dull rufous; beneath black ;/ce/ yellow, joints a little rufous; venter on the margin yellowish. — Length over two fifths of an inch. For this pretty species I am indebted to Mr J. Barabino of New Orleans. 4. C. vigilans. Head and thorax brassy: antennae at base and feet ferruginous ; elj'tra violaceous. — Inhab. Mexico. Pubescent; head impunctured, brassy-green, polished; two obsolete indentations between the antennae ; lahrum transversely narrow, trun- cated, and with the palpi dull rufo-ferruginous; antennae fuscous, pu- bescent, three basal joints subglabrous, rufo-ferruginous ; thorax brassy- green, with rather dense, very short hair, polished : dorsal and basal impressed lines distinct; posterior angles not excurvtd, but obtusely angulated, almost rounded; elytra bluish violaceous, with punctured striae ; interstitial spaces pubescent, depressed, and minutely granulated, beneath blackish ; feet rufo-ferruginous. — Length half an inch. Much like C. nenioraUs, Say, but the antennae of that species are entirely rufo-ferruginous, its posterior thoracic angles are sliglitly ex- curved, &c. 5. C. soccatiis. Blackish ; feet ferruginous with blackish tarsi and joints. — Inhab. Mexico. Body blackish, with a slight violaceous tinge ; minutely pubescent, punctured ; head blued-black. glabrous, two slight indentations between the antennae, and an obsolete transverse one between the eyes; an- tennae pubescent, blackish, three basal joints dark piceous ; palpi pice- ous; thorax short; lateral margin regularly arquated ; posterior angles rounded ; impressed lines dilated ; elytra with punctured striae : inter- stitial spaces minutely granulated, depressed ; beneath blackish ; feet rufo-ferruginous, joints and tarsi blackish-piceous. — Length nearly half an inch. Resembles vigilans, Nob., but the thorax is shorter and the lateral curvature is more regular, that of the preceding species being almost rectilinear from near the middle to the posterior angles ; the colours also are different in their arrangement. 420 DESCRIPTIONS OF ANP OBSERVATIONS ON Of this genus I have sixteen North American described species. OODES, Bonel O.? pamllelus. Black ; thoracic angles rufous ; feet piceous. — Inhab. Louisiana. Body black, very slightly tinged with piceous; head with but a slightly impressed point between the antennae ;^ rm/enncre reddish brown, three basal joints honey yellow; palpi honey yellow; mandibles pice- ous ; thorax narrowed before, smooth, dorsal line distinct, not extended on the margins ; basal lines distinct, oblique ; region of the posterior angles a little, but widely, depressed, rufous or sanguineous, and by transmitted light it appears reticulated; impunctured; posterior angles rounded, but not obtusely so ; greatest width a little behind the mid- dle; elytra with the striae continued parallel to the tip, well impressed, minutely punctured ; interstitial spaces depressed, third with a single slight puncture on the posterior fifth from the base ; beneath black ; posterior angles of the j)ectus, epipleura andyec/ piceous ; anterior tarsi with four not widely dilated subquadrate joints, the fourth joint being as large as the third, and all beneath with dense fastigiate hairs ; inter- mediate tarsi also somewhat dilated. — Length less than two fifths of an inch. The elytra are hardly perceptibly sinuous near the tip. The specimen, for which I am indebted to Mr J. Barabino of New Orleans, is a doubtful congener of the O. helopoides, Fabr., than which the body is somewhat more elongated, the thorax more gradually nar- rowed before. It has at first sight more the appearance of the Harpalus terminatiis or Calathus gregarius, Say. The intermediate tarsi are somewhat dilated, the anterior tarsi are not widely dilated and the ter- minal joint is as large as the preceding one. I place it in this genus provisionally, more specimens may show this arrangement to be incor- rect. The parallelism of the striae of the elytra to their termination is a remarkable character, even more obvious than in the helopoides. SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. 421 DIC^LUS, Bo7iem. 1. D. pitrpitratits, Bonelli. Since described by Dejean under the name oi chalyhxus, Sp. Gen. 2. 9 D. elongatus, Bonelli. Soy, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. Do jean is of the opinion that this is not the elongatus of Bonelli, and has de- scribed it with the name oifurvus, but he has not stated the reasons for this opinion. POGONUS, Zeigl. P. rectus, Say, (Feronia) Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. I may add to the description that the striae are well impressed and punctured rather densely on the sides ; third interstitial line with about three punctures, excepting the middle one, hardly distinct from the punc- tures of the striae. PATROBUS, Meg. P. longicornis, Say, (Feronia) Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. Recently described by Dejean under the name of Americaniis, Sp. Gen. 3, p. 34. Why he has added a synonym in this case, I know not. ANCHOMENUS, Bonelli. 1. A. decentis, Say, (Feronia) Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. Has been recently described by Dejean under the name of gagates. 2. A. cineticollis, Say, (Feronia) Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. Since described by Germar under the name of blandiis, Sp. Nova^, p. 1 2, and recently by Dejean by the name of corvinus, Sp. Gen. 3, p. 109. 3. A. extensicollis,kny, (Feronia) Trans. Amer. Philos. Sue, is alsu referred by Dejean to this genus. 4. A. decorus, Say, (Feronia) Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. is also re- ferred to this genus by Dejean. 5. A. collaris. Black with a hardly obvious tinge of purple ; tibia? and tarsi piceous ; thorax subquadrate ; elytra with three punctures on the third interstitial line. — Inhab. Indiana. Body black, polished, glabrous, with a few, rather long, marginal Vol. IV.— 5 F 422 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON hairs : head impunctured ; base of the first joint of the antennae, of the mandibles black-piceous ; antennae at tip brownish, third joint of the same length as the fourth ; impressions between the eyes rather deep : thorax rather short, wider than long, subquadrate, impunctured ; lateral edge regularly curved ; margin slightly elevated, narrow, broader towards the posterior angles ; dorsal and anterior lines distinct ; posterior lines dilated, suborbicular, slightly rugous ; posterior angles very obtuse ; anterior and posterior margins subequally broad ; elytra with acutely impressed striae, regularly punctured ; punctures small, obsolete towards the tip ; third interstitial line with three punctures, two at the third stria and the terminal one at the second stria ; inter- stitial lines much depressed ; tihise, tarsi, knees and extreme base of the thighs piceous Length seven twentieths of an inch. This species is rather more robust in proportion to its length than the other American species. The thorax is much broader and shorter. The species is perhaps more like scutellaris, Say, than any other : that insect is remarkably depressed about the region of the scutel. AGONUai, Bonelli. 1. A., siittirale. Green, polished; suture cupreous. — Inhab. Mexico. Above metallic green, polished, impunctured ; head with a slight coppery reflection ; labrum, antennae and palpi blackish: thorax xaried with cupreous, dorsal line and basal dots obviously indented : elytra with very slender striae ; interstitial spaces wide and plain, first one cupreous, third with three punctures, equidistant, basal one on the third stria, middle one on the second stria ; beneath piceous black : coxae piceous. — Length three tenths of an inch. This is a brilliant species, equalling in this respect the 8-punctattim, Fabr., and errans, Nob. and but little inferior to cupripenne^ Nob., all of which, together with nutans, Nob., belonging to this genus, although I referred them to the including genus Feronia, Latr. The cupripenne, Nob., is equal in splendour, though not in magnitude, to the G-puncta- tum, Fabr. In comparison with parum pmictatum, F., the form is more robust, thorax more brilliant, wider, and is as wide at base as anteriorly ; the interstitial spaces also are much more flattened. SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. 423 2. A. orhicollis. Black ; thorax rounded; third interstitial line with three punctures. — Inhab. Mexico. Body black, polished, impunctured; antennae , basal joint and jmlpi piceous; thorax orbicular, truncate before and slightly so behind ; lateral edge regularly art^uated, not depressed, but with a siniph: and equally elevated edge; dorsal line obsolete, anterior and posterior trans- verse lines obsolete ; basal impressed lines or dots distinct : clijlni willi well impressed striae, which are crenate, not punctured ; intcrslitial lines convex, the third from the suture with three eciuidistant punc- tures ;yee/ piceous. — Length nearly seven twentieths of an inch. Size of A. vidiiiim, Fabr., with similar punctures on the third inter- stitial line, excepting that they are equidistant, and these lines are more convex, the thorax is much more orbicular, the feet dillerently coloured, and there is no brassy reflection. This cannot be the melanariinn. Dej., for the striae are as obvious as in the viduinn. and although the thorax agrees with that insect in being "plus etroit" than that of the viduum. yet it would not be described as '• subrotundato," as that au- thor applies the same term to designate the form of the thorax of viduum. It is much like A. piincti/ornie, Say, but it is a little more elongated, the thoracic lines are much less distinct, &c. 3, A. nutans, Say, (Feronia) Trans, Amer. Philos. Soc. Since de- scribed by Dejean with the name of striatopuncfatiim. 4, A. errans, Say, (Feronia) Journ, Acad. Nat. Sc. The interstitial space has three punctures, of which the first and second are somewhat nearer than the second and third, 5, A, piinctiforme, Say, (Feronia) Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. I have an individual that has four punctures on the third interstitial space, as Dejean describes his ulbicnis to have, 6, A, ohsoletum, Say, (Feronia) Trans. Amer, Philos. Soc. Since described by Dejean by the name of luctuosum, Sp. Gen, 3. 172. 7, A, limhatiim, Say, (Feronia) Trans. Amer, Philos. Soc. Since described by Dejean by the name o( palliat urn, Sp. Gen. 3, 174. 424 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON OLISTHOPUS, Dejean. 1. O. parmatus, Say, (Feronia) Trans. Amer. Philos. See. Dej. Sp. Gen. 3, p. 181. 2. O. cinctiis. Blackish ; edge of the thorax, elytra and feet dull rufous. — Inhab, Pennsylvania. Body blackish ; head impunctured ; antennae dusky, pale rufous at base ; palpi piceous ; thorax with the dorsal and anterior lines almost obsolete ; lateral narrow margin obviously rufous ; lateral basal impress- ions very distinct, suborbicular and sparsely punctured ; elytra dull red- dish brown, with a slight perlaceous reflection ; striae well indented, impunctured ; interstitial spaces depressed, third space with an im- pressed puncture beyond the middle ; feet yellowish piceous, posterior pair darker. — Length less than three tenths of an inch. ]Much like the parmatus, Say. It is more slender. FERONIA, Latr., Dej. POECILUS, Bon. 1. F. convexicollis, Say, resembles F. chalcites^ Say, but is shorter, the thorax more convex, and the punctures of the third interstitial stria of the elytra are three, of which the terminal is near the tip. STEROPUS, Meg. 2. F. obsoleta. Blackish-ferruginous ; elytra, striae obsolete each side and at tip. — Inhab. Indiana. Body very dark rufous, polished ; labrum, palpi, mandibles at base, antennae., feet and abclomenhoney yellow; /jefu/ impunctured ; a slight raised line over the antennae, inside of which the front is slightly cor- rugated transversely each side ; thorax with the sui-face obsoletely cor- rugated, visible in a particular direction; dorsal line acute, slightly im- pressed ; basal lines indented, single, viewed from above orbicular, defi- nitely and rather deeply impressed ; base a little emarginate, not wider than the abdominal petiole ; elytra with punctured, not deeply impressed striae, obsolete at tip and on each side ; marginal ocellate punctures about seventeen, in a continuous series rather sparse in the middle ; near the tip very slightly sinuated ; third interstitial space with a punc- SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. 425 ture near the middle of the second stria. — Length two fifths of an inch. Closely allied to S. Uligen, Panz,, hut the thorax of that species is not so narrow at base, and its eljtral striae are not obsolete at tip, and not even decidedly so on the sides. It is exceedingly like S. vcn- tralis, N., but it is more robust and the sides of the elytra are more arquatcd. The characters of this species agree very well with the description of tenehrkosa, Dej., excepting that the elytra, are not '-assez fortenient sinuees posterieurement." S.¥. obscura. Black: tibiae and tarsi dark rufous; clytral striae obsolete on each side. — Inhab. Indiana. Body black; labriim and base of mandibles tinged with rufous : palpi dull honey-yellow ; antennae blackish-ferruginous ; front with two indented lines; head impunctured ; thorax not so narrow at base as the petiole ; dorsal line acute, not deeply impressed ; basal lines well indented, definite, impunctured, not orbicular viewed in any direeliou. very slightly arquatcd ; elytra, striate; the striae net distinctly punc- tured, obsolete on the lateral submargin,and not so obvious at tip as on the disk ; marginal ocellated punctures about seventeen ; near the tip rather slightly sinuate ; third interstitial tripunctured, the two anterior punctures at the third stria. — Length less than nine twentieths of an inch. Resembles the preceding, but the thorax at base is wider, and the body is longer. In the proportion of the base of the thorax it corres- ponds with F. illigeri, Banz., but aside from colour it may be distin- guished by the obsolete lateral striae, the much less dilated thoracic basal lines, &c. PLATYSMA, Sturm, Dcj. 4. F. oblongo-notala. Dark reddish-ferruginous ; elytra with five or six large subsutural punctures, — Inhab. N, W. Territory. Body with a hardly perceptible metallic gloss; Acrtrf darker ; thorax with the dorsal line very distinct; lateral basal lines well indented and with obsolete confluent punctures ; posterior angles angulated ; elytra striated ; five or six large indented punctures placed somewhat Vol. IV.— 5 G 426 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON alternately on the second and third striae ; marginal ocellate punctures with their regions indented. — Length nine twentieths of an inch. This is the analogue of the F. oblongo-pimcfata, F., corresponding in the punctures of the elytra ; but differing in colour, and having the thorax somewhat more robust. 5. F. dcparca. Reddish-brown; thorax punctured on the anterior and posterior margins. — Inhab. Mexico. Body reddish brown, rather pale ; head much darker, tinged with blackish, impunctured ; antennae short, not reaching the base of the thorax ; thorax rather abruptly contracted behind ; anterior and poste- rior margins deeplj'^ punctured, the punctures of the former not extend- ing to the lateral margin ; lateral margin with a puncture furnishing a hair on the middle and another on the posterior angles, which are rec- tangular ; dorsal line distinct, but not deeply impressed ; basal impress- ions dilated and with all the base punctured ; elytra with slender striae, not deeply impressed, but vv^th very distinct punctures; seventh stria obsolete towards the tip; eptpleura and all beneath paler. — Length nearly half an inch. The light colour, with the punctured anterior and posterior thoracic margins, will distinguish this species. It was taken by William Bennett and presented to me by Mr Maclure. ABAX, BoneUl. 6. A. coracimis, Say, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. I think this is the insect that Dejean has recently placed in Ziegler's genus Myas, and described under the name of cyaiiescens ; the insect agrees perfectly with his description, but as the palpi of my only remaining specimen are deficient, I cannot be certain of its generic identity. 7. F. (A.) pcrniunda. Black, with a pearJaceous reflection ; third interstitial line three-punctured. — -Inhab. Indiana. Body black ; antennae piceous, dull honey-yellow towards the tip, distinctly compressed ; — joints, in profile a little narrowed to the base ; palpi piceous, not at all securiform, terminal joint less dilated at tip than tiiat of the preceding joint ; thorax with a slight pearlaceous re- flection, rather narrower at tip than at base ; lateral margin depressed, SOME NORTH AMEHICAN INSECTS. 42; punctured, gradually reflected to the edge, v.'hich is but little artiuated : posterior angles rectangular; disk impuuctured: dorsal lino well in- dented; basal lines two on each side, punctured uitliin, deeply im- pressed, the exterior one very short ; dytm brownish-black, soniJwliat iridescently pearlaceous ; striae deeply indented, impunctured ; scutel- lar stria short, but definite; interstitial spaces convex ; third three-punc- tured, first puncture near the base on the third stria, second on the middle on the second stria, third towards the tip also on the second stria: beneath piceous; sides very distinctly and numerously punc- tured.— Length half an inch. I obtained this fine species a few days since under an old log. It does not at all agree with either of the descriptions of Dejean. The labrum is not emarginate. The terminal joint of the palpi is less di- lated towards the tip than that of the A. parallelus, DuftscJim.. or A. metallicus, Fabr. MOLOPS, Bonclli. S. F. constricta, Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sciences. ST031IS, Ckdrv., Dej. S. gmnulatus. Black, antennae dull rufous, blackish piceous to- wards the base. — Inhab. Mexico. Body black, apterous, polished ; head impunctured ; impressed lines between the antennae very obvious ; anfcnmic blackish piceous to the fifth joint, which with the others are dull rufous ; first joint hardly as long as the third ; labrum a little prominent, piceous, widely but not deeply emarginated before ; palpi dull rufous, not very Avidely trun- cated at tip ; labial not securiform ; mandihles prominent very acute ; thorax as long as broad, not remarkably convex; impunctured : dorsal line distinct, not extending to the base, which is a little depressed ; lateral margin depressed and reflected, narrow, wider near the poste- rior angles, which are somewhat acute ; lateral edge excurved near the posterior angle ; basal lines distinctly indented and dilated; base con- siderably wider than the peduncle ; elytra somewhat depressed, ovate- oval : surface composed of very minute granules; striae slender, deeply impressed, impunctured ; third interstitial space with three nearly 428 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON equidistant punctures, the terminal one much the largest, with minute elevated centres ; tip very obtusely sinuous ; tarsi dull rufous. — Length less than two fifths of an inch. Taken by William Bennett, during his stay in Mexico with Mr Maclure, It will be obvious from this description, that our species does not w^ell correspond with the S. jmmicalus, Panz., but iigreeably to the tables given by Dejean it cannot be placed elsewhere. It is larger and more dilated than pumicatus, the basal joint of the antennae is shorter, the palpi are not so obtusely truncated, and its habit and appearance quite different. PELOR, Bonelli, P. avidus, Say, (Zabrus) Journ. Acad. Nat. Sc. AMARA, Boncin. In my paper on the Carabici and Hydrocanthari, published in the Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. vol. 2, new series, as above quoted, I de- scribed five species of the United Stales, under the genus Feronia, agreeably to the arrangement of Latreille, indicating, however, at the same time, that they belonged to Bonelli's Amara. But Dejean and many other distinguished entomologists give the group a separate station. 1. A. musciilis, Say, (Feronia) Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. — Dej. Sp. Gen. 3, 477. 2. A. basillaris, Say, (Feronia) Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. 3. A. impundicolUs, Say, (Feronia) Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. Dejean thinks it the same as A. trwialis, Duftschm., but I have not yet compared it. 4. A. angtistata, Say, (Feronia) Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. 5. A. ohesa, Say, (Feronia) Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. 6. A. impunclafa, Say, (Feronia) Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. De- jean thinks it the same as the familiaris, Duftschm.. but I have not satisfactorily compared them. The following species appear to be new. SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. 429 7. A. dolosa. Black: oblique line near the thoracic angle obviously impressed ; elytra with impunctured striae. — Inhab. Mexico. Body black, impunctured ; head with the impressed lines between the antennae obsolete : antennae fuscous, joints rather short, three basal joints honey-yellow; palpi black piceous ; thorax rather short, lines not deeply impressed; oblique line near the posterior angles very distinct; hair of the lateral margin situated at one third of the distance between the anterior and posterior angles, another hair at the basal angle : elytra with impunctured capillary striae ; interstitial lines depressed, hardly convex: feet piceous black; tihiae and tarsi a little paler. — Length nearly three tenths of an inch. Resembles A. imjnmcttcollis, Nob., and xV. communis and vulgaris. Fabr., but differs from all in colour, greater brevity of the thorax, more robust form, &c. Viewed in a particular light, a tint of blue may be, with some dilliculty, detected. 8. A. sera. Greenish black ; tliree basal joints of the antennae yel- lowish.— Inhab. Mexico. Antennae fuscous ; first, second, third and base of the fourth joints yellowish : thorax impunctured, basal angles rectangular, with the ob- lique line not deeply impressed : basal lines rather deep, al)breviated, definite, impunctured; dorsal line distinct; elytra with the striae im- punctured, acutely impressed ; basal abbreviated striae rather long ; in- terstitial lines with a very slight convexity, nearly flat ; near the lateral tip slightly and rather acutely sinuated ; tibiae and tarsi piceous. — Length three tenths of an inch. The thorax is longer than that of the preceding species, and the in- terstitial lines are a little convex, which will readily distinguish it from A. imjmncticollis, N. The colours of the antennae as strongly con- trast, as those of A. vulgaris, F. 9. A. furtiva. Pale : thorax punctured at base ; elytra with punc- tured striae. — Inhab. Indiana. Body honey-yellow, more or less tinged with dusky : antennae, palpi and all beneath paler ; head with the frontal impressed lines dilated. distinct; thorax a. little contracted at base, the posterior angles slightly excurved and acute; dorsal line well impressed, particularly behind the Vol. IV.— 5 H 430 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON middle ; basal lines deeply impressed and definite, punctured ^ impressed lines of the posterior angles, distinct and rather deep, punctured ; base punctured ; elytra with punctured striae ; the punctures orbicular and close set ; near the tip obtusely, but not deeply sinuated. — Length less than two fifths of an inch. Resembles the A.fulva, 111., particularly in the form of the thorax. The colour has sometimes a very slight metallic tinge, but never so obvious as in the fulva. 10. A. ? grossa. Alternate interstitial spaces punctured. — Inhab. N. W. Territory. Body short, robust, convex, blackish piceous ; head ; thorax convex, descending much each side, transverse, oblong-quadrate ; dor- sal line almost obsolete ; anterior transverse line hardly obvious ; basal margin depressed and somewhat rough ; lateral margin depressed, but not elevated except near the posterior angles lightly ; elytra with a sinus near the tip; striae well impressed, impunctured; interstitial spaces with from five to eight distinct punctures on the third, fifth and seventh spaces ; marginal series of punctures small, almost indistinct. — Length of thorax and abdomen nine twentieths of an inch. This species I found in the north western part of the United States when traversing that country with Major Long's party. It is a re- markable insect, readily distinguishable by the peculiar puncturing of the elytra. I have two specimens, both of which are mutilated, so that I am not perfectly sure it belongs to this genus. DAPTUS, Bej. D. incrassatus, Dej. This insect appears to be rare. I obtained an individual in Pennsylvania. It has not yet occurred to me in the west- ern states. CRATACANTHUS, Dej. C. Pennsylvanicus, Dej., is a common insect. But it is not confined to Pennyslvania, as the name would seem to imply ; it is abundant in this state, and I obtained three specimens near the Rocky Mountains; SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. - 431 these are somewhat smaller than the inhabitants of this vicinity, anil of a paler colour. PANGUS, Zcigl P. caliginosiis, Fabr. Dejcan refers this large species to Pangus, which he makes a division of his genus Selenophorus. ANISODxVCTVLUS, JDej. 1. A. dilalafus. Black; thorax transverse quadrate, not contracted behind ; impunctured ; first joint of the antennae testaceous. — Inhab. Mexico. Body black, impunctured ; antennae not reaching the base of the thorax; first joint pale testaceous, second joint darker, remaining joints blackish: impressed frontal lines very distinct ; thorax without any appearance of puncture, not narrowed behind ; lateral edge regularly arquated; posterior angles rounded; dorsal line not very obvious : basal indentations much dilated, not profound ; minute longitudinal lines or wrinkles at the middle of the base, and less obvious ones on the ante- rior margin ; elytra, striae profound, impunctured ; interstitial spaces depressed ; tip very obtusely sinuous ; abdomen, terminal and anal seg- ments above punctured. — Length less than half an inch. This species is closely allied to the A. cacniis, Say, and its form is perhaps still more like that of an Amara in being more obtuse and robust. It is much larger and more rounded behind. It was taken in Mexico by William Bennett, and was presented to me by Mr Maclure. 2. A. Baltimoriensis, Say, (Harpalus) Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc; Dej. Spec. A very bad name, as the species is found as well in Indiana as in Baltimore ; but it is a specific name, and therefore unchangeable. 3. A. rusticus, Say, (Harpalus) Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ; Dej. Spec; A. tnerulus? Germar. 4. A. caenus, Say, (Harpalus) Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc; Dejean Spec. 5. A. agrkolus, Say, (Harpalus) Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ; Dej. Spec. 432 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON 6. A. carbonarius, Say, (Harpalus) Trans. Amer. Philos. See. 7. A. laetus? Dej. An insect is found in this vicinity, which I have referred, but very doubtfully, to the laetus. Its characters correspond to the description, but if it be indeed the same, a very important cha- racter must be added. My specimen is a male. The alternate inter- stitial spaces are cupreous, and the remaining part is green. It has a very much dilated, slight indentation behind the middle of the elytra, and a smaller one nearer the tip. OPHONUS, Zeigl 0. inlersfitialis, Say, (Feronia) Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. Since described by Dejean under the name of Harpalus ohsciifipennis. HARPALUS, Latr. 1. H. vulpeculus, Say, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. Since described by Dejean under the name of nigripennis. It differs however from his description, by having an impressed puncture on the third elytral stria ; but I have a variety altogether destitute of the puncture. 2. H. viridis, Say, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. Subsequently descri- bed by Dejean under the name of assimilis. 3. H. Mexicaniis, Dej. Sp. Gen. This appears to be a common spe- cies. Mr Maclure has recently sent me specimens by William Ben- nett, and I obtained it also in that country. 4. H. meolor, Say, has been recently described by Dejean under the name of dichrous. I obtained a specimen formerly, with a collec- tion I purchased in New York, as having been received from New Haven, and I have since found two in Indiana. 5. H. tenninatus, Say, (Feronia) Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. Dejean, Sp. Gen., refers this species to the present genus. The anterior pairs of the tarsi of the male are clothed with dense hairs beneath. 6. H. amputatus. Elytra greenish, truncate at tip. — Inhab. N. W. Territory. Body blackish ; htad with the frontal lines rather slightly indented ; antennae, palpi, tibiae, and tarsi honey-yellow, the tibiae darkest; thorax with the basal angles rounded ; edge obscure riifous ; dorsal line SOME NOUTII AMERICAN INSECTS. 433 obsolete, or slightly impressed ; basal lines substituted by dilated, slightly indented spaces, in which are numerous small punctures : posterior la- teral margin with small p\inctures ; basal margin obsoletely tinted with greenish ; elytra with impunctured striae, more or less green, some- times bright green : suture, outer and terminal edges obscure rufous: tip widely and somewhat obliquely truncate. — Length less than two fifths of an inch. Var. a. Elytra reddish brown, with hardly any tint of green. Readily distinguished by the truncated appearance of the tip of the elytra, from H. acneus, F., which has the elytra decidedly sinuate :it tip, and even abruptly so. 7. H. ocreatus. Black green: impunctured: feet pale yellowish. — Inhab. ?iIexico. Body very dark green, impunctured; head black, with hardly any appearance of green ; antennae honey-yellow, the joints, excepting the first and second, with darker centres : ^w/^;/ and base of the mand'Mcn honey-yellow : lahriim with a slight projecting angle in the middle of the emargination ; thorax blackish green, hardly narrower at base: dorsal line indistinct, but more obvious in the middle ; basal indenta- tions dilated not profound ; lateral edge dull honey-yellow ; posterior angles obtuse ; elytra obviously tinged with green : a little wider at base than the thorax; striae very slender, impunctured: interstitial spaces flat, third space with a puncture at three fourths the length from the base ; lateral edge near the tip and suture near the tip ob- scurely piceous ; tip deeply and rather obtusely sinuous ; beneath black, the greenish tinge hardly perceptible; feet yellowish: tarsi rather darker; first joint of the anteriors of the male somewhat smaller than the second ; these tarsi have beneath close set hairs. — Length over seven twentieths of an inch. This species has almost the Amara like form of some species of Anisodactylus, in which genus I should have placed the species but for the angle in the emargination of the mentum. It is very closely allied to terminatus, Say, but is rather more robust, the head and thorax are differently coloured, the posterior lateral margin is more depressed, &c. Vol. IV.— 5 I 434 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON It must resemble closely H. agilis, Dej., of which it may possibly be a variety. It was obtained by William Bennett, and presented to me by Mr Maclure. STENOLOPHUS, Meg., Dej. S. cinctus. Dark piceous ; margin and suture of the elytra honey-yel- low ; feet pale yellow. — Inhab. Massachusetts. Body blackish piceous; antennae fuscous, three basal joints and la- brum honey -yellow ; mandibles piceous, black at tip ; thorax rather convex, a little narrowed behind gradually ; base rectilinear, each side a little arquated to the posterior angles, which are obvious but almost rounded ; lateral edge but slightly arquated, nearly rectilinear behind the middle, near the posterior angle hardly perceptibly excurved ; dor- sal line very distinct; anterior transverse line distinct, obtusely ar- quated ; basal lines so much dilated as to extend to the lateral angle, including a few sparse, profound punctures; base and tip and exterior edge paler piceous ; elytra with impunctured, deeply indented striae, less profound towards the margin ; rudimental striae none ; sutural interstitial space paler piceous ; dilated exterior margin honey-yellow ; lateral series of punctures, with the exception of a small one, widely interrupted in the middle ; feet pale yellow. — Length less than three twentieths of an inch. For this insect I am indebted to Dr Harris. On a cursory exami- nation I considered it identical with S. ochropezus, Say, notwithstand- ing its great inferiority of size, which may at once distinguish it. The thoracic posterior angles are much more obtusely rounded in that spe- cies, the punctures of the basal lines are much more numerous and extend nearly to the basal middle, the dorsal line is obsolete, &c. ACUPALPUS, Latr., Dej. 1. A. partiariiis, Say, (Trechus) Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. Since described by Dejean under the name of testaceus. I have recently re- ceived a specimen from Louisiana, for which I am indebted to Mr J. Barabino. SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSEf'TS. 435 2. A. conjunctus. Say, (Trechus) Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. Since described by Dejean under the name of misdliis. 3. A. riipesMs, Say, (Trechus) Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. Since described by Dejean under the name of tantillxi^. 4. A. debilipes. Piceous black; base of the antennae and feet pale yellowish. — Inhab. Indiana. Body very dark piceous, almost black; head impunctured ; between the antennae on each side a dilated very obvious indentation ; antmnue. brown, three basal joints yellowish ; mandibles at tip black ; jyalpi yel- lowish, rather pale ; thorax widest before the middle, gradually nar- rowed, by a regular arquation of the edge, to the base ; basal angle obtusely rounded ; anterior and posterior margins on their middles obviously piceous ; dorsal line well impressed, very distinct, not abbre- viated ; anterior transverse line obvious in all its length, arquated ; basal lines dilated, orbicular, obvious, with a few, small, sparse punc- tures within or rather near the base ; elytraW\i\\ slender striae ; inter- stitial spaces flat, third with a puncture between the middle and tip ; marginal and sutural edges towards their tips piceous; rudimental striae none, but instead of it is a puncture at base of the second striae ; feet pale yellow. — Length less than three twentieths of an inch. 5. A. ohsoletus. Dark piceous ; striae of the elytra obsolete. — Inhab. Mexico. Body dark piceous, impunctured ; antennae, labrum and palpi honey- yellow : thorax with pale piceous anterior and basal margins ; lateral margin with eight or nine hairs ; dorsal line almost obsolete ; basal im- pressions dilated, oval ; elytra with the basal, exterior and apicial mar- gins paler piceous ; striae obsolete, excepting the subsutural and late- ral ones ; a series of large punctures behind the middle of the exterior margin ;/eet pale honey-yellow. — Lengtli one fifth of an inch.* * Count Dejean has done me the favour to send me the four volumes of his " Species dcs Coleopteres," which have now been published. This work. is indispensable to all those who study the Coleoptera. It contains the descriptions of a great number of North American species, and has greatly facilitated my examination of the insects described in the preceding part of this paper. 486 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON BEMBIDIUM, Latr. 1. B. inaequale, Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sc. Vol. 3. p. 151. Very closely allied to paludosum, Panz., and may possibly be only a variety of that European species, nevertheless it is somewhat smaller, the thoracic impressed lines are more distinct, particularly the trans- verse basal one, and the striae of the elytra are more dilated and the punctures more obvious. As it is the analogue of paludosum, it be- longs to the genus Bembidium, as at present restricted. 2. B. honestum, Say, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. When describ- ing this species I stated that the elytral striae are " not ohsokfe behind." This may be corrected by substituting the phrase " almost obsolete be- hind." The punctures of the striae are large and obvious at base, but are obsolete, or rather entirely wanting on the posterior third. The exterior margin and epipleura are blackish green. 3. B. jnmctatostriatum, Say, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. The poste- rior angles of the thorax are very acute ; the basal and anterior mar- gins are slightly longitudinally wrinkled, the dorsal line transversely wrinkled on its margins, and the basal lines are obliquely wrinkled : the sides of the thorax are also somewhat undulatedly wrinkled. The third interstitial space is much wider than the others, and the posterior puncture is much nearer to the anterior puncture than to the tip. 4. B. laevigatum, Say, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. The basal thora- cic lines are much dilated. 5. B. coxendix, Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sc. 3, 151. Antennae with the three basal joints and base of the fourth pale yellowish ; jmlpi (in the dry state) pale yellowish, dusky at tip ; face with an impressed line each side ; vertex longitudinally wrinkled : thorax with the pos- terior margin a little depressed ; surface somewhat wrinkled trans- versely and at base longitudinally ; basal indentations dilated, minutely rugose ; elytra with the anterior and posterior discs obscurely testa- ceous.— I am not so fortunate as to possess definitions of the several genera into which this genus, as originally constructed by Latreille. has been recently divided ; but I rather think, by analogy, that the pre- sent species is a Peryphus, Meg. SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. 437 6. B. dorsale, Say, Trans. Amer. Philos. See. This species varies considerably. The dorsal line is more or less obvious, and sometimes rather deeply impressed. In one specimen is a slight appearance of puncturing on the middle of the thoracic base. The thorax is more or less engraved with undulated lines, which are sometimes almost im- perceptible. Perhaps a Notaphus, Meg. 7. B. tetracolum, Say, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. Allied most closely to Peryphus rupestris, Illig, than which it is somewhat larger. 8. B. jjostremum. Blackish ; elytra brownish, obscure yellowish at tip. — Inhab. Pennsylvania. Head greenish black ; face with an indented line each side, between which and the eye is a large orbicular puncture; antennae fuscous, piceous at base ; palpi dark honey-yellow ; mandibles at base piceous ; thorax bronze black, very obscurely piceous on the middle of the an- terior margin ; contracted behind ; posterior angles obtuse-angular ; dorsal line impressed ; anterior transverse very obvious, arquated ; basal lines dilated, suborbicular ; basal margin with slight inequalities or punctures between the basal lines ; a slightly elevated line on the lat- eral margin, forming a groove with the slightly elevated edge, more obvious near the angle and becoming obsolete before ; elytra very dark honey-yellow, or brownish, much paler at tip ; striae somewhat dilated, and with dilated, quadrate, profound punctures ; striae more slightly impressed towards the tip, and the punctures obsolete ; third intersti- tial space a little broader than the others, with a puncture before the middle and another equidistant behind the middle, both nearer the third stria ; wings perfect ; beneath black ; abdomen tinged with piceous ; feet pale yellowish. — Length one fifth of an inch. Resembles tetracolum, Say, but the elytral striae are more dilated, the punctures of the third interstitial space are more anterior and the posterior pale spot of the elytra is quite terminal. Belongs to the genus Peryphus, Meg. 9. B. nigrum, Say, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. The striae are so much dilated that no punctures are visible on the third interstitial space. 10. B. sigillare. Cupreous; elytra with two, dilated, subquadratc green spots on each; fourth stria rectilinear. — Inhab. Missouri. Vol. IV.— 5 K 438 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON Body bronzed-cupreous, somewhat polished ; head greenish each side and before ; an impressed line near the eye, between which and the eye is a dilated puncture ; antennae blackish green, first joint beneath piceous ; palpi black piceous, tinged with green ; thorax rather broader behind than before ; posterior angles acute ; lateral edge excurved be- hind ; dorsal line distinct, but not deeply impressed, not abbreviated ; basal lines dilated ; elytra with punctured striae, punctures almost ob- solete towards the tip ; fourth stria not undulated ; third interstitial space as broad as the seventh and with two dilated impressed subqua- drate spots, green, and including each a puncture, and placed near the middle ; beneath dark green ; feet blackish green ; tiMae and base of the thighs piceous greenish. — Length less than one fourth of an inch. I obtained this species during the journey of Major Long's party to the Rocky Mountains. It is very distinct from the inaequale, Say, which it somewhat resembles, by many characters. That of the rec- tilinear fourth stria of the elytra, is an obvious one. 1 1 . B. semifasciatum. Greenish black ; elytra each with four spots ; third interstitial space two-punctured. — Inhab. Mexico. Head metallic green ,• two impressed lines between the antennae very distinct ; antennae dull piceous; kibrum diWA palpi blackish ; thorax metallic green with a slight tinge of cupreous ; dorsal line slender ; lateral indentation of the base obvious, bounded near the angle by a carinate, abbreviated line ; lateral edge with a hair rather before the middle and another at the posterior angle, not arquated from behind the middle to the basal angle ; elytra, blackish with a slight cupreous tinge, with well impressed punctured striae, distinct to the tip ; inter- stitial lines depressed, plane ; third line with a transverse indentation be- fore the middle and a less distinct one behind the middle ; a dull honey- yellow dot on the middle of the base, a semifascia before the middle, another behind the middle, and an irregular apicial spot; beneath black ; feet piceous. — Length over three twentieths of an inch. Resembles N. ustulatus, Fabr. and therefore probably is a Notaphus, Meg. 12. B. oppositum, Say. Resembles the maculatum, Gyll., and pro- SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. 439 bably belongs to Lopha. The sutural stria is impressed from the mid- dle of the tip. It is somewhat bronzed. 13. B. ephippiatum. Pale testaceous; elytra with punctured striae and a large common blackish spot. — Inhab. Indiana. Body pale testaceous or honey-yellow ; o«/en«f/c paler than the head, a little darker towards the tip ; palpi colour of the antennae ; Ihonix widest before the middle, gradually contracting by an almost rectilin- ear, but hardly perceptibly concave line, to the basal angle, which is rectangular; dorsal line but slightly impressed, obsolete before: basal lines hardly distinct from the depressed basal margin, which is minute- ly wrinkled ; elytra m ith impressed, punctured striae, obsolete at tip ; seventh stria wanting ; third interstitial line with two small orbicular punctures, one before the middle and the other a little behind the mid- dle; a very large common blackish spot on the middle, within which the suture is reddish brown ; suture behind the spot blackish ; a small, obsolete blackish spot at base each side of the scutel ; feci pale yellow- ish.— Length one tenth of an inch. At first view it resembles pwximiim, Say, both as respects size and colour, but it may be distinguished by many characters, of which the punctured striae is one. 14. B. tripundalmn. Piceous; elytra with five abbreviated striae ; thorax three-punctured between the dilated basal lines. — Inhab. In- diana. Body piceous ; head and thorax darker ; antennae light brownish, paler at base ; palpi pale yellowish ; thorax with the dorsal line dis- tinct, terminating on the basal margin in an impressed puncture, on each side of which is another rather smaller puncture; basal lines much dilated, deeply undulating the posterior edge of the thorax; elytra with about five, rather obtuse striae, not extending to the tip or base ; sides destitute of striae excepting a marginal interrupted one ; an indentation each side of the scutel and on the humerus. — Length four fifths of an inch. The dilated basal thoracic lines deeply indenting the posterior edge, together with the three intervening punctures, will readily distinguish 440 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON this species. At first view it resembles E. flamcaude, Say, but is more highly polished. 1 5. B. incurvum. Piceous ; elytra with a honey-yellow vitta from the humerus, a little dilated at its termination before the tip. — Inhab. Indiana. Body piceous ; head blackish-piceous ; antennae honey -yellow ; thorax a little contracted gradually to the base ; dorsal line slender and slightly impressed ; basal transverse line deeply impressed, with nu- merous minute wrinkles ; basal lines dilated, undulating the posterior edge ; elytra polished, with a profoundly impressed, somewhat dilated, simple, sutural stria ; the second stria obsolete ; an interrupted stria on the lateral margin ; a dilated indentation each side of the scute!, and a smaller one on the humerus ; a dilated vitta from the humerus, near its tip, curves a little towards the suture, and is in that part a little more dilated : venter black piceous; feet honey-yellow. — Length over four fiftieths of an inch. Resembles the preceding, but is destitute of the three punctures at the base of the thorax, and with that species belongs probably to Pery- phus, Meg. Of the genus Bembidium, Latr., I have twenty-two described species natives of North America. DYTISCUS, Linn., Latr. 1. D. conjluens. Blackish brown, margined with honey-yellow; four exterior grooves of the elytra nearly or quite geminately conflu- ent at tip. — Inhab. Maine. Body blackish brown with a green reflection, covered above with minute punctures ; head dark green, with a frontal rufous semicircle, divaricating at its anterior tips into a more dilated spot between the canthus of the eye and the nasus, which is yellowish, excepting the anterior edge ; above the nasus a transverse impressed line, ending each side in a more dilated spot ; thorax margined all around with honey- yellow ; anterior margin with a somewhat double line, of which the posterior one is obsolete : posterior margin with the yellow colour, near the lateral angles, contracted or almost obsolete ; elytra with SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. 441 about ten grooves which extend three fourths the distance to the tip. the four exterior interstitial spaces confluent, or nearly so, by twos ; lateral margin not dilated, honey-yellow with an obsolete branch towards the tip proceeding obliquely to the suture ; beneath honey- yellow, sutures more or less margined with black. — Length one inch and a half. This fine large species was sent me by Dr E. Holmes of the (iardiner Lyceum, together with many other interesting objects of natural his- tory. It is more than double the size of D.fasciventris, Say, and may also be distinguished from that species by the confluent termination of the four exterior grooves of the elytra in the female. It is less dilated than the latissimus, Fabr., and is destitute of the wide elytral mar- gin. 2. D.habilis. Blackish olivaceous : thorax and elytra margined with yellow : elytra with three series of punctures. — Inhab. Mexico. Body oval: above with minute, distant punctures; /jer/f/ with a fron- tal rufous angular line or semicircle, divaricating at its anlerior tips into a more dilated spot between the canthusof the eye and the nasus, which is yellow, excepting the anterior edge; above the nasus on each side is an orbicular, punctured indentation ; front each side at the eye with an indented, punctured line ; thorax with a broad yellow margin ; dorsal line acute, distinct, not extending upon the margins ; a line of impressed punctures on the anterior margin interrupted in the mid- dle ; lateral margin not at all depressed ; scutel honey-yellow on the posterior submargin ; elytra with three series of impressed punctures ; the exterior series less distinct ; general puncturation near the tip much larger and more obvious ; posterior margin yellowish with an obsolete undulated branch proceeding obliquely towards the tip ; beneath varied with blackish, piceous and yellow. — Length one inch. A male of this species was taken by William Bennett in the river beyond Vera Cruz, and, together with the two following, presented to me by Mr William Maclure. It is allied to the D. marginalis, F., but that species in form approaches the ovate ; the present also is much smaller and oval. Vol. IV.— 5 L 442 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON 3. D. bimarginatus. Black; head and thorax rufous; elytra with a yellow vitta on the lateral submargin. — Inhab, Louisiana. Body oval, blackish ; head honey-yellow, posteriorly black ; ^m^jz and antenyiae yellowish ; thorax honey-yellow ; posterior margin black, which is more dilated on the middle half; elytra with three series of distant slight punctures ; on the lateral submargin a yellow vitta, which passes a short distance on the humeral base, and posteriorly diverges a little from the margin, attenuates, and does not reach the tip ; margin and epipleura dull rufous, not reaching the tip ; beneath piceous black ; pectus and anterior feet yellowish ; terminal joints of the tarsi piceous ; posterior pairs of feet piceous; intermediate thighs dull yellow ; venter each side with obsolete piceous spots. — Length less than half an inch. For this species I am indebted to the politeness of Mr J. Barabino, who sent it to me from New Orleans. COLYMBETES, C/a/m 1. C. tacniolis, Say, (Dytiscus) Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. In Mex- ico is a variety, being smaller. The specimen is a male, and proves that the species must be placed in the present genus. It was taken in the river beyond Vera Cruz. 2. C. gufticollis. Thorax yellowish with four black spots ; head black, anteriorly and band of the vertex yellow. — Inhab. Mexico. Head black ; a transverse yellowish band between the nearest points of the eyes ; a dilated yellowish triangle occupying all the anterior part of the head, the apex being at the middle of the face ; antennae and palpi honey-yellow, dusky at their tips ; thorax honey-yellow, an- terior margin blackish ; posterior margin dusky ; four large black spots in a transverse series, the two intermediate ones nearer together ; elytra honey-yellow with minute black points more or less crowded so as to give a dusky, sometimes almost blackish appearance ; lateral margin destitute of black punctures, but with a black line on the posterior cur- vature ; at base, particularly the humeral base, destitute of the black punctures; three regular series of small black dots; beneath black; SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. 443 pectus, feet and epiplcura yellowish. — Length over two fifths of an inch. Taken in the river beyond Vera Cruz. It is about the size of the C. adspcrsus, F., which it considerably re- sembles, if we except the thoracic black dots. 3. C. fenesfralis, Say, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. Since described by Germar under the name of higiittitliis, Sp. Insect., p. 29. 4. C. intcrrogatiis, Fabr. Syst. Eleut. C. vcmisfus, Say, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. When describing this species I stated that it "may probably prove to be the intcrrogatiis of Fabricius." Of this I have now so little doubt, that I venture to reject the name I then provisionally gave, and to adopt the true or anterior name. Dojean is also of the opinion that it is the interrogatus, F. Sturm, ho\vever, considers it distinct. COPTOTOMUS, Sai/. Tarsi distinctly five-jointed ; basal joints of the anterior pair of the male subequally dilated or gradually tapering ; posterior nails appressed together and apparently single ; posterior feet natatory, base of the thighs naked ; antennae eleven-jointed, at least as long as the head and thorax, filiform ; scutel distinct ; terminal joint of the palpi somewhat compressed at tip and emarginate. Observations — This genus differs from other genera of this family in the character of the emarginate palpi, excepting the genus Noterus, which is destitute of an apparent scutel and the emargination of the palpi is confined to the labial. The name is derived from the words copfo I cut, and tome joint or articulation, in allusion to the form of the palpi. C. serripalpus. Yellowish; elytra brownish varied with whitish, — Inhab. Mexico. Body oblong-oval, honey-yellow; head black on the posterior margin; lahial palpi with the penultimate joint crenate or bituberculate before; thorax on the middle of the anterior and posterior margins broadly black ; elytra brownish, with very numerous, minute honey-yellow ?(V^ 444 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON points ; two very slightly impressed striae, with punctures hardly dis- tinguishable from minute inequalities of the surface, and an indistinct part of a series of hardly impressed punctures each side ; from the base near the scutel proceeds a whitish broad vitta one fifth of the length of the elytra, bifid at tip ; from the humeral base to the tip proceeds a broad, interrupted and somewhat irregular vitta also whitish ; venter piceous. — Length less than three tenths of an inch. This insect was obtained on the estate of the Conde del Regla about 10 leagues N. E. of the city of Mexico by William Bennett, and pre- sented to me by Mr William Maclure. It cannot be the Dytiscus cir- cumscriptus, Germ., which is " breviter ovali." LACCOPHILUS, Leach. L. maculosus, Say, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. Since described, by Germar, also under the name of maculosus, Sp. Gen., p. 30. HYPHIDRUS, Lair. H. punctatus, Say, (Laccophilus) Journal of the Acad. Nat. Sc. HYDROPORUS, Clairv. 1. H. hifidiis. Elytra with a subsutural, impressed, punctured stria. — Inhab. Mexico. Body black ; head with much-dilated indentations between the eyes ; a longitudinal honey-yellow line, more dilated before ; antennae yel- lowish, dusky at tip ; thorax with a submarginal honey-yellow band before having three processes, one in the middle, and one, rather more dilated, on the lateral margin, not reaching the posterior edge; elytra with a very distinct, punctured, impressed, subsutural stria, and about two other hardly obvious ones near the middle ; bifid yellowish lines at base near the tip ; feet dark honey-yellow. — Length less than one fifth of an inch. ' -^ This species and the two following were taken by William Bennett in a small river beyond Vera Cruz, and were presented to me by Mr Maclure. 2. H. nudatus. Beneath black ; feet yellowish ; thorax and head SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. 445 on their disks yellowish; elytra blackish with lines and tip yellowish. — Inhab. Mexico. Head with numerous deep punctures, honey-yellow on the disk, blackish each side and behind; antennae pale yellowish, dusky at (ip; thorax with numerous deep punctures, more dense and obvious to- wards the base, honey-yellow, anterior and posterior margins dusky ; elytra brownish-black, with numerous, profound, approximate punc- tures ; striae not distinct, but traces of two may be discovered near the base ; about four more or less confluent lines at base, irregular ones each side and tip dull w^hitish yellow; beneath black, pectus yellow; feet honey-yellow. — Length over three twentieths of an inch. 3. H. scricatus. Yellowish ; elytra blackish with abbreviated lines and margin dull yellow'ish. — Inhab. Mexico. Dull honey-yellow, somewhat sericeous above; head with a dilated, not profound, indentation each side, and numerous small punctures ; antennae also honey-yellow ; thorax a little dusky on the anterior and posterior margins, with numerous, small, slightly impressed punctures: elytra dark brownish, almost black, more obviously sericeous than the thorax ; striae none ; lateral margin dull honey, dilated near the base into a band of about four abbreviated, unequal, longitudinal lines, ex- cepting the inner one, not reaching the base, another somewhat similar band behind the middle and slight double dilatation at tip of the same colour. — Length less than one fifth of an inch. This species was obtained in the same locality with the preceding. It is closely allied to undidatiis, Say, but is more sericeous, the elytial lines are not so dilated or confluent, &c. 4. H. interruplus. Black; feet, frontal line, three thoracic spots, and many elytral abbreviated lines yellowish. — Inhab. Pennsylvania. Body blackish ; head with a slight piceous tinge ; an anterior honey- yellow triangular spot, the superior angle near the vertex ; antennae pale yellow, dusky at tip ; thorax obsoletely tinged with piceous ; a lateral irregular spot, and a dorsal, longitudinal, somewhat fusiform one, honey- yellow ; elytra with an oblique impressed line at the inner angles, a slightly impressed subsutural stria, and an obsolete one on each side of the middle ; lateral margin with two slender oblique branches before Vol. IV.— 5 M 446 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON the middle, slender subsutural vitta exterior to the stria, interrupted line or two along the middle, a small spot behind near the middle and about two transverse series of two or three short lines, dull honey- yellow ; beneath black ; pectus, feet and epipleura yellowish. — Length over three twentieths of an inch. 5. H. discicoUis. Reddish brown, somewhat sericeous, minutely punctured, middle of the thorax without punctures. — Inhab. N. W. Territory. Body entirely dark reddish brown, with minute punctures : hmil — ; thorax wath the disk impunctured, polished and a little more convex ; elytra darker than the thorax, more obviously sericeous ; lat- eral margin a little paler ; spot at the tip dull yellowish ; posfpectiis black piceous. — Length three twentieths of an inch. I obtained an individual of this species during Long's Expedition to the source of St Peter's River, and although it is now mutilated, yet I have no hesitation in giving it as distinct from any other I am acquainted with. HALIPLUS, Latr. H. i^-jmnctatus, Say. Some specimens were found in Mexico, in the locality above mentioned by William Bennett, and presented to me by Mr William Maclure. They vary a little from those of this region in being very slightly more elongated and larger ; but the spots, their ar- rangement and the sculpture appear to be precisely the same. The species is therefore found over the greater part of North America east of the Rocky Mountains. NOTERUS, Latr. N, bicolor. Honey-yellow; elytra black, punctured. — Inhab. Lou- isiana. Head and thorax honey-yellow ; eyes black ; jyalpi not deeply emar- ginate; elytrahhck, punctured; at tip obsoletely piceous, very obliquely and slightly truncate; acute; beneath honey-yellow, or piceous. — Length one tenth of an inch. For this species I am indebted to Mr Barabino. SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. 447 HYDROCANTHUS, Say. H. afripe::7i}S. Ferruginous; elytra black. — Inhab. .Mexico. Head and thorax ferruginous ; the former with an oblong triangu- lar, obsolete, darker spot between the eyes, and the latter with an im- pressed line on the lateral submargin : elytra blue-black, inimacuhite. impunctured ; pectus^ as well as the head beneath, dull yellowish : sternum flat, at its anterior tip acute, but not prominent, dusky : pod- pectus blackish, dull yellow at tip ; feet, intermediate and posterior pairs blackish, slightly varied with piceous. — Length less than one fifth of an inch. This is the second species of this genus : the first J published in the Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. vol. 2, new series. The genus is allied to Noterus, Latr., but the labial palpi are much more dilated, and have no appearance of emargination. GYRINUS, Linn. 1. G. eniarginatus, Say, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. Since descri- bed by Germar under the name of vittatus, Spec. Nov. 2. G. analis, Say, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. Germar is of opinion that this is the same as natator, F. ; but on comparison, I find it to ditfer in many small characters, the most obvious one of which is the colour of the epipleura, that of the natator being light piceous, whilst in the analis it is of a bronzed black, &c. It is no doubt a closely allied species. 3. G. obtusus. Black; feet honey-yellow; behind obtuse. — Inhab. Mexico. Body black, polished ; head with two indented dots between the eyes ; mouth piceous ; antennae piceous-black ; thorax with the anterior lateral, posterior lateral and medial impressed lines very distinct ; elytra obtuse behind and widely truncate ; near the tip obviously depressed ; punctures well impressed, in regular series, the intervals not impressed ; beneath dark piceous, somewhat paler on the edges of the segments : feet and tip of the venter honey-yellow.— Length over one fifth of an inch. 448 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON It may be distinguished from the analis and limbatus, Nob., and from the natator, Fabr., and marinits, Gyl., in being more obtuse be- hind and the consequent greater truncation of the elytra. 4. G. parens. Black ; feet honey-yellow. — Inhab. Mexico. Body rather robust, black, highly polished ; head with two indented, oblique lines between and before the eyes; thorax with the impressed lines very obvious ; elytra with very distinct, well impressed series of punctures, the intervals not at all impressed ; tips obtusely rounded ; feet honey-yellow. — Length nearly one fifth of an inch. In comparison with minutus, Fabr., this species is a little longer and much more robust, more highly polished and the impressed lines of the thorax and dots of the elytra are more profound and distinct. It is somewhat smaller than either of those I have before described, and the punctures of the elytra are, notwithstanding, larger. STAPHYLINUS, Linn., Grav. 1. S. ephippialus. Black; elytra rufous.—Inhab. Mexico. Body black, polished ; head with a longitudinal, impressed line be- tween the eyes ; superior orbits with three or four punctures, above these a lateral series of four or five punctures, and two or three insu- lated ones, and at base each side a transverse series of four or five punc- tures ; antennae, terminal joint obliquely truncate ; thorax semioval with a few scattered punctures each side, an abbreviated dorsal series of four or five punctures not extending on the posterior third of the length of the thorax; scutel densely punctured, black; elytra cinna- mon-rufous, with very numerous small hairs and slightly impressed punctures ; tergum a little hairy, deep blackish-blue, iridescent ; palpi piceous. — Length over half an inch. This and the following species belong to Family 1st of Gravenh. Monogr. 2. S. connexHS. Black ; elytra and feet rufous. — Inhab. Mexico. Body black, polished ; head with punctured orbits and a few scat- tered punctures each side; palpi piceous black; a deep and wide indentation between the antennae, on each side of which above is a sin- gle puncture ; thorax with a series of about five large dorsal punctures SOME NOnTH AMERICAN INSECTS. 449 and a few scattered lateral ones ; antennae cinnamon rufous, with very short hair and minute punctures ; feet colour of the elytra. — Length over three tenths of an inch. Resembles the preceding, but the feet are rufous, and the tcrgum is simply black; the clypeus is a little advanced in the middle. Fam. 1st. 3. S. iracundus. Black; elytra rufous; dorsal thoracic punctures three. — Inhab. Indiana. Head with an orbital puncture and three occipital punctures, of which the anterior one is near the eye and larger ; anlennar piceous ; flagellum fuscous; the joints a little broader than long; terminal joint with the apex rather prominent; mouth dull piceous; occiput with numerous small punctures ; thorax with three small dorsal punctures, not reaching the middle of the length ; lateral punctures about five, the second and fifth placed a little above the straight line ; marginal punctures two or three ; towards the anterior angles are numerous obsolete discoidal punctures, visible with a strong power; scufcl gla- brous, black; elytra rufous, densely punctured, with short prostrate hairs ; tergiim at tip slightly tinged with piceous ; tibiae, tarn and pos- terior margins of the ventral segments piceous. — Length over seven twentieths of an inch. This species seems to have some relation to the laticollis, Grav., but the thorax is less dilated, the lateral puncturations are much more nu- merous; the elytra are of a difTerent colour, &,c. Fam. 1st. 4. S. blandus, Grav. The reddish colour of this handsome insect is of a tint approaching sanguineous. Gravenhorst had probably old specimens, of which the colour had faded. He describes the feet as "rufo testacei," but in my specimens the tibiae and tarsi are piceous. He says "coleoptera depilia," but my specimens certainly have prostrate hairs on the elytra as well as on the scutel. If this is not in reality Gravenhorst's species, it differs in the exceptions I have stated, and can be called laetulus. Fam. 1st. 5. S. inversus. Black; dorsal thoracic punctures three. — Inhab. Indiana. Vol. IV.— 5 N 450 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON Head with an orbital puncture, and another above the eye ; mouth and antennae piceous ; joints of the fiagellum rather transverse, point of the last joint not prominent; thorax a little narrowed before; dorsal punctures three, the series nearer each other at tip than near the head and hardly reaching the middle of the length ; lateral two, remote, with a single puncture midway between the second and the dorsal series ; marginal one; scM^e/ glabrous, impunctured ; elytra on the disk with but very few hairs ; punctures few, distant, almost to be traced into obsolete series ; laterally with small punctures, furnishing short hairs ; terugm in some lights slightly iridescent towards the tip ; be- neath very obscurely piceous ;yee/ piceous. — Length nearly three tenths of an inch. The two dorsal series of punctures in other species diverge a little posteriorly, but in the present species they evidently approach towards their posterior termination. Fam. 1st. 6. S, dimidiatus. Blackish ; elytra and margins of abdominal seg- ments reddish brown ; feet pale. — Inhab. United States. Body piceous black; head oval black, with two punctures between the eyes, two punctures on the posterior canthus and five or six behind ; mouth piceous ; antennae, first and second joints and part of the third yellowish, or reddish brown more or less pale ; thorax black, with a tinge of piceous ; dorsal series five, and an equal puncture more dis- tant than the others, near the anterior margin, and a little exterior to the line of the series ; lateral punctures two, or in a much curved line three ; marginal two ; elytra reddish brown, with prostrate hairs ; ab- domen, segments reddish brown on their posterior margins ; feet yellowish, or pale reddish brown. — Length nearly one fifth of an inch. I have found specimens in Pennsylvania and Missouri. The red- dish brown colour of the posterior margins of the abdomen, is obvious beneath. Fam. 1st. 7. S. tnchiniformis. Black; thorax sanguineous; feet piceous. — Inhab. Mexico. Body black ; head rather small, oval, polished ; with two punctures SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. 451 each side between the eyes, and eight or ten behind the eyes ; antennae fuscous, dark piceous at base; mouth piceous; thorax sanguineous; dorsal punctures five, distant from the base and tip ; lateral t\vo ; mar- ginal three, placed triangularly ; elytra with a slight, obscure metallic tinge, with numerous minute punctures furnishing prostrate hairs; feet honey-yellow ; posterior pair and tibiae and tarsi darker. — Lengtli one fourth of an inch. Fam. 1st. 8. S. apkiaUs. Black ; terminal joint of the antennae and abdomen towards the tip, rufous. — Inhab. United States. Body black, polished, punctured ; head with numerous punctures, smooth in the middle ; antennae with the terminal joint yellowish-ru- fous ; mandibles piceous ; ;jf//;ji with the terminal joint rather long, slender, piceous ; thorax with numerous not crowded punctures, with a longitudinal, dilated, glabrous line; seutel, punctures minute, dense ; elytra with a subsutural line and numerous small punctures furnishing hairs; abdomen towards the tip dull rufous; yet/ piceous-black. — Length nearly two fifths of an inch. Fam. 3d. 9. S. eyanipennis, Fabr. The allied species of the United States w^as considered by Gravenhorst as a variety only of the European species. I have not at present in my collection the true eyanipennis of Eu- rope to compare, but as Gravenhorst mentions a difierence in the size of the head, it may yet prove to be a distinct species, and, if so, the name proposed by Knoch, S. cyanopterus, will be an appropriate one. — Fam. 1st. 10. S. vidiiatus, F. This name has the priority over that of macu- losus, Grav. Belongs to Family 4. It is singular that Gravenhorst in his revised work the "Monographia" quotes the proper name of this insect and yet retains the synonym of maculosus as the true name, although it was given by himself a year after the Fabrician name. U.S. violaceus, Grav. This species is subject to vary considerably ; the "linea media longitudinali laevi" of the head is very commonly obliterated by punctures, and there exists a variety, of whicli the elytra are tinged with greenish, or are dusky brassy. Belongs to Fam . 3. 12. S. umbratilis, Grav. My specimens, five in number, have about 452 DESCRIPTIONS OP AND OBSERVATIONS ON five punctures in the dorsal series, neither of them has four only as stated in the description. Belongs to Fam. 1st. 13. S. ater, Grav. In my cabinet I find that I formerly placed this species under the genus Astrapaeus, Grav., from the circumstance that the terminal joints of the palpi are more dilated than in any other species of Staphylinus, that I am acquainted with. The terminal joint of the maxillary palpi, is not longer than the penultimate one, and the diameter is nearly, if not quite as great; the terminal joint of the labial palpi is very obviously, dilated, oval, and its transverse diam- eter is nearly double that of the last joint of the maxillaries. Still, however, as neither of these joints can be called securiform, agreeably to the essential characters of Astrapaeus, we must agree with Graven- horst, and return the species to his third family of Staphylinus, from which it certainly differs in the characters above stated. XANTHOLINUS, Dahl 1. X. emmesHS, Grav., Coleopt. Micropt. 176, belongs to this genus. It is subject to vary in its colouring; the abdomen is often piceous, and sometimes even still paler. 2. X. cephalus. Black ; antennae reddish-brown ; elytra and feet honey-yellow. — Inhab. Virginia. Body black, polished ; head elongated, sides parallel, punctured ; punctures numerous and larger each side, excepting immediately the line behind the eye obsolete on the longitudinal middle ; a larger punc- ture each side at base ; and a slight longitudinal indentation on the basal margin ; thorax as wide as the head anteriorly, becoming gradually a little narrower to the base ; a dorsal series of five or six punctures ; lat- eral four or five punctures ; on the anterior termination of this series a much dilated slight indentation ; marginal puncture one ; basal edge each side and lateral edge with a series of punctures ; elytra honey- yellow, irregularly not profoundly punctured; pectus rufous; feet honey-yellow ; abdomen piceous black. — Length one fourth of an inch. The head is large, longer than the thorax. I obtained it on Chin- quotege Island. SOME NORTH AMEHICAN INSECTS. 453 3. X, hamatus. Piceous ; antennae, elytra and feet yellowish. — Inhab. United States. Head piceous-black, ovate, with sparse, profound punctures, wanting on the longitudinal middle and immediately in a line behind the eye ; antennae reddish brown, paler at base ; palpi palo reddish brown ; thorax rufo-piceous, not distinctly contracted behind ; dorsal punctures about ten, with an anterior, nearly parallel, exterior series of about four; lateral series ten or twelve punctured, extending to the locality of the posterior angle, and at its anterior extremity curved outward and backward with four or five additional punctures; elytra honey-yel- low, sparsely and irregularly punctured ; a somewhat elevated line on the sutural submargin ; feet dark honey-yellow. — Length about one foiirth of an inch. Remarkable for the number of punctures in the thoracic series. LATHROIUUM, Grav. 1. 1j. similipenne. Black; members rufous or yellowish. — Inhab. Mexico. Body black, polished, hairy, densely punctured ; antennae reddish brown, first and second joints rufous ; lahrum and palpi piceous ; thorax longer than broad, with a longitudinal glabrous line in the middle, and a glabrous basal margin ; elytra, terminal edge piceous ; tergiim with more minute punctures; more hairy at tip;/eenioney-yellow ; this;hs pale yellow. — Length two fifths of an inch. Like most of the species of this genus the middle of the thorax is destitute of punctures ; in this character it also agrees with Staphyliniis violaceus, Grav. 2. L. armatum. Anterior thighs dilated and angulated beneath. — Inhab. Indiana. Body black, punctured ; antennae piceous ; first joint obconic, not longer than the second and third together, which are equal; 4-10 joints moniliform ; last joint ovate acute ; palpi pale piceous ; terminal joint minute, that of the labial longer ; thorax oblong-quadrate ; angles rounded; glabrous line none; elytra black piceous, punctures not Vol. IV.— 5 0 454 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON deeply impressed ; sutural stria distinct ; fe,d rufous ; thighs robust, particularly the anterior, which have a prominent angle beneath near the tip ; tihiae a little dilated and compressed, obliquely truncate at tip ; anterior pair with an obtuse sinus on the inner side ; tarsi^ first joint not longer than the second ; penultimate joint a little lobed be- neath.— Length about seven twentieths of an inch. r I have obtained but one specimen, which is a male. The above description will show that it differs much from any known species. 3. L, cindum. Black, punctured ; antennae and mouth piceous ; feet yellowish ; posterior margins of the segments of the abdomen rufous. — Inhab. Missouri. Body black, punctured, hairy ; head above, punctures dense, distinct, profound, furnishing hairs ; on the front sparse, remote ; antennae pale piceous, first joint nearly one third of the entire length, third joint rather longer than the second and with the others obconic, two termi- nal ones subglobular ; lahnun very short at tip punctured and setous, emarginate in the middle; mandibles piceous, prominent, strongly dentate in the middle; jyalpi, maxillary prominent, pale piceous, ter- minal joint conic acute, as large at base as the preceding joint, labial pale testaceous, minute, throat with an impressed convex line ; thorax oblong, not wider than the head, punctures numerous, profound, fur- nishing hairs, angles rounded ; scutel impunctured ; elytra, punctures somewhat transversely confluent, a little hairy ; feel testaceous, thighs paler, anterior thighs near the tip abruptly narrowed beneath, coxae piceous; pectus impunctured; postpectus and abdomen densely and minutely punctured, punctures hair}^ ; segments of the latter with rufo-ferruginous posterior margins. — Length less than two fifths of an inch. Found near Engineer Cantonment on the Missouri. 4. L. bicolor, Grav. This is an abundant species, and widely distri- buted. Nuttall gave me a specimen which he found in Arkansaw; I have taken them in Missouri, Pennsylvania and very commonly in this state. It varies considerably in its shades of colouring. I have an individual of which the thorax is pale yellow. SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS, 455 5. L. ilimidiatum. Black; thorax and posterior half of the elytra rufous — Inhab. United States. Black ; head with scattered punctures ; antennae fuscous : first and second joints, and paipi honey-yellow ; thorax briu;lit rufous, willi a dorsal hardly regular stria of seven or eight punctures, Ihe stria somewhat impressed towards the base ; lateral punctures many, not crowded ; elytra with one or two hardly regular striae of punctures, and lateral scattered punctures ; an indented subsutural line ; bright rufous, the basal half black; terguin piceous black; segments dull rufous on their posterior margins ; feet pale yellow. — Length three twentieths of an inch. Var. a. Punctures of the thorax a little more regular and numerous ; black portion of the elytra confined to the basal margin and sometimes obsolete. Punctured somewhat like loiigiii senium, Grav., but is much smaller and differently coloured. G.Li.sphaericolle. Blackish; thorax orbicular, convex; antennae long. — Inhab. Indiana. Body black piceous; head with the carina of the antennae a little elevated, abrupt before ; antennae much thicker towards the tip. rather longer than to the base of the thorax, first joint hardly longer than the se- cond and third together ; fuscous, three basal joints honey-yellow, fourth and terminal joints obscure honey-yellow ; larger joints hardly longer than broad ; mandibles bifid at tip, and with the palpi piceous : neck distinct; thorax nearly orbicular, a little wider before the middle and narrower behind ; convex, with sparse black hairs ; elytra with scat- tered, upright hairs ; subsutural stria deeply indented, particularly to- wards the base ; tip truncate not sinuate : taken together, transverse quadrate : tergumh\ack;feet yellowish ; thighs towards the tip piceous. — Length over one tenth of an inch. The labrum is longitudinally indented in the middle, and at tip is widely, but not very deeply emarginate. The habit dilfers from that of most of the species, and it cannot be, rigidly speaking, congeneric with bicolor and pallipes, Grav. 456 DEscniPTioNs of and observations on It varies in having the feet entirely yellowish and the tips of the carinae of the head honey-yellow. 7. L. millepundatum. Piceous; with dense, minute punctures; thorax with a glabrous line, rounded behind. — Inhab. Indiana. Body dull piceous, with very minute, crowded punctures and small hairs ; head larger than thorax, black piceous, quadrate, almost lobed at the posterior angles ; antennae and mouth paler, rufous ; thorax, as in Staphylinus, rounded behind and truncate before ; a dorsal, slender, glabrous line ; elytra paler on the humerus ; tergum dark piceous, pos- terior margins of the segments and lateral margin paler; beneath honey-yellow, head rufous. — Length less than one fourth of an inch. The form of the thorax and head is that of a Staphylinus ; which together with the dense and minute puncturing, distinguish this species very readily from others. 8. L. confluentum. Piceous ; densely punctured ; thorax short, rounded behind and angulated before each side ; head large. — Inhab. United States. Body piceous ; head with close set, discoidal punctures ; large, ovate or subquadrate ; tips of the carinae of the antennae, base of the anten- nae and palpi paler ; palpi with the terminal joint very small ; anten- nae towards the tip moniliform ; thorax much smaller than the head, paler on the lateral and posterior margins ; punctures confluent longi- tudinally ; anterior margin with a short, abrupt neck ; anterior angles angulated ; behind rounded ; elytra with small, irregular punctures, furnishing short hairs, almost obsolete at tip ; tip paler ; feet honey- yellow. — Length less than three twentieths of an inch, I obtained a few specimens at Chincoteage Island, in dung, October; and one in Indiana. PINOPHILUS, Grav. P. latipes, Grav. In his last work, this author abolishes this genus and unites the species with Lathobium. But I think with Latreille, that it must be a distinct genus. SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. 457 PAEDERUS, Fabr. 1. P. discopimctahis. Yellowish; abdomen black at tip. — Iiiliab. United States. Body elongated, dull honey-yellow, punctured ; Iicad with close set, discoidal punctures ; subquadrate, obtuse before ; anfovuir, and palpi paler than the head ; thorax with discoidal punctures; which arc close set and like those of the head with a central point ; oval, rather smaller than the head ; edges a little darker ; elytra a little paler than the head and thorax, with dense, transversely somewhat confluent punctures ; abdomen dark honey-yellow, black at tip ; feet colour of the elytra. — Length less than three twentieths of an inch. Resembles P. h'motatus. Say, but may be distinguished at first sight by the more obtuse anterior termination of the head, and by the ab- sence of the elytral spots, which mark that species. 2. P. cindiis. Black; tips of the elytra obscure rufous. — Inhab. United States. Body elongated, black with a slight tinge of piccous. and with dis- coidal punctures ; head obtuse before ; antennae and palpi honey-} ellow ; thorax somewhat smaller than the head, a little obovate, obscurely rufous behind : elytra obscure rufous at tip ; iergum, posterior margins of the segments tlull rufous ; feet pale honey-yellow. — Length nearly three twentieths of an inch. Resembles the preceding in form, and in the obtuse anterior termi- nation of the head. RUGILUS, Leach. R. dentatus. Black; feet pale ; elytra dull rufous at tip. — Inhab. United States. Body piceous black; head longitudinally wrinkled; antennae and palpi piceous ; lahrum large, bidentate in the middle, piceous, rounded each side ; thorax smaller than the head, longitudinally wrinkled, con- vex, with a longitudinal, glabrous line ; elytra with numerous, minute, hairy punctures : a subsutural impressed line ; posterior margin dull Vol. IV.— 5 P 458 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON rufous, or yellowish ; feet pale yellowish. — Length over three twen- tieths of an inch. Var. a. Posterior margin nearly black towards the suture ; glabrous thoracic line almost obsolete. Much smaller than R. orbiculatiis, Payk., and the wrinkles of the head and thorax are larger and more obvious. '&"■ STENUS, Lafr. 1. S. geniciilalus. Black; antennae and feet whitish. — Inhab. United States. Body black, with a very slight cinereous tinge ; deeply punctured ; head with a wide, but not very deep indentation each side of the mid- dle ; profoundly punctured ; antennae whitish ; anterior part of the head with short whitish hairs ; thorax punctured like the head ; elijtra also with profound punctures ; tergum a deeper black than the elytra ; segments with large punctures at base and small ones towards the tip ; feet yellowish-white ; posterior knees blackish. — Length less than one fifth of an inch. This has been supposed to be the same as the fuscipes, Grav., but it is much larger, with pale feet, &c: 2. S. colon. Black; elytra with a rufous dot; feet pale beneath. — Inhab. Indiana. Body black, with large, dense, not very profound punctures ; elytra with the punctures towards the suture longitudinally confluent ; a sub- lunate or triangular, dull rufous spot rather behind the middle of each elytrum ; tergum with the punctures not smaller at the posterior mar- gins of the segments ; feet dirty yellowish ; thighs blackish above — Length over three twentieths of an inch. Much like S. biguttatus, Linn., but is much smaller, and the spot of the elytra is placed rather more outward and backward, and is more triangular and ejiiarginate before. . 3. S. stygicus. Grayish black, immaculate. — Inhab. Missouri. Body black, with a slight tint of gray ; punctures dense, with short, prostrate hairs ; head obtusely indented each side between the eyes ; SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. 459 thorax broadest a little before the middle ; t/y/w, region of the scutel indented ; terginn of a more unmixed black than the anterior part of the body ; feet immaculate. — Length nearly three t\Yentietlis of an inch. Resembles bupthalmm, Schr., but may be distinguisued by the more obvious indentations of the head. 4. ^. fcmoratus. Grayish black; thighs rufous. — Inhab. Pennsyl- vania. Body black with a slight tinge of gray ; punctures dense, with short, prostrate hairs ; hctid obtusely indented each side between the eyes ; thorax broadest rather before the middle, contracted behind : a slight appearance of indentation behind the middle ; eltjlra, region of the scutel a little indented ; ter2;wn of a more unmixed black than the other part of the body: anterior thighs rufous, black at the knee; posterior thighs obscure rufous. — Length less than three twentieths of an inch. 5. S. quadripiinctatus. Black, punctured ; thorax hexagonal, ine- qual. — Inhab. Missouri. Body deep black, immaculate, profoundly and densely punctured : mouth testaceous ; palpi black ; thorax hexagonal, the lateral edge pro- jecting into an angle in the middle, disk with four dilated, indented spots, placed in quincunx, with a slightly elevated line between them, one or two obsolete, indented spots near the lateral angle ; alnlomen, pectus and poslpcctus impunctured, the former with short hairs ; feet piceous. — Length more than one tenth of an inch. Found at Engineer Cantonment. It has a somewhat dilFerent aspect from the preceding species. The eyes are not quite so large, and the three last joints of the antennae are not so remarkably larger than the others. OXYPORUS, Fair. O. sfygicus. Black; tarsi rufous. — Inhab. Indiana. Body black, polished; antennae 2-5 joints rufous; tabrum rufous: palpi honey-yellow; thorax with the lateral dellectcd margin indented ; 460 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON ehjtra entirely black ; a subsutural stria, and an abbreviated one on the middle, near which is another obsolete one, and many rather large dis- tant punctures ; exterior margin impunctured ; feet blackish piceous ; tarsi pale rufous. — Length three tenths of an inch. The thorax is somewhat longer than that of cmcliis, Grav., and the punctures of the elytra are more numerous. OXYTELUS, Grav. 1. 0. sculpt us. Blackish; five lined; elytra rufous; feet pale. — Inhab. Pennsylvania. Body piceous-black, punctured ; head indented, with numerous, small punctures above ; mouth piceous ; antennae fuscous, piceous at base ; thorax with five grooves, of which the exterior ones are dilated and not deeply impressed ; densely punctured ; anterior angles not acute ; elytra dull rufous, with small hairy punctures ; a subsutural im- pressed line and another from the humerus not reaching the tip ; ter- gum black with a piceous tinge ; feet yellowish-white ; tibiae and tarsi a little darker. — Length over three twentieths of an inch. Gravenhorst considered this insect as specifically identical with his piceus, but in his remarks on that species he states that "huic Oxytelo alius affinis est, quam D. Prof. Knoch O. sculptus nuncupavit. Differt thorace lateribus subrotundatis, basin versus paulo angustiore, coleop- tris breviore et paulo angustiore, fusco seu rufo ; coleoptris quadratis, rufescentibus seu piceo-rufo." These differences of character, indicate a difference of species. — It is the Aleochara sculpta of Melsheimer's Catalogue. 2. O. rugulosiis. Black ; longitudinally wrinkled ; elytra obscure piceous. — Inhab. Mexico. Body black, rather short, with numerous punctures, somewhat con- fluent into longitudinal wrinkles; tiead with three grooves, rather slightly impressed, the lateral ones dilated ; aritennae brown, dull honey- yellow at base ; palpi dull honey-yellow ; tliorax with three grooves, of which the middle one is wider before and the lateral ones wider behind ; each side a little concave, the edge slightly reflected ; anterior SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. 461 angles acute ; lateral edge arquated ; rounded behind ; chjlra transverse quadrate, blackish piceous: tergiim with dense minute punctures ;/ee/ honey-yellow. — Length less than one tenth of an inch. This does not altogether agree with the var. a of the carhuifus of Gravenhorst and to which he has given the name of insignitus. The present species is proportionally much shorter than the carinalm. It is not more than half the length of that species. It is more than pro- bable that the insignitus is also a distinct species, I obtained three specimens of the rugulosus in Mexico. 3. O. cordatus. Black; elytra whitish, with a common brown spot. — Inhab. Virginia. Body black, with numerous small punctures : mandibles piceous : on/emioe pale, towards the tip brownish ; Mo/'rt.x, angles almost rounded; elytra yellowish white, with a common fuliginous disk ; feci yellow- ish white; tibiae and tarsi darker. — Length three Iwentieths of an inch. This occurred extremely numerous, in October, under the surface of the sand in flat places on the sea beach, over which the higli tides flow. When the water subsides their labours become visible. 'J'hey proceed forwards a little beneath the surface in a very irregular line, casting up the sand so as to resemble a miniature mole tunnel. On the wet or partially dry plain, their tunnels, though very small. are yet very striking to the eye, in consequence of their great abun- dance, and being drier and whiter than the general surface. They ap- pear to be in search of the various minute crustaceous animals, that take refuse in the sand on the recession of the waters. 4. O. emarginatiis. Black; elytra whitish with a fuliginou>< suture. — Inhab. Indiana. Body black, punctured ; ^ear/ with numerous, but not crowded punc- tures ; two longitudinal indentations between the antennae : antennae^ mandibles and palpi honey-yellow; thorax with a piceous tinge, rounded behind ; with rather sparse, well defined punctures, and an obvious, impressed, dorsal line ; elytra with separate punct\ires and a much dilated, common, fuliginous vitta: sutural tip very obtusely Vol. IV.— 5 Q 462 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON rounded ; fed honey-yellow ; thighs and coxae whitish. — Length less than one tenth of an inch. The obtusely rounded sutural tip of the elytra, gives this part, in repose, a profoundly emarginated appearance. GENUS MOLOSOMA, Say. Labrum entire ; palpi filiform, terminal joint of the maxillaries much longer than the second, slightly attenuate to the tip ; antennae before the eyes, inserted under the margin, gradually thicker at tip, four last joints larger; body cylindric; thorax truncate at base; abdo- men with the penultimate segment longest; tibiae spinous, a little arquated. M. latipes, Grav. (Monog. Coleopt. Micr., p. 198.) In the present state of the science, the latipes can no longer remain in the genus Oxytelus, as a species of which Gravenhorst described it. That author was, however, perfectly sensible of its distinguishing cha- racters, and had he written twenty years later, I should not now have to construct this new genus. The following are his remarks adjoined to his copious description, to which I must refer the reader : "Cum hoc insectum palpis instructum sit filiformibus, antennis extrorsum crassioribus, thorace immarginato basi truncato, Tachinis adnumerandum foret, si solos characteres artificiales (Coleopt. Mi- cropt., p. 134) datos respiceremus. Habitu autem toto, et, exceptis ultimis palporum articulis, partibus etiam singulis cum Oxytelis hujus familiae plane congruit. Certo systematis naturalis nullam haberemus rationem, cum hoc micropteron Tachinis adjungeremus. Oxytelus autem, sicut hue usque determinati erant, ob characteres per systema artificiale constitutes, baud adsociari potest. Eodem ergo jure, quo Astrapaei genus olim a Staphylino disjuugebatur, quibus attamen simillimum est, hoc etiam insectum genus novum, ab Oxytelis separa- tum, conderet, nisi regula systematis naturalis, i. e. character totus externus seu habitus totus, dissuaderet." SOiME NORTH AMERICAN INSECT!-. 463 ANTHOPHAGUS, Gmv. A. verticalis. Body reddish brown ; elytra and margin of the ter- gum yellowish. — Inhab, Pennsylvania. Body chestnut, punctured, a little hairy ; head darker than the tho- rax, punctures sparse; disk of the vertex impressed; between the an- tennae unequal ; antennae and mouth paler than the head ; thorax convex, rounded each side, contracted at base, with a conspicuous im- pressed line, terminating behind in a dilated puncture ; elytra reddish yellow, punctured, at tip obscure ; terginn with a dorsal impressed line ; posterior or rather lateral triangular yellow spot, and on the lateral margin of each segment; thighs testaceous: tibiae and tarsi somewhat darker. — Length under one fifth of an inch. Allied to A. brunncus, Nob., but the segments of the tergum are not margined around by dusky; on each is a dusky triangle, much dilated on the posterior margin, so as nearly to reach the lateral edge. OMALIUM, Grav. 1. O. marginatum. Piceous, punctured; antennae and feet dull rufous. — Inhab. Upper Missouri. Body oblong oval, piceous, punctured ; head, punctures sparse, obso- lete at tip ; with an indentation each side between the antennae and a longitudinal impressed line each side at base ; antennae rufous at base, red brown obscure at tip with cinereous hair; palpi rufous ; thorax transverse subquadrate, punctures not crowded; posterior edge ob- scurely piceous ; elytra longitudinally quadrate, covering more than half of the tergum, exterior margin piceous towards the humerus; ex- terior hind angles rounded, sutural ones acute : almost to be traced into striae : feet piceous, paler towards the tip ; tergum obscurely ru- fous on the margin, and on the posterior margins of the segments. — Length one tenth of an inch. I obtained this insect when with Major Long's expedition to the Rocky Mountains; I think it occurred at Engineer Cantonment on the Missouri. 464 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON 2. O. rotundicolle. Piceous black ; thorax rounded behind, emargin- ate before. — luhab. Pennsylvania. Body Avith rather large, numerous and profound punctures ; anten- nae piceous, brown, the three basal joints, labrum and palpi honey- yellow ; thorax transverse oval, deeply emarginate before, equally punctured ; posterior angles rounded ; edges piceous ; elytra equally punctured, long; terminal edge piceous; tergum piceous, rather paler on the posterior margins of the segments ; feet dark honey-yellow ; venter somewhat piceous. — Length less than one fifth of an inch. Taken on the wing at twilight, in October. TACHINUS, Grav. 1. T. atricaudatus, Xob. Very closely allied to atricapilliis, and cinctus. Grav. 2. T. ohsoletus. Black ; thorax, curve on the elytra, segment mar- gins and feet yellowish. — Inhab. Virginia. Body black ; antennae fuscous ; four basal joints yellowish ; tip of the last joint dirty fulvous ; mouth honey-yellow ; thorax honey-yel- low ; elytra, in some lights with an appearance of obsolete striae ; sub- sutural impressed line obvious; a honey-yellow base, suture and ter- minal margin ; abdomen with the segments piceous on their posterior margins : feet pale yellowish. — Length over one fourth of an inch. I obtained this species in October, at Chinquotege Island. 3. T. trimaculafus. Yellowish ; head and three elytral spots blackish ; tergum rufous. — Lihab. Pennsylvania. Body yellow, tinged with honey-yellow ; head obscure piceous ; an- tennae fuscous ; four basal joints pale yellow ; mouth yellow ; mandibles piceous at tip; thorax immaculate; sc»/c/ piceous ; elytra, with a few remote punctures on the basal half, and towards the tip obsolete impressed striae, a subsutural impressed line, near which is a series of distant larger punctures ; region of the scutel with a dilated black- ish triangle, extending to the middle of the length of the suture, and thence by a narrow and paler sutural line to the tip ; exterior SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. 465 margin or epipleura black, with a spot near its tip cxtendiiic; in- wards, half way to the suture but not reaching the tip of the elytra; tergwn dull sanguineous; near the tip with an obsolete, blackish band ; at tip with a yellowish tinge. — Length over three twentieths of an inch. 4. T. cincficollls. Black ; posterior thoracic margin, line of the elytra, and feet yellowish. — Inhab. Indiana. Body black ; moufh yellowish ; iHilpi pale yellow ; antennae fuscous, three basal joints yellowish; fourth joint piceous; //iorox* posterior mar- gin, and lateral margin dilating towards the posterior angles, honey-yel- low ; scutel piceous ; elytra with an appearance of striae at tip ; a sntu- ral impressed stria, near which is a series of distant punctures, and another near the middle and a submarginal one ; pale yellowish, a di- lated oval blued black spot extends from before the middle to the tip, does not attain to the suture and is confluent with a blackish marginal line, which does not reach the humerus; tcrgum, segments on their posterior margins, obscure piceous ;/ee/ pale yellow. — Length less than one fifth of an inch. Distinguished from the others of this country, by the dilTerently coloured thoracic margin. 5. T. humklus. Black ; elytra and posterior margins of the abdo- minal segments, rufous. — Tnhab. Indiana. Body black ; antennae brownish, base and mouth honey-yellow ; thorax piceous on the posterior edge ; elytra rufous or honey-yellow, an impressed subsutural line, near which is a series of punctures, sur- face with sparse punctures almost to be traced into two or three series ; sutural margin very slightly dusky; tergiim blackish, with piceous posterior margins of the segments ; tip somewhat fulvous; feel honey- yellow. — Length one tenth of an inch. Allied to the preceding, but is a much smaller species, and the elytra are immaculate. Vol. IV.— 5 R 466 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON TACHYPORUS, Grav. 1 . T. fumipennis. Black ; margin of the thorax and base of the elytra yellowish. — Inhab. Pennsylvania. Body minutely punctured; head hlack ; a??/emi«e filiform, brown ; four basal joints honey-yellow ; palpi filiform, yellowish ; thorax black, margined around with honey-yellow ; sciifel black ; elytra fuliginous, a wide part of the base and narrow tip dull honey-yellow ; tergum black- ish, the segments piceous on the hind margins ; beneath black-piceous : feet honey-yellow.— Length over three twentieths of an inch. 2. T. moediis. Piceous, sericeous ; thorax and elytra margined with dull yellowish obscure. — Inhab. United States. Body blackish piceous, somewhat sericeous ; mouth and antennae dull yellowish ; the latter pale brownish towards the middle ; palpi, penultimate joint thick : last joint much shorter and acicular; thorax dilated, convex, lateral and basal margins dull yellowish; elytra, basal and exterior margins dull yellowish: abdomen somewhat hairy at tip, beneath honey-yellow ; feet not or hardly spiny. — Length less than three twentieths of an inch. The paler margins of the thorax and elytra are sometimes almost obsolete. 3. T.jocosits. Black : thorax, elytra, feet and mouth yellowish. — Inhab. Indiana. Head black piceous, polished, convex, impunctured ; antennae honey- yellow (six ultimate joints wanting in the specimen) ; y;«^^i honey-yel- low, terminal joint acicular; thorax polished, impunctured, yellowish : anterior and posterior margins blackish ; scutel blackish ; elytra yel- lowish, with very fine, prostrate hairs ; region of the scutel black- ish ; tergum, posterior margins of the segments yellowish ; longer than the elytra (in the preserved state) ; feet pale yellow^. — Length one tenth of an inch. 4. T. ventricidus. Black; thorax each side and elytral margin pi- ceous.— Inhab. Pennsylvania. Body black, with a slight piceous tinge, polished ; antennae dull SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. 4G7 yellowish, dusky towards the tip: mouth dull yellowish: palpi fili- form : thorax piceous on the lateral margin, gradually shading to the general blackish colour; chjtra on the lateral margin and at tip piceous ; common edge of the tip not indented at the suture ; Icrgitm (in the preserved state) much shorter than the elytra, at lip of the segments dull piceous : fed honey-yellow ; tibiae not remarkably siiin}-. — Length one twelfth of an inch. The abdomen contracts very much in desiccation. This can hardly be the crassus, Grav.. as his description does not in- dicate it. 5. T. opieiis. Blackish : feet, base of the thorax and of the elytra obscure reddish brown. — Inhab. IMissouri. Body deep black l)rown, somewhat sericeous ; head black : antennae at base and tip pale reddish brown ; palpi pale reddish brown : thorax convex ; a narrow, obscure, red brown posterior margin ; elytra with a broad red brown basal margin : feet red brown ; lihiae not remark- ably spinous; terguni with paler margins to the segments, shorter than the elytra, hairy at tip. — Length over one tenth of an inch. This species is not highly polished, but is distinctly sericeous. 6. T. aeaiulus. Abbreviated ; honey-yellowish ; thorax paler each side. — Inhab. Indiana. Body honey-yellow, polished ; /icc/f/ black piceous ; antennae fuscous, four basal joints obscure yellowish : palpi yellowish, last joint acicular ; thorax honey-yellowish, more dusky on the disk and at base, and ])aler. somewhat translucent on the lateral margin: elytra yellow with a rufous tinge, a little hairy, dusky on the region of the scutcl : tip of the suture a little rounded, so as to produce an acute, but small, com- mon emargination ; tergwn less than half the length of the elytra, blackish brassy, somev.hat hairy :/tf/ yellow, pale : tibiae wMh obvious, but not very prominent spines. — Length nearly one twelfth of an inch. This is very broad in proportion to its length, in consequence of the great contraction of the abdomen in drying. It resembles yoro.9«.s'. N.. but is wider in proportion to its length, without taking into considera- tion the extraordinary brevity of the abdomen. 468 DESCRIPTIONS OP AND OBSERVATIONS ON 7. T.faber. Thorax and elytra yellowish; near the scutel depress- ed ; last joint of the palpi very short. — Inhab. Indiana. Body somewhat depressed ; head black-piceous, polished ; antennae yellowish towards the base ; palpi, penultimate joint rather dilated ; ultimate joint very short, conic, hardly one fourth as long as the prece- ding : thorax honey-yellow, glabrous ; scutel small, dusky ; elytra paler than the thorax, slightly hairy ; suture and base near the scutel a little dusky; region of the scutel somewhat indented ; /eyg-Mm wider and more depressed than in most species, paler towards the tip ; beneath reddish brown ; feet yellowish ; tibiae a little spinous. — Length about one twelfth of an inch. The abdomen is more depressed than usual in this genus, and the terminal joint of the maxillary palpi is much shorter than in our other species. Much reform seems requisite in this and the preceding genera. 8. T. Jimbriatus, Grav. Varies in being more or less tinged with ferruginous. The head and thorax are sometimes entirely dull ferruginous. It is the boleti of Melsh. Catal., but it was afterwards first described by Gravenhorst under the name which I have of course adopted. ALEOCIIARA, Grav. 1. A. obscuricollis. Black; elytra ferruginous; tarsi piceous. — Inhab. Mexico. Body black ; head opaque ; labriim piceous ; thorax orbicular, trun- cated before for the reception of the head, opaque ; elytra ferruginous, length hardly exceeding the breadth ; scutel black, opaque ; abdomen obviously hairy, polished, lateral edge somewhat elevated ; tarsi piceous. — Length less than three tenths of an inch. 2. A. bimaculata, Grav. A species very closely allied, or perhaps the same as the bimaculata, Grav., is an inhabitant also of Mexico. 3. A. lustrica. Blackish; thorax each side, elytra and feet dull ru- fous.— Inhab. Pennsylvania. SOME NORTH AMEUICAN INSECTS. 469 Body piceous black, obviously punctured ; head black, with nu- merous punctures, sparse in front and more dense bcliind ; before the antennae triangularly carinate, dull piceous ; antennae dark reddish brown, three basal joints honey-yellow; mouth dull honey-yellow; thorax with very numerous punctures, rather larger towards the base and almost to be traced into transverse arquated lines; lateral margins piceous ; elytra dull yellowish-rufous, with dense punctures ; (thdomen piceous at tip ; feet honey-yellow. — Length under one fourth of an inch. 4. A. fasciata. Yellow ; head, baud of the elytra and spot on the tergum, black. — Inhab. Pennsylvania. Body yellow, with a slight rufous tinge ; head black piceous, with rather large punctures each side towards the eyes ; eyes large, prominent ; mouth dull yellowish ; antennae at base pale yellow ; thorax sparsely and unequally punctured, with four somewhat larger remote punctures on the disk; elytra, punctures small, not deeply impressed ; posterior half blackish ; tergum with a black dot near the tip ; feet whitish. — Length about one twelfth of an inch. This is the A. fasciata of Melsh. Catal. 5. A. indentata. Yellowish ; head, thoracic disk, clytral spot and middle of the tergum, black. — Inhab. Pennsylvania. Head not obviously punctured; eijes not remarkably large or prominent ; antennae reddish brown, pale at base ; mouth honey- yellow ; thorax dull yellowish, dusky in the middle ; a longitudinal impressed line, and an indentation on the middle of the base ; elytra with small, numerous punctures; yellowish with the sutural edge and a triangular spot, extending from before the middle to the pos- terior outer angle, but not reaching the suture; tergum reddish yellow, the two middle segments blackish ; beneath yellowish ; posl- pectus and middle of the venter black ; feet whitish. — Length one fifteenth of an inch. Var. a. Thorax with the dusky disk obsolete. Resembles the dichroa, Grav., in having the indentation on the Vol. IV.— 5 S 470 DESCRIPTIONS OF NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. middle of the base, but it differs in many respects, and obviously in colouring. " ' 6. A. A-pundata. Thorax rufous, with four punctures placed transversely. — Inhab. Missouri and Indiana. Head piceous black, vv^ith one puncture on the inner orbit, and three or four behind the eye ; antennae, reddish brow^n, three basal joints honey-yellow ; palpi piceous ; thorax honey-yellow with four distant punctures before the middle, placed in a transverse line, the lateral ones less distinct; elytra dull honey-yellow, with minute punctures, having prostrate hairs; tergum piceous, paler towards the tip ; beneath dark piceous ; feet yellowish. — Length over one tenth of an inch. The four punctures of the thorax is an obvious character. 7. A. propera. Blackish ; thorax depressed on the posterior middle. — Inhab. Indiana. Body with very numerous, small punctures, furnishing pale yel- lowish hairs; antennae black fuscous, three or four basal joints piceous ; inouth piceous ; thorax black piceous, conspicuously hairy ; on the middle of the base indented ; elytra piceous brown, obviously hairy, a little depressed on the basal margin and in the region of the scutel ; tergum black ; feet pale piceous.— Length over or about one tenth of an inch. The depression, almost or quite amounting to an indentation at the base of the thorax is sometimes geminate. 8. A semicarinata. Blackish ; thorax with a carina on the basal half. — Inhab. Missouri. Body black with a piceous tinge : thorax with an elevated line, or two parallel impressed striae, from the middle to the base ; elytra with a slightly impressed sutural groove ou the basal half j abdomen black; feet pale piceous. DONATIONS Received hy the American Philosophical Society, since the Publication of Vol. III.—Neiv Series. FOR THE LIBRARY. FROM SOVEREIGN PRINCES, GOVERNMENTS, AND STATES. From his 3IaJesli/ the King of the Netherlands. Flora Batava. Fig. par J. Le Sepp et Ills. Description par J. Kops et Van Hall. 4to. Cuts in 79 a 82, 85 a 87, 89 a 94, with Title and Index to Vol. C. Fimn the United States. Diplomatic Corresp. of the Am. Rcvol., from the First Congress to the Ratification of the Peace with 0. Britain. Ed. by Jared Sparks. 12Vols.,8vo. Boston, 1H29— 30. Journal of the House of Rep. of the U. S., from First Congress under tlic Constitution, 1781), to the 13th Congress, March 1815. 9 Vols., 8vo. Washington, 1820. FROM AMERICAN AND FOREIGN SOCIETIES. Albany. Trans, of the Institute. Vol. 1, Nos. 4, 5, 6.— Vol. 2, No. 1. 1830—3. 8vo. Batavia. Trans, of the Batavian Soc. of Arts, &c. 8vo. Vol. 1 a 7, 11 a 14. ISlf — 33. Bath. Trans. Bath and AV. of Eng. Soc. Vol. 15, part I. 1829. 8vo. Berlin. Abhandl. der KiJnigl. Akad. der Wissenchaften. 4to. 1826 — 1831, 1829 — 32. Bordeau-x. Bullet. d'Hist. Nat. de la Soc. Linn. 8vo. 3d Vol.; and 4ih, Nos 1 a 3. 1H26 — 1830. Boston. Mem. of the Amer. Academy of Arts and Sciences. N. Series, 4to. Vol. 1. 1833. Collections Massachusetts Hist. Soc. 3d Series, 8vo. Vol. 2. Cambridge, 1830. Calcutta. Trans, of the Agricul. and Hort. Soc. of India. 8vo. Vol.1. Seranipore, 1829. Cambridge (Mass.). Catalogue of the Library of Harvard College. 3 Vols., 8vo. 1830. Also, Catalogue of Charts and Maps in their Library. 8vo. 1831. Dublin. Trans, of the Royal Irish Academy. 4to. Vol. 10 a 16. 1806—1831. EDiNBtmoH. Trans, of the Royal Soc. Vol. 11th, p. 2, and Vol. 12th, p. 3. 1831. 4to. Trans, of the Soc. of Antiquaries of Scotland. 4to. Vol. 3d, and Vol. 4th, parts 1 and 2. 1831—1833. 472 DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY. London. Trans, of the Royal Soc. 1829, part 2. 1830, parts 1 and 2. 1833, part 1 ; continuation of the Index from 1821 — 1830, inclusive. London. Also, Astron. Obs. made at Greenwich, by J. Ponds, for 1829, 1830. 1832, No. 4, 5. 1833, No. 1, 2; and Catalogue of 1112 stars, reduced from observation. 1816—33. Trans, of the Royal Astron. Soc. Vols 4, 5. 1831 — 3. 4to. Also, Ast. Obs. at Greenwich, by J. Ponds, 1831, 1832, parts 1, 2, 3, fol. of the Hort. Soc, completion of 7th Vol. 4to. 1830. of the Soc. of Arts, Manuf. and Com. Vols 47, 48, 49, part 1, 1829—32. 8vo. of the Geol. Soc. N. S. Vol. 3, part 2. 1832. 4to. of the Linnean Soc. Vol. 16, parts 2d and 3d. 1830 — 3. 4to. of the Antiquarian Soc. Vols 23, 24. 1831—2. 4to. of the Lond. Instit. Supplement to Catalogue of their Library. 1830. Lisbon. Real Acad, das Sciencias. Programma e distrib. de premios. 1829 — 32. Lista dos Donativos, 1825 a 1831. Madrid. Mem. de la Acad. Real de la Hist. Tom. 7. 1832. cao. Manchester. (G. B.) Mem. of the Lit. and Philos. Soc. N. S.' Vol. 3, 1819. Vol. 5, 1831. 8vo. Michigan. Hist. Soc. Disc, of Gen. Cass, 1839. Disc. H. N. Schoolcraft, 1830. 8vo. MiTTAU. Jahresverhandl. def Kurland. Gesellschaft der Litter, und Kunst. Vols 1,2. 4to. 1819, 1822. Moscow. Notice sur les Vegetaux Fossiles du Gouv. de Moscou a la Seance publ. de la Soc. Imp. des Naturalistes, par G. Fischer de Waldheim. 1826. 4to. Par le meme. Programme pour la Seance publique de la Soc. Imp. de Nat. 1828. 4to. New York. Annals of the Lyceum. Vol. 3, Nos 3, 4. Index to Library, 1830. Paris. Mem. de I'Acad. Roy. des Sci. de I'lnstitut. Vol. 9 to 12. 1830—3. 4to. Mem. presentes par divers Savans a I'lnstit. Vols 2, 3. 1830 — 33. 4to. Notices et extraits des MSS. de la Bibl. du Roi. Vol. 10, 12. 1818—31. Hist. Litt. de la France. Vols 14, 15, 16. 1817—24. Through the attention of JM. Eoiix de Rochelle, this Society tvere enabled to complete the collection of ivories published by the Academy and Institute. Memoires de la Soc. Roy. des Antiq. de France. 8vo. Vol. 9, with fol. plates, 1833. Nouv. Annales du Museum d'Hist. Nat. Vol. 1, cahier 1, 2. 4to. 1832. Recueil de Voy. et Mem. de la Soc. Geogr. Vol. 3, 4to. 1830. Nouveau Journal de la Soc. Asiatique. Vol. 9, 1830, 8vo. 6 Nos 1833. Mso the following TForks, published and presented by them: Fables de Vartan, en armen. et en fran^., par MM Saint-Martin et Zohrab. 1 Vol., 8vo. Elem. de la Gram, japonaise, par le P. Rodriguez ; tr. du portug., par M. C. Land- resse ; precedes d'une explication des syllabaires japonais, par M. Abel Remusat, ec un supplement. 8vo. Elegie sur la prise d'Edesse par les Musulmans, par Nerses Klaietsi, patriarche d'Armenie ; publiee pour la premiere fois, en armenien, par le D. J. Zohrab. 1 Vol., 8vo. Essai sur le Pali, ou Langue sacree de la presqu'ile au dela du Gange, avec six plan- ches lithographiees, et la notice des manuscrits Palis de la Bibliotheque du roi, par E. Burnouf et Ch. Lassen. 1 Vol., 8vo. DONATIONS FOR THE LlllRAUY. 473 Paris — conliniied. Observations sur le mi-mo ouvrarrp, par M. Tkiniouf. Cruiul Rvo. La Keconnaissancc do JSacounlala, draino sansrrit ot pracrit dc f'aliclasa, public cii original et accompa^ic d'unc traduction Irancaise, par A. L. Clii'zy. 1 Vol., ■Ito. Vocabulaire de la langiie georgiennc, par IM. J. Klaproth. 1 Vol., 8vo. Yajnadattabada, on la Mort d'YadJnadatta. Episode cxtrait du IJamayana, rn :-anscril et en trant-ais, par A. L. Cla'zy. 1 Vol., 4lo. Chronique Gt'orgiciine, textc et traduction par ]M. Brossct. Loix de Manou, publiccs en Sanscrit, avec des notes, par M. Deslongchamps, ct avcc trad. Fran^'oisc. 8vo. 3 Livrais. 1830. Yu-Kiac-I,i. Roman Chinois, tr. par M. IJemnsat. Tableau des Eleraens de I'ecriture Chinoise. Bvo. 1829. Par .AHI. I.cvasscur rt Kurz. Geographic d'Aboul-Feda ; autographic d'uu iMS. Arabc. Par .M. Tony, corrigee par M. Reinaud. 4to. 1829. Philadelphia. Mem. of the Acad, of Nat. Sc. Vol.0. Nos 10 a 13. 1831. 8vo. N. Amer. Med. and Surgical Journal of the Kappa Lambda Association. Vol. 9 a 12. 1830—1. 8vo. Supplement to the Catalogue of the Philad. City T.ilirary. 1831 — 2. Med. Soc. of Philad. Report of their Committee on Epiil. Cholera, May 1832. 8vo. Qi'EBEC. Trans, of the Lit. and Hist. Soc. Vol. 3, parts 1, 2. 1832. 8vo. Rotterdam. iNicuwc verhand. van het Bataafsche Genootsch. dcr proefond. Wijsbegecrtc. Aol. 7, 1819. 4to. St Petersburo. JMem. de I'Acad. Imp. des Sc. Vol. 11, 1830. Ito. Idem. 6me. Serie. Vol. 1. Sc. Math. Phys. et Nat. Liv. 1 a 6. 1830—1. 4to. Vol. 1. Sc. Pol. Hist. Plulologie. Liv. 1 a 3. 1830, 4to. Vol. 1. Par divers Savans et lus dans ses assemblees. Liv. 1 a 6. 4to. 1830 — 1. Recueil des Actes des Seances publ. de I'Acad. Imp. des Sc. tenues lo 29 Dec. 1827, 1828, 1829, 1830. Recherches sur les Phcnomenes lumincux qu'on apcrcoit qiielquefois au cicl dans des positions dctcrminees, par rapport au soleil ou ii la lune. Par le Prof. Ossi- pofsky. 1828. 4to. St Petersburg. Mem. sur les points lixes du Thermometre. Par G. F. Parrat. St Pet. 4to. 1828. Mem. concernant de nouveaux Moyens de prevenir tous les accidens qui ont lieu dans les machines ii Vapeur, &c. Par G. F. Parrat. St Petersburg. 4to. 1829. Disc, prononce par M. Alex. Humboldt, a la Seance Extraord. tenuc par I'Acad. Imp. des Sc. Nov. 1829. 4to. Stockholm. Kongl. V'etensk. Acad. Nya Ilandlingar. 8vo. 1829 — 31. Stockholm. 1830—2. Beriittelser om vetensk. Framsteg afgivne af Kongl. vetensk. Acad. Embetsman. 8vo. 1830 — 1. Tlirough the CUiev. Loricli, consul-general of Swc. and Norw. Turin. Mem. della Real Acad, delle Scienze di Torino. Vols 33, 34, 33. 30. 4io 1829—1833. Vol. IV.— 5 T 474 DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY. FROM INDIVIDUALS. Adams (J. Q.) His Oration, 4th July 1831, addressed to the Inhabitants of the town of Quincy. Boston, 1831. 8vo. His Eulogy on the Life and Character of James Monroe, late Pres. of U. S., delivered before the Corpor. of Boston. 1831. 8vo. Adelung (Frederick) Poetical Works of Alex. Chapzki (Polish). St Petersb. 1829. 12mo. Expedition d' Alexandre le Grand contre les Russes, extraite de I'Alexandreide d'ls- kender-name de Nizamy. tr. par M. Spitznagel, Vol. 1. St Petersb. 1827. Disc, de M. A. Humboldt a la Seance extr. de I'Acad. Imp. des. Sc. Nov. 1829. 4to. Disc, de M. Ouvaroff (President) a la memo Seance. Programme d'un prix de Technologie propose par I'Acad. pour la fabrique de Soude. 4to. 1829. Bulletin de la Soc. Imp. des Naturalistes a Moscou. Ire annee. St Petersb. 1829. Miscel. Med. Treat, of Med. Soc, 4th collection. St Petersb. 1830. 8vo. (German.) Nacliricht andie Evang. S. Petri Gemeinde. St Petersb. 1829. 4to. Russische Misz. zur genauern kenntnissen Russlands und seiner bewohner, von G. Engelhardt. 3d Vol. St Petersb. 1830. A Grammar of the Armen. Language, by the Archimandrite Michael. St Petersburgh, 1828. (Russ.) Versuch einer Literatur der Sanscrit Sprache, von Fred. Adelung. St Pet. 1830. 8vo. Beitriige zur Geognosie des Russichen Reiches, von C. H. Panans. St Petersb. 1830. Paleograph. Monuments of the 15th and 18th centuries. Moscow, 1829. (Russ.) Desc. of Slav, and Russ. Books in the Libr. of Count Tolstoy. Mosc. 1829. (Russ.) Suppl. to a former description of do., 1825. Adam (AV alter) On the Osteol. symm. of the Camel. Lond. 1832. 4to. (From Linn. Trans.) Aldini (Chev.) L'Art de se preserver de Taction de la flamme, applique a la conservation des personnes cxposees au feu. 8vo. Paris, 1830. Short Exper. made in Italy, Geneva, and Paris, for preserving Life and Objects of Value from Destruction by fire. Lond. 1830. Alger (Francis) See Jackson. Aschlund (A.) On the Variation of the Compass, with 2 Maps and a Table. Copenh. 1831. Babbage (Charles) Reflect, on the dechne of Science in Eng., and some of its Causes. 8vo. Lond. 1830. Tabl. of the Logarithms of Nat. Numb, from 1 a 108,000. 2d edit. Lond. 1831. 8vo. Bache (Franklin— M.D.) and Wood (G. B.— M.D.) See Wood (G. B.— M.D.). Bache (A. D. Prof.) Treatise on Optics, by Sir David Brewster. First Am. Edit, with an Append., being an Elementary View of the Application of Analysis to Reflection and Refraction. Philad. 1833. 8vo. Note of the Effects upon the Magnetic Needle of the Aurora Borealis seen at Philad. 17th May, 1833. Attempt to fix the Date of Dr Franklin's Observ. in relation to the N. E. Storms of the Atlantic States. Philad. 1833. DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY. 475 Banckcr (C. N.) The Univ. Etyni. Diet., by Walter Whister. 4to. Camb. (C. 13.) 1825. Barnct (Jas. C.) Hist. Abregee des Jcsuites. 2 Vols, 8vo. Paris, 1820. Bell (John — M.D.) On Baths anil Min. Waters, in 2 pans : — 1 Curative I'owcrs. 2 Hist. of the Composition and Properties of the chief Alin. Springs of U. y. and Europe. Philad. 1831. 8vo. Biddle (C. C.) An Essay on the Production of Wealth, with an App. on the Application of the Principles of Pol. Econ. to the State of the Country. 8vo. Lond. 1821. An Essay on the External Corn Trade. 3d edit. Lond. 1820. Ricardo on the Principles of Pol. Econ. and Taxation. 8vo. Lond. 1817. Intr. Lecture on Pol. Econ., by Rich. Wiiately, Prof. Oxford. (G. B,) Lond. 1831. Binney (H.) A Cliart of Narraganset Bay, surv. 1832 by Captain A. S. Wadswortli and Assist, by order of L. AVoodbury, Sec. of the Navy. Black (James — INLD.) A short Liquiry into the Capillary Circulation of the Blood, &c. 8vo. Lond. 1825. Blaney ( ) Journal of the Senate and H. of R. of Penn. each Vol. 1. 1829—30. 8vo. Bonaparte (Jos. Comte de Survillicrs) Iconographie Grccque ; Recucil des Portraits au- thcntiques des Empereurs, Rois et Homraes Illustres, &c. de I'Antiquitc. I'ar E. Visconti. 3 Vols fol. Paris, 1808. Museum Etrusque de Lucien Bonaparte, Prince de Canino. Vases Feints avec In- scriptions, fouilles de 1828 — 9. Liv. 1, 2, avec Planches. Vitcrbo. 1829. Fol. Bonaparte (C. L. Prince of Musignano) Linceografo, ossia le Dodici Tavole dclle prescriz- ioni deir Acad, dei Lincei. Roma. Fol. Scritto del Duca Fred. Cesi, Fondatore e Principe dcll'Acad. dei Lincei ; Luglio, 1826, commentato daU' Ab. ScarpeUini, Restauratore deir Acad. Fol. Roma, 1826. Saggio d'una distribuzione raetodica degli aniraali vcrtebrati. Roma, 1831. 8vo. Cenni sopra le variazioni a cui vanno soggette le farfalle, gruppo McliLxa. Roma, 1831. Osservazioni sulla. 2da cdiz. del Regno Animale di Cuvier. 8vo. Bologna, 1830. Osservazioni relative alle larve pregiudiccvoli alia Pianta del Grano Turco. (Zea Mays). Osserv. sopra alcune Larve e tignole dell' Ulivo del dott. Carlo Passc- rini. 1832. Bowditch (N.) His Translation (with a Commentary) of the Mecanique Celeste de la Place. 4to. Vol. 2. Boston, 1832. Bradford (J. G.) See Lieber (F.) Brazer (Rev. J.) An Ethical Essay on the several Duties we owe to God, &c. TJic Virtues of a Christian Life contrasted with their opposite Vices, by E.A. Holyoke, with a biographical Memoir, by John Brazer. Salem, 1830. 8vo. Bywater (John) Remarks on the Principles of the Barometer. 8vo. Liverp. 1832. Brief Analysis of the Human Understanding. Liverp. 1832. Cacciatore (N. de) De Reducendis ad unicam seriem comparabilem meteorologicis ubique factis observationibus. Panormi, 1832. 4to. Statuti deir Acad, delle scienze e belle lettcrc di Palermo. 8vo. 1832. Carena (G.) Servatoi artificiali d'Acque Piovanc sui pozzi Artesiani 6 saglienti. Torino. 1824. 8vo. Carey (M.) Historical Survey of the Cities of London and Westminster, Borough of Souih- wark, &c.; being an Improvement of Stone's Survey, by Robt. Seymour. 2 Vols fol. Lond. 1784. 476 DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY. Carey (M.) Holy Bible and N. Testament in Welsh. Trefeeca, 1880. 12mo. Guide to the Low Dutch Language, by W. Sewell. 4th edit. Loud. 1788. Public Docu. relative to N. York and Philad. Fol. And MS. relative to Impressment. Treasury Report U. S. 1811—1812. Fol. National Journal, 1824. Wash. Account of the Rye-house Plot, published by order of the King. Lond. 1685. Hist. Coll. of the 4 last Parlia. of Q. Eliz. collected by Townsend. Lond. Fol. 1830. Collection of Political Handbills and Pamphlets. Fol. 1685. Lond. Hist, of the Low Country Wars, 1555 a 1667, by F. Strada. tr. from the Latin by R. Staple ton. Fol. Hist, de la Guerre entre la France et la Russia, avec Atlas. 4to. Par un Officier de I'Etat Major. Lond. 1815. Green Leaves in Autumn. Poems by W. Carey. Lond. 1825. 8vo. Antipathy of the Engl, lordly Prelacie both to Regall Monarchy and Civil Unity. 2 Vols, 4to. Lond. 1641. ., ■ Hist. Eccles. G. Hornii. Lugd. Bal. 1637. Eikon Basilike. The Portr. of Charles L in his sufferings. Lond. 1648. East India Vocabulary. — To which is prefixed. Form of Impeachment as applied to Hasting's Trial. Lond. 1788. Arnoldi Clapmarii de Arcanis rerum publicarum ad florentissimum senat. Reipub. Bre- mensis. Broems. 4to. MatliKi AVesenbecii CEconomia juris. Lips. 1571. H. of Commons of G. B. 1678—9. The Case of Ireland being bound by Acts of Pari, in Engl, stated by Wm. Molyneux ; with an Answer to it. Dublin, 1698. Great Britain's coasting Pilot, or Survey of the Coast of G. B. and Ireland and adjacent Islands. By Granville Collins. 1781. Fol. Hist, des ou^Tages des Savans. 15 Vols, 12mo. Paris, 1688 to 1703. New Testament and Psalms in Dutch. Hague, 1637. Avent. de Telem. trad, em Lingoa Portugueza. 3 Vols, 12mo. Lisb. 785. Collecpao de Hist. trad, dos melh. aut. Francezes. 3 Vols. 1785. De Rerum varietate (Nat. Philos. and Nat. Hist.), by P. Cardan. Milan, 1556. Einleitung, &c. Introd. to the Antiq. of the Egyptians, Jews, Greeks, Romans. By J. H. D. Moldenhauer. Leips. 1754. 8vo. Carey, Lea & Blanchard. Am. Jour, of Med. Sc. Vol. 6— 12. 1830—33. Philad. 8vo. Carey (H. C.) Eneycl. Amer. from the German Convers. Lex. with a copious Amer. Biog. Vol. 7 a 13. 1831—2. 8vo. Chervin (N. — M.D.) De Fopinion des Medecins Am. sur la Contagion ou non Cont. de la fievre Jaune, avec reponse au Dr Hosack. Paris, 1829. Collins (Z.) Ant. Bertolonii Amoenitates Italics, sistentes opuscula ad rem herbariam et Zoologiam Italia? Spectantia. Bonon. 1819. Conway (M.) O Feliz independente, o da fortuna e arte de vivir contento em quaesquer tra- balhos da vida. Lisb. 1826. 3 Vols, 12mo. Cooper (Wm.) On Big Bone Lick in Kentucky. N. Y. 1832. Coraboeuf (M.) Mem. sur les oper. Geodesiques des Pyrenees et la comparaison du Niveau des deux Mers. Paris, 1831. 4to. DONATIONS FOR THE LIBUAUV. 477 Coulter (M.) Descr. generale ties Fares et Fanaux, ou Guide des !Marins. 'id edit. IGino. 1833. Paris. Cresson (E.) Amer. Colonization See. Rep. 9, 10, 13. Wash. 1820 — 7, 1830. Also, a lew facts relative to Liberia. AVash. 1830. Rep. 1830 ol" Pcniis. Colon, and Af. Education Soc. Dallas (G. M.) Fifth Census, or cnumer. of the Inhab. of U. S. for 1830, to wliirh is pre- fixed an abstract of the Number within the diff. Dist. in 1790, 1800. ISK), 1820. Letter from Sec. Trea. to H. of R. of U. S. with Slatem. of Com. and Navig. of U. S. for Year ending 20th Sept. 1831. 8vo. Dannery (S. A.) Almanac Royal de France, 1825. Davis (J. P.) News from Penns., or Narr. of several remarkable Passages in the Gov. of the Quakers in that Prov. Supposed by Author of Pil. Prog. Lend. 1702. rime. Daniel AVebster's Address to the Inhabitants of Pittsburg. Delancy (W. H.) His Address to the Trust, and Stud, of the Univ. of Pcnn. on opening the New College Hall, Philad. Sept. 1830. 8vo. Dillaway (C. K.) Colloquies of Erasmus, with a Vocab. for Classical Schools. C. K. Dil- laway, editor. Boston. 12mo, 1833. Don (David) On the Characters and AiRnities of certain Genera, chiefly belonging to the Flora Peruviana. Edin. 1832. On the Plant which yields the Gum Ammoniac. Lond. 1830. Ducatel (J. T.) Manual of practical Toxicology, condensed from Dr Christisons Treatise on Poisons, with Notes. Bait. 1833. 12mo. Autog. Letters of T. Jefferson to Girardin, Author of the Cont. of Hist, of Virginia by Burke, 1809 a 1823. Dunglison (R.) Human Physiology, illust. by numerous Engr. Philad. 2 Vols, 8vo. 1832. A New Diet, of Med. Sc. and Lit. 2 Vols, 8vo. Boston, 1833. Valed. Lect. to the Med. Class of the University of Virginia, July 1833. Du Ponceau (P. S.) Rapprochemens entre les depenses pub. de la France ct des Etats Unis. Par Saulnier fils. Paris, 1831. La Fayette a ses CoUegues de la Ch. des Dep. Reponse a Saulnier, accomp. des Let- tres du Gen. Bernard et de M. F. Cooper a. M. La Fayette. Paris, 1831. Nouvelles Obs. sur les Finances des Etats Unis, par Saulnier, J. en reponse ii la broch- ure de La Fayette. Paris, 1831. Meng-Tseu, seu Mencius Sinarum Philosophus, latine sinice edidit. S. Jiilicn. 2 Vols, 8vo. 1824 — 6. Paris. Gaii Institutionum commentarios IV. cd. J. B. E. Boulet, with Frencli Translation and Notes. Paris, 1827. 8vo. The Fredoniad, or Indep. preserved. Ep. Poem on the War of 1812. 2d edit. 4 Vols, 8vo. Philad. 1830.- Lect. of John Pickering on Telegraphic Language, before the Marine .Soc. Boston, 18.33. La Gaule Poetique, ou I'Hist. de la France dans les rapports de la Poesic, I'Eloqucnce et les Arts, par M. Marchandy. 4 Vols, 8vo. Paris, 1813 — 15. Repertoire Bibliographique universel avec notice des Bibliog. ant^rieures, par G. Peig- not. Paris. 8vo. 1812. Essays on American Silk. By J D'Homergue and P. S. Duponeeau. Philad. 1830. 12mo. Vol. IV.— 5 U 478 DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY, Du Ponceau (P. S.) — continued. Names given by the Lenni Lenupe, or Delaware Indians, to the rivers, places, &c. in the now States of Penns. New Jersey, Maryland, and Virginia ; with the names of Chiefs, &c. By Rev. John Heckewelder, and prepared for the press by P. S. Duponceau. Philad. 1833. 4to. Literary Journals, viz. ■ Amer. Univ. Mag. Vol. 3. Philad. 1827. Philad. Monthly Mag. Vol.1. 1828. Lit. Journal of the Virg. University for 1830. Almanac Royal for 1828, 1830, 1833'. Paris. Dyer (Gilbert) A Catalogue of his valuable Library of For. and Eng. Divinity, Eccles. Hist., Biogr., Philology. Exet. 1829 — 30. Pres. by Wm. Strong, Exet. through Mr Martin. Elice (F.) Observations on the Constr. of the Lightn. Rod, approved by the French Acad. of Sci. Genoa, 1826. Acct. of a New Pluviometer, adopted by him. Genoa, 1833. Ely (E. S.) Min. of Assembly of Presb. Church in U. S. 1830—2. 8vo. Philad. Emerson (G. — M.D.) Med. Stat, of the City of Philad. relative to its Population — Births, Deaths, &c. 1821— 1830. Philad. 1831. Everett (E.) His Speech in H. of R. U. S. 1830, on removing the Indians to W, of Missis. Addr. to Charleston (M.) Lyceum, 28 June 1830. Ann. of arrival of Gov. Winthrop. Addr. to Amer. Institute, N. York, 4th Anniv. Exhibition, Oct. 1831. Documents accompanying President's Message, Dec. 1832. Feuchtwanger (D. L.) His Remarks on Arsenic. N. York, 1831. . Fisher (J. F.) Deux Lettres de ChampoUion le Jeune a M. Le due de Blacas d'Aulps re- latives au Musee Roy. Egyp. a Turin. Monuments Hist. 1824 — 1826. Precis du Systeme Hieroglyphique des anciens Egyptiens, par ChampoUion le Jeune, avec un Vol. de Planches. 2 edit. Paris, 1828. 8vo. M. F. Quintiliani de Institutione Oratoria. 3 Vols, 12rao. Ed. by F. G. Pettier. Paris, 1812. Mem. of Card, de Retz. tr. from the French. 4 Vols, 12mo. Lond. 1723. Fitzinger (L. I.) Neue Classification der Reptilien, &c. Wien. 1826. Franck (M.) Rapp. fait a, la Soc. de Geog. de Paris sur la Collect, de dessins d'Antiq. Mexicaines, par M. Frank. Paris, 1831. Avec copie d'une lettre MS. de M. F. au Pres. de la Soc. Geog. Diet. Geograp. de Vosgien. 8vo. 1826. Paris. Follen (C.) Inaug. Disc, on the Germ. Language, delivered in the Univ. Cambridge (Mass.) Sept. 1831. 8vo. • Franklin (W.) Journals of Senate and H. of R. of Penn. Sess. Dec. 1831 to Mar. 1832, with Documents. 4 Vols. Harrisburg, 1833. Furness (Rev. W. H.) Fourth Ann. Rep. of the Pres. of Harvard University to the Over- seers for 1828—29. Cambr. (Mass.) 1830. Gordon (T. F.) Cabinet of Amer. Hist. Vols 1, 2. History of the Spanish Discov. prior to 1520. 12mo. Philad. 1831. Hist, of Anc. Mexico, from the Foundation of the Emp. till destroyed by the Spaniards. 2 Vols, 12mo. 1832; being 3d and 4th of the Cabinet of Am. Hist. Gouge (W. M.) A short Hist, of Banking and Paper Money, and an Inquiry into the Prin- ciples. 8vo. Philad. 1833. DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRAHY. 479 Green (J. — M.D.) A Monograpli of the Trilobites of N. Amcr. Philail. 1832. Griffith (T. W.) Sketches of the early History of Maryland. Bait. 1821. Annals of Baltimore. 1824. Griva (T. D.) Sul' Epidemia Variolosa del 1829 in Torino aggiuntivi i Lavori Vaccinii, &c. Turin, 1831. Hammer (J. Von) Jahrbiicher der Litteratur. Wicn. 1818 — 31. Deficient, No. 8, 181U; 15, 16, 1821 ; 17, 1822 ; 35, 36, 1826. Coram, of tlie Erap. Marcus Aurelius, tr. into Persian by J. Von Hammer (with ihc Greek Text). Vien. 1830. Wiens erste aufgohobene Turkische belagerung. 8vo. Pest. 1829. Gescliichte des Osmanischen Reiches, Vol. 7. 1656 — 1774. Pcsl. 1830 — 2. Harlan (R.) J. J. Audubon's Ornithological Biog., or Habits of Birds of U. S. with descrip- tions of the Objects represented in his work, "The Birds of America." Royal 8vo. Philad. 1831. Description of the Fossil Bones of the Megalonix, discovered in " White Cave," Virg. Philad. 1831. Harris (T.— M.D.) Oration before the Med. Soc. of Philad. 1831. Hassler (F. R.) Logarithmic and Trigonometric Tables. N. York, 1830. 12mo. Comparison of Weights, of Measures, of Length and Capacity, reported to Senate of U. S., by the Treas. Department. Wash. 1832. A Popular exposition of the System of the Universe. N. York, 1828. Elements of the Geom. of Planes and Solids. N. York, 1828. Elements of Analytic Trigonometry. N. Y'ork, 182G. Hays (Isaac — M.D.) Descrip. of a Fragment of the Head of a new Fossil Animal, from a Marl Pit, N. Jersey, 1830. Obs. on the Nomencl. of Wilson's Ornith. By C. L. Bonaparte. Philad. 1820. Memoires de P. E. Morin, au sujet d'une Correspondance Meteorologique. 1827 — 9. Paris, 8vo. Dissert, inaug. de Fungis Venenatis Auct. M. Archerson — De Alcaloideis, Auct. E. H. Hartung. Berlin, 1827. Statuti della Real Acad, delle Sc. e dclle Belle Lettere eretta in Napoli. 1780. Library of Medical Sc., or Cyclop, of practical Med. Philad. A Collection of Medical Pamph. By Pennock, Horner, AVarrcn, J. G., Carter. V. V. Molt, S. Jackson, Isaac Parish, E. F. Rivinus, H. L. Hodge, J. W. Monet, Griscomb. C. W. Pennock and W. AV. Gerhard's Obs. on the Cholera of Paris. Philad. 1833. On the Patholgy of the Cholera. On Medical Education and Institutions, with an account of the Medical School at Paris. J. K. Mitchell, M.D. on a new Practice in Acute and Chronic Rheumatism, ^831. Additional Obs. 1833. Philad. Hazard (Samuel) His Register of Pennsylvania. Vols 5 a 12. 1830—3. 8vo. Lutheri Catechismus, Oefwersat pi. Amerikan-Virginiske Spriikct, af J. Carapanius Holm. Stockholm, 1696. Henderson (Wm.) Scale of Comp. Weights of the principal Cities in different Parts of tlie World (on Rollers). N. York, 1833. 480 DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY, Hodgson (W. B.) Kma-TatTivn 'AffAivo-rnxx, K/1/T8 Gscro-aMJuxBc H£|aC/fMic ; being a Trails), into Modern Greek of Harmenopuli proniptuarium Juris. Venice, 1840. 4to. Holmes (Abiel) His Annals of Aiuer. from the Disc, of Columb. to 1826. 2d edit. 2 Vols, 8vo. Camb. 1829. Hopkinson (Joseph) The Miscel. Essays and occasional Writings of Francis Hopkinson. 5 Vols, 4to. MSS. (They have been published.) Horner (W. E.) Cat. of the Anat. Museum of the Univ. of Penn. By W. E. Horner, Prof, of Anatomy. Philad. 1832. Introd. Lect. to a Course of Anat. in the Univ. of Penn. Philad. 1831. 8vo. Hosack (David) His Essays on various Subjects of Med. Sc. 8vo. Vol.3. N. York, 1830. Horsefield (Thomas) Descriptive Catal. of Lepidopterous Insects in the Museum of the Hon. E. I. Co. with col. Figures. Parts 1, 2. Lond. 4to. — — Memoir of the Life and public Services of Sir Thomas Stamford Raffles, spent in the Government of Java, 1811 — 6, and of Bencoolen, 1817«— 24. By his Widow, Lond. 1830. Hughs (T.) Universal Class Book. 1830. 12mo. Jackel (Joseph) Neueste Europaische Milnz-Mass und Gewicht Kunde. 2 Vols, 12mo. Wien. 1828. Jackson (S. — M.D.) Introd. Lect. on the Instit. of Medicine. Phil. 1830. Jackson (C. F.) and Alger (F.) Eemarks on the Miner, and Geol. of the Peninsula of Nova Scotia, with a Geol. Map. Camb. (Mass.) 1832. 4to. James (Edwin) Kekitchemanitomenahn, &;c. Translation into Chippewa of the N. Testa- ment. 12mo. Albany, 1833. Ingraham (J. D.) Rep. of Senate of U. S. respecting the relative Value of Gold and Silver. Wash. 1830. Jomard (E.) His following Works : — Des. des Pyramides d'Egypte, Delta Oriental, Hieroglyphes, Inscriptions, Pierre de Rosette, Le Kaire, Geographic comparee, Index Geog. d'Egypte, Cartes d'Egypte. Fol. With a Volume of Plates. Fol. Recueil d' Observ. et Mem., &c. sur I'Egypte anc. et mod. Vol. 1 a 6. Paris. And fol. plates. Remarques et Recherches Geog. sur le Voyage de M. Caille dans I'Afrique Centrale. Rapport de la Comm. spec, de la Soc. Geogr. de Paris, chargee de rendre compte du Voy. de M. A. Caille en Afrique. 1828. Compar. de differentes Methodes Tachygraphiques et Stenograph. 8vo. Paris, 1831. La Lithographie pent elles etre appliquee aux Cartes Geog. 1826. Remarques sur les Decouvertes Geog. faites dans I'Afrique Centrale, 1827. Rapport sur I'Ecole Egyptienne a Paris. 1828. Johnston (W. R.) Obs. on the Electric Qual. of Caoutchouc or Gum Elastic. Philad, 1831. ^Experimental Inquiries relative to Heat and Vapour. Jones (Wm.) Collect, des gravures des Tableaux de I'Ecole Ital. contenues dans le Musee Napoleon. Notices et Texte par J. Griffith. Fol. Paris, 1806. Jones (T. P.) New Convers. on Chemistry, adapted to the present State of Science. Conv. on Nat. Philos., founded on Mrs Marcet's Convers., &c. Philad. 1832. 12mo. Joslin (B. F. — M.D.) On the Privileges of Man as a progressive Being. N. York, 1833. DONATIONS FOR THE LIBUAUY. 481 Jullien (M. A.) Notice Biog. de lui meme et coup d'csil sur les bcsoins dc la France. I'aris, 1831. La France en 182.') ; Plusieurs dc ses ccril-s Moraux ct Poliliqucs ; L'Avo- nir, par J. I-, dc Sismondi. Paris, 18:}0. Kane (J. K.) Pantographia. — Copies of the known Alphabets, or Digest of Phrenology. By E. Fry. Lond. 1799. Kay (James Jiin. & Co.) Theol. Diet, of Relig. Terms and Systems of Divinity, l>y iho Rev. C. Buck. Am. edit. Philad. 1831. Essay on the Human Understanding, by John Locke. Philad. edit. 1S33. Keating (W. H.) Mcreurio Volante sobrc asuutos de lisica y dc Alcdicina, 1772 — 3. lio. y Lccciones Mathcni. a la R. Univ. de Mexico, 17G9. I'or J. J. Bartolaclic, I). M. Idea de una nueva Hist. Gen. dcla Am. Sept. fundada sobre las .Vntig. y MS!S. dc au- tores Indios, 174(5. La Doueette (J. C. F.) I-c Troubadour. Hist. Provcncale. Paris, 1821. 12mo. Fables, 1824. Philoclcs, imitation de Wicland. 2 Vols. Paris, 1820. Topogr. Hist., &c. dos Haules Alpes, avec Biogr. dc M. Villars. Paris, 1820. Larrey (Le Baron dc) Clinique Chirurg. exercee dan-s les champs ct les hop. rail it.. depuis 1792 a 1829. 3 Vols, 8vo. Paris, 1830. Laussat (A.) Documents respecting the Finances of Pennsylvania for 1827 — 8. Laws of the State of Pennsylvania, 1825 a 1830. Harrisburg. 8vo. Lea (Isaac) Contributions to Geology. Philad. 1833. 8vo. Leib (J. R.) Lect. on Modern Philos. before Franklin Inst., Philad. 1830. Lieber (F.), E. Wigglesworth, and J. G. Bradford. Encyclop. Amcr. Vols 1 a 0. Philad. 1831—2. 8vo. France, or a Series of Articles from the Encyclop. Amcr. 1831. Leslie (T. G.) Regulation of the Milit. Acad. West Point. N. York, 1812, 8vo. Register of the Oflicers and Graduates of W. Point, 1802 — 32. Lewis (R. M.) Reports of the Chcsap. and Delaware Canal Co. 1830 — 2. Livingston (E.) His Speech, and those of W. Smith, S. C, J. S. Johnslon. Louis., on Mr Foot's Resol. relative to Public Lands. Wash. 1830. His System of Penal Law for the Stale of Louis, prepared under the ;mihorily of a Law of that State, with prelim. Reports. 8vo. Phila. 1833. Biog. Sketch of the Life of General Adair, by Hon. M. White. Wash. 1830. Rep. of Comm. of Ways and Means, iM'Dullie, Chairman, on the l?ank of IT. S. to the H. of R. of U. S. 1830. Congressional Documents, 1828 a 1831. Wash. Leymerie (D. M.) Replique :i la Coram, de Tripoli dc Syrie presentee a ITnst. i'aris, 1830. 8vo. Lono- (S. H.) and W. Gibbes. M. O'Ncil's Nan-ative of proceedings of Board of Engineers of Bait, and Ohio Rail Road. Bait. 1830. Third Ann. Rep. of the Pres. and Direc. of the Bait, and Ohio Rail Road Co. 1 >^29. Lorich (Sev.) De Colonia Nova Succia in Am. Boreal. Dissert, auctore C. D. .Vrfwcdson. Ups. 1825. 4to. Utkast til en Svensk Flora, af S. Liljeblad. Ups. 1782. 8vo. Resa uti Europa, Afr., Asia, fiirra'ttad aren 1770 a 1779. 4 Vols, 8vo. Af C I'. Thnnberg. Upsal, 1788—93. Grunderna til SwenskaLagfarenheten, af E. S. Bring. Filrsta Dclen. Lund. 1817. 8vo. Vol. IV.— 5 V 482 WONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY. Lubbock (J. W.) His Researches in Phys., Astron., and on the Pendulum. Lond. 1830. On Notation. Lond. 1829. M'DufRe (G.) His Speech against the Prohib. Sys. delivered in H. of R. of U. S., April, 1830. 8vo. Malin (G. W.) His Account of the Origin, Objects, and present State of the Penn. Hospital, by G. W. M. Steward. Philad. 1831. 8vo. Marcoz (J. B. P.) Astron. Solaire simplitiee. 8vo. Paris, 1833. Erreurs des Astron. et Geom. d'avoir admis 1' Acceleration Seculaire de la Lune. Paris, 1833. Martini (Lorenzo) Introduzione alia Medic, legale. 3 Vols, 8vo. Torino, 1825. Elementi di Polizia Medica. 5 Vols, 8vo. Torino, 1824 — 5. Scienza del Cuore, tratta dall' Iliade. 2 Vols, 8vo. Torino, 1825. De Medicinae bcneficiis in Rerapub. praelectio. Torino, 1823 ; 2d, 1832. Aemilius, seu de vita, Instituenda. Tor. 1824. Lezioni di Fisiologia. Vols 6, 7. Tor. 1828. 8vo. Poesie Scelte di A. Haller. 12mo. La Medicina Curativa di le Roy, richiamata ad imparziale Disamina, da L. Martini. Torino, 1825. Riflessioni suUa Fisiologia delle Passioni, o nuova Dottrina dei sent. Morali di J. R. Ali- bert, proposta da L. Martini. Tor. 1826. 8vo. Elementa medicince forensis, Politise Med. et Hygienes, ad usum Subalpinorum. 4 Vols, 8vo. Tor. 1832. Discorsi Filadelfici, ossia fasti dell' Ingegno Italiano. Tor. 1832. 8vo. Martin (F. K.) Hist, of Louis, from the earliest period. 2 Vols, 8vo. N. Orl. 1827 — 9. Mather (VV. W.) On the Principles involved in the Reduction of Gold and Silver Ores, and Notice of Silver Mines in Mexico and S. America. 8vo. Mease (J.) His Additions to the Am. edit, of Brewster's Edin. Ency. to the Articles Steam Boats, Carriage, explosion of Boilers, and Shipbuilding. Philad. 1831. 4to. On some Veget. Materials from which Cordage, Twine, &c. are made. 1831. 8vo. On the Causes, Cure, and Means of preventing the Sick Headache. Memoirs of the Philadadelphia Society for promoting Agriculture. Vol. 2. Philad. 1811. 8vo. Receipts and Expenses of Pennsylvania Hospital, 1830. Harrisburg, 1831. Meigs (C. D.) Elem. Treat, on Midwifery, or Principles of Tokology and Embryology, tr. from the French of M. Valpeau. Philad. 1831. 8vo. Joyful News of the New World, &c. tr. from the Spanish of N. Monardus (Seville, 1509). Lond. 1596. Middleton (H.) Les Discours de M. Alex. Humboldt et de M. Ouvaroff, prononces dans I'Acad. Imp. des Sci. St Petersburg, 1829. Milnor (Wm. Jun.) La Nouv. maison rustique, par Liger. 9me ed. 2 Vols, 4to. Paris, 1768. Mitchell (J. K.) A new Greek and English Lexicon, on the Plan of Schneider's Greek and Germ. Lexicon, by J. Donnegan, M.D. Enlarged from Lond. ed. by R. B. Patton. Boston, 1832. 8vo. Molcon (V. de) Des Cholera Morbus. Paris, 1831. Instruc. sur les Brevets d'Invention, &c. par le Chef du Bureau des Manuf. Paris, 1829. DONATIONS FOR TIIK MDHAIIV. kS'3 Moleon (V. de) Aperou siir les legislations relatives aiix Inventions indiistriclles en Europr- el aux Etats Unis. 8vo. Extrait du Kccucil Indiist. do M. Molcou. Anatomic de la Vigne, tr. de I'Angl. de M. Cooper. Paris, 18:i'^. Monroe (James) Orations, delivered in N. York by !S. L. Gouvcrneur, in Conimenioraiion of the French Revolution of 1830. Moulin (C. de) Descrip. d'une nouvelle Esp. d'Euphorbc cl de 3 CJenres de coiiuilles Fos- siles des Environs de Bord. aussi d'un Liraa^-on dc .Malabar. I5ord. 18'.i8 — 9. Murray (Rev. N.) A Hist, of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ from iiis Passion to his Ascension, in the Unami Dialect of ihc Delaware or Lcnni-Lenupc Language ; transl. in the years 1770 — 3 at Tschetschequanung, on the ISusquchannah. MS. 4to. No Author's Name. Found at Wilkesbarre in 1831. Naccari (F. L.) Flora Veneta, secondo il Sist. Linn, c coll' iudicazione di Jussieu. Venez. 1826. G Vols, 4to. bd. in 2. Nagy (C.) Bericht iiber die Versamnilung deutsehcr nattirforschcr und iirztc in Wien, Sep. 1833. Von F. Von Jacquin und J. J. Littrow. P. Virgilii Maronis Opera, cum integris Comment. Servii, Philargyrii, et Pierii ct Notis Scaligeri et Lindenbrogii. Reccns. Pancrat. Masvicius. 2 Vols, Ito. Lcovard. 1717. J. Faeciolati Calepinus vii linguar. Ed. noviss. a J. B. Galliccioli. 2 Vols, fol. (bound in 1). Venet. 1778. iiTCK^^m A-rafTi. Isocratis Scripta qua; extant. Gra;ce ct Latine ; Ilier. WoUio, inlerp. Basil, 1614. 8vo. Newhall (J.) Letters of Junius, showing that the Author of that celebrated Work was Earl Temple. Boston, 1831. 8vo. Newman (Edw.) Essay on the sphinx Vespiformis. Lond. 1832. 8vo. Nicklin (P. H.) Lamark's Genera of Shells tr. in part, and completed in pari from Lond. Journals of Science with a Conchological Introduction, by P. H. Nicklin. Philad. 1831. MS. Fol. Opera Omnia Cicerouis, ex recensione novissimil I. A. Ernesti, cum ejusdcm Notis el Clave. 19 Vols, 8vo. Boston, 1814 — 15. Address of J. M. Berrien at Ann. Commencement, Princeton, Sep. 29, 1829. 8vo. Niles (H.) Weekly Register, Vol. 37 a 44. Bait. 1830—33. 8vo. Nultall (Thos.) A Manual of Ornithol. of U. S. and Canada : the Land Birds. 8vo. Camb. (Mass.) 1833. 8vo. Offley (M.) Hist, of Charles XII. King of Sweden, tr. from the French into Modern Greek. Venice, 1806. 12rao. Ord (Geo.) Ornilliol. Biog., or Habits of Birds as represented in his great Work, ' The Birds of America.' By J. J. Audubon. Edin. 1831. 8vo. Plinii Secund. Hist. Libri xxxvii. Fol. Basil, 1525. Till Livii Historiarum Libri Oranes superstices. Edit. F. Modii et J. Gruteri. Fol. Franef. 1628. Taciti Opera, ab Lipsio recensita, item Vellcii Paterculi, cum Notis. Fol. Aniw. 1048. Memorie concernenti la Citta di Url)ino, dedicati alia M. de Giacomo III. re della Gran Britannia, da B. B. Balbi. Fol. Roma, 1724. Gasparis F. Urbinatis de Colurana Trajani Syntagma. Roraac, 1083. Fol. Juvenalis (D. J.) Satvrs XVI. 1761. Typis Baskerville. 4to. Birmingham. 48 4 DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY. Ord (Geo.) A. Persii Flacci Satyrarura, Lib. VI. 1761. Typis BaskerviUe. 4to, Birmingham. P. Terentii Comffidiae VI. Typis BaskerviUe, 1772. 4to. M. T. Ciceronis Oraliones, ex recensione J. Sturmio. Argent, 1578. 3 Vols, 8vo. An Essay on the Hist, of Civil Soc. by Adam Ferguson. 4to. ed. 1767. From FrankHn's Library, with his Autograph. Ainsworth's Tliesaurus Ling. Lat. 2d ed. 2 Vols, fol. Lond. 1762. Shaw's General Zoology, continued by J. F. Stephens. Vol. 14, 8vo. Lond. 1800—26. Loudon's Mag. of Nat. Hist. Vol. 6th, and part of 5th, containing Communications of C. Waterton. Lond. 1822—3. Rich (O.) Catalogue of Books principally relative to America. Parts 1, 2. Lond. 1832. Catalogue of Botanic Books. Palfry (J. G.) Letter of F. C. Gray to Gov. Lincoln on Harvard Univ. Boston, 1831. Pancoast (J.— M.D.) A Treatise on the Structure, Functions, &c. of the Human Sympa- thetic Nerves, from the French of J. F. Lobstein, with Plates and Notes by the Translator. Philad. 1831. Lecture on Anatomy, from the French of J. P. Manu. The Cerebro-Spinal Axis of the great Sympathetic Nerve of Man, with the Origin and First Division of the Nerves. Parker (Daniel) Catal. of the Library of the Milit. Acad. W. Point. N. York, 1830. Descrip. uberior gramin. et plant. Calamariaruni Am. Sept. indigenarum, auct. H. Muh- lenberg. (MSS. deposited by hini Nov. 1831.) Patterson (R. M.) Catal. of Faculty and Stud, of the Univ. of Virginia. 1832 — 3. Patton (R. B.) See Mitchel. Payne (R. T.) His Am. Alman. and Repos. of Useful Knowledge for 1832. Boston. Pederson (P.) Septieme Rapp. du Progrcs de FEnseign. mutuel en Danemark pour 1829. Par le Ch. Abrahamson. S. A. AV. Steinii Tabula3 Anatomies, Fascic. I. pars la. 8vo. Hafn. 1831. Prince (Rev. Jno.) Desc. of a new Stand for a reilecting Telescope. Boston, 1832. 4to. Peters (R.) Table of the Post Oifices of the U. S., arranged by States and Count, to 1831. Wasli. 12mo. Poussin (W. T.) Mess, of Pres. of U. S. to Congress, relative to a Survey made by Gen. Bernard and W. T. Poussin, of a Route for a Canal between the Gulf of Mexico and the Atlantic Ocean. Wash. Feb. 1830. With a 3 sheet Map. Quincy (Josiah) Address to the Cit\_of Boston on the 2d Centen. Celeb, from the Settle- ment of the City. Boston, 1830. Catal. of the Books added to the Boston Athenaeum since the catal. published 1827. 8vo. Boston, 1830. Rafinesque (C. S.) Tabular View of the compared Atlantic Alphabets and Glyphs of Africa and America. Philad. 1832. Raguet (Condy) The Free Trade Advocate, devoted to the Sci. of Political Economy. Vols 1, 2. Philad. 1829. 8vo. The Banner of the Constit., devoted to Political Ecou., State Papers, &c. Vols 1, 2, 3, fol. 1829—31. DONATIONS FOR THE MBUARY. 485 Ralston (G.) Havle's Arithmetic, in IJeiiiialec, for tlie Use of (Schools. Chiiismar, 1830. The English Psalter and Church Travers, in Chinese. 1818. Rask (I?.) Italiocnsk forlajrc, rcdarhcjilat eftcr sammo plan sora den Spanskc Sproglire. Kiibcn. 1827. Den ffhlste Ilebraiskc Tiilsrrgninn- inillil Moses. Kiiben. 1S2S. Historian cm de ti vczirer og hvorledes del gik dim nicd Kong Azad Bachls siin, ol'vcrsai af Arabisk ved K. Rask. Kiibcn. 1820. Den gamle yEg3-ptiske Tidsregning eftcr kilderne, pa ny bcarljcidct af R. Husk. Kii- ben. 1827. Redfield (W. C.) Ilis Remarks on tlie prevailing Storms of the Ailaniic Coast of the North American States. N. York, 1831. Rio (And. del) Nuevo S3-stema mineral de Berzclio del ano 182,j, trad, del Frances con ai- gunas Notas. Por A. del Rio, del Inst. JMe.xicano. .Mex. 1S27. Fol. Elcm. de Orictognosia o del conocimicnto dc fossiles sesrun nl sistcnia dc Bcrcelio y segun los Principios dc Werner, para cl uso del .Seminario dc JMcxico. Philad. 1832. 8vo. Robertson (James) Speeches on the Slave Question, delivered in the Assembly of Ihc State of Virginia, by Seven Members. Letter of Apponialox to llie l'copk> of A'irginia on the mischievous tendency of the measures of tlie Abolitionists. ]{ichm. 1832. Sagra (Don R. de la) Hist. Econ. PoL el Estadislica de la Isla dc Cuba. I lav. ls:u. (to. Say (Benj.) Dcscr. of New Spain, Curculionitos of N. A., with Observ. on some species already known. N. Harmony, 1831. Sergeant (John) A Collection of his select Speeches. Philad. 1832. 8vo. Address before Apprentices Library Co. Pliilad. 1832. Shaler (Wm.) Guia de Forasteros y Calendario para la Isla dc Cuba. Hav. 1832. Cuadro Estadistico de la Isla de Cuba. Por Orden de Vives capit. General. 1829. Fui. Rcvista trimestre de la Isla de Cuba, No. 1 a 7, Jun. 1831 ;i Jul. 1832. llav. Sharpless (J. T.) A Desc. of the Am. Wild Swan proved to be a new Species. 1832. 8vo. Southern Review (The Editors) Vols 0. 7, 8. 1830—2. 8vo. Charleston, (S. C.) Sparks (J.) The Life of Gouverneiir Morris, selected from his CoiTCspondcnce and Papers relative to the French Revolution. 3 Vols, 8vo. Boston, 1832. Familiar Letters and Miscellaneous Pieces by Dr Benj. Franklin, collected bv the donor. 12rao. Boston, 1833. Schlegel (J. F. G.) Codex Juris Islandorum antiquissimus, q\ii nomin. (Jragas. Latine et Island. Parts 1,2. 3 Vols, 4to. Ilafn. 182i). Schroeder (J. F.) Treatise on the Canonical Authority of the Scripture of the Old Testa- ment, tr. by him from J. G. Eichhorn. N. York, 1829. 8vo. Short (Chas.) The Transylvania Journal of Medical and Associate Science. \'ol. 3 a (1. 1830—3. 8vo. Silliraan (B.) The Amer. Jour, of Sci. and Arts, edited by him. \"ol. 19 a 21. 8vo. N. Haven, 1831—33. Smith (Thos.) His Essay on Currency and Banking, applied to the Currencv and Banking of the U.S. 8vo. Pliilad. 1832. Snider (Geo.) Works of J. Gainbold, Bishop of Unitas Fratnim, with Life of the Author. Bath, 1789. 8vo. America known to the Ancients, by S. Mather. Boston, 1772. 8vo. Vol. IV.— 5 W 486 DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY. Sully (Thomas) Traite de Peinture, par da Vinci, tr. par De Chanibray. Paris, 1651. Fol. The Art of Painting and Lives of Painters, tr. from De Piles, with Essay on an English School of Painting, by B. Buckeridge. Lend. 1706. Le Noir's Monuments of the 13th century, collected in a Museum at Paris. 8vo. Tanner (H. S.) View of the Valley of the Mississippi, or Traveller's Guide to the West. 8vo. Philad. 1832. A Geograph. and Statis. Account of the Epidemic Cholera, from its commencement in India to its entry in the U. S., with Maps and Tables. 1830. Taylor (R. C.) On the Geology of East Norfolk, G. B., with Remarks on the former level of the German Ocean in reply to Robberds. Lond. 1827. 8vo. Report on Surv. for a Rail Road from Coal and Iron Mines, Peters Camp, Tioga Co., Penns., to Lawrenceville, N. York, to connect with Chenango and Erie Canal. 8vo. 1833. Thackrah (C. T.) The effect of the principal Arts and Trades and Habits of living on Lon- gevity, specially applied to Leeds, (G. B.) Lond. 1831. 8vo. Thayer (Sylv.) Military Pyrotechny for the Use of the Cadets of the U. S. Military Aca- demy, West Point. 1832. Fol. — — Treatise on the Forms of Cannon, and various Systems of Artillery, tr. from the French of Prof. Persy, for the Use of the Cadets of W. Point Mil. Acad. 1832. Fol. [Both the above Lithographed at the .icademy.) Todd (J. T.) The Book of Analysis ; or a new Method of Experience, whereby the Pro- duction of the Novum Organum is easily applied to complex Parts of Science. Lond. 1831. 8vo. Thomas (Isaiah) The completion of the Mass. Spy, or Worcester Gazette. 14 Vols, fol. 1817 a 1830. Worcester, (Mass.) Torlade de Arambuja (J. F.) Viagem Extatico ao Templo da Saviduria. Poema. Lisboa, 1830. 4to. Account of the Labours of the R. Acad, of Lisbon for 1831. List of Donations made to the R. Acad. Memoria sobre o valor das moedas nas difl'erentes Epocas da Monarquia Portugueza e outros objectos legados com a mesma. MS. 4to. By the donor. Tornel (J. M. de) A large Collection of Mexican State Documents, and political Publica- tions in Mex. Collected by him 1822—30. 4 Vols, fol. 8 Vols, 4to. Tydiman (P.) Letters under the Signature of Herman in the Banner of the Constitution, and a Collection of Political Pamphlets, published in Carolina on the Subject of Nullification. 1831—3. Value (V.) Experience consulted, or a rational System of teaching foreign Languages. Philad. 1832. By the donor. Vandervinne (Sec. Batavian Soc. of Sci.) Nederduitsch en Maleisch en Maleisch en Nederd. Woordenbock, door P. P. R. van Eysinga. 2 Vols, 4to. Batavia, 1825. Maleisch Spraaken-kunst, door Van Angebeck. Batavia, 1823. 4to. Proeve cener Javaansche Spraak-kunst, door B. Zendeling. 8vo. Seranipoorc, 1830. Kruidkundige Waarneraiugen, uitgegeven door C. L. Blume. 17 Nos. Jan. 1825 to May 1826. Bijdragen tot de Flora van Nederlandsche India. Door P. P. R. van Eysinga. Transl. of the New Test, into Japanese. By C. L. Bruckner. 8vo. DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY. 487 Vandervinne (Sec. Bataviaii Soc. of Sci.) Eerstc GronJen der Javaanscho Tal, hcnevens Ja- vaaiische Leer-cn-Leesbock, met eeue wordcnlijst, door O. L. V. (urii'he. 1831. 4to. Grammaire de la lanijiic IMalaye. Haarlem, 1821. 4to. Diet. HoUandais et Malais, avec Diet. Franeois et Malais. 1820. 4to. ^^— Diet. Malais, Hollandais et Franqais, par Wra. Marden, tr. par C. P. T. Ecout. 4io. 1823. Vander Maelen (P. H.) Memorial de I'Etablissem. Geographique dc IJnixcllcs. 8vo. Brux. 1831. Vauglian (John) The Primitives of the Greek Tongue, by T. Nugent. Loud. 1818. 8vo. Life of Elbridge Gerrj% by J. T. Austin. 2 Vols, 8vo. Boston, 1823. Englisli Pamphlets. 12 Vols. Comparison of the Opinions of the most distinguished British Writers on the French Revolution. 2 Vols, 8vo. Lond. 1797. Reflect, on the Polit. of Ancient Greece, tr. by G. Bancroft, from the Germ, of A. H. L. Heeren. 8vo. Boston, 1824. An Hist. Sketch of the Greek Revol. By S. G. Howe. N. York, 1828. 8vo. Compendium Biblicum (Ilebraice), auct. Joh. Leusden. Liigd. Bat. 1094. 12mo. J. Buxtorfii Thesaurus Grammaticus linguae sanctae. Basil, 1009. 12mo. Ejusd. Lexicon Hebraicum. Basil, 1735. 12rao. Novum Testam. Syriace, cum punctis et vers. Lat. Mathaei ; accurante ^Egidio Gutbirio. Hamb. 1004. 12mo. G. Pasoris Lexicon Grreco-Lalinum in Nov. Testam. Hcbr. Nassov. 1021. 12mo. Dantzic Compend. Grammat. Hebra;o-Chaldaica. Francf. ad Mcen. 170.5. 12mo. M. T. Varronis Op. omnia quffi^extant. Durdr. 1019. 12mo. Pineda's Spanish Grammar. Lond. 1702. 8vo. Delpino's Spanish Gram. Lond. 1800. Granimatica Francese, da Chattard. Roma, 1703. 8vo. Grammatica Tedesca, da Sanfdeben. Mdano, 1750. 8vo. Struvii (G. A.) Jurispr. Roman. German, forensis. 17 edit. Banib. 1759. Prisellii (J.) Argonauticon American, sive Hist, periculorum Petri de Victoria el Soc Gedans, 1088. Colomesii (P.) Opuscula. Ultraject., 1609. lOmo. Ustadii (P.) Coelum Philos. sen Liber de Secretis Naturrr. Lug. Bat. 1572. IGmo. Busbequii (A. G.) Omn. Opera quae extant. Elzev. Amst. 1000. ICino. La Conjiiracion de Catilina, y la guerra de Jugurta; trad, del Latin de Salustio, per Don Gabriel de Borhon, inf. de Espana, con Texto Latino. Madrid, 1771. Fol. Terentii Op. omnia, cum Not. Scalig. JoyfuU Newes out of the new-found Worlde, wherein are declared the rare and singular Virtues of divers Herbs, Trees, Plantcs, Oyles and Stones, Vest India Body of Merchants, 1833. Vaux (Roberts) Ann. Rep. of the iManagcrs of Pennsylvania Soc. for discouraging tiie Use of Ardent Spirits. Philad. 1831. Wallcnstcin (Jules de) Momoires sur I'Astronomie pratique, par Montciro da Roca. Direct, de rObserv. R. de Coimbra, tr. du Portug. 4to. Paris, 1808. iMemoire sur I'lntcrieur do I'Afrique, par Jer. la Landc. 4to. Paris. SpliKrischc, Theoretische, Physische Astronomie, von P. F. Schubert. St Petersburg, 1798. Voyage en Californie, pour I'Observ. du Passage do Venus, sur le disque du Soleil, 3 Juin, 1709, par Chappe d'Auterocbc, rcdige par M. Cassini, ajjres la Mort de C. d'A. Paris, 1773. 4to. Eleinens de la Geometric a 3 Dimensions, Theoric dcs Ligncs, et dcs Substances Courbes ; partie Syntht'tique. Paris, 1817. 8vo. Elemens de Geometric, lime ed. Par A. Legendre. Paris, 1817. 8vo. Nouvelles Tables Loxochomiques, application do la Thcorie de la figure de la Torre ii la Construction des Cartes iMarines reduites, par Murdoch, tr. dc r.\n£;lois, par M. De Breraard. Paris, 1832. 8vo. Essais de Geometric sur les Plans et les Surfaces Courbes. Par S. F. La Croix. Paris, 1812. 8vo. Traite Element, de Trigonom. rectdin. et spherique. L'Applicalion dc I'.Mgebre ii la Geometrie, par La Croix. Paris, 1822. 8vo. Examen des Methodes employees pour rcsoudrc les problcmcs dc Gcomctnc. Par G. Lame. Paris, 1818. Svo. Vol. IV.— 5 X 490 DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY. Wallenstein (Jules de) De la Correlation des figures de Geometrie. Paris, J 801. 8vo. Annuaire du Bureau de Longitude prescnte au lloi par le Bureau, 1831 — 3. Paris, 16mo. Astronomisches Jalir Bucli f iir das Jahr 1823. Berlin, 1820. Schumacher, (II. C.) Astron. Hiilftafeln f iir 1823. Blunt's Nautical Almanac. 1823. Several Numbers of Von Zach's Monatliche Correspondenz. Walsh (Robt.) A very large and important Collection of Political, Historical Statistical, and Literary Pamphlets, and several Public Documents, foreign and domestic. Ward (Sam.) New York Mathem. Diary, ed. by James Ryan, for 1832. Warden (D. B.) L'Art de Verifier les dates, depuis 1770, jusqu' a nos jours. Vol. 4, faisant suite a I'Hist. Chronol. d'Am. L'Art de Verifier les dates, suite de la Chronol. Hist, de I'Amerique. Vols 13, 14. (Bresil) Paris, 1822 — 3. With a great number of valuable Pamphlets. Derniers momens de M. Gregoire, Anc. Eveque de Blois. Paris, 1821. Bibliotheca Amer. or Chro. Catal. of Books relative to N. and S. Amer. Paris, 1831. Paris Rapports de la Societe d'Agricult. de Caen. 1831. Etat de la Sc. relative aux malad. Epidemiques, on reniarques sur les demarches de M. Chcrvin, pour empecher Texaraen de ses Documens. Par M. Lassis. Paris, 1831. Notes Biog. pour faire suite a I'Eloge de M. Fourier, par M. Cousin. 1831. Rapport par David, a I'Occasion des primes sur les Antiq. de France. Disc, prononce par M. Brissant a la Seanco publique de I'Acad. pour decerner le Prix Montyon. Almanac de France 1833, par la Soc. pour I'emancipation ^intellectuelle de la France. 12mo. La Flore et la Pomone Francoise. Livrais. 105 — 8. Prospectus with the above as Specimens. Watmough (J. G.) Letter of L. M'Lane, Sec. of the Treas., with Statement of Commerce and Navigation of U. S. for 1832. 8vo. Watson (Jno. J.) His Annals of Philad. from the Olden Time, with an Appendix relative to the Olden Time of N. York City. Philad. 1830. 8vo. Wigglesworth (E.) See Lieber. White (D. A.) Second Century Lecture of 1st Congressional Church at Salem, Mass. By Rev. C. W. Upham. 1829. White (Rt. Rev. Bishop Wm.) 15 Nos to complete a Set of the Report of the Amer. Bible Soc. to 1830. Also 3 Reports of French Bible Soc. Paris, 1828. Wood (G. B. — M.D.) and Franklin Bache, M.D. The Dispensatory of the United States of Amer. Philad. 1833. 8vo. Woodbridge (W. C.) Amer. Ann. of Educ. and Instruction, ed. by him. No. 1, 3d series. Boston, 1830. Worcester (J. E.) Pronouncing and explaining Diet, of the English Language, also of Clas- sical and Scriptural Names. Boston, 1830. 8vo. Yard (Wm.) Several Essays on Natural History : — On the Change of Plumage in Pheasants. On the Trachea of Birds. On a Species of Tringa. On the Organ of Voice in Birds. Lond. 4to. From the Trans, of Royal Soc. and Linnean Soc. DONATIONS FOR THE CABINET. 491 Yard (Wni.) Descrip. of the Organ of Voice in a new Species of Wild Swan (Cygnus Buccinator of Kicluirdsoii). Lond. 1831. -lio. Zimmerman (M. D.) Positions Gcoirr. de I'Obs. dcpuis Tobolsk Jiistiu' ii la nicr (ilaciale, corrigcrs, par Adulphe Ernian, servant de prospectus ii la relation (I'un X'ovagc, par le Nord de TAsie ct les deux Oceans dans les Annccs 1828 — DO. bcrlin, 1831. 8vo. Pub. par FAcad. Roy. des Sciences. Works subscribed for, or purchased by iMcmbers of the SocUlj, and frcsntlul In the Library. The Birds of America, \i\ John James Audubon, intended to be comprehended in 1 Vols, grand folio, at S300. Vol. 1. and 3, 4 of the 2d received, and remaindir to be delivered as published. Hist, et Memoires de TAcademie des Inscriptions et Belles Lettres, 1701 a 1T81. I'aris, 1730—93. The Topog. and Hist, of the United States of Amer. witli 100 Plates, by John II. Ilinton. 2 Vols, 4to. Lond. 1832. DONATIONS FOR THE CABINET. Portraits of Presidents and Members of the American PiiiLOsoniicAL Society. William Short, Portrait of Thomas Jeflerson (Pres.), by Thos. Sully. Henry Seybert, Portrait of Caspar Wislar (Pres.), by Thomas Sully. Subscription of some of the Members, Portrait of Robert Patterson (Pres.), by R. Pcale. Portrait of William Tilghman (Pres.), by R. Peale. Portrait of P. S. Du Ponceau (Pres.), by Thomas Sully. The Pennsylvania Academy of Fine Arts, Portrait of The Abbe Correa da Scrra (.Member), by Lawrence. The Administrators and Professors of the Museitii of Natural History, Paris, gave to Dr Richard Harlan, to be presented to The American Philosophical Society, Two valuable Casts, viz. 1. The Head of the Maestricht Monitor of Cuvier, described in liis Works, ' Osse- mens fossiles, Vol. 5, p. 2, 3d edit. p. 31 ; but Cuvier finally adopted tlie Name of Mosasaurus given to it by Conybeare. 2. The almost entire Skeleton of the Plesiosaurus Dalicodeiris from the Cliffs of Lime Regis, Dorset Co., Great Britain. Through the same medium of Dr Harlan : M. David, Member of the Institute of France, presented to the Amer. Philosophical Society, a Colossal Bust in Plaster of Cuvier, inscribed ' A la Memoire de Georges Cuvier, P. J. David.' This Bust was not made for sale. 492 DONATIONS FOR THE CABINET. Adams (John Quincy) A Collection of Minerals made by Andrew Armstrong, U. States' Resident at Lima. Audubon (J. J.) Eleven Species of large Marine Shells from Florida. Bloomfield (J. E.) Two Silver Vases used by the Priests of the Temple of the Sun, and a Cestus worn by a Virgin of the Sun at the Period of the Invasion of Peru by Pi- zarro. Brown (Fred.) A Peruvian Ewer of Antique Form found at Huaco. Brown (P. A.) A Fac-simile in Plaster of 2 Letters found in the middle of a Stone when sawed. A Plate, being the Profile of the Rocks between Philadelphia and Norristown, sur- veyed by him. Burroughs (Marmaduke — M.D.) A very valuable and numerous Collection of Huacaros, or Indian Antiquities, from the Cemeteries of the Ancient Peruvians, collected prin- cipally from the Neighbourhood of Truxillo in Lower Peru, and from Arica and Qiiilca in Upper Peru. Also a very large and interesting Collection of fabrics from the Philippine Islands, Alsam and other Parts of Asia, comprising Manu- factures from the Manilla Hemp, Leaf of the Pine Apple, &c. by the Natives of those Parts. Also Specimens of the Essential Oils of Croton and Camphor from the East Indies. Bry (H.) Some Fossil Bones found near Washita, 50 MUes from the Town of Monroe, described in this Vol., with a Plate. A Specimen of Silk Cloth manufactured by Silk Worms on a Plane Surface instead of Cocoons. Cass (Lewis) A Specimen of Salt, 2 inches by 2;, cut out of a Mass of Salt in a Brick at the Head of Arkansas, in which a Channel had been worn in the Salt Rock. Coles (Edw.) Various Specimens of Lead and Copper Ore from Illinois, jMissouri, and N. W. Territory. D'Homergue (J.) A Cast, coined 1791, before the Establishment of the Mint (1792), with a Head of Washington. N.B. This was presented as a Model but rejected. Du Ponceau (P. S.) Fragments of Egyptian papyrus, found by an American Officer among the Ruins of Thebes ; the writing in the Demotic character. Fairman, Draper, Underwood, and Co., Specimen Sheets of Bank Note Engravings, Busts, Vignettes, &c. Harlan (Richard — M.D.) Several Specimens of Indian Pottery. One very large from Ken- tucky, the rest from Peru. Hodgson (W. B.) A Girdle of a Berber Female. Humphreys (Sterne, Lt. U. S. Navy) A Collection of very interesting Articles collected by him when on Board the St Louis on the Coast of America and Pacific Ocean : — Ancient Pottery from Huaco, Minerals from Cobija, Shells, Dresses, AVar Imple- ments, Paddles of curious Workmanship, from Feejee Islands and Marquesas. Jones (Wm.) Collec. des Gravures des Tableaux d'apres I'Ecole Ital. contenus dans le Musee Napoleon, avec Description, par J. Griffith. Paris, 1806. KeafF ( ) Collection of Copper Ores from Perkoiming. La Roche (R. — M.D.) A Specimen of Calcareous Deposit from the Tartarian Lake, 12 Miles from Rome. DONATIONS FOR THE CABINET. 493 Martinez (J. J.) MSS. Chart of his Survey of llie N. W. Coast of Cuba, between Havana and Cape Antonio. Mease (James — M.D.) A Collection of Minerals IVoni the Serra tie Pasco Mines of I'cru. Meigs (C. D. — M.D.) Human Bones IbunJ in Brazil, dcscribcj in tlic Traiisaciioiis of ilic Soc, Vol. 3. New Series. Middleton (Henry) Two Russian Coins of Platina, value 3 and 0 rnlilcs. Mifflin (Charles — M.D.) An engraved Portrait of Jolin Dallon, Manchester, G. H. Nagy (Charles) A Telescope made by PIocll'cl of \"icnna. A Collection of Roman, Turkish, Austrian, and Ihiiiirarian Coins and Medals. A New Map of Hungary on a large Scale. A Map of the Moon (Desmond), with a Description of Size, Mountains, 6cc. in (lerman, with Marks and References. Parker (General Daniel) Plan of New York by Longstrcth. Survc}' of the Isthmus of Cape Cod (Mass.) and the Town of Sandwich, with a Profile of the proposed Route for a Canal between Buzzard and Barnstable Bays. Survey of Valley and Pond auxiliary to the above Survey. The above surveyed by J. A. W. Smith and F. Searle of II. States Artillery. A Map of the Country between AVashington and Pittsburgh, willi reference to tlie Oliio and Chesapeake Canal Route and Profile, 1820, by Lt Farley, from general Map in Engineer Department. Routes examined between N. Orleans and Washington, villi a View to a National Road. Original Percil Portrait of Zaccheus Collins, late Vice Prcs. of the Society, by liOnij- acrc. This last deposited. Poussin (Wm. Tell) Survey of a Route for a Canal Iietwecn the Gulf of ^Mexico and tiie Atlantic Ocean. Surveyed by Gen. Bernard and W. T. Poussin, by Order of tiie United States. Wash. Feb. 1830. Rawle (Wm.) Lithograph. Portrait of John Marshall, '^Hiief Justice of tlic United .States, from a painting by Inman. Strickland (Wm.) Plan of the Harbour of the Delaware Breakwater from the Ocean, now executing by him. 1833. Tanner (Henry S.) His new and authentic Map of the Globe, embracing all (he rccciu Discoveries. Philad. 1831. His Universal Atlas, No. 1 a 8. Philad. 1833. Tappan (Charles & Co.) Specimens of their Bank Note Engravinsr, &c. suljmiiied to ihe Banks. Wetherill (C.) A Bust of John Quincy Adams, cast in Iron at Keim and Jones's Furnace, Pennsylvania. Wetherill (J. P.) Casts of Megalonyx Fossil Bones, found in the Wliite Cave, Kentucky. ZoUikofler (Wm. — M.D.) Specimen of Sewing Silk, in Maryland, from Cocoons produced by Worms fed entirely from Lettuce Leaves. Vol. IV.— 5 Y 494 LEGACY TO THE SOCIETY. Thomas (Isaiah), of Worcester, Massachusetts, Five Hundred Dollars. Note. — Legacies to the Society should be made to them by their Corporate Name, " 77(6 Jlmerican Philosophical Society, held at Philadelphia, for promoting Useful Know- ledge,'' otherwise they will be void for uncertainty. ERRATA IN DONATIONS. Page 471, 8(A line, for Cuts in read Noa. Page 472, \6lh. line, for :pccles, IV, 277. Clasteiispoi itim, a new genus ol funa;i, IV, 300. Clalhrus, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 252. Clavaria, synopsis of N. American species, IV, ISl, Climate of (lie country about the river Delaware, observations made on it at au caily period, 1,310. 01 Wash- iugton, very moist during a great part of the year, 11, 431. Of Washington and St Petersburg com- pared, 433. Cliostoimim cornigaluin, IV, 240. Clivina bipustulutci, II, 20. IV, 415. globidosa, II, 23. Uneolala, U, 22. pallida, l\, 22. pallipennis, II, 24. guadrimaciilata, IV, 415. sj^hcuricollis, II, 23. viridis, II, 21. IV, 416. Clocks, astronomical, intended for the observatories, II, 359. Cloud, Joseph, account of some c.'cperiments made on crude Platinum, and a new process for separating Palla- dium and Rhodium from that metal, I, 161. Au attempt to aecertaiu the fusing Icmperaturo of metals, 1G7. Inquiry into the causes why the metals in a solid slate appear to be specifically lighter than in a state of fusion, 170. Coal, formation at Richmond, noticed, I, 31. Extent of, in the United Slates, 39. Used with advantage as manure, 73. Formed by the decomposition of vegetables imbedded between stony strata, I, 179. Description of fossil vegetables contained in, I, 265. Coal-field of Yorkshire and Derbyshire, 269. Indications of, in the vicinity of the Rocky Mountains, II, 207. Coast of the United States, papers relating to the survey. See Hassler. Coccotiichitm, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 274. CoelosporiumfnUiculosum, IV, 279. Coltetosporium, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 274. Collin, JVicholas, observations made at an early period on the climate of the country about the river Delaware, collected from the records of the Sweedish colony, I, 340. Cohjinbetes ambiguus, II, 96. bicarinatus, II, 9S. erytroplerus, II, 95. fenestralis, 11,95. IV, 443. glyphicus, II, 'J9. gutticollis, IV, 442. interrogatus, IV, 443. niiidus, II, 9S. obtusatus, II, 99. seriatus, II, 97. stagninus, II, 100. ta:niolis, IV, 442. venustus, II, 9S. IV, 443. Comet of 1S07, observations on, by A. Ellicott, I, 94. Condor, notice of an anatomical peculiarity in its structure, III, 466. Coniosporiiim, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 265. Connewago hills of Pennsylvania, Trap rocks of, II, 156. Conoplea hispidula, IV, 27S. Consonant, or Organic sounds, twenty-one in the English language, 1, 246. Contents of Vol. I, xxi. II, xiii. Ill, is. Cooper, Thomas, analysis of the blue iron earth of New Jersey, 1, 192. Memoir on bleaching, 317. Copper, beds of the ore, noticed, I, 29 and 34. Fusing temperature of, 169. Vol. IV.— 6 A 502 INDEX TO THE FIRST, SECOND, THIRD C'optotomus, a new genus of insects, IV, 443. Coremmm, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 2S2. Correa de Serra, J., observations and conjectures on the formation and nature of the soil of Kentucky, I, 174. Opinion on the soil of the Elkhorn tract, 180. Coryneum, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 806. CVam'um, of a fossil deer, described, I, 378. Of the American Elk and Moose, 378. Of a fossil ox, 379. Of the Bison, 380. Cratacanthus Pennsylvanicus, IV, 430. Craterium, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 268. Crihraria, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 260. Crinula, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 183. Crocodilus lucius, observations on its anatomy and physiology, II, 216. Cryptosporium, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 299. Crystalline lens, peculiar structure of, as connected with irradiation, IV, 345. Currents, tables of observations made during twenty-six voyages to and from Europe, II, 142. Periodical ones seem to prevail between the Bank of Newfoundland and Europe, 144. Water always warmer in currents than out of them, 151. Ctjchrus bilobus, II, 73. elevatus, 71. stenostomus, 72. unicolor, 71. Cymindis decorus, II, 8. IV, 414. laticollis, IV, 413. ;)i7os!(s, II, 10. IV, 414. platicollis, IV, 413. purpureus, II, \0. IV, 414. sinuatus, II, 8. Tiridipennis, II, 9. IV, 414. Cyperus sparsiflorus , II, 166. ovatus, II, 167. Cyphella, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 1S4. Cytispora, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 247. Dacrina, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 305. Dacrynnjces, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 186. DactyVium, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 2S3. Daedalea, the N. American species, IV, 160. Daplus incrassatus, IV, 430. Deaths in the cily and liberties of Philadelphia, for eight years, 1809 to 1816, with the diseases, ages, &c., I, 430. For the year 1817—18, 453. Debris of granite, &c., scattered over the valley of the Ohio, I, 41 and 85. II, 133, Sic. — and Missouri, 135 ; — lying in heaps, 137. De Butts, Elisha, account of an improvement made on the differential thermometer of Mr Leslie, I, 302. Declination may be found by a new instiument, the meridian and latitude of a place being given, I, 339. Also, the latitude and lime being given, 339. Decomposition of rocks, I, 43. Of vegetables, imbedded between strong strata, compared with the same pro- cess in the atmosphere, 178. Delaware, state of, geology, nature of the soil, internal navigation. Sac, I, 74. Observations on the climate of the country about the river Delaware, made at an early period, 340. Indian name of this river, II, 355. Delaware Indians, grammar of their language. III, 65. Names given by them to rivers, streams, places, &c., in Penneylvania, New Jersey, Maryland and Virginia, &.C., IV, 351. Del Rio, Andres, memoir on silver ores, reduced by the method of Becquerel, IV, 60. Dematium, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 287. AND FOURTH VOLUMES — NEW SERIES. 503 Dermea, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 237. Vermosporium, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 302. Diachaea Itiicoslyla, IV, 260. Dials, description and use of a very simple instrument foi selling tliem up, I, 333. Diary of the weather, kept on the Delaware during the years 164-1 — 5, by John Canipanius, I, 312. Diccelus dilalattts, II, 6S. elongatus, 11,63. IV, 421. purpuratus, II, 67. IV, 421. sculptilis, II, 68. splendidus, II, 69. violaceiis, II, 67. Dicaeoma, IV, 293. Dichaena, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 227. Dichosporium aggregatum, IV, 263. Dictydium, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 260. Didymiiim, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 257. Didymosporium, syoopsis of N. .American species, IV, 29S. Dij} of the strata in the United States, I, 21. Diphthongal sounds, I, 2.5S. Ditiola, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 179. Dona/ioKS to the library, 1,436. II, 4S1. 111,487. IV, 471. To the cabinet, I, 452. 11,502. 111,509. IV, 491. Dorsey, John Syng, account of a large wen successfully extirpated, I, 29?. Dothidea, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 230. Downs on the southern shore of Lake Michigan, II, 131. Drake, Daniel, geological account of the valley of the Ohio, II, 124. Opinion on the Iransporl.iiion from the north, of the great blocks of granite, &c. which are spread over the Ohio valley, 137. Draw-gate, description of a rolling one, as applied to water-mills, 1, 307. Dromia, II, 13. Dryopldhtm, a new genus of fungi, IV', 26S. Diiponceau, Peter S., English phonology, or an essay towards an analy.=is and description of the component sounds of the Knglish language, I, 22S. Series of letters to him on the hinguage, manners and cus- toms of the Berbers of Africa, II, 43S. Letter from him to the president of the society, enclosing the above communications, 43S. Grammar of the language of the Lcnni Lcnape, or Delaware Indians, translated from the German manuscript of the late Rev. David Zeisbcrger, for the American Philo- sophical Society, III, 65. Translator's preface, 63. Notice of the comparative vocabulary of Pallas and of the Milhridates, 65 to 63. Present state of philology, 69. Notice of a vocabulary of the Chinese and Cochin-Chinese languages brought to the United Stales by .1- White, 72. A remaik- able character which pervades all the Indian languages from Greenland to Cape Horn, 7G. The In- dian languages are lich in words and regular in their forms, and ilo not yield in those respects to any other idiom, 77. Multitude of ideas combiaed with the verb in the Indian l.inguages, 84. Notice of the Rev. David Zeisberger, 86. Notice of an essay on a uniform orthography for the Indian lan- guages, 90. Introduction to the grammar, 97. Concluding note, 24?. His opinion, that the gram- matical forms of a language, or its organization, are the work of nature, and not of civilizalion or its arts, 249. That the arts of civilization may cultivate and by that means polish a language lo a cer- tain extent, but cannot alter its organization, 249. That the contrary opinion, which appears generally to prevail in Europe, is the result of the pride of civilized men ; a passion inherent in our nature, and the greatest obstacle that e.xisis to the investigation of truth, 249. Grammatical i-kflch and specimens of the Berber language : preceded by four letters on Berber etymologies, addressed lo hiniby William B.Hodgson, IV, 1. Memoir of the Rev. John Heckewelder on ihe names given by the Delaware Indians to rivers, streams, places, kc, in Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Maryland and Virginia: also names of chieftains, with the significations, and biographical sketches, Sic., IV, 351. Observations on the etymology of Tinicum and Ohio, 352. 504 INDEX TO THE FIRST, SECOND, THIRD Dynamics, of solids on supporting; surfaces, in the two hypotheses of perfect sliding and perfect rollins, with a special consideration of the laws of their oscillatory motions, III, 316. Dytiscus himarginatus, IV, 442. confluens, IV, 440. fimhriolatus, II, 91. hahilis, IV, 441. mediatus, II, 93. tanioUs, II, 94. IV, 442. verticalis, II, 92. Earth, investigation of the figure of, by R. Adrain,!, 119. Research concerning its mean diameter, I, 353. To find a sphere agreeing with the terrestrial spheroid in as many important circumstances as possible, I, 353. Its radius and the gravity on its surface should be equal to the semidiameter and gravity of the terrestrial spheroid in lat. 35° 15', 365. Its radius and the length of a degree of a great circle reduced to English miles, 366. Earthquake at Philadelphia, on the 17lh of December, 1737, I, 352. Eclipse, liaiar. observations made on that of Jan. 4, 1806, by A. Ellicott, I, 93. solar, of February 12, 1S31, observations made on it, in diflferent parts of the United Stales, IV, 125 ; at Philadelphia, by J. Roberts. 125 ; at Burlington, N. Jersey, by John Gummere, 12S ; at Columbia College, N. York, by J. Renwick ; at Cape Malabar Light-house, by Robert Treat Paine, 130 ; at Washington city, by F. R. Hassler, 131 ; at the University of Virginia, by R. M. Patterson, 132 ; at Philadelphia, by S. C. Walker, 12S. Meteorological observations made at Philadelphia, by A. D. Bache, 132. Solar spectrum observed, 129. Magnetic needle observed, 129. Eclipses of Jupiter's satellites, observations on, by A. Ellicott, I, 93. of the sun, on the construction of, by John Gummere, III, 467. Elaphotnyces cerrinum, IV, 255. Elaphrus fuliginosus, IV, 417. riparius, II, SO. niscarius, IV, 417. Elephant, teeth of this animal found at Big Bone Lick, I, 376. Elim, fifth vocal sound, I, 254. Elk in former times came as far as the Delaware, I, 345. Description of its cranium, I, 378. Elkhorn tract of Kentucky, I, 174. Opinion on its formation, I, ISO. Ellicott, Andrew, Astronomical observations communicated by, I, 93. Observations on the lunar eclipse of Jan. 4, 1806, 93. On the eclipses of Jupiter's satellites, 93. On the comet of 1S07, made at Lan- caster, 94. Elvellacei, order of fungi, IV. 169. En^ZJsft /rtTi^uag-e, no attempt has yet succeeded to ascertain and fix its pronunciation, I, 231. Its principal characteristics are strength and rapidity, I, 241. Contains twenty-nine elementary sounds, I, 246. phonology, or an essay towards an analysis and description of the component sounds of the English lan- guage, I, 228. Enteridium cinereum, IV, 261. Entophyta:. IV, 290. Eplcoccum, synopsis o( N. American species, IV, 303. Epochnium monilioiJes, IV, 275. Epomis tomentosus, II, 60. IV, 41S. Erineum, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 289. Erysiphe, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 269. Ethmoid bone, observations on those processes of it which originally form the sphenoidal sinuses, I, 371, Etymologies, of the Berber language, four letters on, by Wra. B. Hodgson, IV, 1. Eurotium, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 2S5. Excipula, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 246. Exidia, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 185. Exosporium, IV, 228 and 306. Expansion of iron and brass, experiments on, I, 210. AND FOURTH VOLUMES NEW SERIES. 505 Experiments, on fuel, by M. Bull, III, 1. On the poison of the rattle-snake, by R. Harlan, III, 300 and 400. Pyrometric experiments made at Newark, N. Jersey, by F. R. Hassler, I, 210. Eye, peculiar structure of the crystalline lens, as connected with irradiation, IV, 315. Favolics, North American species of, IV, 152. Feronia adoxa, II, 46. angtistata, II, 36. IV, 42S. alrimcdia, II, 39. autumiialis, II, 48. basilaris, II, 35. IV, 42S. caitdicalis, II, 56. chalciies, II, 56. cincticoUis, II, 52. IV, 421. consiricta, IV, 426. convexicoUis, II, 50. IV, 424. coracina, IV, 426. cuprlpennis, II, 50. decmtis, II, 53. IV, 421. (fecoro, 11,53. IV, 421. deparca, IV, 426. extenskolUs, II, 54. IV, 421. gregaria, II, 47. honesta, II, 51. hypolilhos, II, 59. impunctata, II, 45. IV, 428. impwuncoUis, II, 36. IV, 428. interstitiaUs, II, 57. IV, 432. Hmbata, II, 49. IV, 423. lineola, II, 37. longkomis, II, 40. IV, 121. lucnilanda, II, 55. jncesia, II, 42. mvscuUs, 11, Z5. IV, 428. muia, II, 44. nutans, II, 52. IV, 423. obesa, II, 37. IV, 428. oblongo-notata, IV, 424. obscura, IV, 424. obsoleta, II, 57. IV, 423 and 424. ochropeza, II, 54. octopimctata, II, 51. panipes,U, 33. parmata, II, 49. IV, 424. permunda, IV, 424. placida, II, 43. punctiformis, II, 5S. IV, 423. recta, II, 58. IV, 421. sigillata, II, 42. stygica, II, 41. siibmarginata, II, 45. tartarica, II, 44. terminata, II, 48. IV, 432. ventralis, II, 46. unicotor, II, 40. Vol. IV.— 6 B 506 INDEX TO THE FIRST, SECOND, THIRD Fibrillaria, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 288. Figure of the earth, investigalion of, by R. Adrain, I, 119. ■ Fishes, several N. American ones described by C. A. Le Sueur, 1, 383. Flstulina, the N. American species, IV, 161. Forest, a submarine one in the eastern part of England, I, 179. Fornmla, Maskelyne's, for calculating the parallax in latitude and longitude, I, 99. Fortifications, supposed, of the aborigines of North America, are nothing more than the traces of palisadoed towns and villages, 1, 153. Fossil animal, desciiption of a fragment of the head of a new one, found in N. Jersey, by I. Hays, III, 471. Description of a new genus and nev? species of extinct mammiferous quadruped, by J. D. Godman, ■178. Description of a vertebra of a Saurian animal found in Louisiana, IV, 397. bones, found at Big Bone Lick, description of them, I, 375. Descriptions of the inferior ma.xillary bones of Mastodons, IV, 317. Notice of fossil bones found in the state of Louisiana, 397. Notice of the discovery of the remains of the Ichthyosaurus in Missouri, 405. gum or resin, II, 115. vegetables, in the coal strata, I, 265. May be conveniently arranged under four classes, 265. Fossils, very abundant in the great secondary formation of the United States, I, 19 and 193. Fractions, vanishing ; memoir on, by J. Mansfield, I, 200. Fringilla tristis, remarks on its change of plumage. III, 294. Fuel, experiments on, by M. Bull, III, 1. Mode of ascertaining the value of a given quantity, 22. Experi- ments to determine the comparative loss of heat by the ordinary apparatus used for combustion, 40. Table exhibiting the results of the above. III, 63. Fungi, of North America, synopsis of, IV, 141. Conspectus of the system adopted, 143. Genera that are wanting, 144. New genera proposed, 144. List of those first discovered in N. America by L. D. Schweinitz, IV, 309. Fusarium, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 302. Fusidium, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 300. Fusing temperature of metals, an attempt to ascertain it, I, 167. Fusisporium, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 275. Fusus fluvialis of Say, a new genus founded on it, IV, 122. Galena, large deposits of, at St Louis, I, 40. Galerita Americana, II, 15. Gasteromycetes, class of fungi, IV, 252. Geastrum, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 255. Geest of the valley of the Ohio, II, 136. Geoglossum, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 181. Geographical distribution, of plants, memoir on. III, 274. Division of the globe into botanical regions. III, 279. Examples of the range of North American plants delineated on a map, 283. Observations on the geographic.il distiibutlon of land quadrupeds, 282. Geological sections of the United Slates, I, 90. Account of the valley of the Ohio, by Daniel Drake, II, 124. Geology, of the United States, observations on, by Wm. Maclure, I, 1. Of the North of Europe, 9. Regula- rily of the geological structure of North America, 10. Of the valley of the Ohio, by Daniel Drake, II, 124. Of the western part of the valley of the Mississippi, by E. P. James, 191. Georgia, geology of, nature of the soil, internal navigation, &c., I, 81. Gil/soyi, John B., Observations on the Trap rocks of the Connewago hills near MIddletown, and of the stony ridge near Carlisle, Pennsylvania, II, 156. His opinion that basalt or greenstone is originally always amorphous, and that it takes a determinate form only in a state of decomposition, II, 157. Gilmer, Francis William, memoir on the geological formation of the Natural Bridge of Virginia, I, 187. Glonium, synopsis of N. Ameiican species, IV, 240. Glucina in Chrysoberyl, II, 119 and 121. Gneiss probably extends over half the primitive formation of the United Slates, I, 32. Godman, John D., description of a new genus and new species of extinct mammiferous quadruped. III, 473. Remarks on this genus, by I. Hays, IV, 317. AND FOURTH VOLUMES NEW SERIES. 507 Gold, found in the primitive formation, I, 31. Fu?inf; temperature of, 163. Goniosporium jtuccinoides, IV, 273. Gonylrichuni caesititn, IV', 175. Grammar of tlic Ijnguase of ilif Lcnni Lcnapc or Delaware Indian*, III, C5. Tlie word« to lie pronounced according to tlie powers ol the German alpliabet, SO. An article in this lan^uafjo, fl-^. Of nouns, 9S. Of niunbers, 100. Of adjective.^, 103. Degrees of comparison, 101. Gemleis, 105. Of nu- merals, 106. Ordinal numbers, lOS. Of the computation of time, lOS. Names of the months, 109. Of pronouns, 109. Demonstrative and relative pronouns, 110. Of verb.«, II 1. First conjucatiou, 113. Second conjugation, 112. Third conjugation, 151. Fourth conjugation, 15(>. Fillh conju- gation,150. Sixth conjugation, 195. Seventh conjugation, 20(5. Kightli conjugation, 211. Irre- gular verbs, 223. Adjective verbs, 225. Adverbs, 233. Alphabetical list of llicm, 237. Adverbial verbs, 240. Prepositions, 245. Conjunctions, 247. Interjections, 247. Grammntical sketch and specimens of the Berber language, by \Vm. I!. Hodgson, IV, 1. Granite, detaclied masses lying on the secondary Ibrmation, I, 41 and S5. II, 133 and 137. Hypothesis respecting their transportation, 137. Heaps of these masses in certain situations, 137. Granitic ridge of the Rocky mountains, 195. Gravity indilTerent latitudes, investigation of, by R. Adrain, I, 119. .Augmentation of, in proceeding from tiic equator to the pole, is as the square of the sine of the latitude, 121. Grouse, general observations on these birds, with a synopsis of the species hitherto known. III, 3?3. Guepinia helrelloiJca, IV, 1S4. Gulf stream, table of observations on it, by John Hamilton, II, 145. Impossible to define, with any degree o( accuracy, its precise limits, 146. -After passing the tail ot the liank of Newfounrlland, the main stream proceeds in a south east direction, 146. Its counter currents, 146. By lire frequent use o( the thermometer, the navigator may always discover when he touches upon it, 146. Directions for sailing in the Gulf stream, or its counter currents, 152. Irregular in its courses and undefineil in its limits, which are considerably changed by (he prevailing winds, 154. Gummere,John, memoir on the construction of eclipses of (he sun. III, 467. Observations made at the time of the solar eclipse of Feb. 12, 1S31, IV, 12S. Gutturals, two in the English language, I, 260. Gymnomycetcs, class of fungi, IV, 290. Gynmosporaiigiuinjuniperi, IV, 307. Gyrinus Americanus, II, 107. ann/is, II, lOS. IV, 447. emarginatus, II, lOS. IV, 447. limbatus, II, 109. obtusus, IV, 447. parens, IV, 44S. Gypsum, in the United Slates, only found west of a certain line, I, 21. None found in the primitive in this country, 3.3. E.-stensive beds in the secondary formation, 39. Its piopcrlies as a manure noticed. 55. Very abundant on the Canadian river, II, 213. Haddam, in Connecticut, Chrysoberyls found there, II, 116. Haliphis \2-punctalus, II, 106. IV, 446. iriopsis, II, 106. Hamilton, John, tables of observations on the winds, the currents, the Gulf stream, the comparative temper- ature of the air and water, &c., made during (wenty-six voyages to and from Europe, II, 140. The currents which prevail between the Bank of Newfoundland and Europe appear (o be periodical, 144 Haplaria grisea, IV, 2S0. Bnplotrichum, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 2S0. Harlan. Richard, let(er (o N. M. Heniz on the physiology of the alligator, II, 226. Expcrimen(.s made on (he poison of the rattle-snake, in which the powers of (he hieracium venosum, as a specific, wcie «-f ted ; together with some anatomical observalions on (his animal. III, 300. General remarks on llic same, 312. Further experiments on the poison of the rattle-snake, 400. Description of a new species ol astacus, 464. Notice of an anatomical peculiarity observed in tho structure of the condor of the 508 INDEX TO THE FIRST, SECOKD, THIRD Andes, 466. Description of a species of orang from the North Eastern province of British East India, lately the kingdom of Assam, IV, 52. Notice of fossil bones found in the tertiary formation of the state of Lonisiana, IV, 397. Notice of the discovery of the remains of the Ichthyosaurus in Mis- souri, IV, 405. Harpalus agricolus, II, 33. IV, 431. amputalus, IV, 432. Baltimoriensis, II, 33. IV, 431. bicolor, 11,26. ccBnus,U, 34. IV, 431. caliginosus, II, 26. IV, 431. catbonarius, II, 32. IV, 432. eraticus, II, 27. faunus, II, 2S. herbivagus, II, 29. hylacis, II, 31. irkolor, IV, 432. iripennis, II, 30. Mexicanus, IV, 432. ocrealus, IV, 433. Pennsylvanicus, II, 28. rusiicus, II, 32. IV, 431. similis, II, 29. terminatus, IV, 432. viridis, II, 31. IV, 432. vulpeculus, II, 30. IV, 432. Hassler, F. R., an account of pyrometric experiments, made at Newark, N. Jersey, I, 210. Note on the pre- ceding memoir by Dr Patterson, I, 227. Papers on various subjects connected with the survey of the coast of the United States, II, 232. Circular letter from the Secretary of the Treasury, 232. Letter to Mr Gallatin, 234. Plan for putting into operation the said survey, 241. Catalogue of the instruments and books collected for the purpose, 246. Comparison of the French and English standard measures of length, and regulation of the bars for the base line apparatus, 230, De- scription of the apparatus for measuring base lines, 273. Description of the two feet theo- dolite, 2S7. Methods of observing with the two feet theodolite, 294. On the signals and system of wires in the telescope, SOS. Additions made to the repeating circle with two teles- copes, 315. On some adjustments of the repeating circle, 320. Methods of observing a series of vertical angles with the repeating circle, 322. Peculiar method of observing time with the repeating circle, 326. Description of the repeating theodolite of one foot diameter, 32S. Method of observing horizontal angles with the repeating theodolite, 336. Method of observing vertical angles with the repeating theodolite, 338. Description of the repealing circle of reflection, 341. Method of observing with the repeating reflecting circle, 345. Description of the plane table, and the alhidade to the same, 348. Description of magnetic needles, 354. Peculiarities of the five feet transit instruments destined for the observatories, 357. On the astronomical clocks intended for the observatories, 359. Plan of an observatory proposed to be built at Washington, 365. Promiscuous remarks upon the principles of construction, the choice and trial of instruments, 371. On the me- chanical organization of a large survey, and the particular application to the survey of the coast, 335. Exemplars of the day-book and journal of results, 409. Results of the observation of the solar eclipse of February 12, 1831, made at the city of Washington, IV, 131. Hays, Isaac, desciiption of a fragment of the head of a new fossil animal, discovered in a marl pit, near Moores- town. New Jersey, 111,471. Descriptions of the inferior ma.xillary bones of mastodons in the cabinet of the Ameiican Philosophical Society, with remarks on the genus Tetracaulodon, IV, 317. Dentition of these animals, 328. Four new species indicated, 334. Heart of the alligator, anatomical observations on its structure, II, 216. Heat, as evolved by the combustion of the principal varieties of wood and coal used in the United States, e.^pe- riments on. III, 1. Observations on its diminution during the solar eclipse of February 12, 1S31. IV, 133 ; and on the power of the lens to produce combustion during the same period, 139. AND FOURTH VOLUMES — NEAV SERIES. 509 Heckewelder, Rev. John, D3mes given by the Lenni Lenape, or Delaware Indians to rivcri", etreams, places, &c., in Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Maryland, and Virginia ; also, namej of cljietlaius, with lliu sig- nifications and biographical sketches, &c., IV, 351. Helicomijces roseits, IV, 2S7. Helicosporium vegctum, IV, 2S0. Helicolrichum pulvinalum, IV, 276. Helix Carolinensis, IV, lOS. Helminihosporium, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 279. Helotium umhonatum, IV, 1S4. Heloellii, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 170. /fenii, JV". ^/., observations on the anatomy and physiology of the alligator of North America, 11, 21C. De- scriptions of eleven new species of North American insects. III, 253. Remarks on the use ot the maxillaj in coleopterous insects, with an account of two species of the family Tclephorida;, and of three of the family MordelliJw, which ought to be the type of two distinct genera, 458. Herbarium of Muhlenburg, presented to the society, I, 453. Hericium, IV, ISO. Hicracium venosum, its powers as a specific for the bite of the rattle-snake tested. III, 300. Further experi- ments, 400. Hilobates hoolock, IV, 52. Himanlia, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 2SS. Historical and literary committee, report of, I, si. Literary notices published by, I, .xii. Historical notices, on the settlement of the country on the river Delaware by the Swedes, I, 340. Hodgson, TflUiam B., grammatical sketch and specimens of the Berber language ; preceded by four letters on Berber etymologies, addressed to the president of the society, IV, 1. Hypothesis that the Berber is the original language of all North Africa, including the Egypts and Abyssinia, 25. Plan of the town of Eghwaat, IV, 29. Remarks upon the Tuarycks, 31. Holm, Thomas Campanius, his account of New Sweilen noticed, I, 341. Hour of the day, how to find by a new instrument, I, 33S. Of the night, may be found by the same, the right ascensions of the moon, or of any other planet or fixed star being given, together with that of the sun, 339. Hudson, only river in U. States in which the tide passes through the alluvial, primitive, transition, and into the secondary, I, 67. Human bones, found on the coast of Brazil, account of them. III, 285. Hyiinum, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 161. Hydraulic lime, used in constructing the Erie canal, analysis of it, by H. Seybert, II, 229. Bydrocanthari and Carabici, descriptions of North American species, II, 1. Hydrocantlius tricolor, II, 105. atripe7iyiis, IV, 447. Hydroporus affinis, II, 104. bifidus, IV, 444. catascopium, II, 103. discicollis, IV, 446. inlerrttptui, IV, 445. lacustris, II, 103. niger, II, 102. nudatus, IV, 444. oppositus, II, 102. sericatus, IV, 445. undulatus, II, 102. Hygrometer, of Saussure, observations made with it at Washington city, II, 436. Observations made with the hygrometer, during the eclipse of Feb. 12, 1S31, IV, 134. Hymenella, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 1S7. Hymenomycetes, class of fungi, IV, 145. Hyphelia, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 262. Vol. IV.— 6 C 510 INDEX TO THE FIRST, SECOND, THIRD Hyphotnycetes, c\as3 of (iingijlV, 211. » Hyphidrus punctaius, IV, 444. Hj^jodermmm, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 297. Hyria, observations on this genus, IV, 67. Hysterimn, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 243. Ice, fields of, have probably transported from northern regions the large blocks of granite which are scattered over the basin of the Ohio, II, 137. Ichlhyosmirus, discovery of the remains of this animal in Missouri, IV, 405. lllosporlum, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 265. Indian chiefs, names of, with biographical sketches, by Rev. John Heckewelder, IV, 3S3, &c. fort, in the neighbourhood of Lexington, Kentucky, description pf, I, 310. languages, a remarkable character which pervades all of them, from Greenland to Cape Horn, III, 76. Are rich in words and regular in their forms, and do not yield in those respects to any other idiom, 77. Multitude of ideas combined with the verb in these languages, 84. Also with the other parts of speech, 84. Have no declensions properly so called, 93. names of rivers, places, Sic, in Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Maryland and Virginia, IV, 351, &c. tumuli, I, 151. Indians, kind treatment of them by the Swedish settlers on the Delaware, I, 347. /nseds, of North America, several described,!, 401. 11,1. Ill, 233 and 460. IV, 409. Institale ? maximum, IV, 263. Instrument, for setting up sun-dials, and for many other useful purposes, I, 333. Instruments, collected for the survey of the coast of the United States. See Hassler. lofusiformis, IV, 122. Iron, limestone and manures support the greatest part of the expense of canals, even in England, 1, 73. Fusing temperature of, 167. Experiments to determine the expansion of four iron bars, and the diij'crence between their expansion and that of brass, I, 210. Note on the same subject, 227. Irpex, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 163. Irradiation, memoir on, by Benjamin F. Joslin, IV, 340. General law respecting, 344. Peculiar structure in the crystalline lens, 345. General conclusions, 346. Astronomical applications, 347 and 348. Isaria, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 304. James, E. P., catalogue of plants collected during a journey to and from the Rocky mountains, during the summer of 1S20, II, 172. Remarks on the sandstone and floetz trap formations of the western part of the valley of the Mississippi, 191. Jones, f-fllUam, memoir on leaden cartridges, I, 137. Farther communication on the same, I, 141. Joslin, Benjamin F., memoir on irradiation, IV, 340. Law respecting irradiation, 344. General conclusions, 345. Jupiter's satellites, eclipses of, I, 93. Kabijles of Africa, on their language, manners and customs, II, 446. Grammatical sketch of the Berber lan- guage, as spoken by this people, IV, 1. Kentucky, observations and conjectures on the formation and nature of its soil, I, 174. King crab, description of this animal by an early Swedish writer, I, 345. Kyllingia leiicocephala, II, 170. rigida, 169. squarrosa, 169. tenuis, 163. Labials, three in the English language, I, 259. Labio-dentals, two in the English language, I, 260, Labrella, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 249. Laccophilus maculosus, 11, 100. IV, 444. proximus, II, 101. AND FOURTH VOLUJIES NEW SERIES. 511 Lachnobolus cinereus, IV, 2G2. Lagopus, III, 3S3 an J 392. Lambert, William, absliact of calculations to ascertain (he longitude ol the capitol, in WaahinKton city, I, J03. Lampreys of Norlh America ilesctilied, 1, 3S3. Language, English, an essay towards an analysis and description of the component sounds of, I, 22-*. Oral language subject to change, 1, 233. No analogy in nature between wrillon »igin and woc.ls spoken. any more than between words and ideas, 1, 233. Written language of China, 235. 01 the Ikibcru of Africa, meiuoir on. 11, 43S. Analogous in one respect to that of the Chcrokoes, 113. Tho grammatical forms of a language ate the work of nature, and not of civilization or its arn, the com- mon opinion to the contrary notwithstanding, III, 219. 01 tho Berbers, grammatical sketch and specimens of it, IV, 1. Lathrolitim armaium, IV, 453. btcolor, IV, 45-1. cinctum, IV, 454. coitfluetitum, IV, 456. dimidialum, IV, 455. miUepunctalum, IV, 456. similipenne, IV, 453. -: sphiericolle, IV, 455. Latitude, Maskelyne's formul.> for calculating the parallax in, I, 99. To Ond, by a new instrument, the mcii- dian and declination being given, I, 339. Lead, in the transition formation, noticed, I, 37. Large deposits of tho ore at St Louis, 4il. Fusing temper- ature of, I, 169. Red lead used in a new method of bleaching, I, 31?. Lea, Jsaac, description of six new species of the genus Unio, embracing the anatomy of the oviduct ol one of them, together with some anatomical observations on the genus, III, 259. Description of a new genus of the Naiades, and also of eleven new species of Unio, from the rivers of the United Slates ; with observations on some of the characters of the Naiades, 403. Observations on the Naiades, with descriptions of new species of that and other families, IV, 63. Supplement to the foregoing memoir, 105. Description of a new genus of the family Melaniana of Lamarck, 122. Leaden cartridges, meraoir on, by William Jones, I, 137. Letter from the Secretary of War lespecting the same, 144. Leangium, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 25S. Lebia atrive7itris, II, 13. borea. III, 255. fuscala, Dej., IV, 414. grandis. III, 255. ornata, II, 13. IV, 413. platicoUis, 11, U. IV, 413. solea. III, 256. tricolor, II, 11. viridis, II, 14. IV, 414. zittala, 11,12. Lemalis, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 184. Leniii Lenape, or Delaware Indians, grammar of their language. III, 65. Naiacs of rivers, Sic, in Pcnnsyl vania. New Jersey, Maryland and Virginia, Stc, IV, 351. Lentinus, North American species of, IV, 152. Leolia, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 170. Leplostroma, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 250. Le Sueur, C. A., description of several species of chondropterigious fishes of North America, with their v»iie- ties, I, 3S3. Lexington, Kentucky, Indian fort in the neighbourhood of, I, 310. Lewis and Clarke, fossil bones observed by them on the Yellowstone river, IV, 403. Library of the American Philosophical Society, donatious to, I, 436. II, 4S1. Ill, 439. IV, 471. Licea, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 25S. 512 INDEX TO THE FIRST, SECOND, THIRD Lichenopsis, a new genus of fungi, IV, 308. Light, Jiminution of, produced by the eclipse of February 12, 1831, IV, 133. Lime, hydraulic, used in constructing the Erie canal, analysis of it, by H. Seybert, II, 229. Limestone, no secondary found south-east of the primitive in the U. States, I, 11. Foundation of most of the level countries, 14. An extensive and regular formation of, in Europe, described, 15. Beds of pri- mitive limestone, noticed, 22 and 30. Limestone of the transition formation, noticed, 36. Of se- condary formation, noticed, 39. Its easy solution and facility of decomposition, considered as affecting soils, 46. Wilh iron and manures probably supports the greatest part of the e.s'pense of canals, even in England, 73. Its absence in the western part of the valley of the Mississippi, II, 213. Linguals, four in the English language, I, 261. Lingua -dentals, four in the English language, I, 261. Linguo-palatnts, three in the English language, I, 261. Lithocarpi, I, 265. LithophyUi, I, 265. Lithoxylon, I, 265. Longitude, Maskelyne's formula for calculating the parallax in, I, 99. Of the capilol in Washington city, 103. Lophium, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 240. Louisiana, fossil bones found in, IV, 397. Some geological observations on this state, 393. Lycogala, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 256. Lycoperdon, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 256. Maclure, William, Observations on the geology of the United States of North America ; with remarks on the probable effects that may be produced by the decomposition of the different classes of rocks on the nature and fertility of soils ; applied to the different states of the union, agreeably to an accom- panying geological map, I, 1. General remarks on the method of pursuing geological researches, S. Observations on the different chains of European mountains compared with those of the United Slates, S. E.xplanation of the geological map, 19. Inquiry into the probable effects the decompo- sition of rocks may produce on the nature and forlilily of soils, 43. The same, considered in refer- ence to the accompanying geological map, 62. Explanation of the geological sections, 90. Macrosiagon, a new genus of insects, of the family Mordellonse, III, 462. Macrosporium, IV, 275. Magellanic premium regulations, I, viii. Magnetic iron ore, beds of, at Franconia, &c., I, 22 and 34. Wrought to advantage in northern part of New Jersey, 71. Magnetic needle, its variation may be found by a new instrument, I, 339. Description of those intended to be employed in the survey of the coast, II, 354. Mammoth. See Mastodon. Manganese, found in the primitive formation, I, 34. Observations on it as applied to bleaching, 317. Mansfield, Jared, memoir on vanishing fractions, I, 201. Manticora, IV, 309. Manures, iron and limestone support the greatest part of the expense of canals, even in England, I, 73. Marl, found in New Jersey, I, 24. One of the best depositions for making a good soil, 58. Maryland, geology of, nature of the soil, internal navigation, &c., I, 75. Indian names of rivers, creeks, &c. IV, 377. Maskelyne's formula for calculating the parallax in latitude and longitude, I, 99. Mastodon, teeth of this animal found at Big Bone Lick, I, 376. Descriptions of the inferior maxillary bones of these animals, IV, 317. Dentition of, 328. Species of, 332. New species indicated, 334. Maxilla:, on the use of, in coleopterous insects. III, 458. Measures of length, comparison of the French and English standard, II, 250. Megacephala Carolina, IV, 410. Meigs, C. D., account of some human bones found on the coast of Brazil, III, 285. Melanconium, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 297. Melania acuta, IV, 101. elongata, IV, 120. AND FOURTH VOLUMES — NEW SEUIES. 513 .Velania suhularis, IV, 100. tubcrcularis, IV, 101. Melano-GetuUans of Ptolemy, iilenlic.il with the Wadrcagans and Wiirgehns of Africa, IV, 23 Melolontha porcina. III, 256. variolosa. III, 256. Memhers of the American Philosophical Society, list of thcin, 1, vi. U, vi. Ill, v. IV, Menispora glauca, IV, 175. Meridian, the Litituile of the place and time being given, how to 6nd by a new in<(tumcnl, I, 339. Also, iho declination of the moon, or of any other planet or fixed star, together with the latitude of the plicc being given, 339. Meridian line, to draw a true one on any plane level surface, by means of a new inislrumenl, I, 337. Merulius, synopsis of the N. American species, IV, 160. Metallic substances lound in the primitive I'ormation ot the United States, I, 3-1. In the transition formation, 37. In the secondary, 40. Metals, an attempt to ascertain the fusing temperature of, I, 1G7. Inquiry into the causes why they appear to be specifically lighter when in a solid state than in a state effusion, 170. Meteorological obsercations, made during the eclipse ol Feb. 12, 1S31, by A- 0. Bache, IV, 132. Meteorological tables, made on the North Atlantic ocean, II, 140. At the city of Washington, -121. Mexican antiquities presented to the American Philosophical Society, list of ihem. III, 510. Minerals, in the primitive formation of the Uiuted States, I, 33. Mississippi, territory of, geology, nature ol the soil, climate, internal navigation, Sic, I, 83. Basin of. gcolosy. nature of the soil, internal navigation, &c., 85 and 175. Remarks on the sand-stone ami flij.t7. tiap formations of its western part, by E. P. James, II, 191. Missouri, territory of, geology, nature of the soil, fee, I, S6. Fossil bone lound in, IV. -105 and 40S. Mitranijces, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 255. Mitrula, synopsis of N. American species, IV, ISl. Mulops, IV, 427. Monilia, synopsis of N. .American species, IV, 2S6. Monograph of the North American insects of the genus Cicindela, 1,401. Moon, eclipse of, January 4, 1S06, I, 93. Singular appearance of it during the solar eclipse of Ffdiruary 12, 1S32, IV, 131. Moose, description of its cranium, I, 37S. Murchella, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 169. MordellidcE, a new genus of. III, 45S. Morio Georgia, II, 25. Mortality of the city and liberties of Philadelphia, from 1S09 to 1816, with a statement of the diseases, igej, Sic., being an abstract and the results of eight annual slalenients, published by the board of health, I, 430. Appendix to the above, for the year 1317 — IS, 453. Motion of solids on surfaces, in the two hypotheses of perfect sliding and perfect rolling, with a particular examination of their small oscillatory motions, memoir oB, by Henry .lames Anderson, III, 315. Moulting of birds, observations on, III, 292. Mounds, an extensive one near St Louis, I, 154. List of the most considerable ones on Ihc Mississippi and Ohio, 155. Mountains of Europe compared with those of N. America, 1, 17. Pyrenees, Carpathian, &c., modify climate by shutting out northerly winds, 67. The Stony mountains arc covered at their summits with per- petual snows and glaciers, 86. Tables of the altitudes of mountains in New York, New H.ir.jpshirc and Vermont, by A. Partridge, 147. Geological observations on the Rocky mountain- of North America, by E. P. James, II, 191. Mozabis of Africa, on their language, manners and customs, 11, 449, &c. Further observations, IV, 22. Mucor, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 285. Muhlenberg, Rev. H., his herbarium presented to the society, I, 452. Muriatic acid, distilled over red lead in a new method of bleaching, I, 318. Mycogone, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 275. Myriococcum prceeox, IV, 253. Vol. IV.— 6 D 514 INDEX TO THE FIRST, SECOND, THIRD Myrothedwn, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 263. Myxosporium croceum, IV, 300. Myxotrichum chartarum, IV, 276. J\raematelia, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 186. A'aiades, observations on this family of shells, by P. H. Nicklin, III, 395. A new genus proposed, with ob- servations on some of the characters of the family, 403. Observations on this family, vpilh descrip- tions of new species, IV, 63. On the teeth in this family, considered as a generic character, 67. JVasal somids, I, 256. J\ratural bridge of Virginia, on its geological formation, by F. W. Gilmer, I, 187. JVebria pallipes, II, 7S. JVemognatha nemorensis , III, 258. JVew England, geology, nature of the soil, &c., I, 64. Sea coast abounds in good harbours, 65. Internal navigation exceedingly bad, 65. J^ew Jersey, geology of, nature of the soil, &c., I, 70. Indian names of rivers, places, &c., IV, 375. JVew York state, geology, nature of the soil, internal navigation, &c., I, 67. JVicklin, Philip Houlbrooke, observations on Lamarck's family of the Naiades, III, 395. JVidularia, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 252. JVorth Carolina, geology of, nature of the soil, internal navigation, &c., I, 73. JVoterus bicolor, IV, 446. JVothiophilus porrettus, IV, 41S. semistriatus, 11, 81. IV, 417. J\''uUy, Eugenins, investigation of a theorem proposed by Dr Rittenhouse, respecting the summation of the several powers of the sines; with its application to the problem of a pendulum vibrating in circular arcs, I, 396. Solution of a general case of the simple pendulum, II, 466. JVuttall, Thomas, description of a new species of Sarracenia, IV, 49. Obituary JVotiees, I, xviii. II, is. Ill, vii. IV, Observatory, ordinance of the city councils, granting the use of the centre engine house to the American Phi- losophical Society, I, .xvi. Two, necessary for cariying into effect the proposed plan of a survey of the United States, II, 241. Peculiarities of the five feet transit instruments destined for them, 357. Astronomical clocks intended for them, 359. Plan of one proposed to be built at Washington, 365. Ochre, found abundantly in the alluvial formation, I, 25. Odacantha Pennsylvanica, I!, 16. dorsaZis, I!, 17. IV, 412. Oedemium atruni, IV, 278. Officers, of the society, for 1818, I, v. For 1825, II, v. For 1S30, III, iv. For 1834, IV, Ohio river, geological account of its valley, by Daniel Drake, 124. Has a channel below the bottom of the alluvial deposits, to which it is confined when not swelled by rains, 128. Hypothesis to account for the great elevation of its older alluvial banks, 129. Its southern tributaries flow in deeper channels than the northern, 130. In its old alluvial formation, the only aquatic animal remains which were discovered were the shells of a species of Mya, which does not seem to exist in the river at present, 130. Valleys of this quarter probably not the work of causes which have acted regularly and unre- iciltingly ever since the recession of the sea, 131. Indian name of, IV, 352 and 367. Oidium, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 285. Olisthopus cinctus, IV, 424. parmatus, IV, 424. Omophron labiatum, II, 79. Onygena, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 263. Oodes? parallelus, IV, 420. Oomin, seventh vocal sound, I, 256. Ophonus insterstitialis, IV, 432. Optical illusions, IV, 347, &c. Orang, description of a species from the north eastern province of British East India, IV, 52, AND FOCRTn VOLUMES — NEW SERIES. 515 Ord, George, some observations on the mouUiog of birds, HI, 292. Oreb, siitli vocal sound, I, 255. Ores of different metals, found in the piimilivo formation of the United Slates, i, 34. Id the transition, 37. In the secondary, 40. Organic remains in the sandstones of the Upper Platte and Atkansaw, II, 11)5, Sic. Organic sounds, I, 246 and 259. Orthography of the English language, no innovation needed in, I, 236. However, mut.itions have, and will again take place, 237. An essay for a uniform one for llic Indian iauguagc!", noticed. 111, 90. Oscillalory motion, observations on. III, 315. Ostracoderma spadiceum, IV, 262. Ostropa, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 227. Ouachita river, fossil bones found on, IV, 397. Oxyporus stygicus, IV, 459. Ozytelus riigulosus, IV, 460. sculptus, IV, 460. Ozonium, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 2S7. Pachyma cocos, IV, 264. Paederus cinclus, IV, 457. discopunctatus, IV, 457. Paine, Robert Treat, observations of the eclipse of the sun of Feb. 12, 1?31, made at Capo Malabar Light- house, IV, 130. Palladium, a nev? process for separating this metal and rhodium from platinum, I, 161. Panagccus cnicigerus, II, 69, fascialus, 70. Pangus caUginosna, IV, 431. Partridge, A., tables of the altitudes of mountains in the slates of New York, New Hampshire and Vermont, I, 147. Pasimachus siilsukatus, II, 19. depressus, 11, 19. Patellaria, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 236, Patrohus longicornis, IV, 421. Patterson, Robert, note on Mr Hassler's memoir respecting the expansion of iron, 1, 227. Description and use of a simple appendage to the reflecting sector, by which it is rendered capable of mca.^^uring all possible altitudes on land, by reflection from an artificial horizon, 325. Description and use of a very simple instrument for setting up sun-dial9, and for many other useful purposes, 333. Solution of several problems by the above apparatus, 336. Error in the above solutions, arising from the refraction of the sun, &c., how to allow for it, 339. Memoir on an improvement in the common ship-pump, I, 367. Description and rationale of a simple apparatus, which may serve as a substi- tute for the ship-pump, and which will require no manual labour whatever, f, 427. Obituary notice of him, 11, \x. Patterson, P.M., observations on the solat eclipse of Feb. 12, 1831, made at the University of Virginia, IV, 132. Pelor avidus, IV, 42S. Pendulum, observed lengths of in different latitudes, 1, 120. Vibrating in circular arcs, applicaUon of a theorem to, 395. Solution of a general case of the simple pendulum, II, 467. Penicillum, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 282. Pennsylvania, geology of, nature of the soil, internal navigation, (ac, I, 71. Indian names of river*, places, &C., IV, 355. Percus, II, 40. Perichtrna, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 258. Periconia, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 304. Periola pubescens, IV, 265. Perisporium, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 270. Petersburg, St, its climate compared with that of Washington, II, 433 516 INDEX TO THE FIRST, SECOND, THIRD Petromyzon Jlmerieanus, 1, 3S3. nigricans, I, 385. peziza, synopsis of American species, IV, 170. Phacidium, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 242. Phallus, synopsis of N. American species, IV, Philadelphia, morlality of, for eight years, 1S09 — 16, with a statement of the diseases, ages. Sec, I, 430. Ap- penilix to the above table for the year 1817 — 18,453. Observations, made at an early period, on the climate of the country on the river Delaware, I, 340. Indian name of, IV, 355. Philology, observations on its present state, III, 69. Phlebia, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 165. Phlebomorphia, synopsis of N. Americ.in species, IV, 283. Phoma, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 24S. Phonology, English, I, 288. Photometer, observations made with it during the eclipse of Feb. 12, 1831, IV, 133. Phragmidiiim hedysari, IV, 297. Phyllopia, N. American species of, IV, 137. Physarum, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 257. Fhysick, Br, his practice of employing position to empty blood vessels for surgical purposes, I, 300. Phytolithus cancellatus, I, 2S0. Dawsoni, I, 293. Martini, I, 291. notatus, I, 294. parmatvs, I, 286. reticulaius, I, 291. — . — siilcatus, I, 277. tesselatus, I, 295. transversus, I, 293. verrucosus, I, 26S. Pickering, C, memoir on the geographical distribution of plants, IH, 274. Pilcati, order of fungi, IV, 145. Pilobolus, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 254. Pinophilus latipes, IV, 456. Pistillaria, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 1S4. Piston for steam engines, an improved one described, I, 313. Pittsburgh, Indian name of, IV, 367. Pittocarpium flavum, IV, 261, Plane table for the survey of the coast, and the alhidade to the same, II, 343. Plants, collected during a journey to and from the Rocky mountains, during the summer of 1820, catalogue of them, II, 172. Geographical distribution of, III, 274. Platinum, some exporiments on, and a new process for separating palladium and rhodium from (hat metal, I, 161. Fusing temperature of, 169. Platysma, IV, 425. Plumbago, beds of it, noticed, I, 34. Podisoma, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 307. Podosporium, a new genus of fungi, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 278. Pocci7iJS, II, 55 and 56. IV, 421. Pogonus rectus, IV, 421. Poison of the rattle-snake, experiments made on it, III, 300. Further esperimenta on the same subject, 400. Polyactis, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 282. Polyangiwn vitellinum, IV, 253. Polyporus, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 154. Polythrincium trifolii, IV, 278. Population and tumuli of the aborigines of North America, I, 151. Porotheleum, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 160. AND FOURTH VOLUMES NEW SERFES. 517 Primitive formation prevails cast of tlie Huilion, and constitutes the highest mountains, I, 21. South of ihe Delaware the first rock after the alluvial, 21. Description of, 25. Not favourable to Ihe formin); of soil fit for vegetation, 49. Problem in arithmetic, an easy solution of one, by James Austin, I, ISl. To find the anpiUr altllude or de- pression of any visible oliject, 337. To draw a true meridian line, on any pl,\nc level lurlice, 337. To find the azimuth or bearing of any visible object, 338. To fiml the hour of the day, 338. Re- lating to the figure of the earth, to find a sphere agreeing with the spheroid in as many important circumstances as possible, 354, 356, 357, 359, 3G1, 362 and 364. Of a pendulum vibrating in cir- cular arcs, theorem applied to, 395. Pronuncialion, of the English language, no attempt yet made has succeeded in ascertaining and fixing it, I, 231 . Reasons given for the failure, 231. Of words, does not constantly remain tlio same, 233. Prosthemium beliiligmtm, IV, 249. Pteroflichiis, 11, 41, 42, 43, 47 and 59. Plerula plumosa, IV, 1S3. Puccinia, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 295. Pumice stotte, substance resembling, which floats down the Missouri, found in detached masses in tho vicinity of trap rocks about the baso of the Rocky mountains, II, 212. Pyrenium, synopsis of American species, IV, 187 and 266. Pyre7iomycetes, class of Fungi, IV, ISS. Pyrochroa? elei^ans. III, 257. infumala. 111, 257. Pyrometer of Wedgewood, several objections to, I, 167. Pyromeiric experiments, made at Newark, New Jersey, by F. R. Ilassler, F, 210. Quadruped, extinct, description of a new genus and new species of, III, 473. Quadrupeds, observations on their geographical distribution, III, 2S2. Racodium cellarc, IV, 275. Raduhim, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 164. Rattlesnake, experiments on its poison, together with anatomical observations. III, 30(1. Further experi- ments, 400. Records of the Swedish colony on tho river Delaware, extracts from, I, 340. Reed-bird, remaiks on its change of plumage. III, 294. Red lands, which cross Viiginia, noticed, I, 63. Red lead, employed in a new method of bleaching, I, 313. Red sandstone formation, described, I, 28. Found in the vicinity of the Rocky mountains, II, 204. Reflecting sector, description and use of a simple appendage to it, by which it is rendered capable of measuring all altitudes on land, by reflection from an artificial horizon, I, 325. Remvick, James, observations on the solar eclipse of Feb. 12, 1S31, made at Columbia College, New York, IV, 130. Repeating circle, for the survey of the coast, additions made to, II, 315. On some adjustmcnis of, 320. Mc- ° thods of observing a series of vertical angles with it, 322. Peculiar method of observing t.mc with it, 326. Repeating circle of reflection, for the survey of the coast, description of, II, 341. Method of observing with Repeating theodolite, of one foot diameter, for the survey of the coast, description of, II, 323. Method of ° observing horizontal angles with it, 336. Method of observing vertical angles with it, 335. Report of the historical and literary commillee, 1, xi. Of the committee on the memoir on leaden carlndgcf, 1, 143. or Ihe committee on astronomical observations, containing observations made In difTcrenl parts of the United States on the solar eclipse of Feb. 12, 1S31, IV, 125. Resin, distilled from relinasphalt, II, 113. Respiration, in a case of disease, performed by one side of the thorax, I, 331. Reticularia, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 262. , . , i ■ r ■. ii RetinasphaU, discovered at Cape Sable, INIagoihy river, Maryland, description and chemical anilysu of it. ll. 110. Is apparently a fossil guiu or resin, II, 115. Vol. IV.— 6 E 518 INDEX TO THE FIRST, SECOND, THIRD Shipiphorus dimidiatus, limbatus, zni tristis. Ill, 462. Rhizina undulata,rV,nO. i :. / - : . • , ■ . Rhizopogon, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 252. iJA(iOC(onia, synopsis of N. Ameiican species, IV, 264. , Rhodium, a new process for separating ttiis metal and palladium from platinum, I, 161. Rhytisma, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 241. Right ascensio7i, of the moon, or of any other planet or fixed star being given, to find the meridian, I, 339. Rio, Andres del, memoir on silver ores reduced by the method of Becquerel, IV, 60. River navigation of the primitive and transition formations, its character, I, 72. Of the secondary formation, its character, 57. Roberts, Joseph, observations made at Friends' observatory, during the solar eclipse of Feb. 12, 1831. Rocks, their different modes of decomposing, I, 43. Rolling draw-gate, desci iption of one, as applied to water mills, I, 307. Rugilus dentatus, IV, 457. Sacidium, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 251. Salt, only found weslwaiJ of a ceitain line, I, 21. Extensive beds of, noticed, 41. Masses, found west of the Mississippi, H, 213. Licks, springs, and saline efflorescences abundant near the Rocky mountains, II, 214. Extensive repositories probably exist on the Arkansaw and Red river, II, 214. Sand-stone, old red, its limits, &c., in the United States, I, 28. And fioelz trap of the western part of the valley of the Mississippi, II, 191. Red sand-stone, similar to that of the eastern part of New York, very abundant in the vicinity of the Rocky mountains, 204. The same not seen in the eastern part of the valley of (he Mississippi, 204. Sarcnpodium circinnatum, IV, 303. Sarea, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 178. Sarracenia cakeolata, IV, 49. Saurodo7i, a new genus of fossil animals. III, 476, lanciformis. III, 476. Leanus, III, 477. Say, Thomas, a monograph of N. American insects of the genus Cicindela, I, 401. Descriptions of insects of the families Carabici and Hydrocanthari of Latreille, inhabiting North America, II, 1. Descriptions of new North American insects, and observations on some already described, IV, 409. Scarites subterraneus, II, 18. Schizoderma, IV, 297. Schizophyllum, the N. American species, IV, 154. Schizoxylon, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 249. Schweinitz, L. D., synopsis fungorum in America Boreali media degentium, IV, 141. List of the species first discovered in America by him, IV, 309. Scleroderma, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 255. Sclerotiurn, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 266. Scolicotrichnm, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 276. Scorias spongiosa, IV, 305. Secondary furmalion, great extent of, in the United States, 1, 14. Description of, 3S. Has many properties favourable to the growth of vegetables, 54. An easy river navigation one of the most valuable ad- vantages attached to this class of rocks, 57. Sector, reflecting, a simple appendage to it, by which it is rendered capable of measuring all altitudes on land, 1,326. Seiridium, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 306. Sellers, JVathan, description of a rolling draw-gate, as applied to watermills, I, 307. Sepedonivm mi/c^jihihim, IV, 275. Septaria, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 297. Serra, J. Correa dt, observations and conjectures on the formation and nature of the soil of Kentucky, I, 174. Seyhert, Henry, analyses of the chrysobetyls from Haddam and Brazil, II, 116. Analysis of the hydraulic lime used in constructing the Erie canal, 229. Shaler, William, letters on the language, manners and customs of the Berbers, or Brebers of Africa, II, 43S. AND FOURTH VOLUMES NEW SERIES. 519 Ship-piimp, an improvement in, I, 367. A snbslilulo for, which will require no manual labour, 127. Short, C. ]V., description of an Indi.iii fort in the neif;libouil]0od ol Lc.vinglon, Kenlucky, 1, 310. Silver, fu-int; temperature of, I, Kit). Ores reduced by the method of Becquercl, IV, lit). Simla Hoolock, IV, 52. Sines, investi^.ilion of a theorem rcspeclini; the sumniatiou of the several power,* of, I, 395. Sistoirema, «ynop>is of N. .\mericaii species, IV, ItiS. Solettia, synop-is of N. Anieiican species, IV, ISO. Snow, fill of, on the Del.iwarc, on the lOih of October, I, 350. Soils, how inOuenced by the decomposilion of rocks, I, 43 and 177. Observations and conjectures on ilt foi- niation and nature in Kentucky, 174. Conclusions rcspcclinf; the same, ISO. South Caroliiui, geology of, nature of the soil, internal navigation, &.C., 1, 79. Sparasfis, synopsis of N. American species, IV, ISO. Spalhuleaflaui'la, IV, ISl. Specifics, reputed, for the bite of the rattle-snake, III, 300, &c. The Hieracium vcnosum tested, 3UU. Spermodennium rvfum, IV, 269. Spermoedia chvus, IV, 2G9. Sphaerin, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 1S3. Sphaeroyiema, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 247. Sphaerobolus, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 254. Sphaerosporium, a new genus of Fungi, IV, 303. Sphenoidnl sinuses, observations on, I, 371. Spheracra, a new genus of insects, IV, 412. Sphere, to find one agreeing with the terrestrial spheroid in as many important circumstances as possible, I, 353. lis radius, and the length of a degree of a great circle, 366. Spilocaea, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 297. Spondylocladiuinfumosum, IV, 2S4. Sporidesiniuin, synopsis ol N. American species, IV, 306. Sporophleian gramineum, IV, 278. SpoTOtrichum, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 271. Spiimaria, synopsis of N. Amejican species, IV', 261. Stachylidium, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 283. Staphylinus apicialis, IV, 451. ater, IV, 452. blandiis, IV, 449. connexus, IV, 448. cyanipennis, IV, 451. dimidiatus, IV, 450. ephippiatus, IV, 44S. inversus, IV, 449. iracundvs, IV, 449. tachinifarmis, IV, 450. nmbratdis, IV, 451. viduatus, IV, 451. violaceiis, IV, 451. Stars, phenomena explained by irradiation, IV, 347, 6tc. Steam ens;ine, an injproved piston described, I, 310. Steafomalous tumour, a large one successfully extirpated, I, 293. Steinhauer, Rev. Henry, memoir on the fossil vegetables of the coal strata, I, 265. Stemonitis, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 260. Slenolophus ductus, IV, 434. Stenus colon, IV, 45S. femoratus, IV, 459. geniculatus, IV, 453. quadripunctalus, IV, 459. stygicus, IV, 45S. 520 INDEX TO THE FIRST, SECOND, THIKD Steropus, IV, 424. Stictis, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 179. Stilbospora, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 299. Slilbum, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 284. Slomis granulatus, IV, 427. Stratification, regulari(y of, in North America, I, 10. East of New York runs nearly north and south ; to the southward and westward it runs nearly north east and south west; and in both instances dips to the east, 21. Horizontal in the secondary formation, 38 and 175. Submarine forest in the eastern part of England, 1, 179. Summation of the several powers of the sines, investigation of a theorem relating to, I, 396. Sun-dials, description and use of a very simple instrument for setting them up, I, 333. Survey of the coast of the United States, papers relating to. See Hassler. Swedish colony on the river Delaware, historical notices concerning it, I, 340. Symphynota, a new genus of the family of the naiades. III, 442. aiata. III, 448. bi-alata. III, 445. bilineata, IV, 98. complanata. III, 443. — compressa. III, 450. cygnea, III, 456. gracilis. III, 452. infata, IV, 99. laevissima. III, 444. ochracea, III, 455. tenuissima. III, 453. Syjiopsis of North American Fungi, by L. D. Schweinilz, IV, 141. Table, of the mortality of the city and liberties of Philadelphia from 1809 to 1816, with a statement of the diseases, ages, Stc, I, 430. Appendix to the above, for the year 1817 — 18, 453. Of observations on the winds, currents, Gulf stream, comparative temperature of the air and water, &c., made on the North Atlanlic ocean, during twenty-six voyages to and from Europe, between the years 1799 and 1817, inclusive, by John Hamilton, II, 140. Of meteorological observations made at the city of Washington, 436. General table to the experiments on fuel, by M. Bull, III, 60, Of results of experiments made to determine the comparative loss of heat sustained by the ordinary apparatus made use of for combustion, 63. Tapirus mastodonloides, IV, 324. Teeth of the niaslodon, observations on, IV, 317, &c. Telephorida:, a new genus of. III, 458. Telescope, for the survey of the coast, on the signals and system of wires in, 303. Temperature, of the air and water and soundings, table of, made during twenty-six voyages to and from Europe, II, 147. Of the water much colder on banks than on soundings shelving gradually, 143. Table of the mean of the air and water, in the Atlanlic ocean, in different latitudes, during every month of the year, II, 150. Of the water, always warmer in currents than out of them, II, 151. Table of the mean of the air and water, between the latitudes of 40° and 50" N. and the longitudes of 15" and 45" W. Mean, at Washington city, for the months of May, June and July 1823, was nearly equal to the mean at noon of the preceding month, 429. Of the air during the eclipse of Feb. 12, 1831,1V, 133. Teocalli, compared wiih the mounds situated between the Arkansaw and St Francis rivers, I, 156. Tetracaulodon, a new genus of extinct raammiferous quadrupeds, III, 484. Remarks on this genus, by I. Hays, IV,317, &c. mastoilonloideum, III, 484, and IV, 336. Coltinsii and Godmani, 334. Tetracolimn luhercularice, IV, 286. Tetrao, geneial otiscrvaiions on these birds, with a synopsis of the species hitherto known, by C. L. Bona- parte, III, 383. AND FOURTH VOLUMES — NEW SERIES. 521 Tetrao albtts, III, 393. bonasia, 389. Canadensis, 391, cvpido, 392. hybridus, 390. lagopus, 393. obseurus, 39!. phasianelhis, 392. scoticus, 393. telrix, 391. itmbellus, 389. urogalliis, 390. urophasiatius, 390. Thamnidhun, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 285. Thehbonts stercoreus, IV, 254. Thelephora, synopsis oIN. American species, IV, 165. Theodolite, for the survey of llie coast, description of it, II, 2S7. Methods of observing with, 291. repeating, for the same purpose, description of it, 328. RIelhoJ of observing horizontal angles with it, 836. Method of observing vertical angles with the same, 333. Theorem, investigation of one proposed by Dr Rittenhouse, respecting the summation of the several poweri of the sines, with its application to the problem of a pendulum vibrating in circul.\r arcs, I, 395. Thermometer, an account of an improvement made on the diffcrcnlial therniomcler of Mr Lcshc, I, 301. 01 little use in indicating soundings off the coast of Ireland, II, 1 19. A very important and useful in- slrunient in navigation, yet not entitled to implicit confidence, 15-1. Observations with it during the solar eclipse of Feb. 12, IS31, IV, 133. Thorax, a case of disease in which one side was at rest while the other performed Iho motions of rupinlioD in the usual way, I, 381. Time, of the day, how to find by a new instrument, I, 338. Of the night, the right ascensions of the moon, or of any other planet or fixed star being given, together with that of the sun, may be found by the same inslrument, 339. The meridian and latitude of a place being given, how to find the time, declination and azimuth of the sun, 339. Tho meridian and declination being given, to find the latitude, time and azimuth, 339. Peculiar method of observing it, with the repealing circle, 11,326. Tioga, some of the Five Nations stationed here for the purpose of ascertaining what persons wore coming into their country, IV, 362. Tombuctoo, a peiiodical caravan between this place and Orao, II, 443. Torula, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 2S6. Towns of the Berbers, divided into two, three or four distinct communities, who war with each other, IV, 29. Transit instruments, destined for tho observatories, peculiarities ol them, U, 420. Transition formntio7i, necessity of such a class, discussed, I, 12. Description of, as it occurs In the V. Slates, I, 35. The greatest part of the rocks of this class decompose into soils favourable to vegetation, 51. Water not so pure as that of the primitive class, 53. TVojJ./ormairon, newest flffitz, not yet discovered in the United States, I, 15. Of the western part of the valley of the Mississippi, II, 191. Description of the same, 209. J^ap-rochs, of the Connewago hills, near MidJIetown, and of Stony ridge, near Carlisle, Pennsylvania, ob- servations on, by John B. Gibson, II, 156. Nothing in the position of the former to indicate an igneous origin, 159. Trechus conjunciiis, II, 90. IV, 435. partiarius, II, 90. IV, 434. rupesiris,U, 91. IV, 435. Tremella, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 185. Trichia, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 259. Trichoderma, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 263. Trichodermacei, o'Jer of fungi, IV, 261. Trichospermi, order of fungi, IV, 255. Trichothecium roseum, IV, 275. Vol. IV.— 6 F 522 INDEX TO THE FIRST, SECOND, THIRD Tioost, G., description and chemical analysis of the retinasphalt, discovered at Cape Sable, Magothy river, Maryland, II, 110. Notice of a new crystalline form of the yenite of Rhode Island, 478. Tuarycks of Afiica, notice concerning them, II, 452. Remarks upon them, by Wm. B. Hodgson, IV, 31. Remarkable for their commercial habits and warlike propensities, 31. Vocabulary of their lan- guage, 35. Tuber cibaiiutn, IV, 252: ruieccu/arid, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 301. Tu/os/oma, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 256. Tumour, a large one successfully extirpated, I, 29S. Tumu/j and population of the aborigines of N. America, I, 151. Tusks ot the mastodon, observations on, IV, 317, &c. Tympanis, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 237. Tyjihala, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 183. Unio, some anatomical observations on the genus, III, 260. Manner of taking their food, 261. IV, 65. Muscles which seem to have escaped attention, 262. Oviducts of the U. irroratus are different from those of any other species yet examined, 263. Observations on the genus, by P. H. Nicklin, 395. Description of eleven new species from the rivers of the United States, 403. Teeth of, 407. Colour, 409. Elevations on the surface of the disks, 410. Epidermal colours, 411. Beaks, 413. Muscular impressions, 414. Ligament, 415. List of North American species, with synonyms, 415. Critical remarks on Lamarck's species of Unio, 421. Observations on the manner in which the elevations on thejsurface of the disks are formed, IV, 63. Observations on the teeth in the Naiades, 67. Additional species described, 105. Large size of some species, 106. aculissimus, IV, 89. anguslalus, IV, 114. anoilontoides, IV, SI. ■ ■ • arcajormis, IV, 116. asper, IV, 85. asperrimus, IV, 71. ater, 111,426. hrevidens, IV, 75. C(E) ulcus, IV, 95. ' cakeolus, 111,265. ' castaneus, IV, 91. circulus. III, 433. — — congarceus, IV, 72. cuprinus, IV, 94. decisus, IV, 92. donaciformis, HI, 267. ebenus, IV, 8i. elegans, IV, S3. elUpsh, 111,268. fahalis, IV, 86. formosus, IV, 111. glans, IV, 82. ' - heterodon, HI, 428. incurvus, IV, 97. iris, HI, 439. irroratus, HI, 269. Description of the oviducts, which are different from those of any other species yet examined, 270. lacrymosus. Ill, 272. ■ ' » lanceolatus. III, 266. letis, IV, SO. * - mullipHcaius, IV, 70. multiradiaius, III, 434. - iJk ■ AND rOURTn VOLUMES — NEW SERIES. 523 Unio multislriatus, IV, 91. obesus,lV ,96. Erior io the locality of this species corrected, lOS. occideiis, III, 435. oUrarius. IV, lOS. orieiif, IV, 73. Peculiarity in its habits, 107. imtxtlus. III, 4^1. perplexus, IV, 112. pilens, IV, 119. 2^lantilalus, III, 431. ;nis/i(/i7/us, IV, 79. 2nii:tulusus, IV, 76. pyramiJaliis, IV, 109. rubigino^us, III, 427. secuiis. III, 437. sokniformis, IV, S7. Peculiarity in its habits, IOC. stapes, IV, 77. suboraliif:, IV, IIS. subrotunJua, IV, 117. sxtlcatus. III, 430. trapezoiiies, IV, 69. trigonus, IV, 110. Dari'coji/s, IV, 90. zig-zag, lit, 440. United Stales, cnast of, papers relating (o its survey — Sec Hassler. Observations on the gcolocy of, by Wm. Mjclnre, I, 1. Ujierrhiza Boscii, IV, 255. Uredo, IV, 290. Valvata arenifera, IV, 104. Vanishing fractions, memoir on, by J. Mansfield, I, 200. Variation of the magnetic needle, may be found by means of a new instrument, I, 339. Vaughan, John, letter to him, describing an Indian fort in the neiglibourbood of Lc.^innlon, Kentucky, I, 310. Communication of an abstract and results of eight annual statements of the deaths, with di'cajes, ages, &.C. in the city and liberties of Philadelphia, I, 430. Vegetable moxdd, considered as a criterion of the richness of soils, I, 43. Stratum of, generally thin in all countries, I, 173. Too deep in Kentucky to have been produced by forests growing on the spot, 179 ; and probably the produce of an uncovered bed of coal, 180. Vegetables, decomposition of, in the atmosphere, dilferent from the same process when they are imbedded be- tween stony strata, I, 173. X'erpa Caroliniana, IV, 170. Vermicidaria, synopsis of N. American species, IV, 228. Verticiltum, synopsis of N. Aiuerican species, IV, 233. Vibrissea truncoruni, IV, 173. Virginia, geology of, nature of the soil, internal navigation, &c., I, 76. Indian names of rivers, persons, &c., IV, 379. Vocabularies of the language of the Kabyles of Africa, II, 453. Of the Mozabi dialect, 462. Cornparalive, o( the Chinese and Cochin-Chinese, brought to this country by J. White, notice respecting. III, 72 or the language of the Tuarycks of Africa, IV, 35. Voccd sounds, seven in the English language, I, 246 and 249. Vocals, two in the English language, I, 262. Voice, variety of sounds produced by the human voice, I, 229. Volcanic productions, none found east of the Mississippi, 1,23. This class of rocks has many ptopertiof highly favourable to vegetation in its decomposed state, 60. Volutella quercina, IV, 179. Vowels represent the vocal sounds, I, 246. 524 INDEX TO THE FIRST FOUR VOLUMES NEW SERIES. TVadreagans of Africa, observations on their language, manners, &c., IV, 23. Identical with the Rlelano- GiEtulians of Ptolemy, IV, 23. Walker, Sears C, observations of the beginning and end of the eclipse of the sun of Feb. 12, 1831, made at Philadelphia, IV, 128. Wallenstein, Jules de, memoir pour accompagner le tableau des observations m^teorologiques faites a Wash- ington, depuis le 17 Avril 1823, jusqu'au 18 Avril 1824, II, 421. Ware, JV. .5., note accompanying a fragment of the javp of a fossil animal from Missouri, IV, 405. Washington city, abstract of calculations to ascertain the longitude of the capitol, by William Lambert, I, 103. Plan of an observatory proposed to be built there, II, 365. Meteorological observations made there, 421. Its climate compared with that of St Petersburg, 433. Water, Xio\. so pure in the transition formation as among the primitive rocks, 1, 53. Springs are of very different qualities in the secondary formation, 57. Weather, diary of, kept on the river Delaware during the years 1644 and 1645, by John Campanius, 1, 342. Wedgetcood's pyrometer, several objections to, I, 167. Wen, a large one successfully extirpated, I, 293. Western States, geology of, nature of the soil, internal navigation, &c., I, 85. West Point, altitudes of the mountains near, 1, 148. White mountains of New Hampshire, altitudes of, 1, 149. Winds, table of observations on them, made during twenty-six voyages to and from Europe, II, 140. Westerly winds prevailed more than half the time during the preceding voyages, 143. Table of observations made at Washington city, 437. Wistar, Caspar, observations on those processes of the ethmoid bone, which originally form the sphenoidal sinuses, I, 371. An account of two heads found in a morass called the Big Bone Lick, 375. Ac- count of a case of disease, in which one side of the thorax was at rest, while the other performed the motions of respiration in the usual way, I, 381. Wood and coal, experiments on the heat evolved by their combustion, III, 1. Shell-bark hickory taken as the standard in the above experiments, being of greater weight than any other, an